Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act; Program Integrity: Exchange, Premium Stabilization Programs, and Market Standards; Amendments to the HHS Notice of Benefit and Payment Parameters for 2014, 65045-65105 [2013-25326]
Download as PDF
Vol. 78
Wednesday,
No. 210
October 30, 2013
Part II
Department of Health and Human Services
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
45 CFR Parts 144, 146, 147, et al.
Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act; Program Integrity: Exchange,
Premium Stabilization Programs, and Market Standards; Amendments to
the HHS Notice of Benefit and Payment Parameters for 2014; Final Rule
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00001
Fmt 4717
Sfmt 4717
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
65046
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND
HUMAN SERVICES
45 CFR Parts 144, 146, 147, 153, 155,
and 156
[CMS–9957–F2; CMS–9964–F3]
RIN 0938–AR82; RIN 0938–AR74
Patient Protection and Affordable Care
Act; Program Integrity: Exchange,
Premium Stabilization Programs, and
Market Standards; Amendments to the
HHS Notice of Benefit and Payment
Parameters for 2014
Centers for Medicare &
Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS.
ACTION: Final rule.
AGENCY:
This final rule implements
provisions of the Patient Protection and
Affordable Care Act and the Health Care
and Education Reconciliation Act of
2010 (collectively referred to as the
Affordable Care Act). Specifically, this
final rule outlines financial integrity
and oversight standards with respect to
Affordable Insurance Exchanges,
qualified health plan (QHP) issuers in
Federally-facilitated Exchanges (FFEs),
and States with regard to the operation
of risk adjustment and reinsurance
programs. It also establishes additional
standards for special enrollment
periods, survey vendors that may
conduct enrollee satisfaction surveys on
behalf of QHP issuers, and issuer
participation in an FFE, and makes
certain amendments to definitions and
standards related to the market reform
rules. These standards, which include
financial integrity provisions and
protections against fraud and abuse, are
consistent with Title I of the Affordable
Care Act. This final rule also amends
and adopts as final interim provisions
set forth in the Amendments to the HHS
Notice of Benefit and Payment
Parameters for 2014 interim final rule,
published in the Federal Register on
March 11, 2013, related to risk corridors
and cost-sharing reduction
reconciliation.
SUMMARY:
These regulations are effective
on December 30, 2013.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Leigha Basini at (301) 492–4380 for
general information.
Jacob Ackerman at (301) 492–4179 for
matters relating to Parts 144 and 147,
single risk pool and catastrophic plans.
Adam Shaw at (410) 786–1091 for
matters relating to the oversight of risk
adjustment and reinsurance.
Jaya Ghildiyal at (301) 492–5149 for
matters relating to risk corridors.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
DATES:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
Shelley Bain at (301) 492–4453 or
Anne Pesto at (410) 786–3492 for
matters relating to Part 155, Subpart M.
Ariel Novick at (301) 492–4309 for
matters relating to the oversight of costsharing reductions and advance
payments of the premium tax credit.
Johanna Lauer at (301) 492–4397 for
matters relating to cost-sharing
reduction reconciliation.
Rebecca Zimmermann at (301) 492–
4396 for matters relating to quality
standards, Part 156, Subpart L.
Cindy Yen at (301) 492–5142 for
matters relating to Part 156 other than
cost-sharing reductions, advance
payments of the premium tax credit,
and quality standards.
Pat Meisol at (410) 786–1917 for
matters relating to confirmation of HHS
payment and collections reports.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Electronic Access
This Federal Register document is
also available from the Federal Register
online database through Federal Digital
System (FDsys), a service of the U.S.
Government Printing Office. This
database can be accessed via the
internet at https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys.
Executive Summary
Starting October 1, 2013, qualified
individuals and qualified employees
may purchase private health insurance
coverage through competitive
marketplaces called Affordable
Insurance Exchanges, or ‘‘Exchanges’’
(also called Health Insurance
Marketplaces). This final rule sets forth
oversight and financial integrity
standards with respect to Exchanges,
Qualified Health Plan (QHP) issuers in
Federally-facilitated Exchanges (FFEs),
and States with regard to the operation
of risk adjustment and reinsurance
programs. It establishes additional
standards for special enrollment
periods, survey vendors that may
conduct enrollee satisfaction surveys on
behalf of QHP issuers in Exchanges, and
issuer participation in an FFE, and
makes certain amendments to
definitions and standards related to the
market reform rules. These standards
were proposed in a proposed rule, titled
‘‘Patient Protection and Affordable Care
Act; Program Integrity: Exchange,
SHOP, Premium Stabilization Programs,
and Market Standards’’ (78 FR 37032),
which was published in the Federal
Register on June 19, 2013. Finally, this
final rule amends standards and adopts
as final interim provisions set forth in
the Amendments to the HHS Notice of
Benefit and Payment Parameters for
2014 interim final rule, published in the
Federal Register on March 11, 2013 (78
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
FR 15541), related to risk corridors and
cost-sharing reduction reconciliation.
Although many of the provisions in
this rule become effective by January 1,
2014, we believe that affected parties
will not have difficulty complying with
the provisions by their effective dates,
because most of the standards are based
on existing standards currently in effect
in the private market, were previously
proposed through the Blueprint process,
were discussed in agency-issued subregulatory guidance, or were discussed
in the preambles to the Exchange
Establishment Rule,1 Premium
Stabilization Rule,2 Market Reform
Rule,3 or the HHS Notice of Benefit and
Payment Parameters for 2014 (2014
Payment Notice).4 In addition to
soliciting general comments on the
substance of the proposed provisions,
we sought input on ways to implement
these policies to minimize burden.
Table of Contents
I. Background
A. Legislative Overview
B. Stakeholder Consultation and Input
II. Provisions of the Final Regulation and
Analysis of and Responses to Public
Comments
A. Part 144—Requirements Relating to
Health Insurance Coverage
1. Subpart A—General Provisions
a. Scope and Applicability (§ 144.102(c))
b. Definitions (§ 144.103)
B. Part 147—Health Insurance Reform
Requirements for the Group and
Individual Health Insurance Markets
1. Guaranteed Availability and
Renewability of Coverage (§ 147.104 and
§ 147.106)
C. Part 153—Standards Related to
Reinsurance, Risk Corridors, and Risk
Adjustment Under the Affordable Care
Act
1. Subpart A—General Provisions
a. Definitions (§ 153.20)
2. Subpart C—State Standards Related to
the Reinsurance Program
a. Maintenance of Records (§ 153.240(c))
b. General Oversight Requirements for
State-Operated Reinsurance Programs
(§ 153.260)
c. Restrictions on Use of Reinsurance
Funds for Administrative Expenses
(§ 153.265)
3. Subpart D—State Standards Related to
the Risk Adjustment Program
1 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act;
Establishment of Exchanges and Qualified Health
Plans; Exchange Standards for Employers, 77 FR
18310 (March 27, 2012).
2 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act;
Standards Related to Reinsurance, Risk Corridors
and Risk Adjustment, 77 FR 17220 (March 23,
2012).
3 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act;
Health Insurance Market Rules; Rate Review, 78 FR
13406 (February 27, 2013).
4 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act; HHS
Notice of Benefit and Payment Parameters for 2014,
78 FR 15410 (March 11, 2013).
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
a. Maintenance of Records (§ 153.310(c)(4))
b. Interim Report and State Summary
Report (§ 153.310(d))
c. General Oversight Requirements for
State-Operated Risk Adjustment
Programs (§ 153.365)
4. Risk Adjustment Methodology
a. Modification to the Transfer Formula in
the HHS Risk Adjustment Methodology
5. Subpart E—Health Insurance Issuer and
Group Health Plan Standards Related to
the Reinsurance Program
a. Reinsurance Contribution Funds
(§ 153.400)
b. Maintenance of Records (§ 153.405(h)
and § 153.410(c))
6. Subpart F—Health Insurance Issuer
Standards Related to the Risk Corridors
Program
a. Definitions (§ 153.500)
b. Calculation of Allowable Costs,
Attribution and Allocation of Revenue
and Expense Items, and Risk Corridors
Data Requirements (§ 153.500, § 153.520,
and § 153.530)
7. Subpart G—Health Insurance Issuer
Standards Related to the Risk
Adjustment Program
8. Subpart H—Distributed Data Collection
for HHS-Operated Programs
a. Failure To Comply With HHS-Operated
Risk Adjustment and Reinsurance Data
Requirements (§ 153.740(a))
b. Default Risk Adjustment Charge
(§ 153.740(b))
D. Part 155—Exchange Establishment
Standards and Other Related Standards
Under the Affordable Care Act
1. Subpart D—Exchange Functions in the
Individual Market: Eligibility
Determinations for Exchange
Participation and Insurance Affordability
Programs
a. Administration of Advance Payments of
the Premium Tax Credit and CostSharing Reductions (§ 155.340)
2. Subpart E—Exchange Functions in the
Individual Market: Enrollment in
Qualified Health Plans
a. Special Enrollment Periods (§ 155.420)
3. Subpart H—Exchange Functions: Small
Business Health Options Program
(SHOP)
a. Enrollment Periods Under SHOP
(§ 155.725)
4. Subpart M—Oversight and Program
Integrity Standards for State Exchanges
a. General Program Integrity and Oversight
Requirements (§ 155.1200)
b. Maintenance of Records (§ 155.1210)
E. Part 156—Health Insurance Issuer
Standards Under the Affordable Care
Act, Including Standards Related to
Exchanges
1. Subpart A—General Provisions
a. Definitions (§ 156.20)
b. Single Risk Pool (§ 156.80)
2. Subpart B—Essential Health Benefits
Package
a. Enrollment in Catastrophic Plans
(§ 156.155)
3. Subpart D—Federally-Facilitated
Exchange Qualified Health Plan Issuer
Standards
a. Changes of Ownership of Issuers of
Qualified Health Plans in FederallyFacilitated Exchanges (§ 156.330)
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
4. Subpart E—Health Insurance Issuer
Responsibilities With Respect to
Advance Payments of the Premium Tax
Credit and Cost-Sharing Reductions
a. Definitions (§ 156.400)
b. Improper Plan Assignment and
Application of Cost-Sharing Reductions
(§ 156.410(c) Through (d))
c. Payment for Cost-Sharing Reductions
(§ 156.430)
d. Failure To Reduce an Enrollee’s
Premium To Account for Advance
Payments of the Premium Tax Credit
(§ 156.460(c))
e. Oversight of the Administration of CostSharing Reductions and Advance
Payments of the Premium Tax Credit
Programs (§ 156.480)
5. Subpart H—Oversight & Financial
Integrity Requirements for Issuers of
Qualified Health Plans in FederallyFacilitated Exchanges
a. Maintenance of Records for FederallyFacilitated Exchanges (§ 156.705)
b. Compliance Reviews of QHP Issuers in
Federally-Facilitated Exchanges
(§ 156.715)
6. Subpart J—Administrative Review of
QHP Issuer Sanctions in a FederallyFacilitated Exchange
a. Administrative Review in a FederallyFacilitated Exchange (§§ 156.901
Through 156.963)
7. Subpart L—Quality Standards
a. Establishment of Standards for HHSApproved Enrollee Satisfaction Survey
Vendors for Use by QHP Issuers in
Exchanges (§ 156.1105)
8. Subpart M—Qualified Health Plan Issuer
Responsibilities
a. Confirmation of HHS Payment and
Collections Reports (§ 156.1210)
III. Collection of Information Requirements
IV. Regulatory Impact Analysis
V. Regulations Text
Acronyms and Short Forms
Because of the many organizations
and terms to which we refer by acronym
in this final rule, we are listing these
acronyms and their corresponding terms
in alphabetical order below:
Affordable Care Act The collective term for
the Patient Protection and Affordable Care
Act (Pub. L. 111–148) and the Health Care
and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010
(Pub. L. 111–152))
ALJ Administrative Law Judge
ARF Allowable Rating Factor
AV Actuarial Value
CAHPS® Consumer Assessment of
Healthcare Providers and Systems
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CMP Civil money penalty
CMS Centers for Medicare & Medicaid
Services
DOI State Department of Insurance
DOL U.S. Department of Labor
EHB Essential Health Benefits
FEHB Federal Employees Health Benefits
FFE Federally-facilitated Exchange
FF–SHOP Federally-facilitated Small
Business Health Options Program
GAAP Generally accepted accounting
principles
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65047
GAAS Generally accepted auditing
standards
GAGAS Generally accepted governmental
auditing standards
GAO U.S. Government Accountability
Office
HHS U.S. Department of Health and Human
Services
HIPAA Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104–
191)
IRS Internal Revenue Service
MAGI Modified Adjusted Gross Income
MLR Medical Loss Ratio
NCQA National Committee for Quality
Assurance
OIG Office of the Inspector General of the
U.S. Department of Health and Human
Services
OMB Office of Management and Budget
PHSAct Public Health Service Act
PRA Paperwork Reduction Act
QHP Qualified Health Plan
SHOP Small Business Health Options
Program
The Code Internal Revenue Code of 1986
TIN Taxpayer Identification Number
I. Background
A. Legislative Overview
The Patient Protection and Affordable
Care Act (Pub. L. 111–148) was enacted
on March 23, 2010. The Health Care and
Education Reconciliation Act of 2010
(Pub. L. 111–152), which amended and
revised several provisions of the Patient
Protection and Affordable Care Act, was
enacted on March 30, 2010. In this final
rule, we refer to the two statutes
collectively as the ‘‘Affordable Care
Act.’’
Subtitles A and C of Title I of the
Affordable Care Act reorganized,
amended, and added to the provisions
of Title XXVII of the Public Health
Service Act (PHS Act) relating to health
insurance issuers in the group and
individual markets and to group health
plans that are non-Federal governmental
plans. As relevant here, section 2702 of
the PHS Act (guaranteed availability of
coverage) directs a health insurance
issuer offering non-grandfathered health
insurance coverage in the group or
individual market in a State to accept
every employer and individual in the
State who applies for coverage, subject
to certain exceptions. Section 2703 of
the PHS Act (guaranteed renewability of
coverage) requires a health insurance
issuer offering non-grandfathered health
insurance coverage in the group or
individual market to renew or continue
in force such coverage at the option of
the plan sponsor or individual, subject
to certain exceptions.
As of October 2013 for coverage
starting as soon as January 1, 2014,
qualified individuals and qualified
employers will be able to enroll in
QHPs—private health insurance that has
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
65048
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
been certified as meeting certain
standards—through competitive
marketplaces called ‘‘Exchanges’’ or
‘‘Health Insurance Marketplaces.’’ The
Departments of Health and Human
Services, Labor, and the Treasury have
been working in close coordination to
release guidance related to QHPs and
Exchanges in several phases. The word
‘‘Exchanges’’ refers to both State
Exchanges, also called State-based
Exchanges, and FFEs. In this final rule,
we use the terms ‘‘State Exchange’’ or
‘‘FFE’’ when we are referring to a
particular type of Exchange. When we
refer to ‘‘FFEs,’’ we are also referring to
State Partnership Exchanges, which are
a form of FFE.
In this final rule, we encourage State
flexibility within the boundaries of the
law. Sections 1311(b) and 1321(b) of the
Affordable Care Act provide that each
State has the opportunity to establish an
Exchange. Section 1311(b)(1) gives each
State the opportunity to establish an
Exchange that both facilitates the
purchase of QHPs and provides for the
establishment of a Small Business
Health Options Program (SHOP) that
will help qualified employers enroll
their employees in QHPs.
Section 1302(e) of the Affordable Care
Act outlines standards for offering
catastrophic plans in the individual
market for certain young adults and
people who obtain certification of
exemption from the requirement to
maintain minimum essential coverage
because they cannot afford health
insurance or experience other hardship.
Section 1311(c)(4) of the Affordable
Care Act directs the Secretary to
establish an enrollee satisfaction survey
system that would evaluate the level of
enrollee satisfaction with QHPs offered
through an Exchange for each such QHP
with more than 500 enrollees in the
previous year.
Section 1311(d)(4)(A) of the
Affordable Care Act directs that each
Exchange must implement procedures
for the certification, recertification, and
decertification of health plans as QHPs,
consistent with guidelines developed by
the Secretary.
Section 1311(d)(5)(A) of the
Affordable Care Act provides that
States, when establishing Exchanges,
must ensure that such Exchanges are
self-sustaining beginning on January 1,
2015, and permits Exchanges to charge
assessments or user fees to participating
health insurance issuers to generate
funding to support their operations.
When operating an FFE under section
1321(c)(1) of the Affordable Care Act,
HHS has the authority under sections
1321(c)(1) and 1311(d)(5)(A) to collect
and spend such user fees. In addition,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
31 U.S.C. 9701 permits a Federal agency
to establish a charge for a service
provided by the agency. Office of
Management and Budget (OMB)
Circular A–25 Revised establishes
Federal policy regarding user fees and
specifies that a user charge will be
assessed against each identifiable
recipient for special benefits derived
from Federal activities beyond those
received by the general public. Section
1311(d)(5)(B) contains a prohibition on
the wasteful use of funds.
Section 1312(c) of the Affordable Care
Act directs a health insurance issuer to
consider all enrollees in all health plans
(other than grandfathered health plans)
offered by such issuer to be members of
a single risk pool for each of its
individual and small group markets.
Section 1312(c) of the Affordable Care
Act gives States the option to merge the
individual and small group markets
within the State into a single risk pool
(merged market).
Section 1313 of the Affordable Care
Act, combined with section 1321 of the
Affordable Care Act, provides the
Secretary with the authority to oversee
financial integrity, compliance with
HHS standards, and efficient and nondiscriminatory administration of State
Exchange activities. Section
1313(a)(6)(A) of the Affordable Care Act
specifies that payments made by,
through, or in connection with an
Exchange are subject to the False Claims
Act (31 U.S.C. 3729, et seq.) if those
payments include any Federal funds.
Section 1341 of the Affordable Care
Act establishes a transitional
reinsurance program that begins in 2014
and is designed to provide issuers with
greater stability as insurance market
reforms are implemented and
individuals begin to enroll in QHPs sold
through Exchanges. Section 1342 of the
Affordable Care Act establishes a
temporary risk corridors program which
permits the Federal government and
QHPs to share in gains or losses
resulting from inaccurate rate setting
from 2014 through 2016. Section 1343
of the Affordable Care Act establishes a
permanent risk adjustment program
which is intended to provide payments
to health insurance issuers that attract
higher-risk populations, such as those
with chronic conditions, and eliminate
incentives for issuers to avoid higherrisk enrollees.
Section 1321(a)(1) of the Affordable
Care Act provides general authority for
the Secretary of Health and Human
Services (referred to throughout this
rule as the Secretary) to establish
standards and regulations to implement
the statutory requirements related to
Exchanges, QHPs, and other
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
components of Title I of the Affordable
Care Act.
Section 1401 of the Affordable Care
Act amended the Internal Revenue Code
(26 U.S.C.) to add section 36B, allowing
a refundable premium tax credit to help
individuals and families afford health
insurance coverage. Under sections
1401, 1411, and 1412 of the Affordable
Care Act and 45 CFR part 155, subpart
D, an Exchange will make a
determination of advance payments of
the premium tax credit for individuals
who enroll in QHP coverage through an
Exchange and seek financial assistance.
Section 1402 of the Affordable Care Act
provides for the reduction of cost
sharing for certain individuals enrolled
in a QHP through an Exchange, and
section 1412 of the Affordable Care Act
provides for the advance payment of
these reductions to issuers.
Under section 1411 of the Affordable
Care Act, the Secretary is directed to
establish a program for determining
whether an individual meets the
eligibility standards for Exchange
participation, advance payments of the
premium tax credit, cost-sharing
reductions, and exemptions from the
shared responsibility payment under
section 5000A of the Code.
Sections 1412 and 1413 of the
Affordable Care Act and section 1943 of
the Social Security Act (the Act), as
added by section 2201 of the Affordable
Care Act, contain additional provisions
regarding eligibility for advance
payments of the premium tax credit and
cost-sharing reductions, as well as
provisions regarding simplification and
coordination of eligibility
determinations and enrollment with
other health programs.
Unless otherwise specified, the
provisions in this final rule related to
the establishment of minimum
functions of an Exchange are based on
the general authority of the Secretary
under section 1321(a)(1) of the
Affordable Care Act.
B. Stakeholder Consultation and Input
HHS has consulted with stakeholders
on a number of polices related to the
operation of Exchanges, including the
SHOP and premium stabilization
programs. HHS has held a number of
listening sessions with consumers,
providers, employers, health plans, and
State representatives to gather public
input. HHS consulted with stakeholders
through regular meetings with the
National Association of Insurance
Commissioners; regular contact with
States through the Exchange
establishment grant process and the
Exchange Blueprint approval process;
and meetings with tribal leaders and
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
representatives, health insurance
issuers, trade groups, consumer
advocates, employers, and other
interested parties. We considered all of
the public input as we developed the
policies in the proposed rule, the
interim final rule, and this final rule.
as set forth by the Inspector General Act
of 1978 or other applicable law.
II. Provisions of the Final Regulations
and Analysis of and Responses to
Public Comments
A proposed rule, titled ‘‘Patient
Protection and Affordable Care Act;
Program Integrity: Exchange, SHOP,
Premium Stabilization Programs, and
Market Standards’’ (78 FR 37032), was
published in the Federal Register on
June 19, 2013 with a comment period
ending on July 19, 2013. In total, we
received approximately 99 public
comments from various stakeholders
including States, health insurance
issuers, consumer groups, agents and
brokers, provider groups, Members of
Congress, tribal organizations, and other
stakeholders. We received a few
comments that were outside the scope
of the proposed rule. A number of the
provisions in the proposed rule were
finalized in the final rule published in
the Federal Register on August 30,
2013, titled ‘‘Patient Protection and
Affordable Care Act; Program Integrity:
Exchange, SHOP, and Eligibility
Appeals’’ (78 FR 54070), hereinafter
referred to as the ‘‘first Program Integrity
final rule.’’ We are finalizing the
remaining provisions of the proposed
rule here.
The interim final rule, titled ‘‘Patient
Protection and Affordable Care Act;
Amendments to the HHS Notice of
Benefit and Payment Parameters for
2014’’ (78 FR 15541) was published in
the Federal Register on March 11, 2013
with a comment period that ended on
April 30, 2013. Provisions of this rule
align risk corridors calculations with the
single risk pool provision, and finalize
standards permitting issuers of QHPs
the option of using an alternate
methodology for calculating the value of
cost-sharing reductions provided for the
purpose of reconciliation of advance
payments of cost-sharing reductions. We
received seven comments on the interim
final rule from issuers, advocacy
organizations, and tribal organizations.
We amend standards from the interim
final rule and adopt interim provisions
as final.
In this final rule, we provide a
summary of each proposed or interim
provision, a summary of the public
comments received and our responses to
them, and the provisions we are
finalizing. We note that nothing in these
regulations would limit the authority of
the Office of the Inspector General (OIG)
In § 144.102(c), we proposed a
technical amendment to clarify whether
coverage sold through associations is
group or individual coverage under the
PHS Act. Specifically, we proposed to
delete a reference to coverage offered in
connection with a ‘‘group health plan
that has fewer than two participants
who are current employees on the first
day of the plan year’’ (very small plans)
as being individual health insurance
coverage under title XXVII of the PHS
Act. This correction aligns with the
amendments made by the Affordable
Care Act redefining a small employer to
include groups consisting of only one
common law employee.
Comment: Commenters expressed
support for the proposed clarification in
§ 144.102(c).
Response: We are finalizing the
regulation as proposed.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
A. Part 144—Requirements Relating to
Health Insurance Coverage
1. Subpart A—General Provisions
a. Scope and Applicability (§ 144.102(c))
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing the amendments to
§ 144.102(c) as proposed.
b. Definitions (§ 144.103)
Under § 144.103, we proposed to
amend several definitions of terms that
are used throughout parts 146 (group
market requirements), 148 (individual
market requirements), and 150
(enforcement) of subchapter B of title 45
of the Code of Federal Regulations
(CFR), consistent with the Affordable
Care Act. These included definitions of
‘‘group market,’’ ‘‘individual market,’’
‘‘large employer,’’ ‘‘policy year,’’ and
‘‘small employer.’’ Unless otherwise
provided, the definitions in § 144.103
also apply for purposes of part 147
(group and individual market insurance
reform requirements), and we make this
explicit in this final rule.
We noted that, although the
Affordable Care Act made changes to
the definition of ‘‘small employer’’ for
purposes of the PHS Act, the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA)
and the Internal Revenue Code (the
Code) continue to define a ‘‘small
employer’’ as having 2 to 50 employees.
Similarly, we noted that the Affordable
Care Act deleted the exception for very
small plans in PHS Act section 2721,5
without removing parallel provisions in
ERISA section 732(a) and Code section
5 The Affordable Care Act redesignated section
2721 as section 2722 of the PHS Act.
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65049
9831(a)(2). We requested comments on
how to interpret the PHS Act, ERISA,
and the Code to ensure that shared
provisions of the Departments of HHS,
Labor, and the Treasury are
administered consistently.
Comment: Several commenters were
in favor of adopting a consistent
definition of ‘‘small employer’’ for
purposes of the PHS Act, ERISA, and
the Code. Some commenters thought the
upper limit of small employer size
should be 50 employees consistent with
ERISA and the Code, while others
suggested an upper limit of 100
employees consistent with the PHS Act
and the Affordable Care Act. One
commenter requested clarification that,
although employers with one common
law employee are now treated as small
employer groups under the Affordable
Care Act, retiree-only plans continue to
be exempt from the group market
reforms under the Health Insurance
Portability and Accountability Act of
1996 (HIPAA) and the Affordable Care
Act.
Response: Consistent with section
2791(e)(4) of the PHS Act and section
1304(b) of the Affordable Care Act, in
this final rule, we maintain the
definition of ‘‘small employer,’’ for
purposes of health coverage, as an
employer who employed an average of
at least one but not more than 100
employees on business days during the
preceding calendar year and who
employs at least one employee on the
first day of the plan year. Prior to 2016,
States have discretion to set the upper
limit of small employer size at 50
employees. Additionally, we conform
the definitions of ‘‘individual market’’
and ‘‘group market,’’ as proposed, by
removing references to group health
plans with fewer than two participants
who are current employees from being
treated as being in the individual market
rather than the group market. In the
proposed rule, we noted the change to
the law and proposed to make
conforming amendments to update our
rules to reflect the law with the
intention of doing so for all applicable
rules. While we inadvertently omitted
reference to the exception for certain
small group plans in § 146.145(b), we
note that we believe that our intention
to conform our rules to the law
amended by the Affordable Care Act
was clear and, accordingly, we make
this conforming amendment in this final
rule. As we pointed out earlier, identical
language exempting group health plans
with fewer than two participants from
certain provisions of the PHS Act that
formerly was in PHS Act section 2721(a)
was stricken by the Affordable Care Act.
We note that nothing in this final rule
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
65050
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
should be construed as affecting the
Departments’ position regarding retireeonly plans.6
Comment: Several commenters
addressed the issue of how employees
should be counted in determining
employer size. Commenters noted that
States use different methods to calculate
employer group size and noted that
there are also different Federal methods
for determining employer size for
different purposes. These commenters
suggested that there are compelling
practical and efficiency reasons to use a
consistent counting method for all
Affordable Care Act purposes and
between Federal and State law.
Response: HHS has previously set
forth the method for determining
employer size for purposes relating to
the Exchange and SHOP regulations
based on the full-time equivalent
method used in section 4980H(c)(2) of
the Code, generally effective for plan
years beginning on or after January 1,
2016.7 We expect to address the
counting method for purposes of the
PHS Act in future rulemaking or
guidance.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
We are finalizing the provisions
proposed in § 144.103 of the proposed
rule with the following minor
modifications for consistency and
clarity. We state expressly that the
definitions in this section which are
based on PHS Act requirements enacted
by HIPAA and other statutes
(implemented in parts 146, 148, and
150) are equally applicable to PHS Act
requirements enacted by the Affordable
Care Act (implemented in part 147). In
the proposed definition of ‘‘policy
year,’’ we replace the reference to
January 1, 2015 with the phrase, ‘‘for
coverage issued or renewed beginning
January 1, 2014,’’ to clarify the
definition’s applicability to calendar
year plans, as discussed in connection
with § 147.104(b)(2) of this final rule.
Finally, we remove the exception for
certain small group health plans in
§ 146.145(b) to conform to the
amendments in § 144.102 and § 144.103
of this final rule.
6 Group Health Plans and Health Insurance
Coverage Relating to Status as a Grandfathered
Health Plan Under the Patient Protection and
Affordable Care Act, 75 FR at 34539–40 (June 17,
2010).
7 For operations of a Federally-facilitated SHOP,
the method set forth in section 4980H(c)(2) of the
Code is effective for plan years beginning on or after
January 1, 2014, including in connection with open
enrollment activities beginning October 1, 2013.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
B. Part 147—Health Insurance Reform
Requirements for the Group and
Individual Health Insurance Markets
1. Guaranteed Availability and
Renewability of Coverage (§ 147.104 and
§ 147.106)
In the proposed rule, we proposed to
recognize the distinction of the large
group and small group segments of the
group market for purposes of sections
2702 and 2703 of the PHS Act, as
amended by the Affordable Care Act,
and their implementing regulations at
45 CFR 147.104 and 147.106,
respectively. These proposed
amendments would clarify that under
the guaranteed availability provisions,
an issuer is required to offer to an
employer only those products that are
approved for sale in the applicable
market segment (large group or small
group market) based on the employer’s
group size (rather than all group market
products). The proposed amendments
would also clarify that under the
guaranteed renewability provisions, an
issuer could, in accordance with
applicable State law and subject to the
other requirements of § 147.106(d), elect
to discontinue all products in one
segment of the group market (for
example, the large group market)
without having to discontinue all
products in the other segment of the
group market (for example, small group
market).8
We also proposed to clarify in
§ 147.104(b)(2) that all nongrandfathered coverage in the
individual or merged market must be
offered on a calendar year basis as of
January 1, 2015. We specified that, for
purposes of new enrollment effective on
any date other than January 1, the first
policy year following such enrollment
may comprise a prorated policy year
ending on December 31.
Comment: Commenters generally
expressed support for the proposed
revisions in § 147.104 and § 147.106.
However, one commenter disagreed
with proposed § 147.104(b)(2), in which
all non-grandfathered individual or
merged market plans would be offered
on a calendar year basis. The
commenter suggested that individuals
with non-calendar year plans should be
permitted to maintain their plans’
current renewal date.
Response: We seek consistency
between the Exchange and nonExchange markets to mitigate adverse
8 These clarifications were consistent with the
information we provided in ‘‘Frequently Asked
Questions on Health Insurance Marketplaces’’ (May
14, 2013). Available at: https://www.cms.gov/CCIIO/
Resources/Fact-Sheets-and-FAQs/Downloads/
marketplace-faq-5-14-2013.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
selection, reduce consumer confusion,
and ensure compliance with the single
risk pool requirements. For these
reasons, in the Market Reform Rule at
§ 147.104(b), we aligned individual
market open enrollment periods and
coverage effective dates with those in
the individual market Exchanges (which
are based on a calendar policy year)
and, to facilitate the transition to
calendar policy years, established a onetime enrollment period allowing
individuals with non-calendar year
plans the opportunity to enroll in a
calendar year plan upon renewal in
2014. This final rule simply affirms the
intent of the Market Reform Rule and
does not represent a change in policy.
We reiterate that, for purposes of new
enrollment effective on any date other
than January 1, the first policy year
following such enrollment may
comprise a prorated policy year ending
on December 31 of that year.
Comment: A few commenters sought
clarification on whether an issuer is
required to renew coverage purchased
by an employer whose size shifts
between the small and large group
markets.
Response: HHS has previously issued
guidance on how the guaranteed
renewability requirement applies to
employers whose size shifts between the
small and large group markets after
purchasing coverage in one or the other
of these markets.9 The general rule set
forth in section 2703 of the PHS Act and
its implementing regulations at
§ 147.106 makes clear that a health
insurance issuer must guarantee the
renewal of coverage at the option of the
plan sponsor. The exceptions to this
rule do not include the situation in
which the employer that sponsors the
group health plan grows from a small
employer to a large employer, or the
reverse, between the time the policy is
purchased and the time it comes up for
renewal. Therefore, the law guarantees
the employer the right to renew or
continue in force the coverage it
purchased in the small (or large) group
market even though the employer ceases
to be a small (or large) employer by
reason of an increase (or decrease) in its
number of employees.
For example, an employer that
originally purchased coverage in the
small group market and that increases in
size beyond the definition of a small
employer has the option of keeping the
product it purchased in the small group
market. Furthermore, any changes to
9 HCFA Insurance Standards Bulletin Series No.
99–03 (September 1999). Available at: https://
www.cms.gov/HealthInsReformforConsume/
downloads/HIPAA-99-03.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
that product must satisfy the uniform
modification of coverage requirements
set forth in section 2703(d) of the PHS
Act and § 147.106(e). Under these
provisions, an issuer is permitted at the
time of renewal to modify the coverage
for that product, but only if the
modification is consistent with State
law and effective uniformly to all
employers with that product. Thus, if
other employers with that product were
still participating in the small group
market, the issuer could not modify the
benefits or cost sharing for the product
in a manner inconsistent with the rules
that apply to small group coverage. We
note that under this scenario, if the
employer drops coverage it purchased
in the small group market, it will not be
able to purchase the same coverage
again if it no longer meets the definition
of a small employer.
The requirements of guaranteed
renewability do not change the
underlying employer group’s size for
other provisions of the PHS Act and the
Affordable Care Act. For example, the
premium rating rules (PHS Act section
2701 and implementing regulations at
§ 147.102) and the single risk pool
provision (Affordable Care Act section
1312(c) and implementing regulations at
§ 156.80) apply to health insurance
coverage in the individual and small
group markets, but generally do not
apply to health insurance coverage in
the large group market.10 These
provisions of Federal law generally
would not therefore apply where an
employer increases in size to become a
large employer, even if the employer is
renewing a product originally
purchased in the small group market.11
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing these provisions
with the following minor modification.
10 Beginning in 2017, States will have the option
to allow issuers to offer QHPs in the large group
market through the SHOP. If a State elects this
option, the rating rules under PHS Act section 2701
will apply to all coverage offered in such State’s
large group market (except for self-insured group
health plans) pursuant to section 2701(a)(5) of the
PHS Act and § 147.102(f).
11 However, pursuant to section 1304(b)(4)(D) of
the Affordable Care Act, a qualified employer that
is a small employer participating in the SHOP may
continue to participate in the SHOP, and will
continue to be treated as a small employer for
purposes of subtitle D of the Affordable Care Act,
even if the employer ceases to be a small employer
by reason of an increase in its number of
employees. Subtitle D includes the provisions
governing SHOP Exchanges, EHB, the single risk
pool, and the premium stabilization programs but
not premium rating requirements under section
2701 of the PHS Act. We intend to propose in future
rulemaking how plans that are sold through the
SHOP to employers that grow from small to large
will be required to comply with single risk pool and
premium rating requirements and how these plans,
therefore, participate in the risk corridors programs.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
In § 147.104(b)(2), we remove the
reference to January 1, 2015 to avoid
unwarranted confusion as to when nongrandfathered plans in the individual or
merged market must be offered on a
calendar year basis. Pursuant to
§ 147.104(f), all non-grandfathered
individual and merged market coverage
issued or renewed on or after January 1,
2014 must be offered on a calendar year
basis, with a policy year ending on
December 31 of each year and the next
policy year beginning on January 1 of
the following year. The proposed rule
included January 1, 2015 as the latest
date by which a non-calendar year plan
renewing in 2014 (i.e., a plan renewing
on December 31, 2014) would be subject
to this requirement. We believe the
proposed text may have been subject to
unintended ambiguity and are finalizing
revised text to eliminate that concern.
C. Part 153—Standards Related to
Reinsurance, Risk Corridors, and Risk
Adjustment Under the Affordable Care
Act
In the proposed rule, we proposed
certain provisions related to program
integrity for State-operated risk
adjustment and reinsurance programs,
including provisions governing
reporting requirements and restricting
the use of reinsurance funds for
administrative expenses. In addition, we
proposed record retention standards for
States operating risk adjustment, for
contributing entities, and for
reinsurance-eligible plans when HHS
operates reinsurance on behalf of a
State. We intend to propose additional
standards related to the oversight of the
premium stabilization programs in
future regulations and guidance.
We also note that, to alleviate the
upfront burden of the reinsurance
contributions, we intend to propose in
future rulemaking to collect reinsurance
contributions in two installments—the
reinsurance contributions for
reinsurance payments and
administrative expenses would be
collected at the beginning of the
calendar year following the applicable
benefit year, and the contributions for
payments to the U.S. Treasury would be
collected at the end of the calendar year
following the applicable benefit year.
We also intend to propose in future
rulemaking to exempt certain selfinsured, self-administered plans from
the requirement to make reinsurance
contributions for the 2015 and 2016
benefit years.
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65051
1. Subpart A—General Provisions
a. Definitions (§ 153.20)
We proposed an amendment to the
definition of a ‘‘contributing entity’’ to
address a situation in which the
healthcare coverage provided to a
participant under a group health plan is
partially insured and partially selfinsured—for example, if medical
benefits are provided under a selfinsured arrangement but prescription
drug benefits are provided under an
insured arrangement. We proposed this
amendment to clarify that, for purposes
of determining whether an entity bears
liability for reinsurance contributions, a
self-insured group health plan includes
a group health plan that is partially selfinsured and partially insured, but only
where the insured coverage does not
constitute major medical coverage
(whether or not the self-insured
coverage is major medical coverage).
This amendment clarifies that if a group
health plan is structured in such a
manner, the group health plan would be
liable for reinsurance contributions
under the counting rules applicable to
self-insured group health plans at 45
CFR 153.405(f), but if the insured
component of the group health plan is
major medical coverage, the issuer
remains liable for the contributions.
We also sought comment on whether
we should adopt a definition for ‘‘major
medical coverage’’ that would provide
additional clarity on when a
contributing entity would have the
responsibility to make reinsurance
contributions.
Comment: Several commenters
supported the proposed amendment.
One commenter sought clarification as
to which party is liable for reinsurance
contributions with respect to a group
health plan that is partially self-insured
and partially insured when both forms
of coverage are major medical coverage.
The commenter recommended that the
issuer be liable for reinsurance
contributions in a situation in which the
in-network coverage is insured, because
the insured in-network coverage would
account for the majority of the total
health coverage for the covered
individuals.
Response: We clarify that the
amendment to the definition of
‘‘contributing entity’’ does not alter the
responsibility of the issuer for the
reinsurance contributions under these
facts. The amendment to the definition
of ‘‘contributing entity’’ addresses a
scenario in which a self-insured plan
includes insured coverage that is not
major medical coverage; however, the
fact pattern described above concerns a
self-insured plan that includes insured
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
65052
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
major medical coverage. Under
§ 153.400(a)(1)(i) and § 153.20, an issuer
that offers major medical coverage to its
covered lives is a ‘‘contributing entity,’’
and is responsible for reinsurance
contributions for the covered lives, and
under these facts the self-insured plan
under this proposed amendment would
not be a contributing entity because the
insured component of the plan is major
medical coverage.
Comment: Certain commenters
requested that HHS codify a definition
of major medical coverage for purposes
of reinsurance contributions. One
commenter asked HHS to codify in
regulation text the definition of major
medical coverage set forth in the
preamble to the 2014 Payment Notice
(78 FR at 15456), while continuing to
carefully examine this issue to
determine if the definition should be
revised, expanded, or made more
specific in the future. One commenter
asked HHS to include in a definition of
‘‘major medical coverage’’ the set of
health benefits defined in the American
Academy of Pediatrics’ Scope of Health
Care Benefits for Children from Birth
through Age 26.
Response: We agree that a more
specific definition of ‘‘major medical
coverage’’ for purposes of reinsurance
contributions would add certainty for
some contributing entities. We therefore
intend to propose a specific definition
in the HHS Notice of Benefit and
Payment Parameters for 2015.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing the amendment to
the definition of ‘‘contributing entity’’ as
proposed.
2. Subpart C—State Standards Related
to the Reinsurance Program
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
a. Maintenance of Records (§ 153.240(c))
We proposed to amend 45 CFR
153.240(c) to be consistent with the
maintenance of records requirement for
State-operated risk adjustment programs
proposed in § 153.310(c)(4). We
proposed to amend § 153.240(c) such
that a State establishing a reinsurance
program would be directed to maintain
documents and records relating to the
reinsurance program, whether paper,
electronic, or in other media, for each
benefit year for at least 10 years, and
make them available upon request from
HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General,
or their designees, to any such entity.
The documents and records must be
sufficient to enable HHS to evaluate
whether the State-operated reinsurance
program complies with Federal
standards. States would also be directed
to ensure that their contractors,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
subcontractors, and agents similarly
maintain and make relevant documents
and records available upon request from
HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General,
or their designees.
Comment: Several commenters asked
that HHS reduce the 10-year record
retention standard, while other
commenters supported the 10-year
retention timeframe. One commenter
suggested that a 10-year record retention
standard is not needed for the False
Claims Act.
Response: We are finalizing the
maintenance of records provisions as
proposed, in alignment with the statute
of limitations for the False Claims Act
and existing related regulations. A civil
action may be brought under the False
Claims Act ‘‘no more than 10 years after
the date on which the violation is
committed.’’ Additionally, similar 10year record retention standards were
previously finalized in the Exchange
Establishment Rule and the Premium
Stabilization Rule. We believe that
maintaining consistency in our record
retention standards will help ensure
that entities maintain records across
programs in a consistent manner,
allowing HHS and States to coordinate
oversight efforts across those program
areas and reduce the burden on
stakeholders. We note that the 10-year
obligation to retain records begins when
the record is created.
Comment: One commenter
recommended that electronic
maintenance of records should satisfy
the maintenance of records standard.
Response: An entity subject to the
maintenance of records standard may
satisfy the standard by maintaining the
records electronically and ensuring that
they are accessible if needed in the
event of an investigation, audit, or other
review.
Comment: Several commenters asked
HHS to provide details on the specific
documents and records that States,
contributing entities or issuers would be
required to maintain for oversight
purposes. In particular, one commenter
suggested that issuers should not be
required to retain medical records in
connection with the risk adjustment
program.
Response: We will provide further
details on the documents and records to
be maintained in future guidance or
rulemaking. Because risk adjustmenteligible claims, medical documents, and
medical records will be subject to
medical record review as part of the risk
adjustment data validation process,
issuers of risk adjustment covered plans
must maintain these documents. We
note that this record maintenance and
medical record review is subject to
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
applicable privacy law, including the
protections of HIPAA.
Comment: One commenter asked that
HHS reserve the authority to use the
documents and records maintained
pursuant to these provisions to verify
whether issuers are in compliance with
certain other requirements under the
Affordable Care Act. For example, these
documents and records could be used to
help determine whether issuers are in
compliance with the single risk pool
premium rating requirement.
Response: We do not intend to use the
documents and records maintained
pursuant to these provisions for
purposes other than monitoring
compliance with the applicable statutes
and regulations for those programs. In
general, primary enforcement
jurisdiction over the single risk pool
premium rating requirement lies with
the States.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing the maintenance of
records provision set forth in
§ 153.240(c) as proposed, as well as the
maintenance of records provisions set
forth in § 153.310(c)(4). We are also
finalizing the maintenance of records
provision set forth in § 153.405(h),
§ 153.410(c) and § 153.620(b) with
conforming technical corrections. In
these provisions, to conform with our
other record retention standards in this
rule, we are clarifying that in each
provision it is the ‘‘documents and
records’’ that must be made available
upon request. In § 153.620(b), we clarify
that records must be maintained for 10
years. Finally, we are making a
conforming amendment to § 153.520(e)
so that the risk corridors recordkeeping
requirement is consistent with the
foregoing provisions. Section 153.520(e)
will read: ‘‘A QHP issuer must maintain
documents and records whether paper,
electronic, or in other media, sufficient
to enable the evaluation of the issuer’s
compliance with applicable risk
corridors standards, for each benefit
year for at least 10 years, and must make
those documents and records available
upon request from HHS, the OIG, the
Comptroller General, or their designees,
to any such entity, for purposes of
verification, investigation, audit or other
review.’’
b. General Oversight Requirements for
State-Operated Reinsurance Programs
(§ 153.260)
HHS expects that States will operate
the reinsurance program under section
1341 of the Affordable Care Act in an
effective and efficient manner and in
accordance with the provisions of
subparts B and C of 45 CFR part 153.
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Therefore, pursuant to our authority
under sections 1321(a)(1) and 1341 of
the Affordable Care Act, we proposed
certain general oversight requirements
for State-operated reinsurance programs.
In § 153.260(a), we proposed that a State
establishing the reinsurance program
ensure that its applicable reinsurance
entity keeps, for each benefit year, an
accounting of the following: (1) All
reinsurance contributions received from
HHS for reinsurance payments and for
administrative expenses; (2) all claims
for reinsurance payments received from
issuers of reinsurance-eligible plans; (3)
all reinsurance payments made to
issuers of reinsurance-eligible plans;
and (4) all administrative expenses
incurred for the State’s reinsurance
program. We proposed to require that
this accounting be kept in accordance
with GAAP, consistently applied.
In § 153.260(b), we proposed that a
State that establishes the reinsurance
program submit to HHS and make
public a summary report on its
reinsurance program operations for each
benefit year. This report would include
a summary of the accounting for the
benefit year as set forth in proposed
§ 153.260(a).
In § 153.260(c), we proposed that a
State that establishes the reinsurance
program engage an independent
qualified auditing entity to perform a
financial and programmatic audit of the
program for each benefit year in
accordance with GAAS. Pursuant to
§ 153.260(c)(2), the State would be
directed to ensure that this audit
addresses the prohibitions set forth in
§ 153.265 (concerning improper use of
reinsurance funds for administrative
expenses).
In paragraph (c)(1), we proposed that
the State provide to HHS the results of
the independent external audit for each
benefit year, and in paragraph (c)(3), we
proposed that the State identify to HHS
any material weakness or significant
deficiency identified in the audit (as
these terms are defined in GAAS issued
by the American Institute of Certified
Public Accountants, and Government
Auditing Standards issued by the
Government Accountability Office
(GAO) 12). We further proposed that the
State address in writing to HHS how the
State intends to correct any such
material weakness or significant
12 See, Government Auditing Standards (2011
Revision), available at: https://www.gao.gov/
yellowbook. For public companies, the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB)
sets audit standards. See, https://pcaobus.org/
Standards/Auditing/Pages/default.aspx. For nonpublic companies, the AICPA sets audit standards.
See, https://www.aicpa.org/Research/Standards/
AuditAttest/Pages/SAS.aspx.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
deficiency. To ensure transparency and
accountability of a State-operated
reinsurance program’s finances and
activities, we proposed in paragraph
(c)(4) that the State make public a
summary of the results of the external
audit, including any material weakness
or significant deficiency. We believe
that these measures are necessary to
ensure the proper use of reinsurance
contributions under the uniform
contribution rate, which HHS will
collect from all contributing entities
pursuant to 45 CFR 153.220. We
received several comments supporting
these provisions.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing these provisions as
proposed. We are finalizing these
provisions with one modification. We
are clarifying in paragraph (c)(4) that in
making public any material weakness or
significant deficiency from the external
audit, the State must also make public
how it intends to correct the material
weakness or significant deficiency.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing these provisions
with one modification. We are clarifying
that when the State makes public a
summary of the results of the external
audit, including any material weakness
or significant deficiency, it must also
make public how it intends to correct
the material weakness or significant
deficiency, in the manner and
timeframe to be specified by HHS.
c. Restrictions on Use of Reinsurance
Funds for Administrative Expenses
(§ 153.265)
To achieve the intended purpose of
the reinsurance program, reinsurance
contributions collected must be spent
on reinsurance payments, payments to
the U.S. Treasury, and on reasonable
expenses to administer the reinsurance
program. In § 153.260(a), we proposed
that a State operating reinsurance would
be directed to keep an accurate
accounting of the reinsurance funds
received from HHS for administrative
expenses and all the administrative
expenses incurred for the State-operated
reinsurance program. If a State incurs
fewer expenses in operating reinsurance
for a benefit year than are allocated to
it under the uniform reinsurance
contribution rate the State would be
directed to use those funds to operate
reinsurance in subsequent benefit years.
Section 1311(d)(5)(B) of the
Affordable Care Act prohibits an
Exchange from using any funds
intended for the administrative and
operational expenses of the Exchange
for staff retreats, promotional giveaways,
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65053
excessive executive compensation, or
the promotion of Federal or State
legislative and regulatory modifications.
In § 153.265, we proposed to extend
these prohibitions to State-operated
reinsurance programs, so that a State
establishing a reinsurance program
would be directed to ensure that its
applicable reinsurance entity did not
use funds that were intended to support
reinsurance program operations
(including any reinsurance
contributions collected under the
national contribution rate for
administrative expenses) for any
purpose prohibited in section
1311(d)(5)(B) of the Affordable Care Act.
We received comments supporting this
provision.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing this provision as
proposed.
3. Subpart D—State Standards Related
to the Risk Adjustment Program
In the first Program Integrity final rule
(78 FR 54070), we revised the definition
of ‘‘Exchange’’ in § 155.20 and amended
various other provisions of Part 155 to
permit a State to establish and operate
only a State-based SHOP while the
individual market Exchange for the
State is established and operated as an
FFE. Because § 153.310(a)(1) provides
that a State that elects to operate an
Exchange is eligible to establish a risk
adjustment program, when proposing
these amendments, we sought comment
on whether a State that elects to
establish and operate a SHOP but not an
individual market Exchange should also
be eligible to establish a risk adjustment
program. Additionally, we sought
comment on whether such a State
would be eligible to establish a risk
adjustment program only for the small
group market or would be required to
establish the program for both markets.
All these amendments were finalized in
the first Program Integrity final rule, and
we are not re-proposing or finalizing
any of them in this rulemaking.
However, we elected to address the
comments we received on the risk
adjustment options for States electing to
establish and operate only a SHOP in
the preamble to this final rule, rather
than in the preamble to the first Program
Integrity final rule.
Comment: Several commenters asked
that HHS permit a State that is operating
a SHOP-only Exchange to operate a risk
adjustment program for both the small
group market and the individual market.
One commenter opposed permitting a
State that elects to operate a SHOP-only
Exchange to establish a risk adjustment
program only in the small group market.
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
65054
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Several commenters stated that
restricting a State’s ability to operate
risk adjustment to the small group
market could deprive the State of
economies of scale, add compliance
burdens to issuers who operate in both
markets, and add complexity to
operational requirements such as data
collection and reporting.
Response: For 2015 and later years,
HHS will permit a State operating a
SHOP-only Exchange to propose an
alternate risk adjustment methodology
that covers both the individual and
small group markets, and to apply for
approval to operate a risk adjustment
program in both markets. HHS will
evaluate the proposed alternate risk
adjustment methodology using the same
alternate risk adjustment methodology
certification process set forth in the
Premium Stabilization Rule and 2014
Payment Notice, in accordance with the
standards set forth in 45 CFR
153.330(b), to ensure that it
appropriately addresses risk selection in
both markets, and will evaluate the
State’s application to operate risk
adjustment in accordance with the
standards set forth in 45 CFR 153.310(d)
to ensure the State is ready to operate
risk adjustment in both markets. We
emphasize that this policy does not alter
the definition of ‘‘Exchange’’ or any of
the other amendments to provide States
with the option of establishing and
operating only a SHOP Exchange that
we finalized in the first Program
Integrity final rule.
a. Maintenance of Records
(§ 153.310(c)(4))
In § 153.310(c)(4), we proposed that a
State operating a risk adjustment
program would be directed to maintain
documents and records relating to the
risk adjustment program, whether
paper, electronic, or in other media, for
each benefit year for at least 10 years,
and make them available upon request
from HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller
General, or their designees, to any such
entity. The documents and records must
be sufficient to enable the evaluation of
a State-operated risk adjustment
program’s compliance with Federal
standards. States would also be directed
to ensure that their contractors,
subcontractors, and agents maintain and
make those documents and records
available upon request from HHS, the
OIG, the Comptroller General, or their
designees. We noted that a State may
satisfy this standard by archiving these
documents and records and ensuring
that they are accessible if needed in the
event of an investigation, audit, or other
review. This provision is consistent
with the requirements set forth in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
§ 153.240(c), which contains record
retention standards for State-operated
reinsurance programs. We note that the
10-year obligation to retain records
begins when the record is created.
We addressed the comments received
on the proposed maintenance of records
provisions in the preamble discussion of
§ 153.240(c) above. Below we address a
comment specific to this provision.
Comment: One commenter asked HHS
to amend this standard to provide that
these documents and records be made
available to the State validation auditor
as well as HHS, the OIG, the
Comptroller General, or their designees.
Response: We are not making this
amendment because risk adjustment
data validation validates the records of
an issuer, not the records of the State
entity operating risk adjustment. Thus,
a State validation auditor should not
need to review the State risk adjustment
entity’s documents.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing this provision as
proposed.
b. Interim Report and State Summary
Report (§ 153.310(d))
In § 153.310(d)(3), we proposed that,
in addition to the requirements set forth
in 45 CFR 153.310(d)(1) and (d)(2), a
State would be directed to provide to
HHS an interim report, in a manner
specified by HHS, that includes a
detailed summary of its risk adjustment
activities in the first 10 months of the
benefit year in order to obtain reapproval from HHS to operate risk
adjustment for a third benefit year.13
This report would be due no later than
December 31 of the first benefit year for
which a State operates risk adjustment.
We note that because the process for
obtaining re-approval to operate risk
adjustment begins more than one year
before the beginning of the applicable
benefit year, the first benefit year for
which an interim report based on the
first year’s operations could be used for
approval purposes is the third benefit
year.
We proposed to amend 45 CFR
153.310(f) and re-designate it as
§ 153.310(d)(4). In § 153.310(d)(4), we
13 In the 2014 Payment Notice, we finalized a
process for approving the operational aspects of a
State’s risk adjustment program. This process is
distinct from the previously established process
through which a State may obtain Federal
certification of an alternate risk adjustment
methodology. In an attempt to clarify these two
related but distinct concepts, we have made minor
technical corrections to ensure that the terms
‘‘approval’’ and ‘‘re-approval’’ refer to HHS’s
evaluation of a State’s risk adjustment operations
and the terms ‘‘certification’’ and ‘‘recertification’’
refer to our evaluation of a proposed alternate risk
adjustment methodology.
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
proposed that in order to obtain reapproval from HHS to operate risk
adjustment for each benefit year after
the third benefit year for which it is
approved, each State operating a risk
adjustment program would be directed
to submit to HHS and make public a
detailed summary of risk adjustment
program operations for the most recent
benefit year for which risk adjustment
operations have been completed, in the
manner and timeframe specified by
HHS. We proposed that the summary
report must include the results of a
programmatic and financial audit for the
benefit year of the State-operated risk
adjustment program conducted by an
independent qualified auditing entity in
accordance with GAAS. In
§ 153.310(d)(4)(ii), we proposed that the
summary report would identify to HHS
any material weakness or significant
deficiency (as these terms are defined in
GAAS issued by the American Institute
of Certified Public Accountants, and
Government Auditing Standards issued
by the GAO 14) identified in the
independent external audit and address
in writing to HHS how the State intends
to correct any such material weakness or
significant deficiency.
We are finalizing these provisions
with minor changes in paragraph
(d)(4)(ii). We are deleting references in
that paragraph to HHS to make clear
that any material weakness or
significant deficiency identified in the
audit, including the methods the State
intends to use to correct any such
material weakness or significant
deficiency, must be made public, and
not only provided to HHS.
Comment: One commenter asked HHS
to clarify its expectations for the interim
report and summary report, and the
programmatic components HHS
anticipates a State would report through
audit findings.
Response: The interim report will
help HHS verify the ongoing
implementation of the risk adjustment
program and review concerns identified
by HHS or stakeholders (for example,
we may request more information on the
State’s oversight plan). We will expect
the State to report to HHS regarding the
State’s implementation of the processes
outlined in the State’s application for
certification of its alternate risk
adjustment methodology (or
14 See, Government Auditing Standards (2011
Revision), available at: https://www.gao.gov/
yellowbook. For public companies, the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB)
sets audit standards. See, https://pcaobus.org/
Standards/Auditing/Pages/default.aspx. For nonpublic companies, the AICPA sets audit standards.
See, https://www.aicpa.org/Research/Standards/
AuditAttest/Pages/SAS.aspx.
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
recertification), if applicable, and its
application for approval of its
operations.
We expect that the summary report
will include a review of the Stateoperated program’s operations over a
benefit year, including the State’s
implementation of the risk adjustment
methodology over a full payment
transfer cycle. A full year of risk
adjustment operations will extend
beyond a benefit year because payment
transfers are not determined until the
year following the applicable benefit
year. Therefore, the State will not need
to submit this summary report until
after the end of the benefit year, upon
completion of the full payment transfer
cycle. We will provide further details on
the risk adjustment interim and
summary reports in future guidance.
Comment: One commenter asked HHS
to permit State flexibility in reporting,
and asked that re-approval be based on
an assessment of a State’s success in
meeting the goals specific to its risk
adjustment program.
Response: We anticipate that we will
require standardized reporting of certain
metrics, but that a State will be able to
focus on the specific characteristics of
the State’s risk adjustment program
within the report.
Comment: One commenter asked
whether the summary report in
§ 153.310(d)(4) will also be required at
the conclusion of the first benefit year
and whether an interim report would be
required at any time after the first
benefit year.
Response: As required by
§ 153.310(d)(4), each State operating a
risk adjustment program is required to
submit to HHS an annual summary of
risk adjustment program operations in
the manner and timeframe specified by
HHS. The summary report will be
required after the conclusion of the first
benefit year’s risk adjustment operations
(and after the conclusion of each later
benefit year’s risk adjustment
operations), including the completion of
the payment transfer cycle. However, an
interim report will be required only for
the first benefit year.
Comment: One commenter asked
whether the interim report must include
an independent external audit.
Response: An independent external
audit will not be required for the
interim report.
Comment: One commenter asked how
HHS will review a State-operated risk
adjustment program’s operations in the
second year of operation, including
whether any additional information will
be required during the second year of
operation.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
Response: Only a summary report, as
required by § 153.310(d)(4), will be
required for the second year of
operation. We are requiring an interim
report for the first year of operations to
inform HHS re-approval for a third
benefit year of operation because we
will not yet have access to any summary
reports covering a full year at the time
of re-approval. For example, a State
operating risk adjustment in 2014 would
submit an interim report no later than
December 31, 2014. HHS would use the
information provided in this interim
report to determine if the State will be
re-approved to operate risk adjustment
for the 2016 benefit year. We would
indicate this re-approval in the HHS
Notice of Benefit and Payment
Parameters for 2016, which is published
in 2015.
Comment: One commenter supported
the requirement that a State-operated
risk adjustment program submit
summary reports, and recommended
that the summary report include an
analysis of coding intensity trends.
Response: We will not require a State
operating risk adjustment to include an
analysis of coding intensity trends in
the State’s summary report. However, a
State may choose to review this
information as part of the State’s
oversight strategy.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing these provisions
with minor changes. We are deleting
references to HHS in paragraph (d)(4)(ii)
to make clear that any material
weakness or significant deficiency
identified in the audit, including the
methods the State intends to use to
correct any such material weakness or
significant deficiency, must be made
public, and not only provided to HHS.
We are also including minor conforming
changes so that references to
‘‘certification’’ and ‘‘recertification’’ in
connection with the evaluation of a
State’s operation of risk adjustment are
changed to references to ‘‘approval’’ and
‘‘re-approval.’’
c. General Oversight Requirements for
State-Operated Risk Adjustment
Programs (§ 153.365)
To enable HHS to re-approve States to
operate risk adjustment pursuant to 45
CFR 153.310(d), HHS proposed in
§ 153.365 that a State operating a risk
adjustment program keep an accounting
of all receipts and expenditures related
to risk adjustment payments and
charges and the administration of risk
adjustment-related functions and
activities for each benefit year. This
accounting would be kept in accordance
with GAAP, and would apply
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65055
consistently to all risk adjustmentrelated activities. This standard is
similar to the standard proposed at
§ 153.260(a), which applies to the
reinsurance program when operated by
a State. We received no comment on
this proposed provision.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing this provision as
proposed.
4. Risk Adjustment Methodology
a. Modification to the Transfer Formula
in the HHS Risk Adjustment
Methodology (78 FR at 15430–34)
In the 2014 Payment Notice (78 FR at
15430–34), we noted our intent to
modify the risk adjustment payment
transfer formula in order to
accommodate community rated States
that utilize family tiering rating factors.
In non-family tiering States, family
policy premiums must be developed by
adding up the applicable rates of each
individual covered under the policy, as
required under 45 CFR 147.102(c)(1). In
the case of families with more than
three children in non-family tiering
States, only the applicable rates of the
three oldest covered children under age
21 are counted towards the family
policy premium rate (for example, for a
family with four children under age 21,
only the applicable individual rates of
the three oldest children would count
towards the family policy premium).
These family rating requirements do not
apply to States that use family tiering
rating factors. In family tiering States,
family tiering rating factors are not
required to yield premiums that are
equal to the sum of the individual
policy members’ applicable rates, nor
must they be set in a way that counts
only the rates of the oldest three
children under age 21 within a family
policy. For example, a family tiering
State could establish a family tiering
rating factor of 1.0 for an adult policy,
1.8 for a policy covering one adult and
one or more children, 2.0 for a policy
covering two adults, and 2.8 for a policy
covering two adults and one or more
children.
In order to account for the differences
in family rating practices between
family tiering States and non-family
tiering States, we proposed two changes
to the risk adjustment payment transfer
formula that HHS will use when
operating risk adjustment on behalf of a
State. These changes would only apply
to States that are using family tiering
rating structures. In the 2014 Payment
Notice, we stated that billable members
exclude children who do not count
towards family rates (that is, children
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
family tiering State, agreeing with the
proposal to base billable members on
the number of children that implicitly
count towards the premium under the
State’s family rating factors. These
commenters also supported modifying
the ARF formula to address rating
limitations based on the family tiering
factors instead of the age rating factors.
However, these commenters asked that
the ARF formula be modified to make
the numerator a summation over all
subscribers of the product of the family
tiering factor and the subscriber member
months, and the denominator the sum
of billable member months.
Response: We agree with the
commenters that the ARF formula
should be modified so that the
numerator is a summation over all
subscribers of the product of the family
tiering factor and the subscriber member
months, and the denominator the sum
of billable member months. We are
making this technical correction so that
the ARF formula accurately reflects a
member month weighted average of the
family tiering factor, as described in the
preamble to the proposed rule (78 FR at
37039–040). Because of a typographical
error, the formula did not align with this
proposal. We are correcting the formula
to align with our proposal, which we are
finalizing in this final rule. Therefore,
the ARF for family tiering States would
be calculated at the level of the
subscriber, as follows:
Where:
ARFs is the rating factor for the subscriber(s)
(based on family size/composition), and
Ms is the number of billed person-months
that are counted in determining the
premium(s) for the subscriber(s).
Summary of Regulatory Changes
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Where:
ARFs is the rating factor for the subscriber(s)
(based on family size/composition), and
Ms is the number of billed person-months
that are counted in determining the
subscriber(s) premium.
We noted that, apart from the changes
to the billable member months
definition and the ARF formula
discussed above, payment transfers in
family tiering States will be calculated
using the formulas provided in the 2014
Payment Notice (78 FR at 15431–34).
The changes to the billable member
month definition and the ARF formula
would not apply to States that do not
implement family tiering rating factors.
Comment: Several commenters
supported the proposed modification to
the payment transfer formula for a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
We are finalizing the two proposed
modifications to the risk adjustment
payment transfer formula as proposed,
with one technical correction. We are
modifying the ARF formula by making
the numerator a summation over all
subscribers of the product of the family
tiering factor and the subscriber member
months, and the denominator the sum
of billable member months.
5. Subpart E—Health Insurance Issuer
and Group Health Plan Standards
Related to the Reinsurance Program
a. Reinsurance Contribution Funds
(§ 153.400)
In some health coverage
arrangements, an insured group health
plan may provide benefits through more
than one policy to the same covered
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
lives, where each policy standing alone
does not constitute major medical
coverage, but the total benefits do.15 To
clarify the application of the rules
(solely for the purpose of reinsurance
contributions), we proposed to amend
paragraph (a)(1)(i) of 45 CFR 153.400(a)
and add a new paragraph (a)(3) that
would address liability for reinsurance
contributions in the foregoing fact
pattern. This paragraph (a)(3) would be
an exception to the rule under
paragraph (a)(1)(i), which provides that
an issuer of health insurance coverage is
not required to make reinsurance
contributions for coverage to the extent
the coverage is not major medical
coverage.
Under the proposed paragraph (a)(3),
a health insurance issuer providing
coverage under a group health plan
would make reinsurance contributions
for lives under its health insurance
coverage even if the insurance coverage
does not constitute major medical
coverage, if: (i) The group health plan
provides health insurance coverage for
the same covered lives through more
than one insurance policy that in
combination constitute major medical
coverage but individually do not; (ii) the
lives are not covered by self-insured
coverage of the group health plan
(except for self-insured coverage limited
to excepted benefits); and (iii) the health
insurance coverage under the policy
offered by the health insurance issuer
represents a percentage of the total
health insurance coverage offered in
combination by the group health plan
greater than the percentage offered
under any of the other policies. We
further proposed that for purposes of
paragraph (a)(3), the percentage of
coverage offered under various policies
would be determined based on the
average premium per covered life for
these policies. In the event that the
percentage of coverage is equal, the
issuer of the policy that provides the
greatest portion of in-network
hospitalization benefits would be
responsible for reinsurance
contributions.
Because an issuer of group health
insurance coverage that does not, by
itself, constitute major medical coverage
may not be aware of the existence of, or
premium for, other health insurance
coverage obtained by a plan sponsor
covering the same lives under a group
health plan, we sought comment on
whether and in what circumstances an
15 We note that, after 2014, such arrangements
generally would only be permissible in the large
employer group context, because issuers of small
employer group market insurance coverage are
required to provide all EHB under any policy they
offer that does not qualify as ‘‘excepted benefits.’’
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
ER30OC13.001
who do not count toward family policy
premiums are excluded) (78 FR at
15432, 15434). We proposed to clarify
that in the case of family tiering States,
billable members would be based on the
number of children that implicitly count
towards the premium under a State’s
family rating factors. For example,
assume a State has the following four
family tiers: One adult; one adult plus
one or more children; two adults; and
two adults plus one or more children.
Under this tiering structure, only one
child would be counted as a billable
member in the payment transfer
formula, because additional children
covered under a family policy would
not affect the policy’s premium.
Additionally, we proposed a
modification to the allowable rating
factor (ARF) formula that would be used
for family tiering States. In the 2014
Payment Notice (78 FR at 15433), the
ARF is calculated as the member month
weighted average of the age factor
applied to each billable enrollee. In nonfamily tiering States, the ARF is
intended to measure the extent to which
plans are increasing or decreasing their
premiums based on allowable age rating
factors. In the case of family tiering
States, premium revenue will not vary
by age-specific rating factors. Rather,
policy level premiums will vary only
based on the family tiering factors. In
order to capture the impact of the family
tiering factors on plans’ premium
revenue we proposed that the ARF
formula for family tiering States be
based on the family tiering factors
instead of age rating factors.
Specifically, under our proposal, the
ARF for family tiering States would be
calculated at the level of the subscriber,
as follows:
ER30OC13.000
65056
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
issuer should be entitled to rely upon
representations from a plan sponsor
regarding the relative percentage of
coverage offered by the issuer. We also
sought comment on what other means
we should consider for ensuring that the
relevant issuer knows of its obligation to
make the reinsurance contributions,
including any role that the employer
should have in ensuring that issuers
have the information necessary to
determine which issuer is responsible
for reinsurance contributions, as well as
alternative approaches that should be
considered for determining
responsibility for reinsurance
contributions in such circumstances.
Finally, we addressed in the proposed
rule certain inquiries as to how
reinsurance contribution obligations
would be allocated in the case of a
group health plan under which some
benefit options for employees are
insured by an issuer, and some options
offer benefits without the involvement
of an issuer in insuring the benefits
(because either the group health plan or
some non-issuer entity assumes the risk
for that coverage option). We proposed
that in such a case, if a coverage option
is insured by an issuer, the issuer would
be responsible for the reinsurance
contribution associated with that
coverage option. If an employee
coverage option under such a group
health plan is not insured (because
either the group health plan or other
non-issuer assumes the risk), we
proposed that the group health plan
would be responsible for the
reinsurance contribution associated
with that coverage option. After
considering the comments received, we
are modifying the proposed provisions
by amending the ‘‘percentage of
benefits’’ provision to state that the
issuer of the plan that provides the
greatest portion of the inpatient
hospitalization benefits would be
responsible for reinsurance
contributions. We also are making two
minor revisions to the language in
proposed paragraph (a)(3) to clarify its
scope.
Comment: Several commenters
suggested that the ‘‘higher percentage of
benefits’’ approach in proposed
§ 153.400(a)(3) is administratively
burdensome and presents significant
operational problems. A number of
commenters suggested an alternative
approach that would require the issuer
that covers hospitalizations to be
responsible for reinsurance
contributions.
One commenter agreed with HHS’s
statement in the preamble to the
proposed rule that issuers may not
know about other coverage purchased
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
by a plan sponsor, so directing issuers
to seek representations from plan
sponsors concerning the relative
percentage of coverage offered by the
issuer was reasonable. The commenter
suggested that issuers be able to rely on
employer representations regarding
other coverage, and that issuers be held
harmless from compliance actions if
they do not receive such information
from employers, or if the information is
inaccurate. However, another
commenter stated that plans or plan
sponsors should not be required to
provide information to issuers and that
a rule that ‘‘looks to the types of
coverage provided’’ is appropriate. One
commenter requested clarification on
which entity would be liable for
reinsurance contributions where a group
health plan has two insured major
medical components offered by different
issuers. The commenter stated that some
States prohibit HMOs from providing
out-of-network coverage for nonemergency services. HMOs in those
States package their in-network
coverage with out-of-network coverage
issued by a non-HMO health insurance
issuer, so that enrollees in the HMO
have simultaneous coverage under both
products. The commenter suggested that
the rule should provide the issuer of the
in-network coverage (the HMO, which
would be expected to account for the
majority of the total health coverage
under the group health plan) is
responsible for reinsurance
contributions.
Response: We are revising proposed
§ 153.400(a)(3) to state that the issuer of
the plan that provides the greatest
portion of inpatient hospitalization
coverage will be responsible for
reinsurance contributions, and note that
the issuer should be the issuer that
provides the majority of the dollar value
of the benefits in most situations. We
believe this option will mitigate the
operational difficulties discussed by the
commenters, and will significantly
reduce the need for plan sponsors to
provide information to issuers. Because
we recognize that there may be
circumstances in which an issuer is
unsure whether its coverage provides
the greatest portion of inpatient
hospitalization benefits, we intend to
hold an issuer harmless from noncompliance actions for failure to pay
reinsurance contributions if the issuer
relies in good faith upon a written
representation by the plan sponsor that
the issuer’s coverage does not provide
the greatest portion of inpatient
hospitalization benefits.
Comment: One commenter asked HHS
to clarify the type of group health plan
coverage intended to be addressed by
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65057
the proposed addition of paragraph
(a)(3) to § 153.400.
Response: Section 153.400(a)(3)
applies to fully insured group health
plans that offer health insurance
coverage through more than one policy.
For example, a fully insured group
health plan with two insurance policies,
one of which covers inpatient
hospitalization and another that covers
doctors’ office visits, prescriptions,
vision and dental benefits, or other
similar arrangements, would be covered
by this paragraph.
Comment: One commenter requested
a clarification on the proposed approach
to allocating responsibility for
reinsurance contributions, in the case of
a group health plan where some options
offered under a plan are insured and
some options offer benefits without the
involvement of an issuer (because either
the group health plan or a non-issuer
entity assumes the risk for that coverage
option). The commenter requested that
HHS clarify that the reinsurance
contribution will not be imposed with
respect to the same covered life more
than once.
Response: Under the proposed
approach, in such a group health plan,
the issuer would be liable for
reinsurance contributions with respect
to an insured coverage option, and the
group health plan would be liable for
reinsurance contributions with respect
to a coverage option that is not insured.
Consequently, reinsurance contributions
would not be required more than once
for the same covered life.
In general, it is our intent not to
require payment of reinsurance
contributions more than once for the
same covered life. We recognize that
certain complex group health plan
arrangements can lead to situations in
which lives are covered multiple
arrangements and where it is unclear
whether more than one health plan or
issuer must make reinsurance
contributions on the same covered life.
To provide clarity on the matter, we
intend to clarify in future rulemaking
the principle that reinsurance
contributions are required only once
with respect to the same covered life.
We also intend to propose that no
reinsurance contributions are required
under a group health plan where the
group health plan coverage applies to
lives that are also covered by individual
market health insurance coverage for
which reinsurance contributions are
required, or where the coverage is
supplemental or secondary to group
health coverage for which reinsurance
contributions must be made for the
same covered lives.
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
65058
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing the reinsurance
contribution provision discussed above
as proposed, with the following
modifications. We are modifying the
‘‘percentage of benefits’’ provision to
state that the issuer of the plan that
provides the greatest portion of the
inpatient hospitalization benefits will be
responsible for reinsurance
contributions. We also are making two
minor revisions to language in proposed
paragraph (a)(3) to clarify its scope.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
b. Maintenance of Records (§ 153.405(h)
and § 153.410(c))
To meet our obligation to safeguard
Federal funds, we proposed to amend
§ 153.405 by adding paragraph (h),
which would require a contributing
entity to maintain documents and
records, whether paper, electronic, or in
other media, that are sufficient to
substantiate the enrollment count
submitted under § 153.405 for at least 10
years, and would direct the contributing
entity to make that evidence available
upon request from HHS, the OIG, the
Comptroller General, or their designees,
for the purpose of verifying reinsurance
contribution amounts. We also proposed
to amend § 153.410 by adding paragraph
(c), which would direct an issuer of a
reinsurance-eligible plan in a State
where HHS operates reinsurance to
maintain documents and records,
whether paper, electronic, or in other
media, sufficient to substantiate the
requests for reinsurance payments made
pursuant to § 153.410 for at least 10
years, and would require the issuer to
make that evidence available upon
request from HHS, the OIG, the
Comptroller General, or their designees,
(or, in a State where the State is
operating reinsurance, the State or its
designee) for the purpose of verifying
reinsurance payment requests. We note
that these standards could be satisfied if
the contributing entity or issuer of a
reinsurance-eligible plan archived the
documents and records and ensured
that they were accessible in the event of
an investigation, audit, or other review.
We note that the 10-year obligation to
retain records begins when the record is
created.
We addressed the comments received
on the proposed maintenance of records
provisions in the preamble discussion
related to § 153.240(c) above.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing these provisions as
proposed, with one clarification in each
provision to conform with the other
record retention standards in this rule.
We are clarifying that in each provision
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
it is the ‘‘documents and records’’ that
must be made available upon request.
6. Subpart F—Health Insurance Issuer
Standards Related to the Risk Corridors
Program
a. Definitions (§ 153.500 and § 153.510)
Section 1342(a) of the Affordable Care
Act provides that ‘‘a qualified health
plan offered in the individual or small
group market’’ is to participate in the
risk corridors program. In the Exchange
Establishment Rule, we stated that a
stand-alone dental plan is ‘‘a type of
qualified health plan.’’ However, we did
not intend for all requirements
applicable to a QHP to apply to standalone dental plans. For example, under
45 CFR 155.1065(a)(3), certain QHP
standards are not applicable to a standalone dental plan if they cannot be met,
given the limited benefit package
offered by the plan. We believe that it
would not be appropriate to subject
stand-alone dental plans to the risk
corridors program because such plans
are considered excepted benefits plans
under section 2791(c) of the PHS Act,
and are therefore not subject to the
rating rules—that is, the Federal
prohibition on underwriting premiums,
the requirement to base premium rating
using the single risk pool, and the fair
health insurance premiums limitations.
Thus, although States have the option to
prohibit underwriting for excepted
benefits plans, and issuers of standalone dental plans may voluntarily
choose not to underwrite these plans,
we believe that, in general, an issuer of
a stand-alone dental plan will not be
subject to the same rate-setting
uncertainty in 2014 as the issuer of a
major medical plan, and will not need
the risk-sharing protections of risk
corridors.16 In the proposed rule, we
noted that stand-alone dental plans are
similarly excluded from participation in
the two other premium stabilization
programs—reinsurance and risk
adjustment. We also noted that,
consistent with the exclusion of
excepted benefits plans from the
medical loss ratio (MLR) requirements,
stand-alone dental claims would not be
pooled along with an issuer’s other
claims for the purposes of determining
‘‘allowable costs’’ in the risk corridors
16 In the preamble to the Exchange Establishment
Rule, we note that each Exchange has the authority
to require, as a condition of certification,
comprehensive medical QHPs to offer and price the
pediatric dental EHB (if covered) separately, if
doing so would be in the best interest of consumers.
For the 2014 benefit year, an FFE will not require
comprehensive medical QHP issuers that provide
pediatric dental coverage to do so. We have
provided this guidance in Chapter 4 of the 2014
Letter to Issuers on Federal and Partnership
Marketplaces (April 5, 2013).
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
calculation, as defined at 45 CFR
153.500. We received several comments,
all of which were supportive of this
approach.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing this policy as
proposed, and are adding a new
paragraph (e) to § 153.510, which
provides that a QHP issuer is not subject
to the provisions under subpart F of part
153 with respect to a stand-alone dental
plan.
b. Calculation of Allowable Costs,
Attribution and Allocation of Revenue
and Expense Items, and Risk Corridors
Data Requirements (§ 153.500,
§ 153.520, and § 153.530)
In the interim final rule (78 FR
15541), we noted that, consistent with
the single risk pool provision at 45 CFR
156.80, which directs an issuer to pool
claims costs across all of its nongrandfathered health plans in a market
within a State, a QHP issuer must pool
allowable costs across all its nongrandfathered plans in the relevant
market for the purposes of risk corridors
calculation. We therefore amended the
regulatory definition of ‘‘allowable
costs’’ for purposes of the risk corridors
program so that allowable costs for a
QHP are equal to the pro rata portion of
the QHP issuer’s incurred claims. We
also modified the provision related to
attribution and allocation of revenue
and expense items in 45 CFR 153.520 to
conform to the changes for the risk
corridors calculation described above.
We are finalizing the policy set forth
in the interim final rule with respect to
the definition of ‘‘allowable costs,’’ and
are making a number of modifications to
maintain consistency with this policy in
response to comment, as described
below.
Comment: Several commenters
recommended that we exclude the
experience of non-QHPs from the risk
corridors calculation, and include only
the experience of an issuer’s QHPs in
our definition of allowable costs. These
commenters were concerned that tying
allowable costs to the experience of all
of a QHP issuer’s non-grandfathered
health plans would have the effect of
diluting the pricing protections afforded
to QHPs through the risk corridors
program. One commenter believed that
it would be inconsistent to disconnect
the premiums used for the risk corridors
target amount from the claims used to
develop the allowable costs, and
suggested an alternate approach that
would direct issuers to aggregate
incurred claims for all QHPs and then
allocate these incurred claims to each
QHP pro rata based on the earned
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
premium of each QHP as a percentage
of total earned premium for all QHPs.
The commenter believed that, while this
proposal would not affect the risk
corridors calculation, it would require
issuers to separate QHP and non-QHP
claims and risk adjustment payments
and charges.
Response: We are finalizing the
definition of allowable costs as set forth
in the interim final rule without change.
As discussed in the preamble to the
interim final rule, this approach is
consistent with how issuers will
determine premiums pursuant to the
single risk pool requirement at 45 CFR
156.80. As stated in the interim final
rule, allowable costs will be calculated
based on an issuer’s experience for all
non-grandfathered plans in a State
market, such that the actual risk
corridors payment or charge will be
calculated based on a QHP’s pro rata
share (based on premiums) of the QHP
issuer’s market-wide allowable costs
and premiums. This approach ensures
that the incurred claims used to develop
the allowable costs in the numerator of
the risk corridors calculation are
consistent with the projected claims
used to develop the premiums used to
calculate the target amount in the
denominator of the risk corridors
calculation. We also note that this
approach aligns with existing processes
for the MLR program, and helps to
maintain overall consistency between
the MLR and risk corridors programs.
We agree with the comment that it is
inconsistent to disconnect the projected
claims used to develop premiums used
to calculate the risk corridor target
amount from the incurred claims used
to develop the allowable costs, and are
therefore modifying our risk corridors
expense allocation rules at 45 CFR
153.520 to ensure that the numerator
and the denominator of the risk
corridors calculation are calculated in a
fully consistent manner. We are revising
the risk corridors allocation rules in
§ 153.520 to clarify that administrative
expenses in the target amount, like
allowable costs, should be calculated
based on expenses across all nongrandfathered health plans in the
market, and allocated pro rata to a QHP
based on the QHP’s premiums. Because
certain administrative expenses, such as
Exchange user fees are, like incurred
claims costs, required to be spread
across the relevant risk pool, their
treatment should conform with the
market-wide risk corridors calculation
for allowable costs and premiums. Thus,
we are clarifying that administrative
expenses should be similarly allocated.
We note that this change is consistent
with our intention to align the risk
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
corridors calculation with the single risk
pool provision, will further align the
calculations for the MLR and risk
corridors programs, and will reduce the
burden on issuers of allocating expenses
on a plan-by-plan basis.
Finally, we are also making
conforming corrections to the risk
corridors data requirements in
§ 153.530(b) and (c) to specify that
issuers must submit risk corridors data
in a manner that is consistent with the
calculation of allowable costs and
allowable administrative costs, as
defined at § 153.500. We provide that a
QHP issuer must submit to HHS data on
allowable costs and allowable
administrative costs incurred for all of
its non-grandfathered plans in a market
within a State. Without these
corrections, issuers would be required
to make plan-specific allocations and
submit plan-specific amounts that are
not necessary for the risk corridors
calculation, while not providing the
QHP aggregate premium data required
for the risk corridors calculation as
amended. We believe that these
corrections will alleviate potential
confusion among issuers with regard to
submission of pooled risk corridors
data.
Comment: One commenter noted that
the risk corridors calculation compares
allowable costs for QHPs and non-QHPs
in the numerator of the calculation to
target amounts for only QHPs in the
denominator. The commenter
recommended that the numerator of the
calculation should only pool incurred
claims across an issuer’s QHPs to ensure
a consistent comparison. One
commenter noted that the single risk
pool provision at 45 CFR 156.80 permits
specific plan level premium
adjustments, such that QHP premiums
would reflect certain factors that relate
particularly to QHPs, in addition to
market-wide factors. Consequently, the
commenter believed that an approach
that limited the risk corridors
calculation to the experience of only an
issuer’s QHPs would still be consistent
with the single risk pool provision.
However, another commenter supported
the modification to the calculation of
allowable costs that was set forth in the
interim final rule, and believed that our
policy was consistent with the single
risk pool provision.
Response: Because a QHP’s target
amount is based on the QHP’s
premiums, which are principally set
based on the index rate for QHPs and
non-QHPs in the relevant market, we
believe it is more consistent to set
allowable costs based on the pooled
claims costs of both QHPs and nonQHPs. We believe the allocation of the
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65059
allowable costs by plan premiums
addresses the plan-specific premium
variation.
Comment: All commenters supported
the modification to the risk corridors
formula to calculate allowable costs
based on incurred claims at an aggregate
level, rather than using incurred claims
specific to each QHP.
Response: We are finalizing our
definition of allowable costs to calculate
allowable costs based on aggregate
incurred claims as set forth in the
interim final rule.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing the definition of
‘‘allowable costs’’ in § 153.500 without
change. We are modifying § 153.520(a)
and (b) to provide that expenses in the
target amount of the risk corridors
calculation should be based on marketwide expenses, and must be allocated
across a QHP issuer’s plans in
proportion to the plans’ premiums.
Finally, we are making conforming
modifications to the risk corridors data
requirements in § 153.530(b) and (c) to
require a QHP issuer to submit data on
allowable costs and allowable
administrative costs for its nongrandfathered health plans in a market
within a State.
7. Subpart G—Health Insurance Issuer
Standards Related to the Risk
Adjustment Program
We proposed to amend § 153.620(b) to
add a standard that would direct an
issuer that offers risk adjustment
covered plans to maintain documents
and records, whether paper, electronic,
or in other media, sufficient to enable
the evaluation of the issuer’s
compliance with applicable risk
adjustment standards, and to make that
evidence available upon request from
HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General,
or their designees (or in a State where
the State is operating risk adjustment,
the State or its designee), to any such
entity. This standard, which is
consistent with other records
maintenance standards in this rule,
would direct an issuer of a risk
adjustment covered plan to retain
additional records—not only those
pertaining to data validation—to
substantiate its compliance with risk
adjustment standards, whether risk
adjustment is operated by HHS or a
State.
We addressed the comments received
on the proposed maintenance of records
provisions in the preamble discussion of
§ 153.240(c) above.
Comment: Several commenters asked
HHS to clarify the record retention
timeframe for this proposed provision.
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
65060
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Response: We are amending this
proposed provision to specify the record
retention timeframe for this proposed
provision. We clarify that an issuer that
offers risk adjustment covered plans
must maintain documents and records,
whether paper, electronic, or in other
media, sufficient to enable the
evaluation of the issuer’s compliance
with applicable risk adjustment
standards for each benefit year, for at
least 10 years, and make those
documents and records available upon
request from HHS, the OIG, the
Comptroller General, or their designees
(or in a State where the State is
operating risk adjustment, the State or
its designee), to any such entity. We
note that the 10-year obligation to retain
records begins when the record is
created.
Comment: One commenter
encouraged HHS to prohibit QHP
issuers from demanding documentation
or paperwork from physician practices
or independently auditing physician
practices in order to comply with HHS’s
proposed oversight requirements.
Response: This regulation does not
seek to regulate the relationships
between issuers of risk adjustment
covered plans and health care providers.
Rather, we expect that risk adjustment
covered plans will make appropriate
arrangements with providers to ensure
compliance with this regulation.
Comment: One commenter asked HHS
to amend this standard to provide that
these documents and records be made
available to the issuer’s data validation
auditor as well as HHS, the OIG, the
Comptroller General, or their designees.
Response: We are not extending this
provision to require an issuer of a risk
adjustment covered plan to make
available its documents and records to
its data validation auditor. A data
validation auditor’s authority to review
an issuer’s relevant documents will be
addressed under the risk adjustment
data validation regulations in 45 CFR
153.630.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are making two corrections to this
provision, to conform with our other
record retention provisions throughout
this rule. We are clarifying that it is the
‘‘documents and records’’ that must be
made available upon request. We are
also clarifying that documents and
records must be maintained for each
benefit year, for at least 10 years.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
8. Subpart H—Distributed Data
Collection for HHS-Operated Programs
a. Failure To Comply With HHSOperated Risk Adjustment and
Reinsurance Data Requirements
(§ 153.740(a))
In § 153.740(a), we proposed that HHS
may pursue an enforcement action for
CMPs against an issuer in a State where
HHS operates the reinsurance or risk
adjustment program, if the issuer fails
to: (a) Establish a secure, dedicated
distributed data environment pursuant
to 45 CFR 153.700(a); (b) provide HHS
with access to enrollee-level plan
enrollment information, enrollee claims
data, or enrollee encounter data through
its dedicated distributed data
environment pursuant to 45 CFR
153.710(a); (c) otherwise comply with
the requirements of 45 CFR 153.700
through 153.730; (d) adhere to the
reinsurance data submission
requirements set forth in 45 CFR
153.420; or (e) adhere to the risk
adjustment data submission and data
storage requirements set forth in 45 CFR
153.610 through 153.630. As discussed
above, under the data collection
approach that we are implementing
when we operate risk adjustment or
reinsurance on behalf of a State, an
issuer must use masked enrollee
identification numbers when making
data accessible through the dedicated
distributed data environment. In
addition, we will not store any
personally identifiable enrollee
information or individual claim-level
information from the data that issuers
make accessible to HHS through the
dedicated distributed data environment
except when conducting data validation
or audits.
Risk Adjustment: Risk adjustment
covered plans must provide access to
the risk adjustment enrollee-level plan
enrollment information, enrollee claims
data, or enrollee encounter data from
the issuer by April 30 of the year
following the applicable benefit year in
order for HHS to calculate payment
transfers based on claims experience
and premiums as set forth in 45 CFR
153.730. In order to enforce risk
adjustment standards when operating
risk adjustment on behalf of a State
pursuant to our authority under section
1321(c)(2) of the Affordable Care Act,
we proposed establishing HHS authority
to impose CMPs, and applying the
related enforcement standards set forth
in § 156.805 to non-compliant issuers. If
a risk adjustment covered plan does not
comply with the requirements set forth
in 45 CFR 153.610 through 153.630 and
45 CFR 153.700 through 153.730, we
proposed to apply a sanction so that the
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
level of the enforcement action would
be proportional to the level of the
violation. While we would reserve the
right to impose penalties up to the
maximum amounts set forth in
§ 156.805(c), as a general principle, we
stated our intent to work collaboratively
with issuers to address problems in
establishing dedicated distributed data
environments in 2014. We noted that
HHS would reserve the right to impose,
or not impose, CMPs as appropriate. We
proposed that in our application of
CMPs, we would take into account the
totality of the issuer’s circumstances,
including such factors as an issuer’s
previous record of non-compliance (if
any), the frequency and level of the
violation, and any aggravating or
mitigating circumstances. Our intent is
to encourage issuers to address noncompliance and not to severely affect
their financial condition, especially
where the issuer demonstrates good
faith in monitoring compliance with
applicable standards, identifies any
suspected occurrences of noncompliance, and attempts to remedy any
non-compliance. For instance, if an
issuer of a risk adjustment covered plan
did not establish a dedicated distributed
data environment or provide access to
the necessary risk adjustment data to
permit HHS to timely calculate the
applicable risk adjustment transfer
amounts, HHS would assess a default
risk adjustment charge as described
below. HHS might also elect to impose
CMPs in conjunction with the
imposition of the default risk
adjustment charge if an issuer failed to
comply with applicable data security or
privacy standards placing the interests
of third-parties at risk.
Reinsurance: We proposed that an
issuer of a reinsurance-eligible plan may
be subject to CMPs for failure to comply
with 45 CFR 153.420, or 45 CFR 153.700
through 153.730. Under this proposal,
HHS would take into account the
totality of the issuer’s circumstances,
including such factors as an issuer’s
previous record of non-compliance (if
any), the frequency and level of the
violation, and any aggravating or
mitigating circumstances when
determining how to apply CMPs. In the
proposed rule, we indicated that we
might not impose CMPs in certain cases.
For example, HHS might not impose
CMPs on an issuer of a reinsuranceeligible plan if it fails to set up a
dedicated distributed data environment
or meet certain data requirements stated
above if, as a consequence, HHS simply
does not have the necessary claims data
from the dedicated distributed data
environment to calculate or distribute
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
reinsurance payments for the
reinsurance-eligible plan, and as a
result, the reinsurance-eligible plan
would forgo significant reinsurance
payments that it otherwise might have
received. Regardless, HHS reserves the
right to impose CMPs irrespective of
whether an issuer becomes ineligible for
reinsurance payments as a result of
failing to comply with 45 CFR 153.420,
or 45 CFR 153.700 through 153.730.
After considering the comments
received, we are finalizing § 153.740(a)
with one modification. We are including
a compliance standard, parallel to that
set forth in 45 CFR 156.800(c),
providing that CMPs will not be
imposed under this provision during the
2014 calendar year, if the issuer has
made good faith efforts to comply with
the applicable requirements.
Comment: Several commenters
supported HHS’s proposed flexibility
and cooperation with issuers when
imposing CMPs on issuers that fail to
establish a dedicated distributed data
environment or provide HHS access to
all necessary data. Commenters
supported taking into account an
issuer’s good faith attempts to comply
with the data requirements. One
commenter suggested that HHS provide
standards that would allow issuers to
demonstrate that they have complied
with the data requirements. Another
commenter asked HHS to adopt a ‘‘safe
harbor’’ that would defer the imposition
of any CMPs for two years, and to
require only good faith compliance. One
commenter specifically suggested that
issuers be subject to CMPs if they are
out of compliance with risk adjustment
and reinsurance data requirements for
two or more consecutive benefit years,
or if they fail to correct significant
deficiencies discovered during the risk
adjustment initial and secondary
validation audit processes that result in
substantially inaccurate data or produce
upcoding trends significantly greater
than those found among other issuers in
the State.
Response: As we described in the
proposed rule, HHS will take into
account the totality of an issuer’s
circumstances, including such factors as
the issuer’s previous record of noncompliance (if any), the frequency and
level of the violation, and any
aggravating or mitigating circumstances,
including the issuer’s good faith in
monitoring compliance with applicable
standards and attempts to remedy any
non-compliance. In addition, consistent
with our policy and standards with
respect to sanctions for non-compliance
with FFE standards set forth in 45 CFR
156.800, 45 CFR 156.805, and 45 CFR
156.810, we are clarifying that if HHS is
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
able to determine that an issuer of a risk
adjustment covered plan or reinsuranceeligible plan, as applicable, is making
good faith efforts to comply with the
standards set forth in § 153.740(a), we
will not seek to impose CMPs for noncompliance with those standards during
2014. Based on the comments received
in connection with the proposed rule, in
45 CFR 156.800(c), we provided that for
2014, sanctions under that subpart will
not be imposed if the QHP issuer has
made good faith efforts to comply with
applicable requirements. We are
adopting a similar CMP enforcement
strategy here. However, we note that
nothing in this provision prohibits HHS
from imposing CMPs in 2015 for noncompliance that occurred in 2014. At
the appropriate time, we will consider
extending this good faith compliance
policy through 2015. We also note that
this good faith compliance policy does
not apply to the imposition of the
default risk adjustment charge described
in § 153.740(b), which is intended as an
administrative measure to ensure that
HHS may properly calculate risk
adjustment payments and charges for
the entire market. Finally, we note that
HHS’s determination of good faith may
require issuers of risk adjustment
covered plans and reinsurance-eligible
plans to allow HHS to conduct reviews
of the issuer’s risk adjustment and
reinsurance materials and to review the
issuer’s good faith efforts to comply
with corrective action plans.
Comment: One commenter asked
whether the enforcement authority
proposed in § 153.740 will apply to
issuers in States where HHS operates
reinsurance but the State operates the
risk adjustment program.
Response: The enforcement actions
set forth in § 153.740 apply to issuers
that fail to comply with HHS-operated
risk adjustment and reinsurance data
requirements. As such, in States where
HHS operates reinsurance but the State
operates the risk adjustment program,
the enforcement authority proposed in
§ 153.740 would apply with respect to
non-compliance with reinsurancerelated standards to issuers of
reinsurance-eligible plans, but not to
non-compliance with respect to risk
adjustment-related standards to issuers
of risk adjustment covered plans.
Comment: One commenter asked that
HHS permit issuers to appeal any HHS
enforcement actions.
Response: As noted in the proposed
rule, HHS may impose CMPs in
accordance with the procedures set
forth in § 156.805 of this subchapter.
Sections 156.805(d) and (e) provide a
process for issuers that are assessed a
CMP to request a hearing. We intend to
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65061
propose an administrative process in the
HHS Notice of Benefit and Payment
Parameters for 2015 through which an
issuer may appeal the assessment of a
default risk adjustment charge.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
To clarify our 2014 policy of
nonenforcement of CMPs for good faith,
we are adding a new sentence to
§ 153.740(a).
b. Default Risk Adjustment Charge
(§ 153.740(b))
As described in the Premium
Stabilization Rule (77 FR 17220) and the
2014 Payment Notice (78 FR 15410),
HHS will employ a distributed data
collection approach when it operates a
risk adjustment program on behalf of a
State. Under this approach, issuers in
States where HHS operates a risk
adjustment program will be required to
establish dedicated, secure data
environments, and provide HHS with
access to ‘‘masked’’ 17 enrollee-level
plan enrollment information, enrollee
claims data, and enrollee encounter data
pursuant to 45 CFR 153.710 and 45 CFR
153.720. Pursuant to 45 CFR 153.730,
issuers must provide access to required
risk adjustment data by April 30 of the
year following the applicable benefit
year in order for HHS to calculate risk
adjustment payment transfer amounts.
As discussed above, under the data
collection approach we are
implementing when we operate risk
adjustment or reinsurance on behalf of
a State, we will not store any personally
identifiable enrollee information or
individual claim-level information from
the data that issuers make accessible to
HHS through the dedicated distributed
data environment except for purposes of
data validation and audit.
As discussed in the proposed rule, if
an issuer does not set up a dedicated
distributed data environment or submits
inadequate risk adjustment data, HHS
would not have the required risk
adjustment data from the issuer to
calculate risk scores or payment
transfers. This data is necessary to
properly calculate risk adjustment
payments and charges for the entire
applicable market for the State. If HHS
cannot perform this calculation for a
particular issuer, risk adjustment
payment transfers would be affected for
all other issuers in the State market
because payment transfers are
determined within a market within a
State such that they will net to zero. In
the proposed rule, we invoked our
17 As described at 45 CFR 153.720(b), masked
data means data associated with a unique identifier,
where the unique identifier does not include the
enrollee’s personally identifiable information.
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
65062
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
authority pursuant to section 1343(b) of
the Affordable Care Act to develop and
apply criteria and methods for carrying
out risk adjustment activities to apply a
default risk adjustment charge to issuers
in the individual or small group market
that fail to provide the risk adjustment
data necessary for HHS to calculate
payments and charges for the market in
the State.
In § 153.740(b), we proposed that if an
issuer of a risk adjustment covered plan
fails to establish a dedicated distributed
data environment or fails to provide
HHS with access to risk adjustment data
in such environment by April 30 of the
year following the applicable benefit
year in accordance with §§ 153.610(a),
153.700, 153.710, or 153.730, such that
HHS cannot apply its Federally certified
risk adjustment methodology to
calculate the plan’s risk adjustment
payment transfer amount in a timely
fashion, HHS would assess a default risk
adjustment charge.
We proposed two different methods
for determining the per member per
month amount used to calculate the
default risk adjustment charge. One
option would be to use the highest per
member per month charge among risk
adjustment covered plans in a risk pool
in the market in the plan’s geographic
rating area. A second option would be
to use a per member per month amount
that is two standard deviations above
the mean charge in the market in the
plan’s geographic rating area.
We noted in the proposed rule that in
order to calculate a plan’s risk
adjustment default charge, we must
multiply the per member per month
amount by an enrollment count. We
proposed to base the default charge on
the average enrollment in the State
market. If enrollment data is provided,
we proposed that the default charge
would be based on average annual
enrollment for the plan in a risk pool in
the State market. We sought comment
on these methods, other appropriate
methods for calculating a default risk
adjustment charge, and other sources of
data HHS could use to determine
enrollment data for the issuers in
question. We also sought comment on
whether to allocate an issuer’s default
charge to other issuers in the market as
part of payments and charges in the
concurrent benefit year, during a
subsequent benefit year, or sometime
between annual payments and charges
processes.
We received a number of comments
strongly supporting our proposal to
impose a default risk adjustment charge
if an issuer of a risk adjustment covered
plan fails to establish a dedicated
distributed data environment or fails to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
provide HHS with access to the required
data. We are finalizing that regulation
text as proposed.
Comment: Several commenters
suggested that we tie the default charge
to the issuer’s actual enrollment based
on an appropriate public filing by the
issuer, such as MLR or NAIC filings, or
information supplied by a State
Department of Insurance (DOI), rather
than average enrollment in the State.
Response: We agree with the
comments, and are finalizing an
approach based on the issuer’s actual
enrollment. Because the total risk
adjustment default charge is a function
of both a per member per month amount
as well as a total enrollment amount, we
recognize that actual enrollment would
better align the risk adjustment default
charge with the overall goal of market
stabilization. Thus, if an issuer of a risk
adjustment covered plan does not
provide access to required risk
adjustment data by April 30 of the year
following the applicable benefit year,
then we will seek from the issuer an
attestation of total billable member
months, which we would use to
calculate the total risk adjustment
default charge. That attestation would
be subject to later HHS validation
processes, which we will describe in
future rulemaking and guidance, along
with compliance with other risk
adjustment-related requirements. If an
issuer does not submit enrollment data,
HHS will seek enrollment data from the
issuer’s MLR and risk corridors filings
for the applicable benefit year, or, if
unavailable, other reliable data sources,
such as the State DOI.
Comment: We received several
comments suggesting that HHS allocate
an issuer’s default charge to other
issuers in the market as part of the
payments and charges calculation in the
concurrent benefit year.
Response: We agree that the default
risk adjustment charge should be part of
the concurrent benefit year payment and
charges calculation. However, our
ability to apply that charge to the
current year will depend upon when we
are able to obtain the enrollment data
for the plan in question. As discussed
above, HHS will assess the risk
adjustment default charge once HHS
receives actual enrollment data. Once
calculated, we would transfer the risk
adjustment default charge on a per
member per month basis to all
compliant risk adjustment covered
plans in the plan’s risk pool in the
market in the State in the earliest
possible payment and charges cycle. We
further note that we would not include
the non-compliant risk adjustment
covered plan in the risk adjustment
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
transfer formula calculations because of
the complexity of doing so. We intend
to establish a methodology for allocating
the default risk adjustment charge
among plans in the risk pool in future
rulemaking.
Comment: A number of commenters
made suggestions on the specific
methodology to be used to determine
the per member per month amount for
calculating the default risk adjustment
charge. One commenter supported the
second option for calculating the per
member per month amount—assessing a
per member per month amount two
standard deviations above the mean per
member per month charge. One
commenter supported the use of the
second option for calculating the per
member per month amount for the first
occurrence of non-compliance, but
stated that setting a higher amount, such
as the highest per member per month
charge among risk adjustment covered
plans in the market, would be
appropriate for repeated violations.
Other commenters asked that HHS
adopt a third methodology for
calculating the per member per month
amount—specifically, a fixed percentage
of State-wide average premium. They
stated that this methodology could be
more appropriate if a market has a
limited number of issuers that submit
risk adjustment data.
Response: In light of the comments
received, we will not finalize a
methodology to calculate the per
member per month amount used in the
default risk adjustment charge. We
intend to establish that methodology in
future rulemaking.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing our regulation text
providing the authority to impose a
default risk adjustment charge as
proposed. We are finalizing aspects of
the methodology for calculating the
default risk adjustment charge—our use
of the plan’s actual enrollment and our
application of the default risk charge to
adjust payments to other plans in the
market in the State on a per member per
month basis in the earliest available
payment and charges cycle. We are not
finalizing our approach to determining
the per member per month amount used
to calculate the default risk charge at
this time, and will propose that
methodology in future rulemaking.
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
D. Part 155—Exchange Establishment
Standards and Other Related Standards
Under the Affordable Care Act
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
1. Subpart D—Exchange Functions in
the Individual Market: Eligibility
Determinations for Exchange
Participation and Insurance
Affordability Programs
a. Administration of Advance Payments
of the Premium Tax Credit and CostSharing Reductions (§ 155.340)
We proposed to amend § 155.340 by
adding paragraph (h), which sets forth
additional requirements applicable
when an Exchange is facilitating the
collection and payment of premiums to
QHP issuers and stand-alone dental
plans. Specifically, we proposed that if
the Exchange did not reduce an
enrollee’s premium by the amount of
the advance payment of the premium
tax credit in accordance with 45 CFR
155.340(g), the Exchange would be
required to refund to the enrollee any
excess premium paid by or for the
enrollee. The Exchange would also be
required to notify the enrollee of the
improper application of the advance
payment of the premium tax credit no
later than 30 calendar days after the
Exchange discovers the error. We noted
that an Exchange may provide the
refund to the enrollee by reducing the
enrollee’s portion of the premium in the
following month, as long as the
reduction is provided no later than 30
calendar days after the Exchange
discovers the improper application of
the advance payment of the premium
tax credit. We proposed that if the
Exchange elects to provide the refund
by reducing the enrollee’s portion of the
premium for following month, and the
refund exceeds the enrollee’s portion of
the premium for the following month,
then the Exchange would need to refund
to the enrollee the excess, no later than
30 calendar days after the Exchange
discovers the improper application of
the advance payment of the premium
tax credit. These provisions are similar
to the policy we proposed in § 156.460,
when a QHP issuer is collecting
premiums directly from enrollees. We
also noted that we were considering
requiring the Exchange to provide to
HHS for each quarter, a report detailing
the occurrence of any improper
application of the advance payments of
the premium tax credit beginning in the
2015 benefit year. We sought comment
on whether HHS should establish a
minimum error rate or threshold before
an Exchange is required to inform HHS
of such improper applications of the
advance payment of the premium tax
credit in a quarterly report, as well as
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
what an appropriate error rate or
threshold should be. For example, we
noted that we were considering
requiring issuers to report the number of
enrollees for whom the Exchange
improperly applied the advance
payment of the premium tax credit
compared to the total number of
enrollees in the Exchange receiving
Federal premium subsidies. We also
sought comment on whether such
reports should be provided to HHS less
frequently than quarterly.
Comment: Several commenters
supported the proposed policy and
some commenters suggested that the
enrollee should have the option of
receiving the refund directly, especially
upon termination of coverage. One
commenter expressed concern that
Exchanges would not have money to
refund enrollees, since premiums and
subsidies are paid to issuers, and asked
HHS to clarify that plans are not
responsible for sending the Exchange or
consumers money to correct mistakes
made by the Exchange.
Response: In § 156.460 of the
proposed rule we sought comment on
the timeframe for QHP issuers to refund
any excess premiums to enrollees. We
also noted that the policy proposed in
§ 155.340(h) is similar to the policy
proposed in § 156.460(c), when a QHP
issuer is collecting premiums directly
from enrollees and fails to apply the
advance payment of the premium tax
credit to the enrollee’s portion of the
premiums, and that these parallel
requirements are designed to ensure that
all enrollees, regardless of whether a
QHP issuer or the Exchange is collecting
premiums, are afforded the same level
of protection. As discussed further in
section II.E.4.d, we received a number of
comments to the policy proposed in
§ 156.460(c) requesting that the
timeframe for QHP issuers to refund any
excess premiums to enrollees be
extended. In response to comments to
the policies proposed in this section and
§ 156.460(c), and in order to align with
parallel modifications in this final rule
in § 156.460(c), we are modifying the
proposed policy. We are finalizing a
policy such that if an Exchange
discovers that it did not reduce an
enrollee’s premium by the amount of
the advance payment of the premium
tax credit, then, if requested by or for
the enrollee, the Exchange must refund
any excess premium paid by or for the
enrollee within 45 calendar days of the
request. However, if the enrollee does
not request a refund, the Exchange may
refund the excess premium paid by
applying the excess to the enrollee’s
portion of the premium each month for
the remainder of the period of
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65063
enrollment or benefit year until the
excess premium is fully refunded. Any
excess amounts not refunded at the end
of the period of enrollment or benefit
year would have to be refunded within
45 days of the end of such period.
As a discussed above, this provision
applies when an Exchange facilitates
collection and payment of the premiums
to QHP issuers and stand-alone dental
plans on behalf of an enrollee and
collects a greater premium from the
enrollee than required by the issuer,
taking into account the advance
payment of the premium tax credit. As
an intermediary in this process, if the
Exchange collects excess premiums
from the enrollee on behalf of the issuer,
it should be responsible for recouping
the overpayments from the issuer and
returning the funds to the enrollee. This
standard would not prevent an
Exchange for recouping excess funds, in
the event the Exchange reduced the
enrollee’s portion of the premium by
more than the advance payment of the
premium tax credit. We also note that
State Exchanges may not use funding for
States establishing an Exchange
provided under Section 1311 of the
Affordable Care Act for such refunds.
Comment: One commenter asked HHS
to limit Exchange errors that must be
refunded to the current tax year, since
income tax reconciliation should
resolve any errors from the previous tax
year. Another commenter asked that the
enrollee be able to reduce the advance
payment of the premium tax credit
portion of premium for the remainder of
the year, if the refund would result in
the enrollee owing $600 more than
would otherwise be available to the
enrollee in premium tax credits.
Response: This provision is intended
to remedy instances when an Exchange
overbills an enrollee for his or her
portion of the monthly premium based
on the eligibility determination that was
made by the Exchange. This standard
does not address the reconciliation of
the tax credit, eligibility
redeterminations, or Exchange errors
regarding eligibility and enrollment.
Comment: Several commenters
supported a requirement for quarterly
reporting. One commenter suggested
that such reports should be publicly
available and required for all Exchanges,
including an FFE, and that Exchanges
should have the ability to refute and
correct these reports. Another
commenter asked HHS to set a
minimum threshold for reporting errors,
while another commenter opposed a
minimum threshold.
Response: We believe that it is
important to monitor the appropriate
application of these advance payments
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
65064
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
of the premium tax credits, regardless of
whether an Exchange or the QHP issuer
is facilitating the collection and
payment of premiums. However,
following review of the comments, we
are no longer considering a quarterly
reporting requirement. In parallel with
the standards being finalized under
§ 156.480 of this final rule applicable to
QHP issuers, when a State Exchange is
facilitating the collection of premiums,
the Exchange will be required to report
on an annual basis if it did not reduce
an enrollee’s premium by the amount of
the advance payment of the premium
tax credit in accordance with 45 CFR
155.340(g)(1)–(2). We have modified
§ 155.1200 to incorporate this provision
because § 155.1200 includes other
annual reporting requirements
applicable to State Exchanges (see
section II.D.1.a below). We note that
since issuers in an FFE are responsible
for collecting premiums directly from
enrollees, such errors will be reported to
HHS by the QHP issuers.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing the proposed
provisions with the following
modifications. We are increasing the
time period for notifying the enrollee of
the improper application of the advance
payment of the premium tax credit and
issuing refunds from 30 days to 45 days.
We are also providing that the Exchange
may issue the refund by applying the
total excess premium paid by or for the
enrollee to the enrollee’s portion of the
premium each month for the remainder
of the period of enrollment or benefit
year until the excess premium is fully
refunded, except that the Exchange
must refund any remaining excess
premium, within 45 days of a request by
or for the enrollee for the refund or
within 45 days of the end of the period
of enrollment or benefit year.
2. Subpart E—Exchange Functions in
the Individual Market: Enrollment in
Qualified Health Plans
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
a. Special Enrollment Periods
(§ 155.420)
In § 155.420 we proposed to amend
§ 155.420(d) to provide that a special
enrollment period will be available
when the Exchange determines that a
consumer has been incorrectly or
inappropriately enrolled in coverage
due to misconduct on the part of a nonExchange entity. Specifically we
proposed to add a new paragraph
§ 155.420(d)(10) to create this new
special enrollment period for qualified
individuals. This amendment would
extend a special enrollment period to a
qualified individual when, in the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
determination of the Exchange,
misconduct on the part of a nonExchange entity has caused the
qualified individual to be enrolled
incorrectly or inappropriately in
coverage such that they are not enrolled
in QHP coverage as desired, are not
enrolled in their selected QHP, or have
been determined eligible for but are not
receiving advance payments of the
premium tax credit or cost-sharing
reductions. We proposed to limit this
special enrollment opportunity to the
individual market Exchange and not
extend it to the SHOPs.
We proposed that a non-Exchange
entity providing enrollment assistance
or conducting enrollment activities
would include, but not be limited to,
those individuals and entities that are
authorized by the Exchange to assist
with enrollment in QHP, such as a
Navigator, as described in § 155.210;
non-Navigator assistance personnel, as
authorized by § 155.205(d) and (e); a
certified application counselor, as
described in § 155.225; an agent or
broker assisting consumers in an
Exchange under § 155.220; issuer
application assisters under § 155.415; or
a QHP conducting direct enrollment
under § 156.1230.
Comment: We received several
comments supporting this proposed
amendment to § 155.420(d) to ensure
that consumers have an available
remedy if misconduct on the part of a
non-Exchange entity results in harm.
Response: We are finalizing the rule
as proposed to ensure that consumers
will have a special enrollment period if
harmed by misconduct on the part of
non-Exchange entities. We further
clarify here that for purposes of
§ 155.420(d)(10) only, a non-Exchange
entity includes an individual or entity
fraudulently claiming to be an
authorized entity approved by an
Exchange, such as a Navigator, nonNavigator assister, or Exchangeapproved agent or broker.
Comment: We received a comment
recommending that the special
enrollment period be available to
consumers if a non-Exchange entity
provides erroneous information to a
consumer, regardless of whether the
consumer can demonstrate harm.
Response: We believe that creating a
special enrollment period for consumers
who have been harmed by nonExchange entity misconduct will help
ensure that consumers have a remedy to
address enrollment harms while
limiting uncertainty for QHP issuers.
We believe that this remedy is necessary
for consumers who have been harmed,
to allow them to mitigate the harm
caused. However, we do not believe this
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
remedy would be necessary for
consumers who have not suffered any
harm resulting from misconduct. In
addition, as stated in the preamble to
the proposed rule, a qualified individual
may also seek to demonstrate the
existence of exceptional circumstances
to the Exchange under § 155.420(d)(9) if
the qualified individual is harmed due
to error or inaction on the part of a nonExchange entity. We intend to provide
future guidance on the process for
demonstrating harm as necessary.
Comment: We received several
comments recommending that this
special enrollment period be extended
to the SHOPs, stating that SHOP
consumers may be exposed to the same
risk as consumers purchasing coverage
in an Exchange.
Response: We believe that it is less
likely for an employee enrolled in
coverage through a SHOP to be harmed
in the ways the new special enrollment
period is intended to address than is the
case for a qualified individual enrolled
in coverage through the individual
market Exchange. For example, advance
payments of the premium tax credit and
cost-sharing reductions are not available
to employees enrolled in coverage
through a SHOP, such that it would not
be possible for them to be determined
eligible for but not receive advance
payments of the premium tax credit or
cost-sharing reductions, one of the
harms the special enrollment period
was specifically designed to address.
However, we are persuaded by the
comments that some risk of harm does
exist for employees enrolled in coverage
through a SHOP, and are therefore
extending the special enrollment period
to SHOPs. We intend to monitor
whether employees avail themselves of
the special enrollment period and the
circumstances surrounding each such
election. We are making minor changes
to the proposed rule text to clarify that
the special enrollment period would be
extended to employees enrolled in
coverage through a SHOP and their
dependents, and are also making a
conforming change to 45 CFR 155.725(j)
to clarify that this special enrollment
period applies in the SHOPs.
Comment: We received several
comments recommending that
misconduct on the part of a nonExchange entity should also result in a
special enrollment period for
enrollment into public programs the
consumer may otherwise be eligible for,
such as Medicaid or CHIP.
Response: Medicaid and CHIP have
year round enrollment, so individuals
eligible for these programs do not need
a special enrollment period to enroll in
these programs if they have been
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
incorrectly enrolled in private health
insurance coverage.
Comment: We received one comment
requesting clarification about what
actions might be considered
misconduct.
Response: As stated in the preamble
of the proposed rule, misconduct
includes the failure of a non-Exchange
entity to comply with applicable
requirements set forth in Exchange
regulations, or other applicable Federal
or State laws. For example, this might
include a Navigator’s failure to comply
with the requirements set forth in 45
CFR 155.210.
Comment: We received comments
stating that the special enrollment
period, as proposed, might result in
adverse selection or gaming by
consumers. One commenter requested
that this provision not be codified to
eliminate the risk of adverse selection
and another commenter requested that
the duration of this special enrollment
period be limited to 30-days, rather than
the 60-days from the date of the
triggering event, as proposed.
Response: We believe that any risk
that this special enrollment period
might result in adverse selection is
mitigated by the fact that consumers
will need to demonstrate to the
Exchange that they have been harmed in
order to receive this special enrollment
period. We believe that this special
enrollment period is important to
protect consumers from certain kinds of
misconduct on the part of non-Exchange
entities. In addition, the 60-day time
period for the new special enrollment
period in the individual market
Exchanges is consistent with special
enrollment periods otherwise available
to Exchange consumers in the
individual market and we believe
provides consumers with adequate time
to review available plan options and
make informed decisions to correct the
harm. Consistent with other special
enrollment periods available in the
SHOPs, this special enrollment period
will be for 30 days, not 60 days, in the
SHOPs.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing the provision
proposed in § 155.420(d)(10) with
amendments reflecting our decision to
extend the special enrollment period to
SHOPs, and with a minor correction to
remove ‘‘of this subchapter’’ following
‘‘part 156’’ from the proposed regulation
text.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
3. Subpart H—Exchange Functions:
Small Business Health Options Program
(SHOP)
a. Enrollment Periods Under SHOP
(§ 155.725)
In section II.D.2 of this final rule, we
describe our decision, made in response
to comment, to extend to SHOPs the
new special enrollment period that will
be available when the Exchange
determines that a consumer has been
incorrectly or inappropriately enrolled
in coverage due to misconduct on the
part of a non-Exchange entity.
Accordingly, we are making a
conforming amendment to
§ 155.725(j)(2)(i) to add a cross-reference
to § 155.420(d)(10), the new special
enrollment period.
4. Subpart M—Oversight and Program
Integrity Standards for State Exchanges
a. General Program Integrity and
Oversight Requirements (§ 155.1200)
We proposed that the State Exchange
maintain an accounting of all its
receipts and expenditures, in
accordance with GAAP. We also
proposed that the State Exchange
develop and implement a process for
monitoring all Exchange-related
activities for effectiveness, efficiency,
integrity, transparency, and
accountability. We stated our belief that
these activities would help to ensure
State Exchange compliance with Federal
requirements as set forth in Part 155 and
ensure the appropriate administration of
Federal funds, including advance
payment of the premium tax credit and
cost-sharing reductions.
In § 155.1200(b), we proposed that the
State Exchange submit several types of
reports to HHS. The State Exchange
would submit at least annually a report
to allow for transparency of State
Exchange activities. The report must
include a financial statement presented
in accordance with GAAP. The report is
due to HHS by April 1 of each year.
Additionally, the State Exchange must
submit reports in a form and manner to
be specified by HHS regarding eligibility
and enrollment. These reports will focus
on eligibility determination errors, nondiscrimination safeguards, accessibility
of information, and fraud and abuse
incidences. The State Exchange must
also submit performance monitoring
data that includes financial
sustainability, operational efficiency,
and consumer satisfaction. We sought
comments on our approach, including
comments on the content, format, and
timing of such reports.
In § 155.1200(c) we proposed that the
State Exchange engage an independent
qualified auditing entity, whether
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65065
governmental or private, which meets
accepted professional and business
standards and follows generally
accepted governmental auditing
standards (GAGAS) to perform an
independent external financial and
programmatic audit of the State
Exchange. This entity should be
selected to avoid any real or potential
perception of conflict of interest,
including being free from personal,
external and organizational impairments
to independence or the appearance of
such impairments of independence. We
stated that an external audit will help
ensure the consistency and accuracy of
State Exchange financial reporting and
program activities. We proposed that
this requirement may be satisfied
through an audit by an independent
State-government entity. We proposed
that the State Exchange will submit to
HHS, concurrent with the annual report,
the results on the audit along with
proposals on how it will remedy any
material weakness or significant
deficiency (the terms ‘‘material
weakness’’ and ‘‘significant deficiency’’
are defined in OMB Circular A–133,
Audits of States, Local Governments
and Non-Profit Organizations).
In § 155.1200(d) we proposed that
independent audits address specific
processes and activities of State
Exchanges including financial and
programmatic activities and those
related to the verification and
determination of applicants’ eligibility
for enrollment in the State Exchanges
and the subsequent enrollments. We
also proposed that the external audit
address whether the Exchange is
complying with § 155.1200(a)(1) by
keeping an accurate accounting of
Exchange receipts and expenditures in
accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles (GAAP). We also
proposed that external audits and
annual reports required under
paragraphs (b) and (c) address State
Exchange processes and procedures to
comply with the standards for
Exchanges under Part 155 related to
advance payments of the premium tax
credits and cost-sharing reductions.
These standards include the
requirements under subpart D regarding
eligibility determinations, including the
requirements regarding the
confidentiality, disclosure,
maintenance, and use of information as
set forth in 45 CFR 155.302(d)(3);
subpart E regarding individual market
enrollment in QHPs; and subpart K
regarding QHP certification. We also
proposed that such audits and annual
reports assess whether a State Exchange
has processes and procedures in place
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
65066
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
to prevent improper eligibility
determinations and enrollment
transactions. We sought comment on the
proposed annual audits, and other
activities that State Exchanges should
specifically be required to audit
annually or on an interim basis.
Comment: We received comments on
the timing of the annual financial
statement. We also received comments
requesting additional reporting
requirements including reporting for
fraud and abuse incidences and
suggesting that we specify in regulation
text the types of reporting requirements
we described in the preamble.
Additionally, commenters suggested
that we make reports publicly available.
Response: We do not believe any
additional reporting requirements are
needed because the financial statement
is intended to ensure the transparency
of State Exchange activity and the
eligibility and enrollment reporting is
intended to ensure that processes and
procedures are appropriately in place to
ensure that Federal requirements are
being met.
The performance monitoring data
provide insight into the performance
and impact of State Exchanges,
including the cost of insurance, the
scope of coverage, and access issues.
This limited set of standardized metrics
also ensures basic transparency and
allows consistent cross-state
comparisons of the impacts of varying
approaches to State Exchange
implementation. We anticipate
providing further guidance on the
format and timing of the reports, as well
as, whether the public will have access
to them.
Comment: One commenter suggested
that we make these independent annual
audits available to the public and
increase the scope of the independent
audit.
Response: We accept the commenter’s
suggestion regarding public availability
and we will require the State to make
public a summary of the results of the
independent annual audit. Publicizing
the audit summary will increase the
transparency and accountability of State
Exchange activities. We are finalizing
our proposal that the independent audit
address the elements in § 155.1200(d) as
described above, as well as all subparts
of Part 155. While we are not accepting
the commenter’s suggestion that
independent audits include incomplete
applications or application questions
most commonly left unanswered, we
believe that the criteria in Part 155 and
in § 155.1200(d) adequately address
areas of compliance including eligibility
denials and information to improve the
eligibility process. We anticipate issuing
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
further guidance on the elements of
financial and programmatic activities
that should be included in the external
financial audit.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing the provisions
proposed in § 155.1200 with the
following modification. As discussed in
II.D.1.a of this final rule, if the Exchange
is collecting premiums under 45 CFR
155.240, we are adding subparagraph
(b)(4) to require the Exchange to
annually report if it did not reduce an
enrollee’s premium by the amount of
the advance payment of the premium
tax credit in accordance with 45 CFR
155.340(g)(1)–(2). In paragraph (c) we
are adding a requirement that the State
make public a summary of the results of
external financial audit.
b. Maintenance of Records (§ 155.1210)
We proposed that State Exchanges
and its contractors, subcontractors, and
agents maintain records for 10 years,
including documents and records
(whether paper, electronic, or other
media) and other evidence of
accounting procedures and practices of
the State Exchanges to prepare for
targeted audits. We stated that these
records must be sufficient and
appropriate to respond to any periodic
auditing, inspection, or investigation of
the State Exchange’s financial records or
to enable HHS or its designee to
appropriately evaluate the State
Exchange’s compliance with Federal
requirements. We anticipate that
targeted audits will be conducted based
on information from the external audit,
annual report, prospective measurement
programs of improper payments,
consumer complaints, or other data
sources. In addition, we proposed that
the State Exchange must make all
records of this section available to HHS,
the OIG, the Comptroller General, or
their designees, upon request.
Comment: Commenters suggested that
the proposed maintenance of records
requirements for State Exchanges and
their contractors, subcontractors, and
agents should specifically outline
additional records to be kept, which
could include data related not only to
appeals but to the outcome of the
appeals. In addition, commenters
suggested that the requirement apply
only to those eligible entities contracted
with the State Exchanges to carry out
one or more responsibilities of the
Exchange (see 45 CFR 155.110), and
should not apply to QHP issuers.
Response: The maintenance of records
provision we are finalizing in
§ 155.1210 (b) sufficiently addresses the
minimum types of records that we
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
would require State Exchanges to retain.
The maintenance of records provision in
§ 155.1210 only applies to entities that
are carrying out one or more
responsibilities of the Exchange in the
capacity of a contractor, subcontractor,
or agent, and does not apply to QHP
issuers because these entities do not
provide services or carry out one or
more responsibilities of the Exchange.
Furthermore, the oversight standards
with respect to cost-sharing reductions
and advance payments of the premium
tax credit finalized in 45 CFR 156.480
of this final rule ensure that CMS can
sufficiently monitor compliance with
federal standards with respect to the
federal funds distributed to QHP issuers
through these programs. Therefore,
requiring QHP issuers to maintain
records is not necessary.
Comment: One commenter suggested
that HHS articulate how consumers,
advocates, Navigators, and other entities
will be able to file complaints with HHS
in a meaningful way such as triggering
a targeted audit.
Response: We expect that the
consumer satisfaction section of the
performance monitoring data will
include reporting on consumer
complaints that will be used in
determining whether we will conduct a
targeted audit.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing the provisions
proposed in § 155.1210, and note that
the 10 year record retention requirement
begins when the record is created.
E. Part 156—Health Insurance Issuer
Standards Under the Affordable Care
Act, Including Standards Related To
Exchanges
1. Subpart A—General Provisions
a. Definitions (§ 156.20)
We proposed amending 45 CFR
156.20 by adding the definition for
‘‘Enrollee satisfaction survey vendor’’
and ‘‘Registered user of the enrollee
satisfaction survey data warehouse.’’
We are making a technical correction
to our regulation text, which
inadvertently left out the word ‘‘that’’
from the definition. The definition for
‘‘enrollee satisfaction survey vendor’’
should begin, ‘‘an organization that has
. . .’’
We received no comments in regards
to these definitions, and finalize these
definitions as proposed, but with the
technical corrections as mentioned
above.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing this provision as
proposed.
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
b. Single Risk Pool (§ 156.80)
To ensure consistency with rate
setting schedules in the Exchanges and
thus reduce the risk of adverse
selection, we proposed in § 156.80 to
add paragraph (d)(3) to clarify when
issuers may establish and update
premium rates under the single risk
pool requirements. Specifically, in
paragraph (d)(3)(i), we proposed that
issuers in the individual market or in a
market in which the individual and
small group risk pools were merged by
the State would be permitted to make
changes to their market-wide adjusted
index rate and plan-specific pricing on
an annual basis. In paragraph (d)(3)(ii),
we proposed that issuers in the small
group market would be permitted to
make such changes on a quarterly basis
once the Federally-Facilitated Small
Business Health Options Program’s (FF–
SHOP) capability to process quarterly
rate updates is established. Until that
time, we proposed that issuers in the
small group market may make changes
to rates no more frequently than
annually.
Comment: Commenters generally
acknowledged the reasons for the
proposal to prohibit quarterly index rate
and plan-level adjustments for issuers in
FF–SHOPs until the issues are resolved,
but asserted this policy should not
apply in States with SHOPs that have
the capability to accept quarterly rate
adjustments, nor should they apply to
issuers offering coverage in the small
group market solely outside of the
SHOPs.
Response: HHS, in operating both the
FF–SHOPs as well as the market-wide
rate review program under section 2794
of the PHS Act, cannot accept quarterly
rate changes at this time. Accordingly,
we are finalizing our proposal that
issuers offering coverage in the small
group market through the SHOPs or
outside of the SHOPs must refrain from
making index rate and plan-level
adjustments more frequently than
annually, until notified of the system
capability to process quarterly rate
changes. We expect to establish this
capability by the third quarter of 2014.
Comment: One commenter requested
clarification as to whether States could
require less frequent index rate and
plan-level adjustments in the small
group market than those specified in the
regulation.
Response: Nothing in this final rule
prevents a State from requiring less
frequent rate changes in the small group
market than the quarterly changes
permitted under this final rule. At a
minimum, however, an issuer in small
group or individual market must
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
establish an index rate each calendar
year with an effective date of January 1,
and, in the small group market, ensure
that any rate changes at other times
during the year are effective only on
April 1, July 1, or October 1, the only
dates for which Federal systems will be
in place for processing rate updates. We
believe § 156.80(d)(1) already provides
for the establishment of an index rate by
January 1 of each calendar year, and that
the proposed rule contemplates small
group market rate changes that
correspond to the calendar quarters.
Nonetheless, for precision and clarity,
we are revising the regulation text to
include these clarifications. We note
that any new rates set by an issuer
would apply for new or renewing
coverage on or after the rate effective
date, and would apply for the entire the
plan year.
Comment: Some commenters sought
assurance that the single risk pool
requirements would not prevent issuers
from filing new products for sale
outside of Exchanges nor prevent
issuers from entering a market until
January 1 of each year.
Response: As described above, under
the guaranteed availability standard, all
non-grandfathered plans in the
individual or merged market must be
offered on a calendar year basis starting
January 1, 2014. Furthermore, under the
single risk pool standard, an index rate
must be established and adjusted only
once annually in the individual and
merged markets. The interaction of
these provisions is such that an issuer
cannot introduce new products
throughout the year without affecting
the pricing of all of the issuer’s other
products in the risk pool, in violation of
the single risk pool provision. We note
that issuers will have greater flexibility
to introduce new products in the small
group market, where coverage may be
issued on a rolling basis throughout the
year and rates generally will be able to
be updated on a quarterly basis.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing the provisions
proposed in § 156.80 of the proposed
rule with the following modifications.
We are revising existing paragraph (d)(1)
to provide that an index rate must be
established and effective for a State
market (individual, small group, or
merged market) by January 1 of each
calendar year. We are also restructuring
proposed paragraph (d)(3) to clearly
state that an issuer is prohibited for
making index rate and plan-level
adjustments on any basis other than
annually, except in the small group
market once quarterly rate changes are
permitted. We also now clearly state the
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65067
effective dates of quarterly rate updates
in the small group market.
2. Subpart B—Standards for Essential
Health Benefits, Actuarial Value, and
Cost Sharing
a. Enrollment in Catastrophic Plans
(§ 156.155)
We are making a technical correction
to our regulation text in § 156.155,
which inadvertently omitted the
statutory language in section 1302(e) of
the Affordable Care Act indicating that
a catastrophic plan provides ‘‘no
benefits’’ for any plan year (except for
providing coverage for at least 3 primary
care visits and preventive health
services in accordance with section
2713 of the PHS Act) until the
individual has incurred cost-sharing
expenses in an amount equal to the
annual limitation on cost sharing in
effect under section 1302(c)(1) of the
Affordable Care Act. Although this
provision was not addressed in the
proposed rule, it is part of the law
governing benefits under catastrophic
plans, and we believe it is appropriate
to revise the regulation text in this final
rule to reflect this fact.
3. Subpart D—Qualified Health Plan
Minimum Certification Standards
a. Changes of Ownership of Issuers of
Qualified Health Plans in FederallyFacilitated Exchanges (§ 156.330)
In § 156.330, we proposed that when
a QHP issuer in the FFE undergoes a
change in ownership, it notify HHS of
the change at least 30 days prior to the
date of the change and provide the legal
name and taxpayer identification
number (TIN) of the new owner, as well
as the effective date of the change. We
also proposed that the new owner must
agree to adhere to applicable statutes
and regulations.
Comment: One commenter expressed
support for the proposed standard and
urged HHS to examine any relevant
compliance and other issues impacted
by the change of ownership at the time
notified, such as accreditation status.
Response: HHS intends to examine
possible compliance issues related to
the change of ownership, including
impact on accreditation status, as part of
its overall oversight framework.
Comment: One commenter urged
flexibility in assessing what constitutes
a change in ownership and expressed
concern that the standard in § 156.330
could be triggered when transferring
blocks of business from one affiliated
entity to another.
Response: HHS believes that the
notice requirement is minimally
burdensome. Further, we believe that it
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
65068
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
will be apparent to issuers when the
standard is triggered—if recognized by
the applicable State, then an issuer
would need to comply with § 156.330.
Comment: One commenter asked HHS
to exempt changes of ownership within
the same holding company from the
notice provision and requested
additional flexibility in implementing
this provision for the 2014 plan year.
Response: We believe that the
standard, which would only require
notification if the change of ownership
is recognized at the State level, is clear.
If a change of ownership within the
same holding company is required by a
State at the State level, then the issuer
would need to report it pursuant to
§ 156.330. We believe that the notice
standard is the most minimally
burdensome way for HHS to be aware of
these important changes, particularly as
compared to standards that may be
required under State law. Therefore, we
do not believe that a transition period is
necessary.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing this section as
proposed.
4. Subpart E—Health Insurance Issuer
Responsibilities With Respect to
Advance Payments of the Premium Tax
Credit and Cost-Sharing Reductions
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
a. Definitions (§ 156.400)
Section 156.400 of this subpart
includes definitions of a ‘‘most
generous,’’ and a ‘‘more generous,’’ plan
variation. We proposed to supplement
those definitions by clarifying that the
definitions of a ‘‘least generous,’’ and a
‘‘less generous,’’ plan variation have the
opposite meanings of the existing
definitions of a ‘‘most generous,’’ or a
‘‘more generous’’ plan variation.
Specifically, we proposed that, as
between two plan variations (or a plan
variation and a standard plan without
cost-sharing reductions), the plan
variation or standard plan without costsharing reductions designed for the
category of individuals first listed in 45
CFR 155.305(g)(3) would be deemed the
less generous one. The term less
generous was used in the proposed rule
to address circumstances in which a
QHP issuer would reassign an enrollee
from a more generous plan variation to
a less generous plan variation (or
standard plan without cost-sharing
reductions), as discussed in greater
detail below. We also proposed a
technical modification to change ‘‘QHP
or plan variation’’ to ‘‘standard plan or
plan variation’’ to clarify that a plan
variation is not distinct from a QHP. We
received no comments on these
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
proposed provisions and are finalizing
these provisions as proposed.
b. Improper Plan Assignment and
Application of Cost-Sharing Reductions
(§ 156.410(c) Through (d))
In § 156.410, we proposed to add new
paragraphs (c) and (d) to specify the
actions a QHP issuer would take if it
does not provide the appropriate costsharing reductions to an individual, or
if it does not assign an individual to the
appropriate plan variation (or standard
plan without cost-sharing reductions) in
accordance with § 156.410(a) through
(b) or § 156.425(a) through (b) of this
subpart.
Specifically, in paragraph (c)(1), we
proposed that if a QHP issuer fails to
ensure that an individual assigned to a
QHP plan variation receives the costsharing reductions required under the
applicable plan variation (taking into
account the requirement regarding cost
sharing previously paid under other
plan variations of the same QHP under
§ 156.425(b) if applicable), the QHP
would notify the enrollee of the
improper application of the cost-sharing
reductions and refund any excess cost
sharing paid by or for the enrollee
during such period no later than 30
calendar days after discovery of the
improper application of the cost-sharing
reductions. This refund would be paid
to the person or entity that paid the
excess cost sharing, whether the
enrollee or the provider.
In paragraph (c)(2), we proposed that
if a QHP issuer provides an enrollee
assigned to a plan variation with greater
cost-sharing reductions than required
under the applicable plan variation
(taking into account § 156.425(b)
concerning continuity of deductibles
and out-of-pocket amounts if applicable)
then the QHP issuer will not be eligible
for reimbursement of any excess costsharing reductions provided to the
enrollee, and may not seek
reimbursement from the enrollee or the
provider for any of the excess costsharing reductions. Because the QHP
issuer is responsible for ensuring the
cost-sharing reduction is provided
appropriately, we noted that we do not
believe that the QHP issuer should be
able to recoup overpayments of costsharing reductions that resulted from
the QHP issuer’s own errors.
In paragraph (d), we proposed that if
a QHP issuer improperly assigns an
enrollee to a plan variation (or standard
plan without cost-sharing reductions),
or does not change the enrollee’s
assignment due to a change in eligibility
in accordance with § 156.425(a), in each
case, based on the eligibility and
enrollment information or notification
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
provided by the Exchange, then the
QHP issuer would, no later than 30
calendar days after discovery of the
improper assignment, reassign the
enrollee to the applicable plan variation
(or standard plan without cost-sharing
reductions) and notify the enrollee of
the improper assignment.
Conversely, paragraph (d)(2) proposed
that, if a QHP issuer reassigns an
enrollee from a less generous plan
variation (or a standard plan without
cost-sharing reductions) to a more
generous plan variation of a QHP to
correct an improper assignment on the
part of the issuer, the QHP issuer would
recalculate the individual’s liability for
cost sharing paid between the effective
date of eligibility required by the
Exchange and the date on which the
issuer effectuated the change. The QHP
issuer would refund any excess cost
sharing paid by or for the enrollee
during such period, no later than 30
calendar days after discovery of the
incorrect assignment. This refund
would be paid to the person or entity
that paid the excess cost sharing,
whether the enrollee or the provider.
We sought comment on the proposed
approach, including the 30-calendar-day
timeframe for QHP issuers to reassign an
individual to the correct plan variation
and refund any excess cost sharing paid
by or for the enrollee. We also sought
comment on whether the timeframe
should depend on the point in the
month the issuer discovers the improper
assignment, considering the amount of
time issuers may require to effectuate
the reassignment, as well as the impact
on enrollees due to a delay in
reassignment. We noted that the date of
the reassignment would not affect the
initial effective date of eligibility, and
that the enrollee would still be refunded
any excess cost sharing paid by or for
the enrollee between the effective date
of eligibility and the date of the
reassignment.
We also noted that we were
considering requiring that, for each
quarter, a QHP issuer provide to HHS
and the Exchange a report beginning in
the 2015 benefit year detailing the
occurrence of any improper applications
of cost-sharing reductions in violation of
the standards finalized and proposed in
§ 156.410(a) and (c) and § 156.425(b), as
well as instances when it did not refund
any excess cost sharing paid by or for
an enrollee in accordance with
proposed § 156.410(c)(1) and
§ 156.410(d)(2), or was reimbursed for
excess cost sharing provided in
violation of proposed § 156.410(d)(1).
Comment: Several commenters
supported holding enrollees harmless
for issuer mistakes. A number of
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
commenters requested clarification that
issuers will not be penalized for errors
made by Exchanges or enrollee income
misrepresentations, and asked HHS to
institute policies or procedures that
would make it easy for issuers to
identify enrollment errors. One
commenter suggested that restitution
should only occur when the agencies
can prove a pattern of willful
misconduct, while another commenter
suggested that HHS request
compensation from an Exchange for
errors by the Exchange.
Response: We are clarifying that QHP
issuers may rely on the validity of an
eligibility determination sent to the
QHP issuer by the Exchange, and are not
responsible for providing refunds under
this provision resulting from an
Exchange or enrollee error. However, as
noted in the proposed rule, because of
the reliance interests of an enrollee in
the application of cost-sharing
reductions when purchasing particular
services, we believe that the QHP issuer
should not be able to recover excess
funds resulting from issuer error with
respect to the application of cost-sharing
reductions. We note that this is a
different standard from the one we are
finalizing for misapplications of the
advance payments of the premium tax
credit because we believe that an
enrollee has lesser reliance interest in
miscalculated premiums because the
enrollee would have been clearly
notified of both the monthly premium
and advance payment of the premium
tax credit when they enroll in the plan.
In contrast, an enrollee may not be
aware of the cost-sharing amount for a
specific service and might not be able to
determine whether the cost-sharing
reduction was correctly applied for that
particular service at the point the cost
sharing is collected.
Comment: Several commenters noted
that requiring issuers to provide refunds
of cost-sharing reductions to enrollees is
inconsistent with standard billing
practices in which an issuer bills or
credits the enrollee, noting that issuing
refunds would require additional
resources. Another commenter noted
that consistent with current practices
and procedures applicable to nonsubsidized enrollees, issuers should be
able to reprocess claims under the
correct plan variation and recoup any
excess payment.
Response: In consideration of
standard issuer billing practices, the
final rule provides that a QHP issuer
may apply any excess cost sharing paid
by or for an enrollee (except by a
provider) to the enrollee’s portion of the
premium for the remainder of the period
of enrollment or benefit year until the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
excess is fully applied unless the
enrollee requests the refund. (The issuer
may also elect to directly refund the
enrollee, regardless of whether the
enrollee requests the refund.) However,
if requested by the enrollee, the QHP
issuer would be required to directly
refund the enrollee any excess cost
sharing paid by or for the enrollee
within 45 calendar days of the request.
The QHP issuer would refund the
enrollee any remaining excess costsharing paid by the individual at the
end of the period of enrollment or
benefit year, and if the excess cost
sharing amount was paid by the
provider, the QHP issuer would refund
to the provider any excess cost sharing
paid by provider within 45 calendar
days of discovery of the error. We
believe that this standard will allow
issuers to reimburse enrollees without
incurring additional operational costs
outside the standard billing practice,
while still providing the option for
direct refund to the enrollee.
Comment: One commenter asked HHS
to clarify that consumer protections also
apply to enrollees who are not eligible
for a cost-sharing reduction but who are
mistakenly enrolled in a silver plan
variation by the issuer.
Response: We clarify that the
standards in § 156.410(c) and (d) would
apply when an enrollee should not be
eligible for cost-sharing reductions but
is erroneously assigned to a silver plan
variation by the QHP issuer.
Comment: One commenter suggested
HHS set a threshold date such that, if a
QHP issuer discovers an enrollee was
assigned to an incorrect plan variation
before the 15th of a month, the enrollee
would be reassigned to the proper plan
variation by the 1st day of the following
month, and errors discovered afterwards
would be corrected in the following
month. Another recommended that
consumers be provided advance notice
of plan reassignment, and that plans
ensure that enrollees have full access to
services while the errors are being
corrected.
Response: In response to comments,
we are modifying the proposed policy to
align with existing Exchange regulations
regarding the effective date of coverage
with respect to special enrollment
periods under 45 CFR 155.420(b)(i) and
(ii). Section 156.410(d)(1) and (2) now
provide that if the QHP issuer
discovered the error between the first
and fifteenth day of the month, the QHP
must reassign the enrollee to the correct
plan variation (or standard plan without
cost-sharing reductions) by the first day
of the following month. If the QHP
issuer discovers the error between the
sixteen and the last day of the month,
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65069
the QHP issuer must reassign the
individual to correct plan variation by
the first day of the second following
month. We note that as with
reassignment, we expect issuers to
notify enrollees prior to the effective
date of the reassignment to prevent
enrollee confusion.
Comment: While some commenters
supported the 30-day timeframe for
refunds, a number of commenters felt
that this timeframe is not feasible, given
enrollment reconciliation and payment
discrepancy processes. One commenter
suggested that the final rule adopt a 45day timeframe, in line with Medicare
Part D. Other commenters
recommended increasing the timeframe
to 60 or 90 days. One commenter
suggested that issuers in State
Exchanges have the flexibility to work
with the Exchange to establish
appropriate timelines.
Response: Because cost sharingreductions are Federal outlays, we
believe that it is appropriate to set
uniform timeframes for correcting errors
related to the underpayment of costsharing reductions, regardless of
whether the individual receives
coverage through a QHP issuer
participating in a State Exchange or an
FFE. However, taking into consideration
current industry practice and the
monthly enrollment reconciliation
process, as well as the refunds standards
specified under 42 CFR 423.800(e) and
42 CFR 423.466(a) with respect to the
Medicare Part D low-income subsidy
program, we are modifying the proposed
policy and are requiring issuers to
provide refunds to enrollees within 45
days of the discovery of the error. We
believe that this will permit issuers to
rectify errors in a timely manner
consistent with their current monthly
operational cycles, without significantly
delaying the reimbursement to the
enrollee or provider as applicable.
Comment: Some commenters
suggested a de minimis threshold for
required refunds, similar to the
threshold for the medical loss ratio
program.
Response: Unlike the minimum
threshold for medical loss ratio rebates
under 45 CFR 158.243, the standards
proposed under this section were
intended to ensure that Federal funds
are being used to appropriately
subsidize enrollee cost sharing, so that
individuals receive the full cost-sharing
reductions for which they were
determined eligible. Because these
refund standards are designed protect
low-income individuals from
unforeseen costs, we do not believe
there should be a de minimis threshold
for refunds of cost-sharing reductions.
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
65070
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Comment: Several commenters
supported a standard under which an
issuer is not required to report on
misapplication of cost-sharing
reductions unless a minimum error rate
occurs, while other commenters stated
that all issuers should submit these
reports without respect to such a
threshold. Other commenters stated that
a semi-annual or annual report should
be required for the initial years. One
commenter believed that such quarterly
reports would duplicate the information
provided via enrollment reconciliation
and the payment discrepancy reporting
process. The same commenter was also
concerned about the implications of
such self-reporting under Federal laws,
and recommended a safe harbor from
enforcement remedies for any good faith
reporting. Another commenter
suggested that HHS give State
Exchanges flexibility to decide the
timing of such reports.
Response: In response to comments,
we are not establishing a quarterly
reporting standard with respect to the
improper application of cost-sharing
reductions or improper assignments to
plan variations (or standard plans
without cost-sharing reductions).
However, we require this reporting as
part of the annual reporting requirement
set forth under § 156.480(b). We believe
that annual reporting of these errors will
allow HHS to track the occurrence of
these errors and identify any problems
that affect multiple issuers without
duplicating any existing interim
reporting requirements. We do not
intend to create a safe harbor for
misreported information, and expect
that issuers will make a good faith effort
to accurately report these errors.18
Comment: One commenter asked how
claims submitted for premium
stabilization programs would be affected
by erroneous cost-sharing reduction
amounts.
Response: As noted in 45 CFR
156.430(d), HHS will perform periodic
reconciliations of any advance
payments of cost-sharing reductions
provided to the QHP issuer with the
actual amount of cost-sharing
reductions provided to enrollees and
reimbursed to providers by the QHP
issuers. This calculation is not required
for the risk adjustment or reinsurance
programs, and will be completed prior
to the deadline for the risk corridors
program.
18 We note that many of the errors that will be the
subject of the first annual report and to our 2014
policy of nonenforcement of CMPs for good faith,
which we codified at 45 CFR 156.800(c).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing these provisions
with the following modifications. We
are amending paragraphs (c) and (d) to
increase the time period for issuing
refunds from 30 days to 45 days of
discovery of the error. We are also
modifying these paragraphs to provide
that the QHP issuer may provide the
refund by applying the total excess cost
sharing paid by or for the enrollee to the
enrollee’s portion of the premium for
the remainder of the period of
enrollment or benefit year until the
excess is fully applied, except that the
QHP issuer must refund the enrollee the
excess cost sharing within 45 days of
the enrollee’s request or the end of the
period of enrollment or benefit year.
(Any cost-sharing paid by the provider
will still be refunded to the provider
within 45 days of discovery of the
error.) Additionally, we are redesignating subparagraphs (d)(1) and
(d)(2) as (d)(3) and (4), and adding two
new subparagraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2),
which set forth a timeframe for
effectuating a reassignment to the
correct plan variation.
c. Payment for Cost-Sharing Reductions
(§ 156.430)
In the 2014 Payment Notice, we
established a payment approach under
which monthly advance payments will
be made to QHP issuers to cover
projected cost-sharing reduction
amounts, and then, after the close of the
benefit year, the advance payments and
the actual cost-sharing reduction
amounts provided during the benefit
year will be reconciled. In 45 CFR
156.430(c)(1), we established standards
for QHP issuers to submit data to HHS
detailing the amount of cost sharing the
enrollees in each plan variation paid, as
well as the amount of cost sharing the
enrollees would have paid under the
standard plan. The value of the costsharing reductions provided is the
difference of these two amounts. We
also finalized at 45 CFR 156.430(c)(2) a
methodology (referred to as the
‘‘standard methodology’’) for calculating
the amount of cost sharing that the
enrollees would have paid under the
standard plan, but for the cost-sharing
reductions. Under the standard
methodology, QHP issuers apply the
cost-sharing requirements for the
standard plan to the allowed costs for
each plan variation policy; in effect,
each claim would be processed twice:
once using the cost-sharing structure
that would have been in place if the
individual were ineligible for costsharing reductions, and once using the
reduced cost-sharing structure in the
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
applicable plan variation for which the
individual is eligible.
In the Amendments to the HHS
Notice of Benefit and Payment
Parameters for 2014 interim final rule,
we established in § 156.430(c)(4) an
alternate methodology for calculating
the amount of cost sharing that the
enrollees would have paid under the
standard plan for the purpose of
reconciliation of the advance payments
of the cost-sharing reductions. Under
this alternate methodology (referred to
as the ‘‘simplified methodology’’), QHP
issuers calculate the amount of cost
sharing that the enrollees would have
paid under the standard plan by using
formulas based on certain summary
cost-sharing parameters of the standard
plan, applied to the total allowed costs
for each policy. With this approach, we
sought to balance the need to safeguard
Federal funds with the goal of lessening
the administrative burden on QHP
issuers. We stated that we anticipated
that after an appropriate transition
period, all QHP issuers would be
required to use the standard
methodology, and sought comments on
how long the transition period should
be. We also noted that in later years, we
would consider alternative approaches
for reimbursing QHP issuers. For
example, once more data is available,
we could change to a capitated payment
system as permitted in section
1402(c)(3)(B) of the Affordable Care Act.
However, such a change would require
access to data on the utilization and
cost-sharing patterns of individuals
eligible for cost-sharing reductions.
In § 156.430(c)(3)(i) of the interim
final rule, we provided that a QHP
issuer must notify HHS prior to the start
of each benefit year whether or not it is
selecting the simplified methodology for
the benefit year. In paragraph (c)(3)(ii),
we specified that if the QHP issuer
selects the simplified methodology, it
must apply the simplified methodology
to all plan variations it offers on the
Exchange for a benefit year. Since the
simplified methodology is intended for
issuers whose systems are not yet
capable of implementing the standard
methodology, in paragraph (c)(3)(iii) we
specified that the QHP issuer may not
select the simplified methodology if it
did not select the simplified
methodology for the prior benefit year.
We also set forth standards governing
the selection of a methodology if a QHP
issuer merges with or acquires another
QHP issuer on the Exchange, or acquires
a QHP offered on the Exchange from
another issuer. In paragraph (c)(3)(iv),
we provided that if each of the affected
parties had selected a different
methodology for the benefit year, then
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
notwithstanding paragraphs (c)(3)(ii)
and (iii), for the benefit year in which
the merger or acquisition took place, the
QHP issuer must continue to use the
methodology selected prior to the start
of the benefit year for each plan
variation (whether or not the selection
was made by that issuer), and for the
next benefit year, the QHP issuer may
select either methodology, subject to the
requirement in paragraph (c)(3)(ii) that a
QHP issuer select the same methodology
for all plan variations it offers on the
Exchange for the benefit year.
In this final rule, we are generally
finalizing the standards related to the
simplified methodology as established
in the interim final rule, with minor
clarifying edits to paragraph (c)(3)(iii)
and (iv), and we are modifying
paragraph (c)(3) to specify that QHP
issuers may only choose to use the
simplified methodology for benefit years
2014 through 2016. For the 2014 benefit
year, HHS intends to contact each QHP
offering individual market coverage
through an Exchange in November,
which will prompt the issuer to notify
HHS prior to the start of the benefit year
whether or not it selects the simplified
methodology for the benefit year. We
received a number of comments on the
selection of the methodology and the
transition period.
Comment: The majority of
commenters supported the simplified
methodology. Many noted that the
simplified methodology will likely
reduce QHP issuers’ short-term costs
and administrative burden. Two
commenters argued that issuers should
be permitted to choose between the
simplified and standard methodologies
indefinitely because of the many new
functions that issuers will be performing
in Exchanges and because the simplified
methodology should produce results
that are similar to the standard
methodology. However, one commenter
argued that the choice of methodologies
could inflate Federal costs because QHP
issuers will likely choose whichever
methodology results in the largest
payments. That commenter suggested
that QHP issuers should only be
permitted to choose between the
simplified and standard methodologies
for the first two years. Other
commenters argued that the standards
in § 156.430(c)(3) on selecting a
methodology should adequately
safeguard against potential gaming. In
addition, commenters noted that it
could take QHP issuers up to 18 months
to develop the systems necessary to
support the standard methodology, and
that therefore HHS should provide at
least one year’s notice before requiring
a transition to the standard
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
methodology. Several commenters also
supported a shift to a capitated payment
system in future years, though one
noted that it will be important to require
QHP issuers to use the standard
methodology for at least two years so
that adequate data can be collected on
the value of the cost-sharing reductions,
which may vary significantly between
plan variations and enrollees. The same
commenter suggested that HHS should
ensure that QHP issuers are adequately
compensated so that issuers provide
cost-sharing reductions as required,
including cost-sharing reductions for
American Indians and Alaska Natives.
Response: To allow QHP issuers
adequate time to develop their systems
to support the standard methodology,
we are establishing a three-year
transition period during which QHP
issuers may use the simplified
methodology, provided that they choose
the simplified methodology prior to the
start of benefit year 2014. We are
modifying § 156.430(c)(3) to specify that
the option to use the simplified
methodology will extend only through
benefit year 2016. As a result, all QHP
issuers offering coverage through the
individual market of an Exchange must
use the standard methodology to submit
the data described in 45 CFR
156.430(c)(1) for cost-sharing reductions
provided for benefit year 2017. We will
continue to consider alternative
approaches for reimbursing QHP issuers
for the future, including a capitated
payment system. We believe that both
methods of calculating the value of costsharing reductions provided will be
accurate so that QHP issuers are
adequately compensated for providing
cost-sharing reductions to all
populations.
In § 156.430(c)(4) of the interim final
rule we set forth a simplified
methodology for calculating the amount
of cost sharing that enrollees would
have paid under the standard plan
without cost-sharing reductions. We
established that a QHP issuer selecting
the simplified methodology must
calculate the amount that the enrollees
would have paid under the standard
plan by applying four summary, or
‘‘effective cost-sharing parameters’’ for
the standard plan—the effective
deductible, the effective pre-deductible
coinsurance rate, the effective postdeductible coinsurance rate, and the
effective claims ceiling—to the total
allowed costs paid for EHB under the
policy (that is, the policy with costsharing reductions) for the benefit year.
This simplified methodology allows
QHP issuers to calculate enrollee
liability under the standard plan using
a standardized methodology that does
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65071
not require complex readjudication of
claims. Specifically, in
§ 156.430(c)(4)(i), we detailed the
process for calculating the amount that
enrollees would have paid under the
standard plan under the simplified
methodology, depending on the
utilization pattern under the policy. We
described these calculations using
Formulas A, B, and C, detailed in
§ 156.430(c)(4)(i)(A), (B) and (C). In
§ 156.430(c)(4)(ii) (renumbered as
(c)(4)(iii) in this final rule), we defined
the effective cost-sharing parameters for
the standard plan, and established that
these parameters must be calculated
separately for self-only coverage and
other than self-only coverage. We also
noted that if a QHP issuer has entirely
separate cost-sharing parameters for
pharmaceutical and medical services,
the QHP issuer may elect to develop
separate sets of effective cost-sharing
parameters for pharmaceutical and
medical services.
We sought comments on these
effective cost-sharing parameters and
formulas for calculating the amount that
enrollees would have paid under the
standard plan, and whether this
methodology appropriately categorizes
policies based on utilization patterns.
We also sought suggestions for
alternative methodologies that might
provide more accurate estimates of the
amount that enrollees would have paid
under the standard plan, while
preserving the administrative efficiency
of the simplified methodology. In
response to comments, we are generally
finalizing the simplified methodology as
established in the interim final rule,
with some modifications to address
unique benefit structures and to reduce
potential biases in the formulas
identified by commenters. We are also
clarifying how QHP issuers should
calculate the effective cost-sharing
parameters for self-only coverage, other
than self-only coverage, medical
coverage, and pharmaceutical coverage.
Lastly, we are clarifying how the
simplified methodology should apply
when an enrollee is assigned to a
different plan variation or is assigned
from a plan variation to the standard
plan (or vice versa) during the course of
the benefit year.
Comment: In general, commenters
supported the simplified methodology,
and no commenters suggested any
significantly different methodology.
Some commenters stated that the
simplified methodology will produce
results that are not substantially
different from the standard
methodology, but others proposed
certain modifications that they said
would improve the accuracy of the
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
65072
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
methodology, particularly when applied
to certain types of plan designs.
Specifically, three commenters noted
that the effective deductible and
effective claims ceiling parameters, as
established in the interim final rule,
may result in the overestimation or
underestimation of enrollee liability
under a standard plan with certain
benefit structures. For example, because
the effective deductible was defined as
the weighted average of the deductibles
for the standard plan, excluding services
not subject to the deductible, Formula B
(described in § 156.430(c)(4)(i)(B)) may
overestimate the cost sharing under the
standard plan for those enrollees who
incur claims costs greater than the
effective deductible, because they
receive services that are not subject to
the deductible. In addition, because the
effective claims ceiling was calculated
based on the annual limitation on cost
sharing, which may only apply to innetwork benefits (as described in 45
CFR 156.130(c)), Formula C (described
in § 156.430(c)(4)(i)(C)) may
underestimate cost sharing under the
standard plan for enrollees who incur
large out-of-network claims. In light of
these potential biases, one commenter
suggested that in-network cost sharing
should be calculated separately from
out-of-network cost sharing. Other
commenters suggested that the QHP
issuer’s actuary should be allowed
greater flexibility in the calculation of
an average deductible and an average
claims ceiling, based on the actual
claims experience of enrollees in the
standard plan. One commenter
suggested that the issuer’s actuary
should be required to submit an
actuarial memorandum with a
justification of any modifications to the
effective cost-sharing parameters,
demonstrating that the modifications
were necessary due to the benefit design
and result in a more accurate replication
of the standard plan’s cost sharing.
We also received a comment asking
how mid-year changes in enrollee
eligibility for cost-sharing reductions
would affect the application of the
simplified methodology.
Response: Overall, we believe the
simplified methodology will yield
results that are substantially similar to
the results that would be produced
using the standard methodology. In
addition, we believe it is important that
issuers choosing the simplified
methodology use standard formulas and
parameters to reduce the analytical
burden on issuers, ensure the
transparency of the calculations, and
reduce the potential for gaming.
Nevertheless, in response to these
comments, we are finalizing several
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
modifications to the simplified
methodology to improve the accuracy of
the calculations.
First, we are making several minor
edits to clarify the standards originally
established. We are reordering some of
the text in the definitions of the
effective pre-deductible and effective
post-deductible coinsurance rates to
mirror the structure of the other
definitions. Also, in response to the
comment asking about mid-year changes
in eligibility for cost-sharing reductions,
we are clarifying in § 156.430(c)(4) that
the effective cost-sharing parameters, or
one minus the actuarial value of the
standard plan, as appropriate, should be
applied to the total allowed costs for
EHB for the benefit year under each
policy that was assigned to a plan
variation for any portion of the benefit
year. We note that a similar standard
would apply to the standard
methodology. This will ensure that QHP
issuers are reimbursed for cost-sharing
reductions provided to enrollees that are
only assigned to a plan variation for a
portion of the year. We are also
clarifying in paragraphs (c)(4)(ii) and
(iii) that the effective cost-sharing
parameters should be calculated based
on policies assigned to the standard
plan without cost-sharing reductions for
the entire benefit year. If a particular
enrollee cancels his or her standard plan
policy mid-year, or is re-assigned to a
plan variation, the costs incurred by that
enrollee should not be included in the
calculation of the effective cost-sharing
parameters for the standard plan
because partial-year data could reduce
the accuracy of the parameters. We also
considered requiring QHP issuers to
separate costs by month based on the
assignment of an enrollee to a particular
plan variation or standard plan, or
requiring QHP issuers to annualize costs
across the benefit year. However, these
approaches would have significantly
complicated the methodology and
potentially reduced its accuracy.
Second, in response to comments that
Formula B (described in
§ 156.430(c)(4)(i)(B)) may overestimate
the cost sharing under the standard plan
if the enrollees receive services that are
not subject to a deductible, we are
modifying several of the formulas and
effective cost-sharing parameters to
more accurately estimate cost sharing
for services that are subject to a
deductible and services that are not
subject to a deductible. Specifically, in
paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(A), we are defining
the average deductible to be the
weighted average deductible for the
standard plan (weighted by allowed
costs for EHB under the standard plan
for the benefit year that are subject to
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
each separate deductible, and excluding
services that are not subject to any
deductible). Conversely, in paragraph
(c)(4)(iii)(B), we are defining effective
non-deductible cost sharing to be
calculated based only on standard plan
policies with total allowed costs for
EHB for the benefit year that are above
the effective deductible but for which
associated cost sharing for EHB is less
than the annual limitation on cost
sharing, and equal to the average
portion of total allowed costs for EHB
that are not subject to any deductible for
the standard plan for the benefit year
incurred for standard plan enrollees and
payable by the enrollees as cost sharing.
We are also modifying the definition of
effective deductible (which was initially
set forth in paragraph (c)(4)(ii)(A), but
has been renumbered in this final rule
to be paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(C)), to be the
sum of the average deductible and the
average total allowed costs for EHB that
are not subject to any deductible for the
standard plan for the benefit year. The
average total allowed costs for EHB that
are not subject to any deductible for the
standard plan for the benefit year must
be calculated based only on standard
plan policies with total allowed costs
for EHB for the benefit year that are
above the average deductible but for
which associated cost sharing for EHB is
less than the annual limitation on cost
sharing. Lastly, we are making
conforming modifications to the
definition of effective claims ceiling
(which was initially set forth in
paragraph (c)(4)(ii)(D), but has been
renumbered in this final rule to be
paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(F)), to be calculated
as follows:
ECC = ED + ((AL ¥ AD ¥ NDCS)/
PostD)
Where,
ECC = the effective claims ceiling;
ED = the effective deductible;
AL = the annual limitation on cost sharing;
AD = the average deductible;
NDCS = the effective non-deductible cost
sharing; and
PostD = the effective post-deductible
coinsurance rate.
Building off of these new definitions,
we are modifying the definition of
effective post-deductible coinsurance
rate (initially set forth in paragraph
(c)(4)(ii)(C), but renumbered as
paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(E)) to be calculated
as follows:
PostD = (CSDp)/(TACDp ¥ AD)
Where,
PostD = the effective post-deductible
coinsurance rate;
CSDp = the portion of average allowed costs
for EHB subject to a deductible incurred
for enrollees for the benefit year, and
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
payable by the enrollees as cost sharing
other than through a deductible;
AD = the average deductible; and
TACDp = the average total allowed costs for
EHB subject to a deductible incurred for
those enrollees for the benefit year (we
distinguish TACDp from the TACDi;
TACDp refers to average total allowed
costs for EHB subject to a deductible for
all the policies that are part of the
calculation—which in this case, are
standard plan policies with total allowed
costs for EHB for the benefit year that are
above the effective deductible but for
which associated cost sharing for EHB is
less than the annual limitation on cost
sharing (that is, policies that do not incur
enough cost sharing for the annual
limitation on cost sharing to affect the
cost sharing), while TACDi refers to the
total allowed costs for EHB subject to a
deductible for a particular policy).
These terms are then used in a
modified Formula B (described in
§ 156.430(c)(4)(i)(B)), and detailed
below, for plan variation policies with
total allowed costs for EHB for the
benefit year that are greater than the
effective deductible but less than the
effective claims ceiling, to calculate the
amount that enrollees would have paid
under the standard plan without costsharing reductions.
Formula B: C = AD + NDCS + ((TACDi
¥ AD) * PostD)
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Where,
C = the amount that the enrollees in a
particular policy would have paid under
the standard plan without cost-sharing
reductions;
AD = the average deductible;
NDCS = the effective non-deductible cost
sharing;
TACDi = the total allowed costs under the
policy for the benefit year for EHB that
are subject to a deductible;
PostD = the effective post-deductible
coinsurance rate; and
((TACDi ¥ AD) * PostD) is calculated only
if positive.
We believe this formula will more
accurately capture cost sharing in plans
that subject certain services to
deductibles but exempt others (while
imposing other forms of cost sharing).
In addition, we note that the new
definition of effective deductible will
likely cause some plan variation
policies that previously would have
been subject to calculation under
Formula B to become subject to Formula
A, which we are finalizing as
established in the interim final rule. As
described in paragraph (c)(4)(i)(A),
Formula A applies to plan variation
policies with total allowed costs for
EHB for the benefit year that are less
than or equal to the effective deductible,
and calculates the amount that the
enrollees would have paid under the
standard plan as the total allowed costs
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
for EHB under the policy for the benefit
year, multiplied by the effective predeductible coinsurance rate.
We are also adding a paragraph to
clarify how the simplified methodology
should be applied to HMO-like plans (or
plans with HMO-like characteristics in
certain subgroups) with no costs or few
costs that are subject to a deductible.
Specifically, in paragraph (c)(4)(vi) we
provide that if more than eighty percent
of the total allowed costs for EHB for the
benefit year under a standard plan for a
subgroup that requires a separate set of
effective cost-sharing parameters
pursuant to paragraph (c)(4)(ii) are not
subject to a deductible, then (i) The
average deductible, the effective nondeductible cost sharing, and the
effective deductible for the subgroup
equal zero; (ii) the effective predeductible coinsurance rate for the
subgroup is equal to the effective postdeductible coinsurance rate for the
subgroup, which is determined based on
all standard plan policies for the
applicable subgroup for which
associated cost sharing for EHB is less
than the annual limitation on cost
sharing, and calculated for the
applicable subgroup as the proportion of
the total allowed costs for EHB under
the standard plan for the benefit year
incurred for standard plan enrollees and
payable as cost sharing (including cost
sharing payable through a deductible);
and (iii) the amount that enrollees in the
applicable subgroup in plan variation
policies with total allowed costs for
EHB for the benefit year that are less
than the effective claims ceiling would
have paid under the standard plan must
be calculated using the formula in
§ 156.430(c)(4)(i)(A). In effect, we are
merging Formulas A and B for these
plans (or these subgroups), and are
removing the distinction between the
calculation of cost sharing for costs
incurred before the deductible is met
versus the calculation after the
deductible is met. This modification
should simplify calculations for issuers
of these plans (or these subgroups), and
improve the accuracy of the simplified
methodology we are finalizing here for
these plans (or these subgroups).
Lastly, in response to comments, we
are modifying Formula C (described in
§ 156.430(c)(4)(i)(C)), which applies to
plan variation policies with total
allowed costs for EHB for the benefit
year that are greater than or equal to the
effective claims ceiling, and is used to
calculate the amount of cost sharing that
those enrollees would have paid under
the standard plan. First, we are
simplifying the formula established in
the interim final rule. Second, because
the annual limitation on cost sharing
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65073
may not apply to benefits provided outof-network (as allowed under 45 CFR
156.130(c)), we are allowing issuers to
elect to use, on a policy-by-policy basis,
the standard methodology to calculate
the amount of cost sharing that such
enrollees would have paid under the
standard plan. This modification will
allow QHP issuers to capture the value
of cost-sharing reductions for enrollees
who incur large claim amounts for
services from out-of-network providers.
Comment: Commenters noted that
due to statistical aberrations under the
simplified methodology, it is possible—
though unlikely—that the calculated
amount of cost sharing that enrollees
would have paid under the standard
plan could be less than what they
actually paid under the plan variation.
The commenter suggested that the
amount that the enrollees would have
paid in cost sharing under the standard
plan be set at no less than what they
paid under the plan variation.
Response: Although we acknowledge
that in certain cases, the calculated
amount of cost sharing that enrollees
would have paid under the standard
plan could be less than what the
enrollees in a particular policy actually
paid under the plan variation, any such
results would likely be balanced by
results for other policies that
overestimate the cost sharing that the
enrollees would have paid under the
standard plan. As a result, we do not
believe it is necessary to modify the
simplified methodology. However, we
note that we do not intend to charge a
QHP issuer for cost-sharing reductions
across all enrollees in a plan variation
in the very unlikely event that the
simplified methodology suggests that a
negative amount of cost-sharing
reductions were provided to all such
enrollees in the aggregate during the
benefit year.
Comment: We received comments on
§ 156.430(c)(4)(ii) of the interim final
rule, which directs issuers to calculate
the effective cost-sharing parameters
separately for self-only coverage and
other than self-only coverage, and
provides the option to calculate separate
parameters for pharmaceutical and
medical services if the QHP has entirely
separate cost-sharing parameters for
each of these types of services. Two
commenters suggested that issuers
should be allowed to calculate a single
set of effective cost-sharing parameters
if the cost-sharing parameters of the
other than self-only coverage are better
replicated at the individual level (for
example, for plan designs applying
individual level deductibles first). The
same commenters also suggested that
issuers should be allowed to calculate
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
65074
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
separate parameters for pharmaceutical
and medical services even when the
costs are not adjudicated by a separate
vendor. Similarly, for QHPs in which a
large portion of allowed charges are
subject to co-pays but not deductibles,
the commenters suggested that issuers
should be allowed to calculate separate
effective cost-sharing parameters for
those services. Another commenter
suggested that QHP issuers should
calculate separate effective cost-sharing
parameters for benefits provided innetwork versus benefits provided out-ofnetwork because enrollee liability often
differs significantly for these benefits.
The commenter also suggested that if
the QHP issuer made no reductions in
cost sharing for benefits provided outof-network (that is, the out-of-network
cost-sharing parameters for the standard
plan match the out-of-network costsharing parameters for the plan
variation), the QHP issuer should be
able to exclude costs for benefits
provided out-of-network and the
applicable cost-sharing parameters from
the simplified methodology
calculations. Similarly, the QHP issuer
should be allowed to exclude costs for
benefits paid in full by the issuer for
both the standard plan and plan
variations, with no enrollee liability,
since there are no cost-sharing
reductions for these benefits. Lastly, one
commenter requested clarification on
whether the effective cost-sharing
parameters for a QHP should be
calculated separately for each rating
area, or across an entire State.
Response: In response to comments,
we are adding a new paragraph (c)(4)(ii)
and making conforming edits to
paragraphs (c)(4)(i) through (v) of this
section to clarify which subgroups of
costs require a unique set of effective
cost-sharing parameters. In paragraph
(c)(4)(ii)(A), we state that if the standard
plan has separate cost-sharing
parameters for self-only coverage and
other than self-only coverage, but does
not have separate cost-sharing
parameters for pharmaceutical and
medical services, the QHP issuer must
calculate and apply separate sets of
effective cost-sharing parameters based
on the costs of enrollees in the standard
plan with self-only coverage, and the
costs of enrollees in the standard plan
with other than self-only coverage. We
clarify that if the cost-sharing
parameters for other than self-only
coverage accumulate at the enrolleelevel and match the parameters for selfonly coverage, then the standard plan
would not be subject to subparagraph
(c)(4)(ii)(A) or (C).
In paragraph (c)(4)(ii)(B), we clarify
that if the standard plan has separate
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
cost-sharing parameters for
pharmaceutical and medical services,
but does not have separate cost-sharing
parameters for self-only coverage and
other than self-only coverage, the QHP
issuer must calculate and apply separate
sets of effective cost-sharing parameters
based on the medical costs of the
enrollees in the standard plan, and the
pharmaceutical costs of the enrollees in
the standard plan. This standard is not
tied to whether or not the
pharmaceutical costs are adjudicated
separately by a vendor, but depends on
whether or not the cost sharing
accumulates to separate deductibles and
annual limitations on cost sharing.
Lastly, in paragraph (c)(4)(ii)(C), we
state that if the standard plan has
separate cost-sharing parameters for
self-only coverage and other than selfonly coverage, and also has separate
cost-sharing parameters for
pharmaceutical and medical services,
the QHP issuer must calculate and
apply separate sets of effective costsharing parameters based on the
medical costs of enrollees in the
standard plan with self-only coverage,
the pharmaceutical costs of enrollees in
the standard plan with self-only
coverage, the medical costs of enrollees
in the standard plan with other than
self-only coverage, and the
pharmaceutical costs of enrollees in the
standard plan with other than self-only
coverage. While these new standards in
paragraph (c)(4)(ii) may require
additional calculations, enrollee
liability can vary significantly between
these subgroups, as noted by
commenters, and as a result, we believe
that separate effective cost-sharing
parameters for each subgroup of costs
will often lead to more accurate results.
For example, if a QHP is subject to the
standards in paragraph (c)(4)(ii)(C), the
QHP issuer must create four sets of
effective cost-sharing parameters. One of
the sets of effective cost-sharing
parameters would be calculated based
on self-only coverage of medical
services (for example, the average
deductible would be the medical
deductible for self-only coverage). The
effective cost-sharing parameters for the
subgroup would then be applied to the
total allowed medical costs for EHB of
enrollees with self-only coverage under
a plan variation policy, as described in
paragraph (c)(4)(i). To determine the
total amount that enrollees in the plan
variation policy with self-only coverage
would have paid under the standard
plan without cost-sharing reductions,
the QHP issuer would add the amounts
calculated pursuant to paragraph
(c)(4)(i) for each subgroup of costs (self-
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
only medical costs and self-only
pharmaceutical costs).
In relation to in-network and out-ofnetwork costs, we clarify that although
QHP issuers are not required to reduce
out-of-network cost sharing to meet the
actuarial value requirements for the
silver plan variations, as described on
page 15481 of the 2014 Payment Notice,
if a QHP issuer chooses to reduce outof-network cost sharing, they will
receive reimbursement for those
reductions. In addition, QHP issuers
must eliminate cost sharing for both innetwork and out-of-network covered
EHB for the zero cost sharing plan
variation, as well as for the limited cost
sharing plan variation when the service
is furnished by the Indian Health
Service, an Indian Tribe, Tribal
Organization, or Urban Indian
Organization, or through referral under
contract health services, as described in
45 CFR 156.420(b). Nevertheless, we are
not requiring, nor allowing, QHP issuers
to calculate separate effective costsharing parameters for in-network and
out-of-network costs. We believe that
the modifications to Formula C should
address much of the bias in the
simplified methodology that could be
caused by differences in cost-sharing
parameters for in-network and out-ofnetwork services. In addition, we hope
to limit the number of plans that do not
meet the minimum credibility standard,
which as described below and in
paragraph (c)(4)(v), requires QHP issuers
to use an actuarial value methodology to
calculate the amount that enrollees
would have paid under the standard
plan, if a standard plan has enrollment
of fewer than 12,000 member months for
a particular subgroup. We believe that it
is possible that a large number of
standard plans would not have 12,000
member months for enrollees with outof-network claims costs above the
applicable effective deductible.
Therefore, we will not provide for
separate calculations for in-network and
out-of-network costs.
In response to the comments
suggesting that QHP issuers should be
allowed to exclude costs for benefits
without cost-sharing reductions, we
note that in many cases, these costs
would accumulate towards certain costsharing parameters, such as a deductible
or the annual limitation on cost sharing.
Therefore, we are not finalizing any
change permitting an issuer to exclude
such claims. As discussed above, to
address plans with cost-sharing
structures where a large proportion of
costs are not subject to a deductible, we
have provided for a simplified,
coinsurance-based calculation in
paragraph (c)(4)(vi). Finally, we note
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
that QHP issuers cannot create separate
effective cost-sharing parameters for
each rating area.
In § 156.430(c)(4)(iii) of the interim
final rule, we established reporting
standards for QHP issuers that elect to
use the simplified methodology. We
specified that QHP issuers must submit
to HHS, in the manner and timeframe
established by HHS: The effective
deductible; the effective pre-deductible
coinsurance rate; the effective postdeductible coinsurance rate; the
effective claims ceiling; and a
memorandum developed by a member
of the American Academy of Actuaries
in accordance with generally accepted
actuarial principles and methodologies
that describes how the QHP issuer
calculated the effective cost-sharing
parameters for the standard plan. This
information will allow HHS to ensure
that QHP issuers are calculating the
effective cost-sharing parameters
correctly. We sought comments on
whether HHS should require any other
data submissions or establish any
additional standards to oversee these
provisions.
Comment: One commenter
recommended that HHS put in place
robust processes to monitor QHP issuers
using the simplified methodology to
limit the potential for overpayments.
The commenter suggested that HHS
reserve the authority to review and
approve all QHP issuer submissions for
the simplified methodology and the
resulting reconciliation amount—
particularly if such amounts are
substantially different from the advance
payment amounts. Another commenter
suggested that HHS collect detailed data
on the payments made by QHP issuers
to providers to ensure that providers are
reimbursed, particularly providers
associated with the Indian Health
Service, an Indian Tribe, Tribal
Organization, or Urban Indian
Organization.
Response: To ensure that QHP issuers
using either the standard or simplified
methodology submit accurate
information for cost-sharing reduction
payment reconciliation, we are
finalizing cost-sharing reduction
oversight standards in § 156.480 of this
final rule. Specifically, § 156.480(c)
provides HHS with the authority to
audit an issuer to assess compliance
with the cost-sharing reduction
standards, including standards related
to reconciliation and provider
reimbursement, detailed in 45 CFR
156.430(c).
We are also clarifying in this final rule
the standards for reporting information
on the effective cost-sharing parameters.
Specifically, we are renumbering the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
paragraph on reporting as paragraph
(c)(4)(iv), and specifying that a QHP
issuer using the simplified methodology
must submit to HHS, in the manner and
timeframe established by HHS, the
effective cost-sharing parameters,
calculated pursuant to paragraph
(c)(4)(iii), for each standard plan offered
by the QHP issuer in the individual
market through the Exchange for each
set of circumstances described in
paragraph (c)(4)(ii). Therefore, if a QHP
issuer must calculate multiple sets of
effective cost-sharing parameters as
described in paragraph (c)(4)(ii), the
QHP issuer must submit each set of
parameters to HHS. A QHP issuer may
submit one actuarial memorandum as
long as it describes how the QHP issuer
calculated each set of effective costsharing parameters for each standard
plan. We will provide guidance on the
manner and timeframe of this
submission in the future.
As discussed in the interim final rule,
we recognize that because the effective
pre- and post-deductible coinsurance
rates are calculated based on the average
experience of the enrollees in the
standard plan, low enrollment in the
standard plan could lead to inaccurate
effective coinsurance rates. Therefore,
we provided additional standards
related to the simplified methodology in
§ 156.430(c)(4)(iv) to address credibility
concerns that may result from low
enrollment in the standard plan. We
established that if a standard plan has
an enrollment during the benefit year of
fewer than 12,000 member months (that
is, the sum of the months that each
enrollee is covered by the plan) in any
of four subgroups, and the QHP issuer
has selected the simplified
methodology, then the QHP issuer must
calculate the amount that all enrollees
in the plan variation (in all subgroups)
would have paid under the standard
plan by applying the standard plan’s
actuarial value, as calculated under
§ 156.135, to the allowed costs for EHB
for the enrollees for the benefit year.
The credibility standard of 12,000
member months aligns with a similar
standard used by the Medicare Part D
program; however, we sought comments
on the appropriate number of member
months to achieve credible use of the
simplified methodology. We also sought
comments on whether the standard
plan’s actuarial value applied to the
allowed costs for EHB for enrollees for
the benefit year would provide an
appropriate estimate of the amount of
cost sharing that enrollees would have
paid under the standard plan without
cost-sharing reductions, or whether an
alternative approach would be more
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65075
appropriate. Last, we requested
comments on the composition of the
subgroups, whether they appropriately
divide enrollees based on their
utilization patterns, whether any
subgroups are required, and whether
low enrollment in one subgroup should
prompt the QHP issuer to use the
actuarial value for enrollees in all
subgroups or just the subgroup with low
enrollment.
Comment: We received one comment
on this section, suggesting that the
credibility standard should apply to
both the standard plan and the plan
variations because even if the effective
cost-sharing parameters are based on at
least 12,000 member months, applying
them to a small number of plan
variation policies could produce
unusual results. The same commenter
noted that because actuarial value is a
measure of the issuer’s liability, one
minus the actuarial value should be
applied to the total allowed costs for
EHB for each policy offered under the
plan variation for the benefit year in
order to determine the cost sharing that
enrollees would have paid under the
standard plan.
Response: In response to these
comments, we are correcting the
instructions for calculating enrollee cost
sharing based on actuarial value in the
renumbered paragraph (c)(4)(v). We are
not expanding the credibility standard
to apply to enrollment in each plan
variation since this would likely require
many more QHP issuers to use the
standard or actuarial value
methodology, rather than the simplified
methodology. However, we are adding a
‘‘cap’’ to the actuarial methodology,
such that QHP issuers whose standard
plan does not meet the credibility
standard must calculate the amount that
enrollees would have paid under the
standard plan as the lesser of the annual
limitation on cost sharing for the
standard plan or the amount derived
through the actuarial value
methodology. This approach will reduce
the likelihood that plan variations with
small enrollment will report amounts
that are materially inaccurate.
We are also modifying paragraph
(c)(4)(v) to align with the standards
established in paragraph (c)(4)(ii) and to
clarify how the minimum credibility
standard should be applied to each
subgroup. In addition, we are removing
the minimum credibility standard
described in the interim final rule in
subparagraphs (c)(4)(iv)(A) and (C),
related to enrollees with total allowed
costs for EHB for the benefit year that
are less than or equal to the effective
deductible. This change should simplify
the credibility analysis, with little
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
65076
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
impact on the ultimate credibility of the
effective cost-sharing parameters
because it is unlikely that a standard
plan would have adequate enrollment
with costs above the effective
deductible, but low enrollment with
costs below the effective deductible. As
discussed in the interim final rule, a
subgroup is not necessary for enrollees
with cost sharing for EHB above the
annual limitation on cost sharing
because the experience of this
population is not used to calculate the
effective cost-sharing parameters.
Therefore, in § 156.430(c)(4)(v) of this
final rule, we establish that if a QHP
issuer’s standard plan meets certain
criteria, and the QHP issuer has selected
the simplified methodology described in
this paragraph (c)(4), then the QHP
issuer must calculate the amount that
enrollees in the plan variation would
have paid under the standard plan
without cost-sharing reductions as the
lesser of the annual limitation on cost
sharing for the standard plan or the
amount equal to the product of, (x) one
minus the standard plan’s actuarial
value, as calculated under 45 CFR
156.135, and (y) the total allowed costs
for EHB for the benefit year under each
policy that was assigned to a plan
variation for any portion of the benefit
year.
In subparagraphs (A) through (D) of
§ 156.430(c)(4)(v), we detail the
minimum credibility criteria that
prompt a QHP issuer to use the actuarial
value methodology:
(A) The standard plan has separate
cost-sharing parameters for self-only
coverage and other than self-only
coverage, does not have separate costsharing parameters for pharmaceutical
and medical services, and has an
enrollment during the benefit year of
fewer than 12,000 member months for
coverage with total allowed costs for
EHB for the benefit year that are greater
than the effective deductible, but for
which associated cost sharing for EHB is
less than the annual limitation on cost
sharing, in either of the following
categories: (i) Self-only coverage, or (ii)
other than self-only coverage.
(B) The standard plan has separate
cost-sharing parameters for
pharmaceutical and medical services,
does not have separate cost-sharing
parameters for self-only coverage and
other than self-only coverage, and has
an enrollment during the benefit year of
fewer than 12,000 member months for
coverage with total allowed costs for
EHB for the benefit year that are greater
than the effective deductible, but for
which associated cost sharing for EHB is
less than the annual limitation on cost
sharing, in either of the following
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
categories: (i) Coverage of medical
services, or (ii) coverage of
pharmaceutical services.
(C) The standard plan has separate
cost-sharing parameters for self-only
coverage and other than self-only
coverage, has separate cost-sharing
parameters for pharmaceutical and
medical services, and has an enrollment
during the benefit year of fewer than
12,000 member months for coverage
with total allowed costs for EHB for the
benefit year that are greater than the
effective deductible, but for which
associated cost sharing for EHB is less
than the annual limitation on cost
sharing, in any of the following
categories: (i) Self-only coverage of
medical services, (ii) self-only coverage
of pharmaceutical services, (iii) other
than self-only coverage of medical
services, or (iv) other than self-only
coverage of pharmaceutical services.
(D) The standard plan does not have
separate cost-sharing parameters for
pharmaceutical and medical services,
does not have separate cost-sharing
parameters for self-only coverage and
other than self-only coverage, and has
an enrollment during the benefit year of
fewer than 12,000 member months with
total allowed costs for EHB for the
benefit year that are greater than the
effective deductible, but for which
associated cost sharing for EHB is less
than the annual limitation on cost
sharing.
In the interim final rule, we noted the
possibility that for a very small number
of plans with unique cost-sharing
structures, the amounts that enrollees
would have been paid under the plan
might not be fairly estimated using the
simplified methodology. We considered
a process in which a QHP issuer of such
a plan may notify HHS if it believes that
this is the case for one or more of its
plans. We considered requiring such a
notification within ninety days of the
beginning of the applicable benefit year,
and we considered requiring the QHP
issuer to provide information on the
unique plan design supporting the QHP
issuer’s assessment.
Under this approach, if HHS were to
agree with the assessment, we
considered requiring the QHP issuer to
calculate the amount that enrollees
would have paid under the standard
plan without cost-sharing reductions by
applying the standard plan’s actuarial
value, as calculated pursuant to 45
CFR156.135, to the allowed costs for
EHB for the enrollees for the benefit
year. If HHS were to disagree with the
issuer’s assessment, the QHP issuer
would calculate such amounts using the
effective cost-sharing parameters under
the approach described in paragraphs
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(4)(i) through (4)(iii) of the interim final
rule (or paragraph (4)(iv), if applicable).
We sought comments on whether we
should adopt such an approach, and on
the specifics outlined above. In
particular, we sought comments on the
types of plans, if any, for which it
would be difficult to fairly calculate the
amount that enrollees would have paid
under the standard plan without costsharing reductions using the simplified
methodology, and their prevalence. We
sought comments on the standard that
should apply for determining whether
the plan will be exempted from using
the simplified methodology, and how
HHS should make that determination.
Finally, we requested comments on
what estimation methodology should be
used if the plan is determined to be
exempt, and if it is not.
We did not receive any specific
comments on this proposal, though as
noted above, some commenters
suggested that for certain plan designs,
the simplified methodology may result
in the overestimation or
underestimation of enrollee liability,
and as a result, the QHP issuer’s actuary
should be allowed greater flexibility in
the calculation of an average deductible
and an average claims ceiling, as long as
the calculations are justified in the
actuarial memorandum.
Because we did not receive any
comments supporting this proposal, or
any examples of plans for which the
simplified methodology would not
adequately approximate cost sharing,
we are not finalizing this approach.
Comment: We received a comment
that relates generally to the
reconciliation of cost-sharing reduction
payments. The commenter asked
whether a QHP issuer that is using the
standard methodology must readjudicate the claims sequentially as if
the enrollees were in the standard plan.
Response: QHP issuers using the
standard methodology should
adjudicate the claims in a manner that
will yield an accurate calculation of the
amount of cost sharing that enrollees
would have paid under the standard
plan. If sequential adjudication of
claims is not necessary to do so, the
issuer is not required to engage in
sequential adjudication.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are modifying § 156.430(c)(3) to
specify that QHP issuers may only
choose the simplified methodology for
calculating the amounts that would
have been paid under the standard plan
without cost-sharing reductions for
benefit years 2014 through 2016. We
also are modifying § 156.430(c)(4) to
address unique benefit structures and
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
reduce potential biases in the formulas.
We are clarifying how QHP issuers
should calculate the effective costsharing parameters for self-only
coverage, other than self-only coverage,
medical services, and pharmaceutical
services.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
d. Failure To Reduce an Enrollee’s
Premium To Account for Advance
Payments of the Premium Tax Credit
(§ 156.460(c))
We also proposed to add new
paragraph (c) to § 156.460, providing
that if a QHP issuer discovers that it did
not reduce the portion of the premium
charged to or for the enrollee for the
applicable month(s) by the amount of
the advance payment of the premium
tax credit as required in § 156.460(a)(1),
the QHP issuer would be required to
refund to the enrollee any excess
premium paid by or for the enrollee and
notify the enrollee of the improper
application no later than 30 calendar
days after the QHP issuer discovers the
error. We noted that a QHP issuer may
provide the refund to the enrollee by
reducing the enrollee’s portion of the
premium in the following month, as
long as the reduction is provided no
later than 30 calendar days after the
QHP issuer discovers the improper
reduction. If the QHP issuer elects to
provide the refund by reducing the
enrollee’s portion of the premium for
the following month, and the refund
exceeds the enrollee’s portion of the
premium for the following month, then
the QHP issuer would need to refund to
the enrollee the excess no later than 30
calendar days after the QHP issuer
discovers the improper reduction. We
also noted that we were also considering
that for each quarter beginning in 2015,
a QHP issuer would be required to
provide a report to HHS and the
Exchange, in a manner and timeframe
specified by HHS, detailing the
occurrence of instances of improper
applications of the requirements of
§ 156.460.
Comment: Several commenters
supported a 30-day timeframe for
issuers to refund excess advance
payment of the premium tax credit to
enrollees, while other commenters
stated that a 60-day timeframe is more
realistic. Another recommended a 90day timeframe given the challenges of
enrollment reconciliation and resolution
of discrepancies. One commenter noted
that associated refunds are commonly
performed through batch processing
which could take more than 30 calendar
days to correct, and suggested that HHS
allow a longer timeframe to account for
such administrative processes.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
Response: In consideration of the
timeframes for enrollment reconciliation
and resolution processes we are
extending the timeframe for QHP issuers
to provide refunds in such cases to
within 45 days of discovery of the error.
This timeframe aligns with the
timeframe established under § 156.410
with respect to misapplication of costsharing reductions.
Comment: Several commenters
suggested that issuers be allowed to
apply such refundable amounts to the
premium due in subsequent months
through the end of the benefit year, and
that a refund be provided only at the
request of the enrollee. One commenter
noted that issuing a partial refund and
partial credit in a given month may be
confusing to consumers, and does not
align with standard practice today.
Another commenter recommended that
consumers should have the option of
receiving a refund directly.
Response: In response to comments,
we are modifying the proposed policy in
this final rule. In particular, if a QHP
issuer discovers that it did not reduce
an enrollee’s premium by the amount of
the advance payment of the premium
tax credit, then, upon request by or for
the enrollee, the QHP issuer must
refund to the enrollee any excess
premium paid by or for the enrollee
within 45 calendar days of discovery of
the improper reduction. However, if a
direct refund is not requested, the QHP
issuer may apply the total remaining
excess premium paid by or for the
enrollee to the enrollee’s portion of the
premium each month for the remainder
of the period of enrollment or benefit
year, until the excess is fully applied. If
any excess premium paid by or for the
enrollee remains at the end of the period
of enrollment or benefit year, the QHP
issuer would be required to refund the
excess within 45 calendar days of
discovery or the error.
Additionally, we clarify that this
provision would not prevent a QHP
issuer from recouping excess funds from
the enrollee, if the QHP reduced the
enrollee’s portion of the premium by
more than the advance payment of the
premium tax credit.
Comment: Two commenters
supported a standard requiring quarterly
error reports, although one suggested
that such reports be delayed until 2016.
One commenter recommended a semiannual report. Another commenter
stated that such reports duplicate
information in the monthly enrollment
reconciliation reports.
Response: Taking into consideration
the comments received and to align
with the policy finalized in § 156.410,
we are not establishing a quarterly
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65077
reporting standard. We require issuers
to report if they did not reduce the
portion of the premium charged to or for
the enrollee for the applicable month(s)
by the amount of the advance payment
of the premium tax credit as part of the
annual reporting requirements set forth
in § 156.480(b) of this final rule.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing these provisions as
proposed with the following
modifications. We are increasing the
time period for issuing refunds from 30
to 45 days. We are also permitting the
QHP issuer to apply the total excess
premium paid by or for the enrollee to
the enrollee’s portion of the premium
each month for the remainder of the
period of enrollment or benefit year,
except that the QHP issuer must refund
the excess premium within 45 days of
a request for the refund by or for the
enrollee or within 45 days following the
end of the period of enrollment or
benefit year.
e. Oversight of the Administration of
Cost-Sharing Reductions and Advance
Payments of the Premium Tax Credit
Programs (§ 156.480)
In § 156.480, we proposed general
provisions related to the oversight of
QHP issuers in relation to cost-sharing
reductions and advance payments of the
premium tax credit. We proposed to
apply certain standards proposed in Part
156, subpart H for QHP issuers
participating in FFEs to QHP issuers
participating in the individual market
on a State Exchange. In paragraph (a),
we proposed to extend the standards set
forth in proposed § 156.705 concerning
maintenance of records to a QHP issuer
in the individual market on a State
Exchange in relation to cost-sharing
reductions and advance payments of the
premium tax credit. We also proposed
that QHP issuers ensure that any
delegated and downstream entities
adhere to these requirements. We noted
that a QHP issuer and its delegated and
downstream entities may satisfy this
standard by maintaining the relevant
records for a period of 10 years and
ensuring that they are accessible if
needed in the event of an investigation
or audit.
We also proposed that QHP issuers
participating in State Exchanges and
FFEs be subject to reporting and
oversight requirements. In particular, in
paragraph (b), we proposed that an
issuer that offers a QHP in the
individual market through a State
Exchange or an FFE report to HHS
annually, in a timeframe and manner
required by HHS, summary statistics
with respect to administration of cost-
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
65078
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
sharing reductions and advance
payments of the premium tax credit.
Additionally, in paragraph (c) we
proposed that HHS or its designee may
audit an issuer that offers a QHP in the
individual market through a State
Exchange or an FFE to assess
compliance with the requirements of
this subpart and ensure appropriate use
of Federal funds.
Comment: In response to proposed
§ 156.480(b), several commenters stated
that the annual reports will be critical
to protecting consumer rights, while
others argued that this information will
already be in HHS’s possession. Another
commenter recommended that HHS rely
on market conduct examinations to
conduct oversight. One commenter
asked for more information on the
rationale for and content of these
reports.
Response: As discussed in the
proposed rule, the annual reports will
permit HHS to obtain summary
information regarding cost-sharing
reductions and advance payments of the
premium tax credit across a broad range
of issuers and identify any systemic
issues and errors, without requiring
annual audits. These reports will
contain information not available to
HHS through other channels, such as
data on misapplications of cost-sharing
reductions and advance payments of the
premium tax credit. We believe that a
consolidated report from all applicable
issuers with respect to these programs
will assist HHS in effectively targeting
oversight activities and identifying
problems that affect multiple issuers.
Comment: One commenter asked HHS
to clarify the meaning of ‘‘delegated
entities’’ and ‘‘downstream entities’’
that are subject to the requirement, and
noted that the requirement should only
apply to entities responsible for keeping
records associated with advance
payments of the premium tax credit or
cost-sharing reductions.
Response: The terms ‘‘delegated
entity’’ and ‘‘downstream entity’’ are
defined at § 156.20. Furthermore, as
noted in § 156.480(a), the maintenance
of records standard applies to relevant
delegated entities and downstream
entities only in connection with costsharing reductions and advance
payments of the premium tax credit.
Comment: We received a comment
asking for further guidance on how
Navigators, consumers, and other
entities can report instances of noncompliance to HHS.
Response: We note that consumers,
Navigators, and other entities can report
issuer non-compliance to HHS through
communication channels offered to
consumers, such as the Health
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
Insurance Marketplace Call Center,
where such reports will be entered into
the casework tracking system and
addressed by CMS.
Comment: One commenter asked HHS
to clarify that any self-reported error
rates will not be used as a basis for civil
money penalties or decertification, since
both penalties may be imposed for noncompliance with cost-sharing reduction
and advance payment of the premium
tax credit requirements. Another
commenter asked HHS to provide
guidance on how it will collect and
respond to reports of non-compliance by
QHP issuers and others.
Response: HHS will collect
information from QHP issuers on the
administration of cost-sharing
reductions and advance payments of the
premium tax credit, including error
rates, through the annual reports
described in § 156.480(b). We anticipate
that this information will be used to
inform an oversight and audit strategy
with respect to these programs, and will
be provided to the State Exchanges and
utilized by the FFE as applicable for
oversight and enforcement activities
such as decertification and CMPs. We
note that the 2014 policy of
nonenforcement of CMPs in instances of
good faith established in § 156.800
would apply in 2014 with respect to
such errors.
Comment: One commenter suggested
limiting the record retention
requirement to 6 years, while another
supported the proposed timeframe.
Response: As previously noted in this
final rule, we are finalizing the
maintenance of records provisions
retention standard as proposed, in
alignment with the statute of limitations
for the False Claims Act and existing
Exchange regulations.
Comment: One commenter requested
that HHS provide further information on
the timeframe and procedure of
proposed audits, suggested that audits
should be limited to three years after the
completion of a benefit year, and
recommended that HHS specify a
mechanism by which issuers can
challenge the audit findings.
Response: We intend to provide
detailed guidance in the future and will
seek comment on our audit process
prior to finalization in order to ensure
a transparent program and consistent
audits. We are considering conducting
audits in a manner that is coordinated
across all programs and FFE compliance
reviews to limit the number of potential
audits that an organization would
experience.
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing these provisions and
modifying paragraph (b) to specify that
the annual reports must contain
summary statistics with respect to the
application of cost-sharing reductions
and advance payments of the premium
tax credit, including any failure to
adhere to the standards set forth under
§ 156.410(a) through (d), § 156.425(a)
through (b), and § 156.460(a) through (c)
of this Part.
5. Subpart H—Oversight & Financial
Integrity Requirements for Issuers of
Qualified Health Plans in FederallyFacilitated Exchanges
a. Maintenance of Records for FederallyFacilitated Exchanges (§ 156.705)
We proposed in § 156.705(a) that
issuers offering QHPs in an FFE
maintain all documents and records
(whether paper, electronic, or other
media) and other evidence of
accounting procedures and practices,
which are critical for HHS to conduct
activities necessary to safeguard the
financial and programmatic integrity of
the FFEs. We proposed that such
activities include: (1) Periodic auditing
of the QHP issuer’s financial records
related to the QHP issuer’s participation
in an FFE, and to evaluate the ability of
the QHP issuer to bear the risk of
potential financial losses; and (2)
compliance reviews and other
monitoring of a QHP issuer’s
compliance with all Exchange standards
applicable to issuers offering QHPs in
the FFE listed in part 156. We proposed
limiting the scope of this requirement to
Exchange-specific records as applicable
to the FFEs. In § 156.705(b), we
proposed that the records described in
proposed paragraph (a) of this section
include the sources listed in proposed
§ 155.1210(b)(2), (b)(3), and (b)(5) in
order to align the record maintenance
standards of the FFEs and State
Exchanges to the extent possible. In
§ 156.705(c), we proposed that issuers
offering QHPs in an FFE must maintain
the records described in this section, as
well as records required by § 155.710 (to
determine SHOP eligibility), for 10
years. Proposed § 156.705(d) explained
that the records referenced in paragraph
(a) must be made available to HHS, the
OIG, the Comptroller General, or their
designees, upon request. We stated that
the proposed standards pertain only to
Exchange-specific areas of concern (for
example, matters pertaining to advance
payments of premium tax credits or
cost-sharing reductions) within the
FFEs, as HHS would expect the State
DOI to oversee the maintenance of
records pertaining to other aspects of
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
QHP issuer operations as required under
State law.
Comment: Several commenters
requested that HHS require maintenance
and review of records related to
particular standards in part 156,
including QHP provider network
adequacy, and the availability of
essential community providers.
Commenters also requested that HHS
review documentation related to
wellness programs, rating rules,
essential health benefit requirements,
and other applicable market reforms
included in the Affordable Care Act,
particularly in direct enforcement
States.
Response: Under § 156.715, which we
are finalizing in this final rule, HHS will
be conducting compliance reviews to
ensure that issuers offering QHPs in the
FFE comply with Exchange standards as
applicable to them. These include the
standards related to network adequacy
under § 156.230 and the standards
related to essential community
providers under § 156.235. Section
156.705 only applies to maintenance of
records pertaining to FFEs, as we expect
that QHP issuers will also have to
comply with other aspects of issuer
operations as required under state law.
Comment: Several commenters
recommended the 10-year record
maintenance standards be reduced to 6
or 7 years.
Response: We are finalizing the
maintenance of records provisions as
proposed, in alignment with the statute
of limitations for the False Claims Act
and existing related regulations. A civil
action may be brought under the False
Claims Act ‘‘no more than 10 years after
the date on which the violation is
committed.’’ Additionally, similar 10year record retention standards were
previously finalized in the Exchange
Establishment Rule and the Premium
Stabilization Rule. We believe that
maintaining consistency in our record
retention standards will help ensure
that entities maintain records across
programs in a consistent manner,
allowing HHS and States to coordinate
oversight efforts across those program
areas and reduce the burden on
stakeholders. QHP issuers have the
choice to maintain records in either
paper or electronic format. We note that
the 10-year obligation to retain records
begins when the record is created.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing the provisions
proposed in § 156.705 without
modification.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
b. Compliance Reviews of QHP Issuers
in Federally-Facilitated Exchanges
(§ 156.715)
In § 156.715 we proposed that QHP
issuers will be subject to compliance
review by HHS to ensure ongoing
compliance with Exchange standards
applicable to issuers offering QHPs in
FFEs. We proposed the scope of the
compliance reviews and the window of
time that such compliance reviews
could be conducted.
Comment: We received comments
supporting HHS’s authority to conduct
compliance reviews of QHP issuers in
the FFEs and no comments opposing
this provision.
Response: We are finalizing our
policy as proposed.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing this provision with
the correction of a typographical error in
paragraph (c).
6. Subpart J—Administrative Review of
QHP Issuer Sanctions in a FederallyFacilitated Exchange
a. Administrative Review in a FederallyFacilitated Exchange (§§ 156.901
Through 156.963)
In Subpart J, we proposed the
administrative hearing process for
issuers of QHPs in an FFE against which
an enforcement action has been taken.
The process is intended to provide the
issuer an opportunity to submit
evidence to be considered by the
administrative law judge (ALJ) in
determining whether a basis exists to
assess a CMP against or decertify a QHP
offered by the respondent, and whether
the amount of the assessed CMP is
reasonable, if applicable. Our proposed
process is modeled after the appeals
process for individuals and entities
against which a CMP has been imposed
in the individual and group health
coverage markets. We did not receive
any comments on our proposed
regulations in this Subpart J.
In § 156.805(d), we proposed that, if
HHS proposes to assess a CMP under
subpart I, HHS will send written notice
of intent to issue a CMP to the QHP
issuer concerned. Similarly, in
§ 156.810(c) and (d), we proposed that,
for standard and expedited
decertifications, HHS will notify the
QHP issuer, enrollees in the QHP, and
the State DOI in the State in which the
QHP is being decertified of HHS’s intent
decertify a QHP offered by the issuer.
We note that the notice under 45 CFR
156.805(d) and 156.810(c) and (d) is
different from, and in addition to, the
notice required under 45 CFR 155.1080.
In § 156.805 and § 156.810, we set forth
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65079
the process by which QHP issuers will
be notified formally of HHS’s intent to
issue a CMP or decertify one or more of
their QHPs, the grounds for the
enforcement action, and other specified
information, including information
about the process for requesting an
appeal. The 30-day clock for requesting
an appeal under 45 CFR 156.905(a)
starts on the date of issuance of HHS’s
notice of intent to issue a CMP under
§ 156.805 or notice of decertification of
a QHP under § 156.810(c) or (d). By
contrast, 45 CFR 155.1080 requires that
notice be sent to the QHP issuer,
enrollees in the QHP, and the State DOI
when the decertification is final and no
longer appealable. Furthermore, 45 CFR
155.1080 does not apply in the case of
a CMP. We are finalizing 45 CFR part
156, subpart J as proposed, except for a
minor change to § 156.963, described
below.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing these provisions of
45 CFR part 156, subpart J as proposed,
with two exceptions. We are not
finalizing § 156.949, and we are making
a minor change to correct the reference
to the ‘‘final order’’ in § 156.963. We are
replacing ‘‘the final order described in
§ 156.945’’ with ‘‘the final order
imposing a civil money penalty.’’
7. Subpart L—Quality Standards
a. Establishment of Standards for HHSApproved Enrollee Satisfaction Survey
Vendors for Use by QHP Issuers in
Exchanges (§ 156.1105)
In § 156.1105, we proposed processes
by which HHS would approve and
oversee enrollee satisfaction survey
vendors that will administer enrollee
satisfaction surveys on behalf of QHP
issuers. We proposed that enrollee
satisfaction survey vendors be approved
for one year terms and would be
required to submit an annual
application demonstrating that they
meet all of the application and approval
standards. We also proposed listing
HHS-approved enrollee satisfaction
survey vendors on an HHS Web site. We
received several comments and our
responses to § 156.1105 are set forth
below.
Comment: Commenters generally
supported the proposal to establish an
application and review process for
enrollee satisfaction survey vendors.
Commenters supported the proposed
requirements that will ensure that
enrollee satisfaction survey vendors
abide by standards for integrity,
including privacy and security
standards. Commenters also supported
establishing standards for QHP issuers
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
65080
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
to use only HHS-approved vendors to
ensure consistency and integrity in
enrollee satisfaction survey
administration.
Response: We are adopting the
regulation as proposed to have HHS
approve and oversee enrollee
satisfaction survey vendors that meet
certain standards. As stated in the
proposed rule, we intend to promulgate
future rulemaking requiring QHP issuers
to contract with HHS-approved survey
vendors to administer enrollee
satisfaction surveys. By finalizing as
proposed, we are ensuring that enrollee
satisfaction survey vendors will be
approved by mid-2014. We believe that
this will allow QHP issuers adequate
time to contract with these vendors by
late 2014, prior to the implementation of
any relevant quality reporting standards.
Comment: Commenters suggested that
HHS utilize one enrollee satisfaction
survey vendor on behalf of all QHPs.
Commenters also suggested that issuers
have a role in the survey vendor
application process.
Response: We believe that allowing
multiple enrollee satisfaction survey
vendors the opportunity to apply for
approval will encourage a competitive
market of qualified enrollee satisfaction
survey vendors. Therefore, HHS is
finalizing the proposal to establish a
standardized process to review and
approve multiple enrollee satisfaction
survey vendors. We intend for QHP
issuers, along with the public, to have
an opportunity to provide comments on
other draft documents related to the
enrollee satisfaction survey vendor
application and approval process.
Further, while QHP issuers will not
have a direct role in HHS review and
approval of enrollee satisfaction survey
vendors, QHP issuers are expected to
have a choice of enrollee satisfaction
survey vendors with which to contract,
including those with which the issuers
may already have a business
relationship, for example, to administer
other surveys like the Consumer
Assessment of Healthcare Providers and
Systems (CAHPS®) survey on behalf of
the issuer. Additionally, QHP issuers
will have the opportunity to provide to
HHS comment and feedback related to
the work of approved enrollee
satisfaction survey vendors.
Comment: Commenters requested
affirmation that enrollee satisfaction
survey vendors would be required to
adhere to non-discrimination standards.
Response: Enrollee satisfaction survey
vendors, as ‘‘delegated entities’’ of QHP
issuers defined in 45 CFR 156.20 and set
forth in 45 CFR 156.340, would be
required to meet any non-discrimination
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
standards required of QHP issuers, as
specified in 45 CFR 156.200(e).
Comment: Commenters requested that
enrollee satisfaction survey vendors
translate the enrollee satisfaction survey
into different languages for populations
representing a certain enrollment
threshold, for example any language for
which a QHP issuer’s enrollment meets
a threshold of 5 percent or 1000 primary
speakers.
Response: Enrollee satisfaction survey
vendors will not be responsible for
translating the enrollee satisfaction
survey. HHS is developing the enrollee
satisfaction survey system as required
by section 1311(c)(4) of the Affordable
Care Act and will provide translated
versions of the survey to ensure
consistency across all surveys. HHS will
provide enrollee satisfaction survey
vendors with versions in English,
Spanish, and Chinese, which align with
current translation standards for the
Medicare Advantage CAHPS® Health
Plan surveys.
Comment: Commenters supported the
recommendation that HHS utilize the
CAHPS® Health Plan survey as a model
for the enrollee satisfaction survey to
assess patient experience with QHP
issuers. Another commenter suggested
using the existing CAHPS® Health Plan
survey without modification.
Response: As stated in the proposed
rule, we intend to establish in future
rulemaking that the enrollee satisfaction
survey will be modeled on the CAHPS®
5.0 Health Plan survey, which assesses
patients’ satisfaction and experience
with their health care, personal doctors,
and health plans. In a Federal Register
Notice published June 28, 2013,19 we
sought public comment on the Enrollee
Satisfaction Survey Data Collection,
including the draft surveys.
Commenters may wish to review the
draft enrollee satisfaction surveys.
Comment: Commenters requested that
CMS articulate detailed implementation
standards for the enrollee satisfaction
survey. Commenters also requested that
results of the survey be shared with
State Exchanges.
Response: As indicated in the
proposed rule, we are planning to issue
future regulations that will include
detailed implementation standards for
the enrollee satisfaction surveys as they
relate to QHP issuers and Exchanges.
Further, 45 CFR 155.205(a)(iv) requires
Exchanges to display the enrollee
satisfaction results on their Web sites.
Comment: Several commenters made
remarks about the content of the
19 Agency Information Collection Activities:
Proposed Collection; Comment Request, 78 FR
38986 (June 28, 2013).
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
enrollee satisfaction survey, including
requests that the survey assess: Provider
satisfaction with QHP issuers and the
experience of families and pediatricians
that interact with the Exchange for their
children’s coverage, and satisfaction
with Exchanges overall, including the
eligibility determination processes, plan
selection, and in-person and telephonic
assistance. Other commenters requested
that HHS ensure experience of the
Exchange is not attributed to QHP issuer
performance. Finally, commenters cited
their previously submitted comments in
response to an HHS solicitation for
comments on enrollee satisfaction
measures and asked that their comments
be considered.20
Response: Comments with regard to
the content of the surveys are outside
the scope of this final rule, which
includes standards for the application
and approval process for enrollee
satisfaction survey vendors. However, as
previously mentioned, commenters can
review the draft surveys as part of the
Enrollee Satisfaction Survey Data
Collection, including the QHP Survey
and the Marketplace Survey. Comments
submitted in response to the June 21,
2013 call for measures will be
considered in the development of the
enrollee satisfaction survey.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing the provisions
proposed in § 156.1105 without
modification.
8. Subpart M—Qualified Health Plan
Issuer Responsibilities
a. Confirmation of HHS Payment and
Collections Reports (§ 156.1210)
We noted in the proposed rule that we
anticipate sending each applicable
issuer a monthly payment and
collections report. This report will
show, with respect to certain provisions
under Title I of the Affordable Care Act,
payments the Federal government owes
to the issuer, as well as those the issuer
owes the Federal government. For the
2014 benefit year, we anticipate issuing
a detailed monthly report, also known
as the HIX 820, that will describe the
advance payments of the premium tax
credit and advance payments of costsharing reductions that the Federal
government is paying to the issuer for
each policy listed on the payment
report, any amounts owed by the issuer
for FFE user fees, as well as any
adjustments from previous payments
20 Request for Domains, Instruments, and
Measures for Development of a Standardized
Instrument for Use in Public Reporting of Enrollee
Satisfaction With Their Qualified Health Plan and
Exchange 77 FR 37409 (June 21, 2012).
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
under those programs. The issuer will
need to review this detailed payment
and collections report against the
payments it expects for each policy
based on the eligibility and enrollment
information transmitted by the
Exchange, and any amounts it expects
the Federal government to collect for
FFE user fees.21 In § 156.1210 we
proposed that, within 15 calendar days
of the date of a payment and collections
report, the issuer would either confirm
to HHS that the payment and collections
report accurately lists payments owed
by and to the issuer for the timeframe
specified in the payment and collections
report, or would describe to HHS any
inaccuracy it identifies in these amounts
(including incorrect payment amounts,
or extra or missing policies in the
report). These notifications would be
provided in a format specified by HHS.
We stated that HHS will work with
issuers to resolve any discrepancies
between the amounts listed in the HIX
820 payment and collections report and
the amounts the issuer believes it
should receive for the time period
specified in the report. This proposed
provision’s verification timeframe helps
align enrollment and eligibility data
transmitted by the Exchange, payments
provided by and collected by the
Federal government, and the issuer’s
own records of payments due. This
provision will also help ensure that the
correct amounts of advance payments of
the premium tax credit and cost-sharing
reductions are paid to issuers on behalf
of eligible individuals in a timely
manner. The ability of HHS to identify
and correct these errors promptly
protects enrollees from unanticipated
tax liability that could result if the
advance payments of the premium tax
credit they receive are greater than the
amounts of premium tax credit
authorized by the Exchange and
accepted by the enrollee.
Comment: We received several
comments seeking further information
about the HIX 820 payment and
collections report.
Response: In the fall of 2013, HHS
intends to publish a Companion Guide
to the HIX 820 payment and collections
report. HHS offered related issuer
training in September.
Comment: Some commenters
suggested that issuers would need at
least 30 days to analyze and respond to
the HIX 820 payment and collections
report. Another commenter suggested
21 We note that in order to provide issuers with
more lead time to review the payment and
collections report, HHS also anticipates providing
an initial statement listing anticipated payments
and charges. Issuers will not be under any
obligation to respond to this initial statement.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
that there should be at least a 60-day lag
between the dates covered by the
payment and collections report and the
date it is sent to issuers.
Response: We are aware that in some
cases, particularly in this first year of
operations, issuers may find it difficult
to perform a full analysis of the payment
and collections report and provide a
response. However, it is largely due to
the challenges of the first year of
operations that we proposed a 15-day
verification period—this short time lag
will help HHS adjust any discrepancies
as soon as possible. As we discuss
below, if an issuer is unable to meet the
15-day timeline, it will have later
opportunities to note discrepancies.
Comment: Several commenters
expressed concern about the potential
consequences of failing to report a
discrepancy. Other commenters
suggested that there should be a
retroactive payment correction process,
or an appeals process, to update
eligibility and enrollment
determinations based upon information
received late.
Response: We recognize that there are
legitimate circumstances in which an
issuer might not discover an inaccuracy
within the 15-day timeline set forth in
§ 156.1210, and we do not wish to
penalize an issuer in such
circumstances. Therefore, we are adding
a new paragraph (b) to § 156.1210
stating that HHS will work with issuers
to resolve discrepancies reported by an
issuer after the 15-day deadline, as long
as the late discovery of the discrepancy
was not due to misconduct on the part
of the issuer. We are also considering
establishing in future rulemaking a final
deadline after which discrepancies
cannot be reported, as well as an
administrative appeals process that
would be available to issuers that are
not satisfied with the result of that
process.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing § 156.1210, with the
following modifications. We are
redesignating paragraphs (a) and (b) as
paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) and are
adding a new paragraph (b) to state that
if an issuer reports a discrepancy in a
payment and collections report later
than 15 calendar days after the date of
the report, HHS will work with the
issuer to resolve the discrepancy as long
the late reporting by the issuer was not
due to misconduct on the part of the
issuer. And because HHS’s payments
will technically be made by the U.S.
Treasury, we are modifying
§ 155.1210(a)(1) to clarify that the
payments owed by and to the issuer
listed on the payment and collections
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65081
report are payments to and from the
Federal government.
III. Collection of Information
Requirements
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act
of 1995, we are required to provide 30day notice in the Federal Register and
solicit public comment before a
collection of information requirement is
submitted to the Office of Management
and Budget (OMB) for review and
approval. In order to fairly evaluate
whether an information collection
should be approved by OMB, section
3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1995 requires that we
solicit comment on the following issues:
• The need for the information
collection and its usefulness in carrying
out the proper functions of our agency.
• The accuracy of our estimate of the
information collection burden.
• The quality, utility, and clarity of
the information to be collected.
• Recommendations to minimize the
information collection burden on the
affected public, including automated
collection techniques.
The following sections of this
document contain estimates of burden
imposed by the associated information
collection requirements (ICRs);
however, not all of these estimates are
subject to the ICRs under the PRA for
the reasons noted. Estimated salaries for
the positions cited were mainly taken
from the Bureau of Labor Statistics
(BLS) Web site (https://www.bls.gov/oco/
ooh_index.htm). The estimated salaries
for the health policy analyst and the
senior manager were taken from the
Office of Personnel Management Web
site. Fringe Benefits estimates were
taken from the BLS March 2013
Employer Costs for Employee
Compensation Report.22
We are soliciting public comment on
each of these issues for the following
sections of this document that contain
information collection requirements
(ICRs):
A. ICRs Regarding Program Integrity
Provisions Related to State Operation of
the Reinsurance Program (§ 153.260)
In § 153.260, we direct a Stateoperated reinsurance program to: (1)
Keep an accurate accounting of
reinsurance contributions, payments,
and administrative expenses; (2) submit
to HHS and make public a summary
report on program operations; and (3)
engage an independent qualified
auditing entity to perform a financial
22 BLS March 2013 Employer Costs for Employee
Compensation Report (March 12, 2013). Available
at: https://www.bls.gov/news.release/ecec.toc.htm.
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
65082
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
and programmatic audit for each benefit
year, provide the audit results to HHS,
and make public a summary of the audit
results. Fewer than 10 States have
informed HHS that they will operate
reinsurance for the 2014 benefit year.
While these reinsurance records
requirements are subject to the PRA, we
believe the associated burden is exempt
under 5 CFR 1320.3(c)(4) and 44 U.S.C.
3502(3)(A)(i), since fewer than 10
entities would be affected. Therefore,
we are not seeking approval from OMB
for these information collection
requirements.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
B. ICRs Regarding Program Integrity
Provisions Related to State Operation of
the Risk Adjustment Program
(§ 153.310(c)(4) and § 153.310(d)(3)–(4),
and § 153.365)
In § 153.310(c)(4), § 153.310(d)(3)–(4),
and § 153.365, we require a State
operating risk adjustment to: (1) Retain
records for a 10-year period; (2) submit
an interim report in its first year of
operation; (3) submit to HHS and make
public a summary report on program
operations for each benefit year; and (4)
keep an accurate accounting for each
benefit year of all receipts and
expenditures related to risk adjustment
payments, charges, and administrative
expenses. Fewer than 10 States have
informed HHS that they will operate
risk adjustment for the 2014 benefit
year. Since the burden associated with
collections from fewer than 10 entities
is exempt from the PRA under 5 CFR
1320.3(c)(4) and 44 U.S.C. 3502(3)(A)(i),
we are not seeking approval from OMB
for the risk adjustment information
collection requirements. However, if
more than nine States elect to operate
risk adjustment in the future, we will
seek approval from OMB for these
information collections.
C. ICRs Regarding Maintenance of
Records for Contributing Entities and
Issuers of Reinsurance-Eligible Plans
(§ 153.405(h) and § 153.410(c))
In § 153.405(h) and § 153.410(c), we
included record retention standards for
contributing entities and issuers of
reinsurance-eligible plans. In
§ 153.405(h), we require contributing
entities to maintain documents and
records, whether paper, electronic, or in
other media, sufficient to substantiate
the enrollment count submitted
pursuant to § 153.405(b) for a period of
at least 10 years, and to make those
documents and records available upon
request to HHS, the OIG, the
Comptroller General, or their designees,
for purposes of verification of
reinsurance contribution amounts. This
requirement may be satisfied if the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
contributing entity archives the
documents and records and ensures that
they are accessible if needed in the
event of an investigation or audit.
We estimate that 26,200 contributing
entities will be subject to this
requirement, based on the Department
of Labor’s (DOL) estimated count of selfinsured plans and the number of fully
insured issuers that we estimate will
make reinsurance contributions.23 We
believe that most of these contributing
entities will already have the systems in
place for record maintenance, and that
the additional burden associated with
this requirement is the time, effort, and
additional labor cost required to
maintain the records. On average, we
estimate that it will take each
contributing entity approximately 5
hours annually to maintain records. We
estimate that it will take an insurance
operations analyst 5 hours (at $38.49 per
hour) to meet the requirements in
§ 153.405(h). On average, the cost for
each contributing entity would be
approximately $192.45 annually.
Therefore, for 26,200 contributing
entities, we estimate an aggregate
burden of $5,042,190.00 and 131,000
hours as a result of this requirement.
In § 153.410(c), we require issuers of
reinsurance-eligible plans to maintain
documents and records, whether paper,
electronic, or in other media, sufficient
to substantiate the requests for
reinsurance payments made pursuant to
§ 153.410(a) for a period of at least 10
years, and must make that evidence
available upon request to HHS, the OIG,
the Comptroller General, or their
designees, (or, in the case of a State
operating reinsurance, the State or its
designees), for purposes of verification
of reinsurance payment requests. We
estimate that 1,900 issuers of
reinsurance-eligible plans will be
subject to this requirement, based on
HHS’s most recent estimate of the
number of fully insured issuers that will
submit requests for reinsurance
payments. On average, we estimate that
it will take each issuer of a reinsuranceeligible plan approximately 10 hours
annually to maintain the records. We
estimate that it will take an insurance
operations analyst 10 hours (at $38.49
per hour) to meet these requirements.
On average, the cost estimate for each
issuer is approximately $384.90
annually. Therefore, for 1,900 issuers,
23 We use an estimate of self-insured entities
published by the DOL in the March 2013 ‘‘Report
to Congress: Annual Report of Self-insured Group
Health Plans,’’ which reflects only those selfinsured health plans (including 19,800 self-insured
plans and 4,000 plans that mixed self-insurance and
insurance) that are required to file a Form 5500
with the DOL.
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
we estimate an aggregate burden of
$731,310.00 and 19,000 hours as a result
of this requirement.
The burden estimates for these two
recordkeeping requirements are broad
estimates that include not only the
maintenance of data, but all records and
documents that may be necessary to
substantiate the enrollment count and
requests for reinsurance payments made
pursuant to 45 CFR 153.405 and
153.410, respectively. Because the scope
of these requirements is substantially
narrower than the scope of the
recordkeeping requirement applicable to
a State operating reinsurance, these
estimates are lower than those that were
set forth for the State-operated
reinsurance programs record
maintenance requirement (45 CFR
153.240(c)) in the Premium Stabilization
Rule published March 23, 2012 (77 FR
17220), and the associated information
collection request approved under OMB
Control Number 0938–1155. We note
that we will account for the additional
burden associated with submitting this
information to HHS in a future
information collection request that will
go through the requisite notice and
comment period and subsequent OMB
review and approval process.
D. ICRs Related to Oversight and
Financial Integrity Standards for State
Exchanges (§ 155.1200 to § 155.1210)
In subpart M of part 155, we describe
the information collection and thirdparty disclosure standards related to the
oversight and financial integrity of State
Exchanges.
Section 155.1200(a)(1) through (3)
requires the State Exchange to follow
GAAP and to monitor and report to HHS
all Exchange-related activities. This
includes keeping an accurate accounting
of all Exchange receipts and
expenditures. The burden associated
with this reporting requirement is the
time and effort needed to develop and
submit reports of Exchange-related
activities to HHS. The State Exchanges
will electronically maintain the
information as a result of normal
business practices; therefore, the burden
does not include the time and effort
needed to maintain the Exchangerelated activity information. State
Exchanges most likely will already have
accounting systems in place to store
accounting information. The burden
associated with this requirement
includes a computer programmer taking
8 hours (at $48.61 an hour) to modify
the system to maintain and monitor the
information required under
§ 155.1200(a)(1) through (3), an analyst
taking 8 hours (at $58.05 an hour) to
pull the necessary data under
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
§ 155.1200(a)(1) through (3) in the State
Exchange accounting system, and a
senior manager taking 2 hours (at $77.00
an hour) to oversee the development
and transmission of the reported data.
We estimate that it will take 18 total
hours at a cost of $1,007.28 for each
State Exchange. Therefore, for the 18
State Exchanges, we estimate an
aggregate burden of $18,131.04 and 324
hours as a result of this requirement.
Section 155.1200(b)(1) requires the
State Exchange to submit a financial
statement, in accordance with GAAP to
HHS. The information under
§ 155.1200(b) must be submitted at least
annually by April 1 to HHS and must
also be publicly displayed. The burden
associated with this reporting
requirement is the time and effort
needed to develop and submit the
financial statement to HHS. The State
Exchanges will electronically submit the
information. Therefore, the burden is
the time and effort needed to develop
and publically display the financial
statement. The State Exchanges will
electronically maintain the information
as a result of normal business practices,
therefore the burden does not include
the time and effort needed to develop
and maintain the financial information.
The burden associated with this
requirement includes a computer
programmer taking 40 hours (at $48.61
an hour) to design the financial
statement report, an analyst taking 8
hours (at $58.05 an hour) pulling the
necessary data and inputting it into the
financial statement report, and a senior
manager taking 2 hours (at $77.00 an
hour) overseeing the development and
transmission of the reported data. We
estimate a burden of 50 total hours for
each State Exchange at a cost of
$2,562.80. Therefore, for the 18 State
Exchanges, we estimate an aggregate
burden of $45,410.40 and 900 hours as
a result of this requirement.
Section 155.1200(b)(2) requires the
State Exchange to submit eligibility and
enrollment reports to HHS. The State
Exchanges will electronically maintain
the information as a result of normal
business practices, therefore the burden
does not include the time and effort
required to develop and maintain the
source information. The burden
associated with this reporting
requirement includes the time and effort
necessary for a computer programmer
taking 40 hours (at $48.61 an hour) to
design the report template, an analyst
taking 8 hours (at $58.05 an hour) to
compile the statistics for the report for
submission to HHS, a privacy officer
taking 8 hours (at $64.98 an hour) and
senior manager taking 2 hours (at $77.00
an hour) overseeing the development
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
and submission of the reported data.
The burden also includes the time and
effort necessary to post the data on the
State Exchange Web site. We estimate
an initial year burden of 58 hours at a
cost of $3,082.64 to each State
Exchange. Therefore, for the 18 State
Exchanges, we estimate an aggregate
burden of $55,487.52 and 1,044 hours as
a result of this requirement.
As discussed in § 155.1200(b)(3), the
State Exchange will report performance
monitoring data to HHS. The
performance monitoring data includes
information on financial sustainability,
operational efficiency, and consumer
satisfaction which will be reported on
an annual basis. The State Exchanges
will electronically maintain the
information as a result of normal
business practices developed under
Establishment Grants from HHS for this
purpose. Therefore the burden does not
include the time and effort needed to
develop and maintain the performance
data. The burden associated with
meeting the reporting requirement
includes the time and effort necessary
for a computer programmer taking 40
hours (at $48.61 an hour) to design the
report, for an analyst taking 12 hours (at
$58.05 an hour) to pull data into the
report and prepare for submission to
HHS and for a senior manager taking 2
hours (at $77.00 an hour) to oversee the
development and transmission of the
reported data. Section 155.1200(b)
requires the State Exchange to submit to
HHS and to display publicly financial,
eligibility and enrollment reports and
performance data at least annually. For
those measures reported annually, we
estimate that in the initial year a burden
of 54 hours at a cost of $2,795.00 for
each State Exchange. Therefore, for the
18 State Exchanges, we estimate an
aggregate burden of $50,031.00 and 972
hours as a result of this requirement. For
subsequent years, when the
Establishment Grant project period ends
we estimate an additional burden of 208
hours necessary for the computer
programmer (at $48.61 an hour) to
maintain the performance data. For the
first year, the burden for maintaining
the data was already accounted for in
the PRA package for the Exchange
Establishment Grants (OMB Control
Number 0938–1119); therefore, we are
only including subsequent years in the
ICR. We estimate that the total burden
from year 1 will decrease to $25,016.00
assuming a decreased effort and an
additional burden of $18,1996.00 for
maintaining the data, yielding a total
burden of $44,012.00 for subsequent
years.
Section 155.1200(b)(4) requires the
State Exchange to make public a
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65083
summary of the results of the external
financial audit. The burden associated
with this requirement is the time and
effort for a computer programmer taking
1 hour (at $48.61 an hour) to design the
summary and for an analyst to take 1
hour (at $58.05 an hour) to pull data
into the summary and prepare for public
display. For this requirement we
estimate in the initial year a burden of
2 hours for the State Exchanges at a cost
of $107.00 each and a total burden of
$1926.00. Therefore, for the 18 State
Exchanges, we estimate an aggregate
burden of $1926.00 and 36 hours as a
result of this requirement.
Section 155.1200(c)(1) through (3)
directs the State Exchange to engage an
independent audit/review organization
to perform an external financial and
programmatic audit of the State
Exchange. The State Exchange must
provide the results of the audit and
identify any material weakness or
significant deficiency and any intended
corrective action. The State Exchange
must also make public a summary of the
audit results. The burden associated
with meeting this third party disclosure
requirement includes the burden for an
analyst level employee taking 3 hours
(at $48.61 an hour) to pull data into a
report, the time and effort necessary for
a health policy analyst taking 2 hours (at
$58.05 an hour) to prepare the report of
the audit results, and the time for senior
management taking 1 hour (at $77.00 an
hour) to review and submit to HHS. We
estimate a burden of 6 hours at a cost
of $338.93 for each State Exchange.
Therefore, for the 18 State Exchanges,
we estimate an aggregate burden of
$6,100.74 and 108 hours as a result of
this requirement.
As stated in § 155.1210(a), the State
Exchange and its contractors,
subcontractors, and agents must
maintain for 10 years, books, records,
documents, and other evidence of
accounting procedures and practices.
Section 155.1210(b) specifies that the
records include information concerning
management and operation of the State
Exchange’s financial and other record
keeping systems. The records must also
include financial statements, including
cash flow statements, and accounts
receivable and matters pertaining to the
costs of operation. Additionally, the
records must contain any financial
report filed with other Federal programs
or State authorities. Finally, the records
must contain data and records relating
to the State Exchange’s eligibility
verifications and determinations,
enrollment transactions, appeals, plan
variation certifications, QHP contracting
data, consumer outreach, and Navigator
grant oversight information. State
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
65084
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Exchanges most likely already have
systems in place to store records. The
burden associated with this record
keeping requirement includes the time
and effort necessary for a network
administrator taking 16 hours (at $46.86
an hour) to modify the State systems to
maintain the information required
under § 155.1210(b), for a health policy
analyst taking 8 hours (at $58.05 an
hour) to enter the data under
§ 155.1210(b) into the State Exchange
record retention system, and for senior
management taking 2 hours (at $77.00
an hour) to oversee record collection
and retention. We estimate that it will
take 26 hours at a cost of $1,368.16 for
each State Exchange. Therefore, for the
18 State Exchanges, we estimate an
aggregate burden of $24,626.88 and 468
hours as a result of this requirement.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
E. ICRs Related to Change of Ownership
(§ 156.330)
The QHP issuer must notify HHS of
the change in a manner to be specified
by HHS and provide the legal name and
tax identification number of the new
owner of the QHP and the effective date
of the change of ownership. The
information must be submitted at least
30 days prior to the effective date of the
change of ownership. We estimate fewer
than 10 QHP issuers will report changes
of ownership. While this reporting
requirement is subject to the PRA, we
believe the associated burden is exempt
under 5 CFR 1320.3(c)(4) and 44 U.S.C.
3502(3)(A)(i), since fewer than 10
entities would be affected. Therefore,
we are not seeking approval from OMB
for these information collection
requirements.
F. ICRs Related to Payment for CostSharing Reductions (§ 156.430)
Several of the provisions established
in the interim final rule and finalized in
this final rule require the collection of
information.
First, under paragraph (c)(3)(i) as
established in the interim final rule, and
finalized in this rule, a QHP issuer must
notify HHS prior to the start of each
benefit year whether or not it selects the
simplified methodology for the benefit
year. Pursuant to the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1995, we detailed this
information collection in a notice
requesting comment in the Federal
Register (78 FR 38983), and estimated
the total burden of this request to be
$3,600,000 for 2014 through 2016.
In § 156.430(c)(4) of the interim final
rule, we established a simplified
methodology for calculating the value of
the amount that the enrollees would
have paid under the standard plan
without cost-sharing reductions. To
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
estimate the incremental effect of the
simplified methodology, we compared
the burden of the standard methodology
to the simplified methodology for those
issuers that we assumed would select
the simplified methodology. As
discussed in the Collection of
Information section in the 2014
Payment Notice, we estimated that
1,200 issuers will participate in an
Exchange nationally and will incur total
costs of approximately $138 million
using the standard methodology. In
contrast, in the interim final rule, we
estimated that each issuer using the
simplified methodology would incur
labor costs of 40 hours of work by an
actuary (at a wage rate of $56.89) and 20
hours of work by an insurance manager
(at a wage rate of $67.44) to develop the
effective cost-sharing parameters and
actuarial memorandum, and calculate
the amount of cost-sharing reductions
provided, resulting in a cost of
approximately $3,624 per issuer.24
Because we have modified the
simplified methodology in this final
rule, we are updating this estimate to
require 42 hours of work by an actuary
and 22 hours of work by an insurance
manager, resulting in a cost of
approximately $3,873 per issuer.
Although we cannot predict the precise
number of issuers that will select either
the standard or simplified methodology,
we estimate that approximately half of
QHP issuers (600 issuers) will
implement the simplified methodology.
Therefore, we estimate that the
provisions of this rule will result in an
incremental savings of approximately
$57,676,164 ($60 million that would
have been incurred by these issuers
under the standard methodology, minus
600 multiplied by $3,873) by reducing
the overall administrative costs that
issuers incur.
The information collections
associated with these provisions are
subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act;
however, the information collection
process and instruments are currently
under development. We will seek OMB
approval and solicit public comments
upon their completion.
G. ICRs Related to Oversight of CostSharing Reductions and Advance
Payments of the Premium Tax Credit
(§ 155.340, § 156.410, § 156.460 and
§ 156.480)
Section 156.460 requires a QHP issuer
to notify the enrollee within 45 calendar
days of the QHP issuer’s discovery of
24 HHS relied on the Bureau of Labor Statistics,
U.S. Department of Labor, National Compensation
Survey Occupational Earnings in the United States,
2011, for estimates of job descriptions and wages.
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the error, when the QHP issuer
improperly reduces the premium by the
amount of the advance payment of the
premium tax. A parallel provision is
established under § 155.340 when the
Exchange is facilitating the collection of
premiums. Additionally, in § 156.410(c)
and (d) a QHP issuer must notify the
enrollee within 45 calendar days of the
QHP issuer’s discovery of the error of a
misapplication of the cost-sharing
reduction or the improper assignment to
a plan variation (or standard plan
without cost-sharing reductions) and
subsequent reassignment. We believe
that these notifications will be
effectuated as part of standard billing
practices and therefore will not create
an additional burden on the Exchange
or QHP issuers. Therefore, we do not
estimate a burden for this notification.
In § 156.480(a), we extend the
standards set forth in proposed
§ 156.705 concerning maintenance of
records to a QHP issuer in the
individual market on State Exchange
with respect to cost-sharing reductions
and advance payments of the premium
tax credit. We believe that the burden of
maintaining records related to costsharing reductions and advance
payments of the premium tax credit for
QHP issuers in an FFE is already
accounted for in the burden for finalized
§ 156.705, described elsewhere in the
Collection of Information section of this
final rule. In § 156.480(b), we establish
that, for each benefit year, an issuer that
offers a QHP in the individual market
through a State Exchange or an FFE
report to HHS annually, in a timeframe
and manner required by HHS, summary
statistics with respect to cost-sharing
reductions and advance payments of the
premium tax credit. In the proposed
rule we stated that we believed that
QHP issuers would already have the
information and data systems in place
necessary to generate a summary report,
and that there would only be a small
additional burden as a result of this
submission requirement. We estimated
that it would take an insurance
operations analyst 16 hours (at $38.49
an hour) annually and one senior
manager 2 hours (at $77.00 an hour) to
gather summary information and
prepare a report for submission to HHS.
Therefore, we estimated an additional
burden of 21,600 hours and total costs
of approximately $923,808 for 1,200
QHP issuers ($769.84, on average, for
each QHP issuer) as a result of this
requirement. However, in this final rule,
we are adding a requirement that these
summary reports include information
on misapplication of cost-sharing
reductions and advance payments of the
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
premium tax credit. We estimate that
will take an insurance operations
analyst 3 hours (at $38.49 an hour)
annually and one senior manager 1
hours (at $77.00 an hour) to gather and
prepare this additional information for
the summary report, resulting in an
additional burden of 4,800 hours and
total costs of approximately $230,964
for 1,200 QHP issuers ($192.84, on
average, for each issuer). This would
increase the total burden for the
summary reports to 26,400 hours and
total costs to approximately $1,154,772.
H. ICRs Related to Oversight and
Financial Integrity Standards for Issuers
of Qualified Health Plans in Federallyfacilitated Exchanges (§ 156.705 to
§ 156.715)
The burden estimates for the
collections of information in Part 156,
Subpart H, of the regulation reflect the
assumption that the FFEs will include
475 QHP issuers. We update the number
of issuers in the FFEs from the
estimated number in the proposed rule
to reflect more current information on
the number of issuers expected to
participate in the FFEs. The labor
categories and salary estimates used to
calculate the cost burden of these
collections on issuers are derived from
the Bureau of Labor Statistics’ (BLS)
May 2012 Occupational Employment
Statistics data for selected occupations.
These burden estimates generally reflect
burden for the first year.
Section 156.705 provides that issuers
offering QHPs in an FFE must maintain
all documents and records (whether
paper, electronic or other media), and
other evidence of accounting procedures
and practices necessary for HHS to
conduct activities necessary to
safeguard the financial and
programmatic integrity of the FFEs.
Such activities include: (1) periodic
auditing of the QHP issuer’s financial
records, including data related to the
QHP issuer’s ability to bear the risk of
potential financial losses; and (2)
compliance reviews and other
monitoring of a QHP issuer’s
compliance with all Exchange standards
applicable to issuers offering QHPs in
the FFEs listed in part 156. These
standards are limited to Exchangespecific records as applicable to the
FFEs, and are not enforced by States as
primary regulators. This standard
mirrors the maintenance of records
standard applicable to State Exchanges
and set forth in § 155.1210. The burden
includes utilizing existing technology
and systems to process and maintain
this information. This reflects 60 hours
of work by an actuary (at $56.89 an
hour), 15 hours by a network
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
administrator (at $46.86 an hour), 15
hours by a compliance officer (at $53.75
an hour), and 10 hours for a senior
manager to review (at $77.00 an hour).
We estimate that it will take 100 hours
total at a cost of $5,693.00 for a QHP
issuer to maintain these records for an
aggregate burden of 47,500 hours and
$2,704,175 for all 475 QHP issuers.
Section 156.705(d) provides that QHP
issuers must make all records described
in paragraph (a) of this section available
to HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller
General, or their designees, upon
request. In estimating the annual hour
and cost burden on QHP issuers of
making these records available to such
authorities upon request, we assumed
that such requests would normally be
made in connection with a formal audit
or compliance review or a similar
process. Our burden estimates for this
section address the hour and cost
burden of making records available to
HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General,
or their designees, for audit. Our
estimates reflect our assumptions that
about 47 QHP issuers would be subject
to a formal audit in a given year and that
the burden on issuers of making the
records available would include the
time, effort, and associated cost of
compiling the information, reviewing it
for completeness, submitting it to the
auditor(s), and participating in
telephone or in-person interviews. We
anticipate using a risk-based approach
to selection of the majority of QHP
issuers for compliance review so that
burdens to the issuer community would
generally be linked to the QHP issuers’
risk. This reflects 75 hours of work by
an actuary (at $56.89 an hour), 10 hours
by a compliance officer (at $53.75 an
hour), and 5 hours for a senior manager
to review (at $77.00 an hour).We
estimate it will take 90 hours at a cost
of $5,189.25 for an issuer to make its
records available for an audit for a total
of 4,230 hours and $243,894.75 across
all QHP issuers subject to this
requirement, which we estimate at an
upper end as 100 issuers.
Section 156.715 establishes the
general standard that QHP issuers are
subject to compliance reviews. Our
burden estimates for § 156.715 address
the estimated annual hour and cost
burden on QHP issuers of complying
with the records disclosure
requirements associated with
compliance reviews conducted by an
FFE.
Section 156.715 provides standards
for compliance reviews in the FFEs,
stating that QHP issuers offering QHPs
in the FFEs may be subject to
compliance reviews. This section also
describes the categories of records and
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65085
information issuers must make available
to an FFE in conducting such reviews.
Compliance reviews evaluate a QHP
issuer’s compliance with the Affordable
Care Act and applicable regulations.
Compliance reviews will target high-risk
QHP issuers and not every issuer will be
reviewed each year. The results of
compliance reviews will also provide
insight into trends across the
compliance statuses of QHP issuers,
enabling HHS to prioritize areas of
oversight and technical assistance.
We assume that HHS will conduct
desk reviews of 31 QHP issuers each
year. For each QHP issuer desk review
we estimate an average of 40 hours of
administrative work to assemble the
requested information by a health policy
analyst (at $58.05 an hour), 19.5 hours
to review the information for
completeness and an additional 30
minutes for a compliance officer to
submit the information to HHS (at
$53.75 an hour). There will also be an
additional 10 hours to spend on phone
interviews conducted by the compliance
reviewer and 2 hours to spend speaking
through processes with the compliance
reviewer (at $53.75 an hour). We
estimate it will take 72 hours at a cost
of $4,042.00 for an issuer to make
information available to HHS for a desk
review for a total of 2,232 hours and
$125,302.00 across all issuers that may
be subject to this information collection
requirement.
We assume that HHS will conduct
onsite reviews of 16 QHP issuers each
year. For each onsite review we estimate
it will take an average of 40 hours for
a health policy analyst (at $58.05 an
hour) to assemble the requested
information, and 19.5 hours for a
compliance officer (at $53.75 an hour) to
review the information for completeness
and 30 minutes to submit the
information to HHS in preparation for
an onsite review. An onsite review
requires an additional 2 hours to
schedule the onsite activities with the
compliance officer (at $53.75 an hour),
4 hours for introductory meeting, 8
hours to tour reviewers onsite, 10 hours
of interview time, 2 hours to walk
through processes with the reviewer,
and 4 hours for concluding meetings.
This is a total of approximately 60 hours
of preparation time and an additional 30
hours for onsite time for each QHP. We
estimate it will take 90 hours at a cost
of $5,009.50 for an issuer to make
information available to HHS for an
onsite review. We estimate that the
burden for all respondents that may be
subject to this information collection
will be 1,440 hours at a cost of
$80,152.00
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
65086
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
In cases in which HHS could
potentially require clarification around
submitted information, HHS may need
to contact QHP issuers within 30 days
of information submission. This would
be the case for approximately 20 issuers.
We estimate it will take an issuer 2
hours (at $53.75 an hour) to respond to
questions for a total of 40 hours and
$1,075.00.
I. ICRs Regarding Administrative Review
of QHP Issuer Sanctions in a Federallyfacilitated Exchange (§ 156.901 to
§ 156.963)
Subpart J of Part 156 sets forth the
administrative process for issuers
subject to a CMP or decertification of a
QHP offered by the issuer to appeal the
enforcement action. In this process, an
ALJ decides whether there is a basis for
HHS to assess a CMP against the issuer
and whether the amount of an assessed
penalty is reasonable, or whether there
is a basis for decertifying a QHP offered
by the issuer, as applicable. Section
156.905 (intended to parallel 45 CFR
150.405) provides that a party has a
right to a hearing before an ALJ if it files
a valid request for a hearing within 30
days after the date of issuance of HHS’s
notice of proposed assessment or
decertification. An issuer’s request for a
hearing must include the information
listed in § 156.907. Under § 156.907, the
request for a hearing must identify any
factual or legal bases for the assessment
or decertification with which the issuer
disagrees. It must also describe with
reasonable specificity the basis for the
disagreement, including any affirmative
facts or legal arguments on which the
respondent is relying. The request must
also identify the relevant notice of
assessment or decertification by date
and attach a copy of the notice.
The burden associated with this
request includes the time and effort
needed by the issuer to create the
written request and submit it to the
appropriate entity. The associated costs
are labor costs for gathering the
necessary background information
described under § 156.907 and then
preparing and submitting the written
statement.
We base our burden estimate on the
assumptions that one issuer will be
subject to a CMP and that one issuer
will have a QHP that it offers in an FFE
decertified. We assume that the issuer in
each case will choose to exercise its
right to a hearing and will submit a
valid request for hearing. The hours
involved in preparing this request may
vary; for the purpose of this burden
estimate we estimate an average of 24
hours will be needed: 10 hours for the
compliance officer to gather and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
assemble the necessary background
materials described under § 156.907,
and prepare the written request (at
$53.75 an hour), 12 hours for an
attorney (at $90.14 an hour) to review
the background materials and written
request and provide recommendations
to the senior manager, and 2 hours for
the senior manager (at $77.00 an hour)
to discuss and act upon the attorney’s
recommendations and submit the
written request. We estimate that it will
take 24 hours at a cost of $1,773.18 for
an issuer to prepare and submit a
request for a hearing for a total of 48
hours and $3546.36 for each issuer
subject to an enforcement action under
this scenario. This estimate includes
any statement of good cause under
§ 156.805(e)(3) or request for extension
under § 156.905(b), if applicable.
Because we only estimate that one
issuer per year would appeal a CMP and
one issuer will have its QHP offered in
an FFE decertified, we do not include
this burden estimate in our overall
calculation of burden for this rule.
J. ICRs Related to Quality Standards
(§ 156.1105)
In subpart L of part 156, we describe
the information collection and
disclosure requirements that pertain to
the approval of enrollee satisfaction
survey vendors. The burden estimate
associated with these disclosure
requirements includes the time and
effort required for enrollee satisfaction
survey vendors to develop, compile, and
submit the application information and
any documentation necessary to support
oversight in the form and manner
required by HHS. HHS is developing a
model enrollee satisfaction survey
vendor application that will include
data elements necessary for HHS review
and approval. In the near future, HHS
will publish the model application and
will solicit public comment. At that
time, and per the requirements outlined
in the PRA, we will estimate the burden
on survey vendors for complying with
this provision of the regulation. We
solicit comment on the burden for the
application and review process for these
entities.
K. ICRs Related to Confirmation of
Payment and Collection Reports
(§ 156.1210)
In § 156.1210, we establish that,
within 15 calendar days of the date of
a HIX 820 payment and collections
report from HHS, the issuer must, in a
format specified by HHS, either confirm
to HHS that the HIX 820 payment and
collections report accurately lists, for
the timeframe specified in the report,
applicable payments owed by the
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Federal government and the issuer; or
describe to HHS any inaccuracy it
identifies in the payment and
collections report. We believe that
issuers will generally be able to perform
this confirmation automatically, and
that there will only be a small
additional burden as a result of this
requirement. We estimate that it will
take an insurance operations analyst 1
hour (at $38.49 an hour) monthly to
make the comparison and note any
discrepancies to HHS (approximately
$461.88 for each issuer annually). Based
on our most recent estimates, we believe
that 2,400 issuers will be affected by
this requirement, resulting in aggregate
burden of approximately $1,108,512.
If you comment on these information
collection and recordkeeping
requirements, please do either of the
following:
1. Submit your comments
electronically as specified in the
ADDRESSES section of this rule; or
2. Submit your comments to the
Office of Information and Regulatory
Affairs, Office of Management and
Budget, Attention: CMS Desk Officer,
[CMS–9957–F2], Fax: (202) 395–6974;
or Email: OIRA_submission@
omb.eop.gov.
IV. Regulatory Impact Analysis
In accordance with the provisions of
Executive Order 12866, this rule was
reviewed by the OMB.
A. Summary
This final rule sets financial integrity
and oversight standards with respect to
Exchanges; QHP issuers in an FFE; and
States in regards to the operation of the
risk adjustment and reinsurance
programs. It also provides additional
standards for special enrollment
periods; survey vendors that may
conduct enrollee satisfaction surveys on
behalf of QHP issuers in Exchanges; and
issuer participation in an FFE. In
addition, this final rule amends and
adopts as final interim provisions
related to risk corridors and cost-sharing
reduction reconciliation. Finally, it
provides additional standards for
guaranteed availability and renewability
and makes certain amendments to the
definitions and standards related to the
market reform rules.
HHS has crafted this final rule to
implement the protections intended by
Congress in an economically efficient
manner. We have examined the effects
of this final rule as required by
Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735,
September 1993, Regulatory Planning
and Review), the Regulatory Flexibility
Act (RFA) (September 19, 1980, Pub. L.
96–354), section 1102(b) of the Social
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Security Act, the Unfunded Mandates
Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104–4),
Executive Order 13132 on Federalism,
and the Congressional Review Act (5
U.S.C. 804(2)). In accordance with OMB
Circular A–4, HHS has quantified the
benefits and costs where possible, and
has also provided a qualitative
discussion of some of the benefits and
costs that may stem from this final rule.
B. Executive Orders 13563 and 12866
Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735)
directs agencies to assess all costs and
benefits of available regulatory
alternatives and, if regulation is
necessary, to select regulatory
approaches that maximize net benefits
(including potential economic,
environmental, public health and safety
effects; distributive impacts; and
equity). Executive Order 13563 (76 FR
3821, January 21, 2011) is supplemental
to and reaffirms the principles,
structures, and definitions governing
regulatory review as established in
Executive Order 12866.
Section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866
defines a ‘‘significant regulatory action’’
as an action that is likely to result in a
final rule—(1) Having an annual effect
on the economy of $100 million or more
in any one year, or adversely and
materially affecting a sector of the
economy, productivity, competition,
jobs, the environment, public health or
safety, or State, local or tribal
governments or communities (also
referred to as ‘‘economically
significant’’); (2) creating a serious
inconsistency or otherwise interfering
with an action taken or planned by
another agency; (3) materially altering
the budgetary impacts of entitlement
grants, user fees, or loan programs or the
rights and obligations of recipients
thereof; or (4) raising novel legal or
policy issues arising out of legal
mandates, the President’s priorities, or
the principles set forth in the Executive
Order.
A regulatory impact analysis (RIA)
must be prepared for major rules with
economically significant effects ($100
million or more in any 1 year), and a
‘‘significant’’ regulatory action is subject
to review by the OMB. OMB has
designated this final rule as a
‘‘significant regulatory action.’’ Even
though it is not certain whether it will
have economic impacts of $100 million
or more in any one year, HHS has
provided an assessment of the potential
costs and benefits associated with this
final regulation.
1. Need for Regulatory Action
Starting in 2014, qualified individuals
and qualified employers will be able to
use coverage provided by QHPs—
private health insurance that has been
certified as meeting certain standards—
through Exchanges. The premium
stabilization programs—the reinsurance,
risk corridors and risk adjustment
programs—will be in place to ensure
premium stability for health insurance
issuers as enrollment increases and
issuers enroll high-risk individuals.
This final rule establishes general
oversight requirements for Stateoperated reinsurance and risk
adjustment programs; establishes
oversight of issuers inside and outside
of the Exchange when HHS operates risk
adjustment or reinsurance on behalf of
a State; and establishes oversight and
monitoring of State Exchanges, FFEs,
SHOPs (both State Exchanges and FFEs)
and issuers of QHPs, specifically with
respect to financial integrity, and
maintenance of records. This final rule
65087
also restricts the use of funds for
administrative expenses generated for
State Exchanges and State-operated
reinsurance programs; specifies
procedures for oversight of advance
payments of the premium tax credit and
cost-sharing reductions; provides
procedures to ensure the accuracy of
data collection, calculations, and
submissions; establishes requirements
for enrollee satisfaction survey vendors;
establishes standards related to risk
corridors and cost-sharing reduction
reconciliation; and provides additional
standards for special enrollment
periods.
2. Summary of Impacts
In accordance with OMB Circular A–
4, Table IV.1 below depicts an
accounting statement summarizing
HHS’s assessment of the benefits and
costs associated with this regulatory
action. The period covered by the RIA
is 2014–2017.
HHS anticipates that the provisions of
this final rule will ensure smooth
operation of Exchanges, integrity of the
reinsurance, risk adjustment and risk
corridors programs, safeguard the use of
Federal funds, prevent fraud and abuse,
and increase access to healthcare
coverage. Affected entities such as
States and QHP issuers will incur costs
to maintain records, submit reports to
HHS and Exchanges, and provide
records for compliance reviews. In
addition, QHP issuers that adopt the
simplified methodology for calculating
cost sharing reductions will incur lower
administrative costs during a
transitional period. In accordance with
Executive Order 12866, HHS believes
that the benefits of this regulatory action
justify the costs.
TABLE IV.1—ACCOUNTING TABLE
Benefits:
Qualitative:
* Ensure integrity of the reinsurance and risk adjustment programs, smooth functioning of State Exchanges and FFEs
* Prevent fraud and abuse
* Ensure prompt refund of any excess premium or cost-sharing paid
* Safeguard the use of Federal funds provided as cost-sharing reductions and advance payments of the premium tax credit and provide
value for taxpayers’ dollars
Estimate
Annualized Monetized ($/year) .......................
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Costs:
Year dollar
$15.4 million 1 .................................................
$15.3 million 1 .................................................
Discount rate
percent
2013
2013
7
3
Period
covered
2014–2017
2014–2017
Annual costs related to financial oversight, maintenance of records and reporting requirements for State Exchanges and State-operated reinsurance and risk-adjustment programs; record retention requirements for contributing entities and issuers of reinsurance-eligible plans; audit
costs for State Exchanges and State-operated risk adjustment and reinsurance programs; costs for QHP issuers related to reporting requirements, record maintenance, audits, and training for customer service representatives.
Qualitative:
* Costs incurred by enrollee satisfaction survey vendors related to annual application and meeting HHS standards
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
65088
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE IV.1—ACCOUNTING TABLE—Continued
* Reduce administrative costs for QHP issuers by allowing the use of a simplified methodology to calculate cost-sharing reductions during
a transitional period
* Reduce compliance costs for issuers by allowing a State operating a SHOP-only Exchange to establish and operate risk adjustment programs for both the small group and individual markets
Note: 1. Approximately $2.7 million of these costs are estimated below in the RIA, including the audit costs in Table IV.2 and the rest of these
costs are estimated in section III.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
3. Anticipated Benefits and Costs
Starting in 2014, individuals and
small businesses will be able to use
health insurance coverage purchased
through Exchanges. The Congressional
Budget Office estimated that the number
of people enrolled in coverage through
Exchanges will increase from 7 million
in 2014 to 24 million in 2017.25
Exchanges will create competitive
marketplaces where qualified
individuals and qualified employers can
shop for insurance coverage, and are
expected to reduce the unit price of
quality insurance for the average
consumer by pooling risk and
promoting competition.
The final rule specifies the standards
and processes for the oversight and
accountability of entities responsible for
operations of the Exchanges and
reinsurance and risk adjustment
programs. Affected entities include
States that establish and operate
Exchanges and administer reinsurance
and risk adjustment programs; FFEs;
issuers of QHPs; health insurance
issuers offering coverage both through
and outside of an Exchange when HHS
operates risk adjustment or reinsurance
on behalf of the State; and contractors
of these organizations.
a. Benefits
This final rule implements oversight,
record maintenance, and enforcement
provisions that will ensure integrity of
the reinsurance and risk adjustment
programs, State Exchanges and FFE
functions, and prevent fraud and abuse.
This final rule includes provisions
that will create a system of oversight,
financial integrity and program integrity
in the Exchanges and the premium
stabilization programs. The oversight
requirements for the reinsurance and
risk-adjustment programs will ensure
that these programs are effective and
efficient, and use program funds
appropriately. The provisions of this
final rule will also ensure that Federal
funds are used appropriately by State
Exchanges. By monitoring financial
reports and overseeing State Exchange
activities, HHS will safeguard the use of
25 ‘‘Effects on Health Insurance and the Federal
Budget for the Insurance Coverage Provisions in the
Affordable Care Act—May 2013 Baseline,’’
Congressional Budget Office, May 14, 2013.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
Federal funds provided as cost-sharing
reductions and advance payments of the
premium tax credit, and provide value
for taxpayers’ dollars.
The provisions of this final rule also
ensure that enrollees are promptly
refunded any excess premium paid or
any excess cost sharing they should not
have paid. Individuals harmed by
misconduct on the part of non-Exchange
entities will also be eligible for a special
enrollment period. A QHP is also
required to promptly reassign an
enrollee improperly assigned to a plan
variation (or standard plan without costsharing reductions), minimizing
consumer harm.
The annual application requirement
for enrollee satisfaction survey vendors
allows HHS to ensure that these entities
participate in relevant training and posttraining certification, follow protocols
related to quality assurance and the use
of HHS data, and adhere to privacy and
security standards when handling data.
This will help to ensure that ultimately
the enrollee satisfaction survey data are
reliable and valid and that the
information is sufficiently protected.
b. Costs
Affected entities will incur costs to
comply with the provisions of this final
rule. Costs related to information
collection requirements subject to PRA
are discussed in detail in section III and
include administrative costs incurred by
States and issuers related to record
maintenance and reporting
requirements; and oversight and
financial integrity standards. In this
section we discuss other costs related to
the provisions in this final rule.
States operating reinsurance programs
are required to keep an accurate
accounting for each benefit year, of all
reinsurance funds received from HHS
for reinsurance payments and for
administrative expenses, as well as all
claims for reinsurance payments from
issuers of reinsurance-eligible plans, all
payments made to those issuers, and all
administrative expenses incurred. Stateoperated reinsurance programs will
already have a system in place to track
reinsurance funds received from HHS,
claims from and payments to issuers,
and expenses incurred to operate the
reinsurance program. The cost for States
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
operating reinsurance programs to
maintain any records associated with
the reinsurance program was previously
estimated in the RIA of the 2014
Payment Notice as being part of State
administrative costs associated with
operating the reinsurance program and
are not included in this RIA.
State-operated reinsurance programs
will submit to HHS annually and make
public a summary report of their
program operations, which will include
a summary of the accounting kept
pursuant to § 153.260(a). We assume
that the data already collected and used
to report to issuers and HHS will be the
same used to prepare this annual report.
Therefore, the cost associated with this
requirement is the incremental time and
cost to prepare an annual report to HHS
and the public on program operations.
We estimate it will take an insurance
management analyst 16 hours (at $51
per hour) and a senior manager 2 hours
(at $77 per hour) to prepare the report.
Therefore, we estimate it will cost each
State that operates reinsurance
approximately $970 to submit this
report to HHS. Because two States will
operate reinsurance programs in the
2014 benefit year, we estimate that an
aggregate cost of $1,940 as a result of
this requirement in the first year. We
note that HHS will provide a portion of
the reinsurance contributions it collects
to States operating reinsurance
programs to support State
administration of reinsurance payments,
which will likely cover the costs
associated with this requirement.
A State operating a risk adjustment
program is required to maintain
documents and records relating to the
risk adjustment program, whether
paper, electronic or in other media, for
each benefit year for at least 10 years,
and make them available upon request
from HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller
General, or their designees, to any such
entity. The documents and records must
be sufficient to enable the evaluation of
a State-operated risk adjustment
program’s compliance with Federal
standards. States are also directed to
ensure that their contractors,
subcontractors, and agents maintain and
make those documents and records
available upon request from HHS, the
OIG, the Comptroller General, or their
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
designees. States operating risk
adjustment programs should already
have the documents and records of
accounting procedures needed for
periodic audits. Therefore, we estimate
that the additional burden associated
with this requirement is the time, effort,
and additional labor cost required to
maintain and archive the records. We
assume that it will take an insurance
operations analyst 10 hours (at $38.49
an hour) to maintain records. Therefore,
the average cost for each State will be
approximately $385. Because one State
will operate risk adjustment for the 2014
benefit year, we estimate an aggregate
cost of $385 to comply with this
requirement in the first year.
A State operating a risk adjustment
program is required to submit by
December 31st of the first benefit year
of operation an interim summary report
on the first 10 months of risk adjustment
activities, in order to obtain recertification for the third benefit year.
The cost of complying with this
provision is the time and effort to write
the interim report and submit it to HHS.
We estimate it will take an insurance
management analyst 16 hours (at $51
per hour) and a senior manager 2 hours
(at $77 per hour) to prepare the interim
summary report. Therefore, we estimate
that it will cost each State operating risk
adjustment $970 to submit this report to
HHS (an aggregate cost of $970 in the
2014 benefit year). A State operating a
risk adjustment program will submit
and make public, a summary report of
its risk adjustment program operations
for each benefit year after the first
benefit year for which the State operates
the program. This summary report will
include the results of a programmatic
and financial audit for each benefit year
conducted by an independent qualified
auditing entity. We believe the cost of
this annual report will be the same as
the cost of producing the interim firstyear report described above, except for
the cost of independent external audits
required in subsequent years. The costs
related to the annual external audit are
estimated later in this RIA. These
estimates also include the
administrative costs related to the
requirement for State-operated risk
adjustment programs to keep accurate
accounting for each benefit year of all
receipts and expenditures related to risk
adjustment payments, charges, and
administration of the program.
States face a variety of costs due to the
monitoring requirements in this final
rule. Conducting oversight of the
Exchanges, State-operated risk
adjustment and reinsurance programs,
administration of the advance payments
of the premium tax credit or costsharing reductions, and other activities
require independent external audits,
investigations, rectification of errors,
and the development of summary
reports which will be submitted to HHS.
The estimated total costs for
independent external audits for Stateoperated reinsurance, risk adjustment
and Exchange programs are presented in
Table IV.2. It is expected that 18 States
will establish State Exchanges in 2014
and, without further information; we
assume that number will stay the same
during the period covered by the RIA.
We also assume that each State will
65089
conduct a financial audit and a
programmatic audit annually, which
will encompass the reinsurance and risk
adjustment programs if the State
operates these programs. Financial audit
costs are estimated based on prices
among the big four audit firms for
governmental entities of similar size to
those of the anticipated State Exchanges
for a financial statement audit and
Yellowbook Report (report on internal
controls) that reflects different levels of
cost for small, medium, and large
entities, for entities with low, medium,
and high risk. Programmatic audit
estimates reflect the experience of
Federal entitlement programs similar to
Medicaid, audited under an A–133
program compliance supplement, and
vary only by the size of the program
(small, medium and large). For example,
a small Exchange judged to have low
risk is estimated to have a combined
financial and programmatic audit cost of
$90,000; a large Exchange, in a State
that also administers a reinsurance
program (which implies a more
complex, high risk operation) is
estimated to have combined financial
and programmatic audit costs of
$360,000. Audit prices are based on
2012 pricing and reflect an annual
increase of 3 percent each year, based
on recent industry experience. It is
expected that there will be four small
State Exchanges, 12 medium size State
Exchanges and two large State
Exchanges. The lower bound of the
range in Table IV.2 below assumes that
all State Exchanges have low risk and
the upper bound is calculated assuming
that all State Exchanges have high risk.
TABLE IV.2—ESTIMATED AUDIT COSTS FOR STATE PROGRAMS: EXCHANGES, RISK ADJUSTMENT AND REINSURANCE
2014
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Mid-range point estimate
Range ..............................
$2,572,000
$2,320,000–$2,820,000
A State operating a SHOP-only
Exchange will be able to establish and
operate a risk adjustment program for
both the small group and individual
markets starting in 2015, which will
allow it to minimize costs by achieving
economies of scale and reduce
compliance costs for issuers. The
approach to allowable costs will be
operationally simpler for issuers to
implement and thus minimize related
costs.
The final rule permits QHP issuers to
use the simplified methodology to
calculate cost-sharing reductions during
a transitional period and postpone a
more costly IT implementation that
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
2015
Jkt 232001
2016
$2,649,160
$2,389,600–$2,904,600
$2,728,635
$2,461,288–$2,991,738
would be required for the standard
methodology. The costs related to the
administration of cost-sharing
reductions using the standard
methodology are accounted for in the
2014 Payment Notice and are not
included here. However, as explained in
section III, the provisions of this final
rule allowing the use of a simplified
methodology during the transitional
period are likely to result in a reduction
in costs estimated to be approximately
$57.7 million.26
26 These cost savings have not been accounted for
in the RIA since they are mostly due to a
postponement of IT implementation necessary for
using the standard methodology. QHP issuers will
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2017
$2,810,494
$2,535,127–$3,081,490
The final rule requires the enrollee
satisfaction survey vendors engaged by
issuers to meet HHS standards. Survey
vendors will apply for approval
annually in order to administer enrollee
satisfaction surveys to QHP enrollees on
behalf of a QHP issuer. Survey vendors
will incur costs to submit the annual
applications to HHS and to meet the
requirements necessary to meet
approval.
C. Regulatory Alternatives
Under the Executive Order, HHS is
required to consider alternatives to
incur those costs at the end of the transitional
period.
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
65090
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
issuing rules and alternative regulatory
approaches. HHS considered the
following alternatives while developing
this final rule:
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
1. Increased Uniformity of FFE and
State Exchange Standards
Under this alternative, HHS would
have required a single standard for
Exchanges across the nation regardless
of whether the Exchange was
established and operated by a State or
was Federally-facilitated. The final rule
defers to State discretion in oversight of
QHPs. This element of State flexibility
would have been precluded if greater
uniformity in operations and standards
were to be imposed. Greater
standardization would have had an
uncertain impact on Federal oversight
activities but would have likely
imposed greater costs of compliance on
State operations and issuers of QHPs in
those States.
2. Place More Responsibility on the
States To Oversee Standards, Including
Those for FFEs
Under this alternative, HHS would
have placed more responsibility on
States and State Exchanges to interpret
and meet statutory requirements. This
approach could have created a number
of problems. If every State developed its
own monitoring standards, oversight of
different Exchanges could be quite
uneven, as States across the country
have varying levels of fiscal resources
with which to monitor activities. States
currently have certain levels of
responsibility under the Affordable Care
Act to oversee standards for Exchanges,
QHPs, and other programs. State
Exchanges also have latitude in the
number, type, and standardization of
plans they certify and accept into the
Exchange as QHPs.
There are a number of provisions in
the Affordable Care Act that devolve
responsibilities from the Federal
government to States. Increased
devolution could have decreased the
need of Federal oversight, while
granting States increased flexibility to
regulate Exchanges within their borders.
There would also have been a decrease
in oversight-related activities for the
Federal government such as HHS
investigations or audits. On the other
hand, States would have likely faced an
increase in their own oversight activities
and related costs.
3. Require QHP Issuers To Use the
Standard Methodology To Reconcile
Cost-Sharing Reductions.
HHS considered not promulgating the
simplified methodology during a
transition period. However, doing so
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
could have imposed costly IT system
build requirements on many issuers at
a time when QHP issuers are required
to make many significant IT and
operational changes.
HHS believes that the options adopted
in this final rule strike the best balance
of ensuring efficient operation and
integrity of Exchanges and the premium
stabilization programs while providing
flexibility to the States and minimizing
the burden on States.
D. Regulatory Flexibility Act
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)
requires agencies that issue a rule to
analyze options for regulatory relief of
small businesses if a rule has a
significant impact on a substantial
number of small entities. The RFA
generally defines a ‘‘small entity’’ as—
(1) A proprietary firm meeting the size
standards of the Small Business
Administration (SBA), (2) a nonprofit
organization that is not dominant in its
field, or (3) a small government
jurisdiction with a population of less
than 50,000 (States and individuals are
not included in the definition of ‘‘small
entity’’). HHS uses as its measure of
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities a
change in revenues of more than 3
percent to 5 percent. HHS anticipates
that this final rule will not have a
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities.
As discussed in the Web Portal
interim final rule with comment period
published on May 5, 2010 (75 FR
24481), HHS examined the health
insurance industry in depth in the RIA
we prepared for the proposed rule on
the establishment of the Medicare
Advantage program (69 FR 46866,
August 3, 2004). In that analysis it was
determined that there were few, if any,
insurance firms underwriting
comprehensive health insurance
policies (in contrast, for example, to
travel insurance policies or dental
discount policies) that fell below the
size thresholds for ‘‘small’’ business
established by the SBA (currently $35.5
million in annual receipts for health
insurance issuers).27 In addition, HHS
used the data from Medical Loss Ratio
(MLR) annual report submissions for the
2012 MLR reporting year to develop an
estimate of the number of small entities
that offer comprehensive major medical
coverage. These estimates may overstate
the actual number of small health
insurance issuers that will be affected,
27 ‘‘Table of Small Business Size Standards
Matched To North American Industry Classification
System Codes,’’ effective July 23, 2013, U.S. Small
Business Administration, available at https://
www.sba.gov.
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
since they do not include receipts from
these companies’ other lines of
business. It is estimated that out of 510
issuers nationwide, there are 58 small
entities each with less than $35.5
million in earned premiums that offer
individual or group health insurance
coverage and will therefore be subject to
the requirements of this final regulation.
Forty three percent of these small
issuers belong to larger holding groups,
and many if not all of these small
issuers are likely to have other lines of
business that will result in their
revenues exceeding $35.5 million. It is
uncertain how many of these 510
issuers will offer QHPs and be subject
to the provisions of this final rule. Based
on this analysis, however, HHS expects
that this final rule will not affect small
issuers.
E. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
Section 202 of the Unfunded
Mandates Reform Act (UMRA) of 1995
requires that agencies assess anticipated
costs and benefits before issuing any
final rule that includes a Federal
mandate that could result in
expenditure in any one year by State,
local or tribal governments, in the
aggregate, or by the private sector, of
$100 million in 1995 dollars, updated
annually for inflation. In 2013, that
threshold level is approximately $141
million.
UMRA does not address the total cost
of a final rule. Rather, it focuses on
certain categories of cost, mainly those
‘‘Federal mandate’’ costs resulting
from—(1) imposing enforceable duties
on State, local, or tribal governments, or
on the private sector; or (2) increasing
the stringency of conditions in, or
decreasing the funding of, State, local,
or tribal governments under entitlement
programs.
The final rule directs States to
undertake oversight activities for State
Exchanges, State-operated reinsurance
and risk adjustment programs. The costs
related to oversight activities,
recordkeeping, reporting and audits are
estimated to be approximately $2.8
million in 2014. There are no mandates
on local or tribal governments. The
private sector, for example, QHP issuers
and agents and brokers, will incur costs
to comply with the record maintenance
and reporting requirements set forth in
this final rule. The related costs are
estimated to be approximately $14.2
million in 2014. However, QHP issuers
are also expected to experience a cost
savings of approximately $57.7 million
by adopting the simplified methodology
to calculate cost sharing reductions
during a transitional period and
postponing costly IT implementation.
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Consistent with the policy embodied in
UMRA, this final rule has been designed
to be a low-burden alternative for State,
local and tribal governments, and the
private sector while achieving the
objectives of the Affordable Care Act.
F. Federalism
Executive Order 13132 establishes
certain requirements that an agency
must meet when it promulgates a final
rule that imposes substantial direct
requirement costs on State and local
governments, preempts State law, or
otherwise has Federalism implications.
States are the primary regulators of
health insurance coverage. States will
continue to apply State laws regarding
health insurance coverage. However, if
any State law or requirement prevents
the application of a Federal standard,
then that particular State law or
requirement would be preempted. State
requirements that are more stringent
than the Federal requirements would be
not be preempted by this final rule.
Accordingly, States have significant
latitude to impose requirements with
respect to health insurance coverage
that are more restrictive than the
Federal law.
The State Exchange oversight program
builds on State oversight efforts, where
possible, by coordinating with State
authorities to address compliance issues
and concerns. Because QHPs are one of
several commercial market insurance
products operating in State markets,
HHS will not seek to inappropriately
duplicate or interfere with the
traditional regulatory roles played by
the State DOIs. HHS will generally
confine its QHP oversight to Exchangespecific requirements and attributes.
HHS will also seek to work
collaboratively with State DOIs on
topics of mutual concern, in the interest
of efficiently deploying oversight
resources and avoiding needlessly
duplicative regulatory roles. QHP
issuers are expected to comply with
standards established by State law and
regulation for cases forwarded to an
issuer by a State in which it offers
QHPs.
The requirements specified in this
final rule will impose direct costs on
State and local governments and HHS
has attempted to minimize those costs.
State Exchanges and State-operated
reinsurance and risk adjustment
programs are required to undertake
oversight, record maintenance and
reporting activities.
In compliance with the requirement
of Executive Order 13132 that agencies
examine closely any policies that may
have Federalism implications or limit
the policymaking discretion of the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
States, HHS has engaged in efforts to
consult with and work cooperatively
with affected States. Throughout the
process of developing this final rule,
HHS has attempted to balance the
States’ interests in regulating health
insurance issuers, and the Congress’
intent to provide uniform protections to
consumers in every State. By doing so,
it is HHS’s view that it has complied
with the requirements of Executive
Order 13132. Under the requirements
set forth in section 8(a) of Executive
Order 13132, and by the signatures
affixed to this rule, HHS certifies that
the CMS Center for Consumer
Information and Insurance Oversight
has complied with the requirements of
Executive Order 13132 for the attached
final rule in a meaningful and timely
manner.
G. Congressional Review Act
This final rule is subject to the
Congressional Review Act provisions of
the Small Business Regulatory
Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (5
U.S.C. 801 et seq.), which specifies that
before a rule can take effect, the Federal
agency promulgating the rule shall
submit to each House of the Congress
and to the Comptroller General a report
containing a copy of the rule along with
other specified information, and has
been transmitted to the Congress and
the Comptroller General for review.
List of Subjects
45 CFR Part 144
Health care, Health insurance,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
45 CFR Part 146
Health care, Health insurance,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
45 CFR Part 147
Health care, Health insurance,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, and State regulation of
health insurance.
45 CFR Part 153
Administrative practice and
procedure, Adverse selection, Health
care, Health insurance, Health records,
Organization and functions
(Government agencies), Premium
stabilization, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements,
Reinsurance, Risk adjustment, Risk
corridors, Risk mitigation, State and
local governments.
45 CFR Part 155
Administrative practice and
procedure, Health care access, Health
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65091
insurance, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, State and local
governments, Cost-sharing reductions,
Advance payments of premium tax
credit, Administration and calculation
of advance payments of the premium
tax credit, Plan variations, Actuarial
value.
45 CFR Part 156
Administrative practice and
procedure, Advertising, Advisory
Committees, Brokers, Conflict of
interest, Consumer protection, Costsharing reductions, Cost-sharing
reduction reconciliation,
Administration and calculation of
advance payments of the premium tax
credit, Payment and Collection Reports,
Grant programs—health, Grants
administration, Health care, Health
insurance, Health maintenance
organization (HMO), Health records,
Hospitals, American Indian/Alaska
Natives, Individuals with disabilities,
Loan programs—health, Organization
and functions (Government agencies),
Medicaid, Public assistance programs,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, State and local
governments, Sunshine Act, Technical
assistance, Women, and Youth.
For the reasons set forth in the
preamble, the Department of Health and
Human Services amends 45 CFR parts
144, 146, 147, 153, 155, and 156 as set
forth below:
PART 144—REQUIREMENTS
RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE
COVERAGE
1. The authority citation for part 144
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: Secs. 2701 through 2763, 2791,
and 2792 of the Public Health Service Act 42
U.S.C. 300gg through 300gg–63, 300gg–91,
and 300gg–92.
2. Section 144.102 is amended by
revising the second sentence of
paragraph (c) to read as follows:
■
§ 144.102
Scope and applicability.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * * If the coverage is offered to
an association member other than in
connection with a group health plan,
the coverage is considered individual
health insurance coverage for purposes
of 45 CFR parts 144 through 148.
*
*
*
*
*
3. Section 144.103 is amended by
revising the introductory text and the
definitions of ‘‘Group market,’’
‘‘Individual market,’’ ‘‘Large employer,’’
‘‘Policy year,’’ and ‘‘Small employer’’ to
read as follows:
■
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
65092
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
§ 144.103
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Definitions.
For purposes of parts 146 (group
market), 147 (group and individual
market), 148 (individual market), and
150 (enforcement) of this subchapter,
the following definitions apply unless
otherwise provided:
*
*
*
*
*
Group market means the market for
health insurance coverage offered in
connection with a group health plan.
*
*
*
*
*
Individual market means the market
for health insurance coverage offered to
individuals other than in connection
with a group health plan.
*
*
*
*
*
Large employer means, in connection
with a group health plan with respect to
a calendar year and a plan year, an
employer who employed an average of
at least 101 employees on business days
during the preceding calendar year and
who employs at least 1 employee on the
first day of the plan year. In the case of
plan years beginning before January 1,
2016, a State may elect to define large
employer by substituting ‘‘51
employees’’ for ‘‘101 employees.’’
*
*
*
*
*
Policy year means, with respect to—
(1) A grandfathered health plan
offered in the individual health
insurance market, the 12-month period
that is designated as the policy year in
the policy documents of the individual
health insurance coverage. If there is no
designation of a policy year in the
policy document (or no such policy
document is available), then the policy
year is the deductible or limit year used
under the coverage. If deductibles or
other limits are not imposed on a yearly
basis, the policy year is the calendar
year.
(2) A non-grandfathered health plan
offered in the individual health
insurance market, or in a market in
which the State has merged the
individual and small group risk pools,
for coverage issued or renewed
beginning January 1, 2014, a calendar
year for which health insurance
coverage provides coverage for health
benefits.
*
*
*
*
*
Small employer means, in connection
with a group health plan with respect to
a calendar year and a plan year, an
employer who employed an average of
at least 1 but not more than 100
employees on business days during the
preceding calendar year and who
employs at least 1 employee on the first
day of the plan year. In the case of plan
years beginning before January 1, 2016,
a State may elect to define small
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
employer by substituting ‘‘50
employees’’ for ‘‘100 employees.’’
*
*
*
*
*
PART 146—HEALTH INSURANCE
REFORM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL HEALTH
INSURANCE MARKETS
4. The authority citation for part 146
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: Secs. 2702 through 2705, 2711
through 2723, 2791, and 2792 of the Public
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300gg–1
through 300gg–5, 300gg–11 through 300gg–
23, 200gg–91, and 300gg–92) (1996).
Section 146.145 also issued under secs.
2701 through 2763, 2791, and 2792 of the
Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300gg
through 300gg–63, 300gg–91, and 300gg–92),
as amended (2010).
§ 146.145
[Amended]
5. Section 146.145 is amended by—
■ A. Removing paragraph (b).
■ B. Redesignating paragraphs (c)
through (e) as paragraphs (b) through
(d).
■ C. In redesignated paragraph (b),
removing references to ‘‘paragraph (c)’’
and adding in their place ‘‘paragraph
(b)’’ wherever they appear in the
following places:
■ i. Paragraph (b)(1).
■ ii. Paragraph (b)(3)(i).
■ iii. Paragraph (b)(3)(ii).
■ iv. Paragraph (b)(4)(i).
■ v. Paragraph (b)(4)(ii).
■ vi. Paragraph (b)(4)(iii) and
Conclusion.
■ vii. Paragraph (b)(5)(ii) and
Conclusion.
■ D. In redesignated paragraph (c),
removing references to ‘‘paragraph (d)’’
and adding in their place ‘‘paragraph
(c)’’ wherever they appear in the
following places:
■ i. Paragraph (c)(1).
■ ii. Paragraph (c)(3).
■
PART 147—HEALTH INSURANCE
REFORM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL HEALTH
INSURANCE MARKETS
6. The authority citation for part 147
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: Secs. 2701 through 2763, 2791,
and 2792 of the Public Health Service Act (42
U.S.C. 300gg through 300gg–63, 300gg–91,
and 300gg–92), as amended.
7. Section 147.104 is amended by
revising paragraph (a), adding a
sentence at the end of paragraph (b)(2),
and revising paragraphs (c)(2), (d)(1)(ii),
and (d)(2) introductory text to read as
follows:
■
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 147.104 Guaranteed availability of
coverage.
(a) Guaranteed availability of
coverage in the individual and group
market. Subject to paragraphs (b)
through (d) of this section, a health
insurance issuer that offers health
insurance coverage in the individual,
small group, or large group market in a
State must offer to any individual or
employer in the State all products that
are approved for sale in the applicable
market, and must accept any individual
or employer that applies for any of those
products.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) * * * Health insurance coverage
in the individual market or in a market
in which the State has merged the
individual and small group risk pools
must be offered on a calendar year basis.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(2) An issuer that denies health
insurance coverage to an individual or
an employer in any service area, in
accordance with paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of
this section, may not offer coverage in
the individual, small group, or large
group market, as applicable, for a period
of 180 calendar days after the date the
coverage is denied. This paragraph (c)(2)
does not limit the issuer’s ability to
renew coverage already in force or
relieve the issuer of the responsibility to
renew that coverage.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(1) * * *
(ii) It is applying this paragraph (d)(1)
uniformly to all employers or individual
in the large group, small group, or
individual market, as applicable, in the
State consistent with applicable State
law and without regard to the claims
experience of those individuals,
employers and their employees (and
their dependents) or any health statusrelated factor relating to such
individuals, employees, and
dependents.
(2) An issuer that denies health
insurance coverage to any employer or
individual in a state under paragraph
(d)(1) of this section may not offer
coverage in the large group, small group,
or individual market, as applicable, in
the State before the later of either of the
following dates:
*
*
*
*
*
8. Section 147.106 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a) and (d)(1)
introductory text to read as follows:
■
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
§ 147.106 Guaranteed renewability of
coverage.
(a) General rule. Subject to paragraphs
(b) through (d) of this section, a health
insurance issuer offering health
insurance coverage in the individual,
small group, or large group market is
required to renew or continue in force
the coverage at the option of the plan
sponsor or the individual, as applicable.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(1) An issuer may elect to discontinue
offering all health insurance coverage in
the individual, small group, or large
group market, or all markets, in a State
in accordance with applicable State law
only if—
*
*
*
*
*
PART 153—STANDARDS RELATED TO
REINSURANCE, RISK CORRIDORS,
AND RISK ADJUSTMENT UNDER THE
AFFORDABLE CARE ACT
9. The authority citation for part 153
is revised to read as follows:
■
Authority: Secs. 1311, 1321, 1341–1343,
Pub. L. 111–148, 24 Stat. 119.
10. Section 153.20 is amended by
revising the definition of ‘‘contributing
entity’’ to read as follows:
■
§ 153.20
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
Contributing entity means a health
insurance issuer or a self-insured group
health plan (including a group health
plan that is partially self-insured and
partially insured, where the health
insurance coverage does not constitute
major medical coverage). A self-insured
group health plan is responsible for the
reinsurance contributions, although it
may elect to use a third party
administrator or administrative servicesonly contractor for transfer of the
reinsurance contributions.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 11. Section 153.240 is amended by
revising paragraph (c) to read as follows:
§ 153.240 Disbursement of reinsurance
payments.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Maintenance of records. If a State
establishes a reinsurance program, the
State must maintain documents and
records relating to the reinsurance
program, whether paper, electronic, or
in other media, for each benefit year for
at least 10 years, and make them
available upon request from HHS, the
OIG, the Comptroller General, or their
designees, to any such entity. The
documents and records must be
sufficient to enable the evaluation of the
State-operated reinsurance program’s
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
compliance with Federal standards. The
State must also ensure that its
contractors, subcontractors, and agents
similarly maintain and make relevant
documents and records available upon
request from HHS, the OIG, the
Comptroller General, or their designees,
to any such entity.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 12. Section 153.260 is added to
subpart C to read as follows:
§ 153.260 General oversight requirements
for State-operated reinsurance programs.
(a) Accounting requirements. A State
that establishes a reinsurance program
must ensure that its applicable
reinsurance entity keeps an accounting
for each benefit year of:
(1) All reinsurance contributions
received from HHS for reinsurance
payments and for administrative
expenses;
(2) All claims for reinsurance
payments received from issuers of
reinsurance-eligible plans;
(3) All reinsurance payments made to
issuers of reinsurance-eligible plans;
and
(4) All administrative expenses
incurred for the reinsurance program.
(b) State summary report. A State that
establishes a reinsurance program must
submit to HHS and make public a report
on its reinsurance program operations
for each benefit year in the manner and
timeframe specified by HHS. The report
must summarize the accounting for the
benefit year kept pursuant to paragraph
(a) of this section.
(c) Independent external audit. A
State that establishes a reinsurance
program must engage an independent
qualified auditing entity to perform a
financial and programmatic audit for
each benefit year of its State-operated
reinsurance program in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards
(GAAS). The State must:
(1) Provide to HHS the results of the
audit, in the manner and timeframe to
be specified by HHS;
(2) Ensure that the audit addresses the
prohibitions set forth in § 153.265;
(3) Identify to HHS any material
weakness or significant deficiency
identified in the audit, and address in
writing to HHS how the State intends to
correct any such material weakness or
significant deficiency; and
(4) Make public a summary of the
results of the audit, including any
material weakness or significant
deficiency and how the State intends to
correct the material weakness or
significant deficiency, in the manner
and timeframe to be specified by HHS.
■ 13. Section 153.265 is added to
subpart C to read as follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65093
§ 153.265 Restrictions on use of
reinsurance funds for administrative
expenses.
A State that establishes a reinsurance
program must ensure that its applicable
reinsurance entity does not use any
funds for the support of reinsurance
operations, including any reinsurance
contributions provided under the
national contribution rate for
administrative expenses, for any of the
following purposes:
(a) Staff retreats;
(b) Promotional giveaways;
(c) Excessive executive compensation;
or
(d) Promotion of Federal or State
legislative or regulatory modifications.
■ 14. Section 153.310 is amended by:
A. Adding paragraph (c)(4).
B. Revising the paragraph (d) subject
heading and adding paragraphs (d)(3)
and (4).
C. Removing paragraph (f).
The additions and revision read as
follows:
§ 153.310
Risk adjustment administration.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(4) Maintenance of records. A State
operating a risk adjustment program
must maintain documents and records
relating to the risk adjustment program,
whether paper, electronic, or in other
media, for each benefit year for at least
10 years, and make them available upon
request from HHS, the OIG, the
Comptroller General, or their designees,
to any such entity. The documents and
records must be sufficient to enable the
evaluation of the State-operated risk
adjustment program’s compliance with
Federal standards. A State operating a
risk adjustment program must also
ensure that its contractors,
subcontractors, and agents similarly
maintain and make relevant documents
and records available upon request from
HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General,
or their designees, to any such entity.
(d) Approval for a State to operate
risk adjustment. * * *
(3) In addition to requirements set
forth in paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this
section, to obtain re-approval from HHS
to operate risk adjustment for a third
benefit year, the State must, in the first
benefit year for which it operates risk
adjustment, provide to HHS an interim
report, in a manner specified by HHS,
including a detailed summary of its risk
adjustment activities in the first 10
months of the benefit year, no later than
December 31 of the applicable benefit
year.
(4) To obtain re-approval from HHS to
operate risk adjustment for each benefit
year after the third benefit year, each
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
65094
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
State operating a risk adjustment
program must submit to HHS and make
public a detailed summary of its risk
adjustment program operations for the
most recent benefit year for which risk
adjustment operations have been
completed, in the manner and
timeframe specified by HHS.
(i) The summary must include the
results of a programmatic and financial
audit for each benefit year of the Stateoperated risk adjustment program
conducted by an independent qualified
auditing entity in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards
(GAAS).
(ii) The summary must identify any
material weakness or significant
deficiency identified in the audit and
address how the State intends to correct
any such material weakness or
significant deficiency.
■ 15. Section 153.365 is added to
subpart D to read as follows:
■
§ 153.365 General oversight requirements
for State-operated risk adjustment
programs.
*
If a State is operating a risk
adjustment program, it must keep an
accounting of all receipts and
expenditures related to risk adjustment
payments and charges and the
administration of risk adjustmentrelated functions and activities for each
benefit year.
■ 16. Section 153.400 is amended by
revising paragraph (a)(1)(i) and adding
paragraph (a)(3) to read as follows:
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
§ 153.400
Reinsurance contribution funds.
(a) * * *
(1) * * *
(i) Such plan or coverage is not major
medical coverage, subject to paragraph
(a)(3) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(3) Notwithstanding paragraph
(a)(1)(i) of this section, a health
insurance issuer must make reinsurance
contributions for lives covered by its
group health insurance coverage
whether or not the insurance coverage
constitutes major medical coverage, if—
(i) The group health plan provides
health insurance coverage for those
covered lives through more than one
insurance policy that in combination
constitute major medical coverage;
(ii) The lives are not covered by selfinsured coverage of the group health
plan (except for self-insured coverage
limited to excepted benefits); and
(iii) The health insurance coverage
under the policy offered by the health
insurance issuer constitutes the greatest
portion of inpatient hospitalization
benefits under the group health plan.
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
17. Section 153.405 is amended by
adding paragraph (h) to read as follows:
§ 153.405 Calculation of reinsurance
contributions.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) Maintenance of records. A
contributing entity must maintain
documents and records, whether paper,
electronic, or in other media, sufficient
to substantiate the enrollment count
submitted pursuant to this section for a
period of at least 10 years, and must
make those documents and records
available upon request from HHS, the
OIG, the Comptroller General, or their
designees, to any such entity, for
purposes of verification, investigation,
audit, or other review of reinsurance
contribution amounts.
■ 18. Section 153.410 is amended by
adding paragraph (c) to read as follows:
§ 153.410 Requests for reinsurance
payment.
*
*
*
*
(c) Maintenance of records. An issuer
of a reinsurance-eligible plan must
maintain documents and records,
whether paper, electronic, or in other
media, sufficient to substantiate the
requests for reinsurance payments made
pursuant to this section for a period of
at least 10 years, and must make those
documents and records available upon
request from HHS, the OIG, the
Comptroller General, or their designees,
or, in a State where the State is
operating reinsurance, the State or its
designee, to any such entity, for
purposes of verification, investigation,
audit, or other review of reinsurance
payment requests.
■ 19. Section 153.510 is amended by
adding paragraph (e)
§ 153.510 Risk corridors establishment
and payment methodology
*
*
*
*
*
(e) A QHP issuer is not subject to the
provisions of this subpart with respect
to a stand-alone dental plan.
■ 20. Section 153.520 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a), (b), and (e) to
read as follows:
§ 153.520 Attribution and allocation of
revenue and expense items.
(a) Attribution to plans. Each item of
expense in the target amount with
respect to a QHP must be reasonably
attributable to the operation of the QHP
issuer’s non-grandfathered health plans
in a market within a State, with the
attribution based on a generally
accepted accounting method,
consistently applied. To the extent that
a QHP issuer utilizes a specific method
for allocating expenses for purposes of
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 158.170 of this subchapter, the method
used for purposes of this paragraph
must be consistent.
(b) Allocation across plans. Each item
of expense in the target amount must
reflect an amount equal to the pro rata
portion of the aggregate amount of such
expense across all of the QHP issuer’s
non-grandfathered health plans in a
market within a State, allocated to the
QHP based on premiums earned.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) Maintenance of records. A QHP
issuer must maintain documents and
records, whether paper, electronic, or in
other media, sufficient to enable the
evaluation of the issuer’s compliance
with applicable risk corridors standards,
for each benefit year for at least 10
years, and must make those documents
and records available upon request from
HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General,
or their designees, to any such entity,
for purposes of verification,
investigation, audit or other review.
■ 21. Section 153.530 is amended by
revising paragraphs (b) and (c) to read
as follows:
§ 153.530 Risk corridors data
requirements.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Allowable costs. A QHP issuer
must submit to HHS data on the
allowable costs incurred with respect to
the QHP issuer’s non-grandfathered
health plans in a market within a State
in a manner specified by HHS. For
purposes of this subpart, allowable costs
must be —
(1) Increased by any risk adjustment
charges paid by the issuer for the nongrandfathered health plans under the
risk adjustment program established
under subpart D of this part.
(i) Any risk adjustment charges paid
by the issuer for the non-grandfathered
health plans under the risk adjustment
program established pursuant to subpart
D of this part; and
(ii) Any reinsurance contributions
made by the issuer for the nongrandfathered health plans under the
transitional reinsurance program
established pursuant to subpart C of this
part.
(2) Reduced by —
(i) Any risk adjustment payments
received by the issuer for the nongrandfathered health plans under the
risk adjustment program established
pursuant to subpart D of this part;
(ii) Any reinsurance payments
received by the issuer for the nongrandfathered health plans under the
transitional reinsurance program
established pursuant to subpart C of this
part; and
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
(iii) Any cost-sharing reduction
payments received by the issuer for the
QHP issuer’s QHPs in a market within
a State to the extent not reimbursed to
the provider furnishing the item or
service.
(c) Allowable administrative costs. A
QHP issuer must submit to HHS data on
the allowable administrative costs
incurred with respect to the QHP
issuer’s non-grandfathered health plans
in a market within a State in a manner
specified by HHS.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 22. Section 153.620 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
§ 153.620 Compliance with risk adjustment
standards.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Issuer records maintenance
requirements. An issuer that offers risk
adjustment covered plans must also
maintain documents and records,
whether paper, electronic, or in other
media, sufficient to enable the
evaluation of the issuer’s compliance
with applicable risk adjustment
standards, for each benefit year for at
least 10 years, and must make those
documents and records available upon
request to HHS, the OIG, the
Comptroller General, or their designees,
or in a State where the State is operating
risk adjustment, the State or its designee
to any such entity, for purposes of
verification, investigation, audit or other
review.
■ 23. Section 153.740 is added to
subpart H to read as follows:
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
§ 153.740 Failure to comply with HHSoperated risk adjustment and reinsurance
data requirements.
(a) Enforcement actions. If an issuer of
a risk adjustment covered plan or
reinsurance-eligible plan fails to
establish a dedicated distributed data
environment in a manner and timeframe
specified by HHS; fails to provide HHS
with access to the required data in such
environment in accordance with
§ 153.700(a) or otherwise fails to comply
with the requirements of §§ 153.700
through 153.730; fails to adhere to the
reinsurance data submission
requirements set forth in § 153.420; or
fails to adhere to the risk adjustment
data submission and data storage
requirements set forth in §§ 153.610
through 153.630, HHS may impose civil
money penalties in accordance with the
procedures set forth in § 156.805 of this
subchapter. Civil monetary penalties
will not be imposed for non-compliance
with these requirements during 2014
pursuant to this paragraph (a) if the
issuer has made good faith efforts to
comply with these requirements.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
(b) Default risk adjustment charge. If
an issuer of a risk adjustment covered
plan fails to establish a dedicated
distributed data environment or fails to
provide HHS with access to the required
data in such environment in accordance
with § 153.610(a), § 153.700, § 153.710,
or § 153.730 such that HHS cannot
apply the applicable Federally certified
risk adjustment methodology to
calculate the risk adjustment payment
transfer amount for the risk adjustment
covered plan in a timely fashion, HHS
will assess a default risk adjustment
charge.
PART 155—EXCHANGE
ESTABLISHMENT STANDARDS AND
OTHER RELATED STANDARDS
UNDER THE AFFORDABLE CARE ACT
24. The authority citation for part 155
is revised to read as follows:
■
Authority: Title I of the Affordable Care
Act, sections 1301, 1302, 1303, 1304, 1311,
1312, 1313, 1321, 1322, 1331, 1332, 1334,
1402, 1411, 1412, 1413, Pub. L. 111–148, 124
Stat. 119 (42 U.S.C. 18021–18024, 18031–
18033, 18041–18042, 18051, 18054, 18071,
and 18081–18083).
25. Section 155.340 is amended by
adding paragraph (h) to read as follows:
■
§ 155.340 Administration of advance
payments of the premium tax credit and
cost-sharing reductions.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) Failure to reduce enrollee’s
premiums to account for advance
payments of the premium tax credit. If
the Exchange discovers that it did not
reduce an enrollee’s premium by the
amount of the advance payment of the
premium tax credit, then the Exchange
must notify the enrollee of the improper
reduction within 45 calendar days of
discovery of the improper reduction and
refund the enrollee any excess premium
paid by or for the enrollee as follows:
(1) Unless a refund is requested by or
for the enrollee, the Exchange must,
within 45 calendar days of discovery of
the error, apply the excess premium
paid by or for the enrollee to the
enrollee’s portion of the premium (or
refund the amount directly). If any
excess premium remains, the Exchange
must then apply the excess premium to
the enrollee’s portion of the premium
for each subsequent month for the
remainder of the period of enrollment or
benefit year until the excess premium is
fully refunded (or refund the remaining
amount directly). If any excess premium
remains at the end of the period of
enrollment or benefit year, the Exchange
must refund any excess premium within
45 calendar days of the end of the
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65095
period of enrollment or benefit year,
whichever comes first.
(2) If a refund is requested by or for
the enrollee, the refund must be
provided within 45 calendar days of the
date of the request.
■ 26. Section 155.420 is amended by
adding paragraph (d)(10) to read as
follows:
§ 155.420
Special enrollment periods.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(10) It has been determined by the
Exchange that a qualified individual or
enrollee, or his or her dependents, was
not enrolled in QHP coverage; was not
enrolled in the QHP selected by the
qualified individual or enrollee; or is
eligible for but is not receiving advance
payments of the premium tax credit or
cost-sharing reductions as a result of
misconduct on the part of a nonExchange entity providing enrollment
assistance or conducting enrollment
activities. For purposes of this
provision, misconduct includes, but is
not limited to, the failure of the nonExchange entity to comply with
applicable standards under this part,
part 156 of this subchapter, or other
applicable Federal or State laws, as
determined by the Exchange.
*
*
*
*
*
§ 155.725
[Amended]
27. Section 155.725(j)(2)(i) is revised
to read as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
(j) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) Experiences an event described in
§ 155.420(d)(1), (2), (4), (5), (7), (8), (9),
or (10);
*
*
*
*
*
■ 28. Subpart M is added to read as
follows:
■
Subpart M—Oversight and Program
Integrity Standards for State Exchanges
Sec.
155.1200 General program integrity and
oversight requirements.
155.1210 Maintenance of records.
Subpart M—Oversight and Program
Integrity Standards for State
Exchanges
§ 155.1200 General program integrity and
oversight requirements.
(a) General requirement. A State
Exchange must:
(1) Keep an accurate accounting of
Exchange receipts and expenditures in
accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles (GAAP).
(2) Monitor and report to HHS on
Exchange related activities.
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
65096
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
(3) Collect and report to HHS
performance monitoring data.
(b) Reporting. The State Exchange
must, at least annually, provide to HHS,
in a manner specified by HHS, the
following data and information:
(1) A financial statement presented in
accordance with GAAP by April 1 of
each year,
(2) Eligibility and enrollment reports,
(3) Performance monitoring data, and
(4) If the Exchange is collecting
premiums under § 155.240, a report on
instances in which it did not reduce an
enrollee’s premium by the amount of
the advance payment of the premium
tax credit in accordance with
§ 155.340(g)(1) and (2).
(c) External audits. The State
Exchange must engage an independent
qualified auditing entity which follows
generally accepted governmental
auditing standards (GAGAS) to perform
an annual independent external
financial and programmatic audit and
must make such information available
to HHS for review. The State must:
(1) Provide to HHS the results of the
annual external audit; and
(2)) Inform HHS of any material
weakness or significant deficiency
identified in the audit and must develop
and inform HHS of a corrective action
plan for such material weakness or
significant deficiency;
(3) Make public a summary of the
results of the external audit.
(d) External audit standard. The State
Exchange must ensure that independent
audits of State Exchange financial
statements and program activities in
paragraph (c) of this section address:
(1) Compliance with paragraph (a)(1)
of this section;
(2) Compliance with requirements
under this part;
(3) Processes and procedures designed
to prevent improper eligibility
determinations and enrollment
transactions; and
(4) Identification of errors that have
resulted in incorrect eligibility
determinations.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
§ 155.1210
Maintenance of records.
(a) General. The State Exchange must
maintain and must ensure its
contractors, subcontractors, and agents
maintain for 10 years, documents and
records (whether paper, electronic, or
other media) and other evidence of
accounting procedures and practices,
which are sufficient to do the following:
(1) Accommodate periodic auditing of
the State Exchange’s financial records;
and
(2) Enable HHS or its designee(s) to
inspect facilities, or otherwise evaluate
the State- Exchange’s compliance with
Federal standards.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
(b) Records. The State Exchange and
its contractors, subcontractors, and
agents must ensure that the records
specified in paragraph (a) of this section
include, at a minimum, the following:
(1) Information concerning
management and operation of the State
Exchange’s financial and other record
keeping systems;
(2) Financial statements, including
cash flow statements, and accounts
receivable and matters pertaining to the
costs of operations;
(3) Any financial reports filed with
other Federal programs or State
authorities;
(4) Data and records relating to the
State Exchange’s eligibility verifications
and determinations, enrollment
transactions, appeals, and plan variation
certifications; and
(5) Qualified health plan contracting
(including benefit review) data and
consumer outreach and Navigator grant
oversight information.
(c) Availability. A State Exchange
must make all records and must ensure
its contractors, subcontractors, and
agents must make all records in
paragraph (a) of this section available to
HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General,
or their designees, upon request.
PART 156—HEALTH INSURANCE
ISSUER STANDARDS UNDER THE
AFFORDABLE CARE ACT, INCLUDING
STANDARDS RELATED TO
EXCHANGES
29. The authority citation for part 156
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: Title I of the Affordable Care
Act, sections 1301–1304, 1311–1313, 1321–
1322, 1324, 1334, 1342–1343, 1401–1402,
Pub. L. 111–148, 124 Stat. 119 42 U.S.C.
18021–18024, 18031–18032, 18041–18042,
18044, 18054, 18061, 18063, 18071, 18082,
26 U.S.C. 36B, and 31 U.S.C. 9701).
30. Section 156.20 is amended by
adding definitions in alphabetical order
for ‘‘Enrollee satisfaction survey
vendor’’ and ‘‘Registered user of the
enrollee satisfaction survey data
warehouse’’ to read as follows:
■
§ 156.20
Definitions
*
*
*
*
*
Enrollee satisfaction survey vendor
means an organization that has relevant
survey administration experience (for
example, CAHPS® surveys),
organizational survey capacity, and
quality control procedures for survey
administration.
*
*
*
*
*
Registered user of the enrollee
satisfaction survey data warehouse
means enrollee satisfaction survey
vendors, QHP issuers, and Exchanges
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
authorized to access CMS’s secure data
warehouse to submit survey data and to
preview survey results prior to public
reporting.
■ 31. Section 156.80 is amended by
revising the first sentence of paragraph
(d)(1) and adding paragraph (d)(3) to
read as follows:
§ 156.80
Single risk pool.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(1) In general. A health insurance
issuer must establish an index rate that
is effective January 1 of each calendar
year for a state market described in
paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section
based on the total combined claims
costs for providing essential health
benefits within the single risk pool of
that state market. * * *
*
*
*
*
*
(3) Frequency of index rate and planlevel adjustments. (i) A health insurance
issuer may not establish an index rate
and make the market-wide adjustments
pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this
section, or make the plan-level
adjustments pursuant to paragraph
(d)(2) of this section, more or less
frequently than annually, except as
provided in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this
section.
(ii) Beginning the quarter after HHS
issues notification that the FF–SHOP
can process quarterly rate updates, a
health insurance issuer in the small
group market (not including a merged
market) may establish index rates and
make the market-wide adjustments
pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this
section, and make the plan-level
adjustments pursuant to paragraph
(d)(2) of this section, no more frequently
than quarterly, provided that any
changes to rates must have effective
dates of January 1, April 1, July 1, or
October 1.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 32. Section 156.155 is amended by
revising paragraph (a)(3) to read as
follows:
§ 156.155
plans.
Enrollment in catastrophic
(a) * * *
(3) Provides coverage of the essential
health benefits under section 1302(b) of
the Affordable Care Act, except that the
plan provides no benefits for any plan
year (except as provided in paragraphs
(a)(4) and (b) of this section) until the
annual limitation on cost sharing in
section 1302(c)(1) of the act is reached.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 33. Section 156.330 is added to
subpart D to read follows:
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
§ 156.330 Changes of Ownership of
Issuers of Qualified Health Plans in
Federally-facilitated Exchanges.
When a QHP issuer that offers one or
more QHPs in a Federally-facilitated
Exchange undergoes a change of
ownership as recognized by the State in
which the issuer offers the QHP, the
QHP issuer must notify HHS of the
change in a manner to be specified by
HHS, and provide the legal name and
Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) of
the new owner and the effective date of
the change at least 30 days prior to the
effective date of the change of
ownership. The new owner must agree
to adhere to all applicable statutes and
regulations.
■ 34. Section 156.400 is amended by
revising the definition of ‘‘Most
generous or more generous’’ to read as
follows:
§ 156.400
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
Most generous or more generous
means, as between a QHP (including a
standard silver plan) or plan variation
and one or more other plan variations of
the same QHP, the standard plan or plan
variation designed for the category of
individuals last listed in § 155.305(g)(3)
of this subchapter. Least generous or
less generous has the opposite meaning.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 35. Section 156.410 is amended by
adding paragraphs (c) and (d) to read as
follows:
§ 156.410 Cost-sharing reductions for
enrollees.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Improper cost-sharing reductions.
(1) If a QHP issuer fails to ensure that
an individual assigned to a plan
variation receives the cost-sharing
reductions required under the
applicable plan variation, taking into
account § 156.425(b) concerning
continuity of deductibles and out-ofpocket amounts (if applicable), then the
QHP issuer must notify the enrollee of
the improper application of any costsharing reduction within 45 calendar
days of discovery of such improper
application, and refund any resulting
excess cost sharing paid by or for the
enrollee as follows:
(i) If the excess cost sharing was paid
by the provider, the QHP issuer must
refund the excess cost sharing to the
provider within 45 calendar days of
discovery of the improper application.
(ii) If the excess cost sharing was not
paid by the provider and is not
requested by the enrollee as a refund,
the QHP issuer must, within 45 calendar
days of discovery of the error, apply the
excess cost sharing paid by or for the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
enrollee to the enrollee’s portion of the
premium (or refund the amount
directly). If any excess premium
remains, the QHP issuer must apply the
excess premium to the enrollee’s
portion of the premium for each
subsequent month for the remainder of
the period of enrollment or benefit year
until the excess is fully applied (or
refund any remaining amount directly).
If any excess premium remains at the
end of the period of enrollment or
benefit year, the QHP issuer must
refund the enrollee any remaining
excess cost sharing paid by or for the
enrollee within 45 calendar days of the
end of the period of enrollment or
benefit year, whichever comes first.
(iii) If the excess cost sharing was not
paid by the provider, and if a refund is
requested by the enrollee, the refund
must be provided to the enrollee within
45 calendar days of the date of the
request.
(2) If a QHP issuer provides an
individual assigned to a plan variation
greater cost-sharing reductions than
required under the applicable plan
variation, taking into account
§ 156.425(b) concerning continuity of
deductibles and out-of-pocket amounts
(if applicable), then the QHP issuer will
not be eligible for reimbursement of any
excess cost-sharing reductions provided
to the enrollee, and may not seek
reimbursement from the enrollee or the
applicable provider for any of the excess
cost-sharing reductions.
(d) Improper assignment. If a QHP
issuer does not assign an individual to
the applicable plan variation (or
standard plan without cost-sharing
reductions) in accordance with
§ 156.410(b) and § 156.425(a) based on
the eligibility and enrollment
information or notification provided by
the Exchange, then the QHP issuer must
reassign the enrollee to the applicable
plan variation (or standard plan without
cost-sharing reductions) and notify the
enrollee of the improper assignment
such that:
(1) If the QHP issuer discovers the
improper assignment between the first
and fifteenth day of the month, the QHP
issuer must reassign the enrollee to the
correct plan variation (or standard plan
without cost-sharing reductions) by the
first day of the following month.
(2) If the QHP issuer discovers the
improper assignment between the
sixteen and the last day of the month,
the QHP issuer must reassign the
individual to the correct plan variation
(or standard plan without cost-sharing
reductions) by the first day of the
second following month.
(3) If, pursuant to a reassignment
under this paragraph (d), a QHP issuer
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65097
reassigns an enrollee from a more
generous plan variation to a less
generous plan variation of a QHP (or a
standard plan without cost-sharing
reductions), the QHP issuer will not be
eligible for reimbursement for any of the
excess cost-sharing reductions provided
to the enrollee following the effective
date of eligibility required by the
Exchange, and may not seek
reimbursement from the enrollee or the
applicable provider for any of the excess
cost-sharing reductions.
(4) If, pursuant to a reassignment
under this paragraph (d), a QHP issuer
reassigns an enrollee from a less
generous plan variation (or a standard
plan without cost-sharing reductions) to
a more generous plan variation of a
QHP, the QHP issuer must recalculate
the enrollee’s liability for cost sharing
paid between the effective date of
eligibility required by the Exchange and
the date on which the issuer effectuated
the change, and must refund any excess
cost sharing paid by or for the enrollee
during such period as follows:
(i) If the excess cost sharing was paid
by the provider, the QHP issuer must
refund the excess cost sharing to the
provider within 45 calendar days of
discovery of the improper assignment.
(ii) If the excess cost sharing was not
paid by the provider and is not
requested by the enrollee as a refund,
the QHP issuer must, within 45 calendar
days of discovery of the improper
assignment, apply the excess cost
sharing paid by or for the enrollee to the
enrollee’s portion of the premium (or
refund the amount directly). If any
excess premium remains, the QHP
issuer must apply the excess premium
to the enrollee’s portion of the premium
for each subsequent month for the
remainder of the period of enrollment or
benefit year until the excess is fully
applied (or refund the remaining
amount directly). If any excess premium
remains at the end of the period of
enrollment or benefit year, the QHP
issuer must refund the enrollee any
remaining excess cost sharing paid by or
for the enrollee within 45 calendar days
of the end of the period of enrollment
or benefit year, whichever comes first.
(ii) If the excess cost sharing was not
paid by the provider, then, if the
enrollee requests a refund, the refund
must be provided to the enrollee within
45 calendar days of the date of the
request.
36. Section 156.430 is amended by
revising paragraphs (c)(3) introductory
text, (c)(3)(iii) through (iv), and (c)(4) to
read as follows:
■
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
65098
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
§ 156.430 Payment for cost-sharing
reductions.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(3) Selection of methodology. For
benefit years 2014 through 2016,
notwithstanding paragraph (c)(2) of this
section, a QHP issuer may choose to
calculate the amounts that would have
been paid under the standard plan
without cost-sharing reductions using
the simplified methodology described in
paragraph (c)(4) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(iii) The QHP issuer may not select
the simplified methodology for a benefit
year if the QHP issuer did not select the
simplified methodology for the prior
benefit year.
(iv) Notwithstanding paragraphs
(c)(3)(ii) and (iii) of this section, if a
QHP issuer merges with or acquires
another issuer of a QHP on the
Exchange, or acquires a QHP offered on
the Exchange from another QHP issuer,
and if one, but not all, of the merging,
acquiring, or acquired parties had
selected the simplified methodology for
the benefit year, then for the benefit year
in which the merger or acquisition took
place, the QHP issuer must calculate the
amounts that would have been paid
using the methodology (whether the
standard methodology described in
paragraph (c)(2) of this section or the
simplified methodology described in
paragraph (c)(4) of this section) selected
with respect to the plan variation prior
to the start of the benefit year (even if
the selection was not made by that QHP
issuer). For the next benefit year (if such
benefit year is 2015 or 2016), the QHP
issuer may select the simplified
methodology (subject to paragraph
(c)(3)(ii) of this section but, for that
benefit year, not paragraph (c)(3)(iii) of
this section) or the standard
methodology.
(4) Simplified methodology. Subject to
paragraph (c)(4)(v) of this section, a
QHP issuer that selects the simplified
methodology described in this
paragraph (c)(4) must calculate the
amount that the enrollees would have
paid under the standard plan without
cost-sharing reductions for each policy
that was assigned to a plan variation for
any portion of the benefit year by
applying each set of the standard plan’s
effective cost-sharing parameters (as
calculated under paragraphs (c)(3)(ii)
and (iii) of this section) to the
corresponding subgroup of total allowed
costs for EHB for the policy (as
described in paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this
section).
(i) For plan variation policies with
total allowed costs for EHB for the
benefit year that are:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
(A) Less than or equal to the effective
deductible, the amount that the
enrollees would have paid under the
standard plan is equal to the total
allowed costs for EHB under the policy
for the benefit year multiplied by the
effective pre-deductible coinsurance
rate.
(B) Greater than the effective
deductible but less than the effective
claims ceiling, the amount that the
enrollees would have paid under the
standard plan is equal to the sum of (x)
the average deductible, plus (y) the
effective non-deductible cost sharing,
plus (z) the difference, if positive,
between the total allowed costs under
the policy for the benefit year for EHB
that are subject to a deductible and the
average deductible, multiplied by the
effective post-deductible coinsurance
rate.
(C) Greater than or equal to the
effective claims ceiling, the amount that
the enrollees would have paid under the
standard plan is equal to the annual
limitation on cost sharing for the
standard plan (as defined at 45 CFR
156.400), or, at the QHP issuer’s election
on a policy-by-policy basis, the amount
calculated pursuant to the standard
methodology described in paragraph
(c)(2) of this section,
(ii) The QHP issuer must calculate
one or more sets of effective cost-sharing
parameters, as described in paragraph
(c)(4)(iii) of this section, based on
policies assigned to the standard plan
without cost-sharing reductions for the
entire benefit year and must separately
apply each set of effective cost-sharing
parameters to the corresponding
subgroup of total allowed costs for EHB
for each plan variation policy, as
described in paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this
section, as follows:
(A) If the standard plan has separate
cost-sharing parameters for self-only
coverage and other than self-only
coverage, but does not have separate
cost-sharing parameters for
pharmaceutical and medical services,
the QHP issuer must calculate and
apply separate sets of effective costsharing parameters based on the costs of
enrollees in the standard plan with selfonly coverage, and based on the costs of
enrollees in the standard plan with
other than self-only coverage.
(B) If the standard plan has separate
cost-sharing parameters for
pharmaceutical and medical services,
but does not have separate cost-sharing
parameters for self-only coverage and
other than self-only coverage, the QHP
issuer must calculate and apply separate
sets of effective cost-sharing parameters
based on the medical costs of the
enrollees in the standard plan, and
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
based on the pharmaceutical costs of the
enrollees in the standard plan.
(C) If the standard plan has separate
cost-sharing parameters for self-only
coverage and other than self-only
coverage, and also has separate costsharing parameters for pharmaceutical
and medical services, the QHP issuer
must calculate and apply separate sets
of effective cost-sharing parameters
based on the medical costs of enrollees
in the standard plan with self-only
coverage, based on the pharmaceutical
costs of enrollees in the standard plan
with self-only coverage, based on the
medical costs of enrollees in the
standard plan with other than self-only
coverage, and based on the
pharmaceutical costs of enrollees in the
standard plan with other than self-only
coverage.
(iii) The effective cost-sharing
parameters for the standard plan
without cost-sharing reductions must be
calculated based on policies assigned to
the standard plan for the entire benefit
year for each of the required subgroups
under paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this section
as follows:
(A) If the standard plan has only one
deductible (for the applicable
subgroup), the average deductible of the
standard plan is that deductible amount.
If the standard plan has more than one
deductible (for the applicable
subgroup), the average deductible is the
weighted average of the deductibles,
weighted by allowed costs for EHB
under the standard plan for the benefit
year that are subject to each separate
deductible. Services that are not subject
to any deductible (including services
subject to copayments or coinsurance
but not any deductible) are not to be
incorporated into the calculation of the
average deductible.
(B) The effective non-deductible cost
sharing for the applicable subgroup is
the average portion of total allowed
costs for EHB that are not subject to any
deductible for the standard plan for the
benefit year incurred for standard plan
enrollees and payable by the enrollees
as cost sharing. The effective nondeductible cost sharing must be
calculated based only on standard plan
policies with total allowed costs for
EHB for the benefit year that are above
the effective deductible but for which
associated cost sharing for EHB is less
than the annual limitation on cost
sharing.
(C) The effective deductible for the
applicable subgroup is equal to the sum
of the average deductible and the
average total allowed costs for EHB that
are not subject to any deductible for the
standard plan for the benefit year. The
average total allowed costs for EHB that
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
are not subject to any deductible for the
standard plan for the benefit year must
be calculated based only on standard
plan policies with total allowed costs
for EHB for the benefit year that are
above the average deductible but for
which associated cost sharing for EHB is
less than the annual limitation on cost
sharing.
(D) The effective pre-deductible
coinsurance rate for the applicable
subgroup is the proportion of the total
allowed costs for EHB under the
standard plan for the benefit year
incurred for standard plan enrollees and
payable as cost sharing. The effective
pre-deductible coinsurance rate must be
calculated based only on standard plan
policies with total allowed costs for
EHB for the benefit year that are less
than or equal to the effective deductible.
(E) The effective post-deductible
coinsurance rate for the applicable
subgroup is the quotient of (x) the
portion of average allowed costs for EHB
subject to a deductible incurred for
enrollees for the benefit year, and
payable by the enrollees as cost sharing
other than through a deductible, over
the difference of (y) the average allowed
costs for EHB subject to a deductible
incurred for enrollees for the benefit
year, and (z) the average deductible. The
effective post-deductible coinsurance
rate must be calculated based only on
standard plan policies with total
allowed costs for EHB for the benefit
year that are above the effective
deductible but for which associated cost
sharing for EHB is less than the annual
limitation on cost sharing.
(F) The effective claims ceiling for the
applicable subgroup is calculated as the
effective deductible plus the quotient of
(x) the difference between the annual
limitation on cost sharing and the sum
of the average deductible and the
effective non-deductible cost sharing,
divided by (y) the effective postdeductible coinsurance rate.
(iv) If a QHP issuer uses the
simplified methodology described in
this paragraph (c)(4), and the QHP
issuer’s standard plan does not meet any
of the criteria in paragraphs (c)(4)(v)(A)
through (D) of this section, the QHP
issuer must also submit to HHS, in the
manner and timeframe established by
HHS, the following information for each
standard plan offered by the QHP issuer
in the individual market through the
Exchange for each of the required
subgroups described in paragraph
(c)(4)(ii) of this section:
(A) The average deductible for each
applicable subgroup;
(B) The effective deductible for each
applicable subgroup;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
(C) The effective non-deductible cost
sharing amount for each applicable
subgroup;
(D) The effective pre-deductible
coinsurance rate for each applicable
subgroup;
(E) The effective post-deductible
coinsurance rate for each applicable
subgroup;
(F) The effective claims ceiling for
each applicable subgroup; and
(G) A memorandum developed by a
member of the American Academy of
Actuaries in accordance with generally
accepted actuarial principles and
methodologies that describes how the
QHP issuer calculated the effective costsharing parameters for each applicable
subgroup for the standard plan.
(v) Notwithstanding paragraphs
(c)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section, if a
QHP issuer’s standard plan meets the
criteria in any of the following
subparagraphs, and the QHP issuer has
selected the simplified methodology
described in this paragraph (c)(4), then
the QHP issuer must calculate the
amount that the enrollees in the plan
variation would have paid under the
standard plan without cost-sharing
reductions as the lesser of the annual
limitation on cost sharing for the
standard plan or the amount equal to
the product of, (x) one minus the
standard plan’s actuarial value, as
calculated under 45 CFR 156.135, and
(y) the total allowed costs for EHB for
the benefit year under each policy that
was assigned to a plan variation for any
portion of the benefit year.
(A) The standard plan has separate
cost-sharing parameters for self-only
coverage and other than self-only
coverage, does not have separate costsharing parameters for pharmaceutical
and medical services, and has an
enrollment during the benefit year of
fewer than 12,000 member months for
coverage with total allowed costs for
EHB for the benefit year that are greater
than the effective deductible, but for
which associated cost sharing for EHB is
less than the annual limitation on cost
sharing, in either of the following
categories –
(1) Self-only coverage; or
(2) Other than self-only coverage.
(B) The standard plan has separate
cost-sharing parameters for
pharmaceutical and medical services,
does not have separate cost-sharing
parameters for self-only coverage and
other than self-only coverage, and has
an enrollment during the benefit year of
fewer than 12,000 member months for
coverage with total allowed costs for
EHB for the benefit year that are greater
than the effective deductible, but for
which associated cost sharing for EHB is
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65099
less than the annual limitation on cost
sharing, in either of the following
categories:
(1) Coverage of medical services; or
(2) Coverage of pharmaceutical
services.
(C) The standard plan has separate
cost-sharing parameters for self-only
coverage and other than self-only
coverage and for pharmaceutical and
medical services, and has an enrollment
during the benefit year of fewer than
12,000 member months for coverage
with total allowed costs for EHB for the
benefit year that are greater than the
effective deductible, but for which
associated cost sharing for EHB is less
than the annual limitation on cost
sharing, in any of the following
categories:
(1) Self-only coverage of medical
services;
(2) Self-only coverage of
pharmaceutical services;
(3) Other than self-only coverage of
medical services; or
(4) Other than self-only coverage of
pharmaceutical services.
(D) The standard plan does not have
separate cost-sharing parameters for
pharmaceutical and medical services, or
for self-only coverage and other than
self-only coverage, and has an
enrollment during the benefit year of
fewer than 12,000 member months with
total allowed costs for EHB for the
benefit year that are greater than the
effective deductible, but for which
associated cost sharing for EHB is less
than the annual limitation on cost
sharing.
(vi) Notwithstanding paragraphs
(c)(4)(i)(A) and (B) of this section, and
paragraphs (c)(4)(iii)(A) through (E) of
this section, if more than eighty percent
of the total allowed costs for EHB for the
benefit year under a standard plan for a
subgroup that requires a separate set of
effective cost-sharing parameters
pursuant to paragraph (c)(4)(ii) are not
subject to a deductible, then:
(A) The average deductible, the
effective non-deductible cost sharing,
and the effective deductible for the
subgroup equal zero;
(B) The effective pre-deductible
coinsurance rate for the subgroup is
equal to the effective post-deductible
coinsurance rate for the subgroup,
which is determined based on all
standard plan policies for the applicable
subgroup for which associated cost
sharing for EHB is less than the annual
limitation on cost sharing, and
calculated for the applicable subgroup
as the proportion of the total allowed
costs for EHB under the standard plan
for the benefit year incurred for
standard plan enrollees and payable as
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
65100
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
cost sharing (including cost sharing
payable through a deductible); and
(C) The amount that enrollees in the
applicable subgroup in plan variation
policies with total allowed costs for
EHB for the benefit year that are less
than the effective claims ceiling would
have paid under the standard plan must
be calculated using the formula in
paragraph (c)(4)(i)(A).
*
*
*
*
*
■ 37. Section 156.460 is amended by
adding paragraph (c) to read as follows:
§ 156.460 Reduction of enrollee’s share of
premium to account for advance payments
of the premium tax credit.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Refunds to enrollees for improper
reduction of enrollee’s share of
premium to account for advance
payments of the premium tax credit. If
a QHP issuer discovers that it did not
reduce the portion of the premium
charged to or for an enrollee for the
applicable month(s) by the amount of
the advance payment of the premium
tax credit in accordance with paragraph
(a)(1) of this section, the QHP issuer
must notify the enrollee of the improper
reduction within 45 calendar days of the
QHP issuer’s discovery of the improper
reduction and refund any excess
premium paid by or for the enrollee, as
follows:
(1) Unless a refund is requested by or
for the enrollee, the QHP issuer must,
within 45 calendar days of discovery of
the error, apply the excess premium
paid by or for the enrollee to the
enrollee’s portion of the premium (or
refund the amount directly). If any
excess premium remains, the QHP
issuer must apply the excess premium
to the enrollee’s portion of the premium
for each subsequent month for the
remainder of the period of enrollment or
benefit year until the excess is fully
applied (or refund the remaining
amount directly). If any excess premium
remains at the end of the period of
enrollment or benefit year, the QHP
issuer must refund any excess premium
within 45 calendar days of the end of
the period of enrollment or benefit year,
whichever comes first.
(2) If a refund is requested by or for
the enrollee, the refund must be
provided within 45 calendar days of the
date of the request.
■ 38. Section 156.480 is added to
subpart E to read as follows:
§ 156.480 Oversight of the administration
of the cost-sharing reductions and advance
payments of the premium tax credit
programs.
(a) Maintenance of records. An issuer
that offers a QHP in the individual
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
market through a State Exchange must
adhere to, and ensure that any relevant
delegated entities and downstream
entities adhere to, the standards set
forth in § 156.705 concerning
maintenance of documents and records,
whether paper, electronic, or in other
media, by issuers offering QHPs in a
Federally-facilitated Exchange, in
connection with cost-sharing reductions
and advance payments of the premium
tax credit.
(b) Annual reporting requirements.
For each benefit year, an issuer that
offers a QHP in the individual market
through an Exchange must report to
HHS, in the manner and timeframe
required by HHS, summary statistics
specified by HHS with respect to
administration of cost-sharing reduction
and advance payments of the premium
tax credit programs, including any
failure to adhere to the standards set
forth under § 156.410(a) through (d),
§ 156.425(a) through (b), and
§ 156.460(a) through (c) of this Part.
(c) Audits. HHS or its designee may
audit an issuer that offers a QHP in the
individual market through an Exchange
to assess compliance with the
requirements of this subpart.
■ 39. Subpart H is added to read as
follows:
Subpart H—Oversight and Financial
Integrity Standards for Issuers of Qualified
Health Plans in Federally-Facilitated
Exchanges
Sec.
156.705 Maintenance of records for
Federally-facilitated Exchange.
156.715 Investigations and compliance
reviews in Federally-facilitated
Exchanges.
Subpart H—Oversight and Financial
Integrity Standards for Issuers of
Qualified Health Plans in FederallyFacilitated Exchanges
§ 156.705 Maintenance of records for
Federally-facilitated Exchanges.
(a) General standard. Issuers offering
QHPs in a Federally-facilitated
Exchange must maintain all documents
and records (whether paper, electronic,
or other media) and other evidence of
accounting procedures and practices,
necessary for HHS to do the following:
(1) Periodically audit financial
records related to QHP issuers’
participation in a Federally-facilitated
Exchange, and evaluate the ability of
QHP issuers to bear the risk of potential
financial losses; and
(2) Conduct compliance reviews or
otherwise monitor QHP issuers’
compliance with all Exchange standards
applicable to issuers offering QHPs in a
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
federally-facilitated Exchange as listed
in this part.
(b) Records. The records described in
paragraph (a) of this section include the
sources listed in § 155.1210(b)(2), (3),
and (5) of this subchapter.
(c) Record retention timeframe.
Issuers offering QHPs in a Federallyfacilitated Exchange must maintain all
records referenced in paragraph (a) of
this section for 10 years.
(d) Record availability. Issuers
offering QHPs in a Federally-facilitated
Exchange must make all records in
paragraph (a) of this section available to
HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General,
or their designees, upon request.
§ 156.715 Compliance Reviews of QHP
Issuers in Federally-facilitated Exchanges.
(a) General standard. Issuers offering
QHPs in a Federally-facilitated
Exchange may be subject to compliance
reviews to ensure ongoing compliance
with Exchange standards applicable to
issuers offering QHPs in a Federallyfacilitated Exchange.
(b) Records. In preparation for or in
the course of the compliance review, a
QHP issuer must make available for
HHS to review the records of the QHP
issuer that pertain to its activities within
a Federally-facilitated Exchange. Such
records may include, but are not limited
to the following:
(1) The QHP issuer’s books and
contracts, including the QHP issuer’s
policy manuals and other QHP plan
benefit information provided to the QHP
issuer’s enrollees;
(2) The QHP issuer’s policies and
procedures, protocols, standard
operating procedures, or other similar
manuals related to the QHP issuer’s
activities in a Federally-facilitated
Exchange;
(3) Any other information reasonably
necessary for HHS to—
(i) Evaluate the QHP issuer’s
compliance with QHP certification
standards and other Exchange standards
applicable to issuers offering QHPs in a
Federally-facilitated Exchange;
(ii) Evaluate the QHP’s performance,
including its adherence to an effective
compliance plan, within a Federallyfacilitated Exchange;
(iii) Verify that the QHP issuer has
performed the duties attested to as part
of the QHP certification process; and
(iv) Assess the likelihood of fraud or
abuse.
(c) Interest of Qualified Individuals
and Qualified Employers. HHS’s
findings from the compliance reviews
under this section may be in
conjunction with other findings related
to the QHP issuers’ compliance with
certification standards, used to confirm
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
that permitting the issuer’s QHPs to be
available through a Federally-facilitated
Exchange is in the interest of the
qualified individuals and qualified
employers as provided under
§ 155.1000(c)(2) of this subchapter.
(d) Onsite and desk reviews. The QHP
issuer will make available, for the
purposes listed in paragraph (c) of this
section, its premises, physical facilities
and equipment (including computer and
other electronic systems), for HHS to
conduct a compliance review as
provided under this section.
(1) A compliance review under this
section will be carried out as an onsite
or desk review based on the specific
circumstances.
(2) Unless otherwise specified,
nothing in this section is intended to
preempt Federal laws and regulations
related to information privacy and
security.
(e) Compliance review timeframe. A
QHP issuer may be subject to a
compliance review up to 10 years from
the last day of that plan benefit year, or
10 years from the last day that the QHP
certification is effective if the QHP is no
longer available through a Federallyfacilitated Exchange; provided,
however, that if the 10 year review
period falls during an ongoing
compliance review, the review period
would be extended until the compliance
review is completed.
■ 40. Subpart J is added to read as
follows:
Subpart J—Administrative Review of QHP
Issuer Sanctions in Federally-Facilitated
Exchanges
Sec.
156.901 Definitions.
156.903 Scope of Administrative Law
Judge’s (ALJ) authority.
156.905 Filing of request for hearing.
156.907 Form and content of request for
hearing.
156.909 Amendment of notice of
assessment or decertification request for
hearing.
156.911 Dismissal of request for hearing.
156.913 Settlement.
156.915 Intervention.
156.917 Issues to be heard and decided by
ALJ.
156.919 Forms of hearing.
156.921 Appearance of counsel.
156.923 Communications with the ALJ.
156.925 Motions.
156.927 Form and service of submissions.
156.929 Computation of time and
extensions of time.
156.929 Computation of time and
extensions of time.
156.931 Acknowledgment of request for
hearing.
156.935 Discovery.
156.937 Submission of briefs and proposed
hearing exhibits.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
156.939 Effect of submission of proposed
hearing exhibits.
156.941 Prehearing conferences.
156.943 Standard of proof.
156.945 Evidence.
156.947 The record.
156.951 Posthearing briefs.
156.953 ALJ decision.
156.955 Sanctions.
156.957 Review by Administrator.
156.959 Judicial review.
156.961 Failure to pay assessment.
156.963 Final order not subject to review.
Subpart J—Administrative Review of
QHP Issuer Sanctions in FederallyFacilitated Exchanges
§ 156.901
Definitions.
In this subpart, unless the context
indicates otherwise:
ALJ means administrative law judge
of the Departmental Appeals Board of
HHS.
Filing date means the date
postmarked by the U.S. Postal Service,
deposited with a carrier for commercial
delivery, or hand delivered.
Hearing includes a hearing on a
written record as well as an in-person or
telephone hearing.
Party means HHS or the respondent.
Receipt date means five days after the
date of a document, unless there is a
showing that it was in fact received
later.
Respondent means an entity that
received a notice of proposed
assessment of a civil money penalty
issued pursuant to § 156.805 or a notice
of decertification pursuant to
§ 156.810(c) or (d).
§ 156.903 Scope of Administrative Law
Judge’s (ALJ) authority.
(a) The ALJ has the authority,
including all of the authority conferred
by the Administrative Procedure Act (5
U.S.C. 554a), to adopt whatever
procedures may be necessary or proper
to carry out in an efficient and effective
manner the ALJ’s duty to provide a fair
and impartial hearing on the record and
to issue an initial decision concerning
the imposition of a civil money penalty
or the decertification of a QHP offered
in a Federally-facilitated Exchange.
(b) The ALJ’s authority includes the
authority to modify, consistent with the
Administrative Procedures Act (5 U.S.C.
552a), any hearing procedures set out in
this subpart.
(c) The ALJ does not have the
authority to find invalid or refuse to
follow Federal statutes or regulations.
§ 156.905
Filing of request for hearing.
(a) A respondent has a right to a
hearing before an ALJ if it files a request
for hearing that complies with
§ 156.907(a), within 30 days after the
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65101
date of issuance of either HHS’ notice of
proposed assessment under § 156.805,
notice of decertification of a QHP under
§ 156.810(c) or § 156.810(d). The request
for hearing should be addressed as
instructed in the notice of proposed
determination. ‘‘date of issuance’’ is five
(5) days after the filing date, unless
there is a showing that the document
was received earlier.
(b) The ALJ may extend the time for
filing a request for hearing only if the
ALJ finds that the respondent was
prevented by events or circumstances
beyond its control from filing its request
within the time specified above. Any
request for an extension of time must be
made promptly by written motion.
§ 156.907
hearing.
Form and content of request for
(a) The request for hearing must do
the following:
(1) Identify any factual or legal bases
for the assessment or decertifications
with which the respondent disagrees.
(2) Describe with reasonable
specificity the basis for the
disagreement, including any affirmative
facts or legal arguments on which the
respondent is relying.
(b) Identify the relevant notice of
assessment or decertification by date
and attach a copy of the notice.
§ 156.909 Amendment of notice of
assessment or decertification request for
hearing.
The ALJ may permit CMS to amend
its notice of assessment or
decertification, or permit the respondent
to amend a request for hearing that
complies with § 156.907(a), if the ALJ
finds that no undue prejudice to either
party will result.
§ 156.911
Dismissal of request for hearing.
An ALJ will order a request for
hearing dismissed if the ALJ determines
that:
(a) The request for hearing was not
filed within 30 days as specified by
§ 156.905(a) or any extension of time
granted by the ALJ pursuant to
§ 156.905(b).
(b) The request for hearing fails to
meet the requirements of § 156.907.
(c) The entity that filed the request for
hearing is not a respondent under
§ 156.901.
(d) The respondent has abandoned its
request.
(e) The respondent withdraws its
request for hearing.
§ 156.913
Settlement.
HHS has exclusive authority to settle
any issue or any case, without the
consent of the ALJ at any time before or
after the ALJ’s decision.
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
65102
§ 156.915
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Intervention.
(a) The ALJ may grant the request of
an entity, other than the respondent, to
intervene if all of the following occur:
(1) The entity has a significant interest
relating to the subject matter of the case.
(2) Disposition of the case will, as a
practical matter, likely impair or impede
the entity’s ability to protect that
interest.
(3) The entity’s interest is not
adequately represented by the existing
parties.
(4) The intervention will not unduly
delay or prejudice the adjudication of
the rights of the existing parties.
(b) A request for intervention must
specify the grounds for intervention and
the manner in which the entity seeks to
participate in the proceedings. Any
participation by an intervenor must be
in the manner and by any deadline set
by the ALJ.
(c) The Department of Labor (DOL) or
the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) may
intervene without regard to paragraphs
(a)(1) through (3) of this section.
§ 156.917
by ALJ.
Issues to be heard and decided
(a) The ALJ has the authority to hear
and decide the following issues:
(1) Whether a basis exists to assess a
civil money penalty against the
respondent.
(2) Whether the amount of the
assessed civil money penalty is
reasonable.
(3) Whether a basis exists to decertify
a QHP offered by the respondent in a
Federally-facilitated Exchange.
(b) In deciding whether the amount of
a civil money penalty is reasonable, the
ALJ—
(1) Will apply the factors that are
identified in § 156.805 for civil money
penalties.
(2) May consider evidence of record
relating to any factor that HHS did not
apply in making its initial
determination, so long as that factor is
identified in this subpart.
(c) If the ALJ finds that a basis exists
to assess a civil money penalty, the ALJ
may sustain, reduce, or increase the
penalty that HHS assessed.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
§ 156.919
Forms of hearing.
(a) All hearings before an ALJ are on
the record. The ALJ may receive
argument or testimony in writing, in
person, or by telephone. The ALJ may
receive testimony by telephone only if
the ALJ determines that doing so is in
the interest of justice and economy and
that no party will be unduly prejudiced.
The ALJ may require submission of a
witness’ direct testimony in writing
only if the witness is available for crossexamination.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
(b) The ALJ may decide a case based
solely on the written record where there
is no disputed issue of material fact the
resolution of which requires the receipt
of oral testimony.
§ 156.921
Appearance of counsel.
Any attorney who is to appear on
behalf of a party must promptly file,
with the ALJ, a notice of appearance.
§ 156.923
Communications with the ALJ.
No party or person (except employees
of the ALJ’s office) may communicate in
any way with the ALJ on any matter at
issue in a case, unless on notice and
opportunity for both parties to
participate. This provision does not
prohibit a party or person from
inquiring about the status of a case or
asking routine questions concerning
administrative functions or procedures.
§ 156.925
Motions.
(a) Any request to the ALJ for an order
or ruling must be by motion, stating the
relief sought, the authority relied upon,
and the facts alleged. All motions must
be in writing, with a copy served on the
opposing party, except in either of the
following situations:
(1) The motion is presented during an
oral proceeding before an ALJ at which
both parties have the opportunity to be
present.
(2) An extension of time is being
requested by agreement of the parties or
with waiver of objections by the
opposing party.
(b) Unless otherwise specified in this
subpart, any response or opposition to
a motion must be filed within 20 days
of the party’s receipt of the motion. The
ALJ does not rule on a motion before the
time for filing a response to the motion
has expired except where the response
is filed at an earlier date, where the
opposing party consents to the motion
being granted, or where the ALJ
determines that the motion should be
denied.
§ 156.927 Form and service of
submissions.
(a) Every submission filed with the
ALJ must be filed in triplicate, including
one original of any signed documents,
and include:
(1) A caption on the first page, setting
forth the title of the case, the docket
number (if known), and a description of
the submission (such as ‘‘Motion for
Discovery’’).
(2) The signatory’s name, address, and
telephone number.
(3) A signed certificate of service,
specifying each address to which a copy
of the submission is sent, the date on
which it is sent, and the method of
service.
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(b) A party filing a submission with
the ALJ must, at the time of filing, serve
a copy of such submission on the
opposing party. An intervenor filing a
submission with the ALJ must, at the
time of filing, serve a copy of the
submission on all parties. Service must
be made by mailing or hand delivering
a copy of the submission to the
opposing party. If a party is represented
by an attorney, service must be made on
the attorney.
§ 156.929 Computation of time and
extensions of time.
(a) For purposes of this subpart, in
computing any period of time, the time
begins with the day following the act,
event, or default and includes the last
day of the period unless it is a Saturday,
Sunday, or legal holiday observed by
the Federal government, in which event
it includes the next business day. When
the period of time allowed is less than
seven days, intermediate Saturdays,
Sundays, and legal holidays observed by
the Federal government are excluded
from the computation.
(b) The period of time for filing any
responsive pleading or papers is
determined by the date of receipt (as
defined in § 156.901) of the submission
to which a response is being made.
(c) The ALJ may grant extensions of
the filing deadlines specified in these
regulations or set by the ALJ for good
cause shown (except that requests for
extensions of time to file a request for
hearing may be granted only on the
grounds specified in § 156.905(b)).
§ 156.931
hearing.
Acknowledgment of request for
After receipt of the request for
hearing, the ALJ assigned to the case or
someone acting on behalf of the ALJ will
send a letter to the parties that
acknowledges receipt of the request for
hearing, identifies the docket number
assigned to the case, provides
instructions for filing submissions and
other general information concerning
procedures, and sets out the next steps
in the case.
§ 156.935
Discovery.
(a) The parties must identify any need
for discovery from the opposing party as
soon as possible, but no later than the
time for the reply specified in
§ 156.937(c). Upon request of a party,
the ALJ may stay proceedings for a
reasonable period pending completion
of discovery if the ALJ determines that
a party would not be able to make the
submissions required by § 156.937
without discovery. The parties should
attempt to resolve any discovery issues
informally before seeking an order from
the ALJ.
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
(b) Discovery devices may include
requests for production of documents,
requests for admission, interrogatories,
depositions, and stipulations. The ALJ
orders interrogatories or depositions
only if these are the only means to
develop the record adequately on an
issue that the ALJ must resolve to
decide the case.
(c) Each discovery request must be
responded to within 30 days of receipt,
unless that period of time is extended
for good cause by the ALJ.
(d) A party to whom a discovery
request is directed may object in writing
for any of the following reasons:
(1) Compliance with the request is
unduly burdensome or expensive.
(2) Compliance with the request will
unduly delay the proceedings.
(3) The request seeks information that
is wholly outside of any matter in
dispute.
(4) The request seeks privileged
information. Any party asserting a claim
of privilege must sufficiently describe
the information or document being
withheld to show that the privilege
applies. If an asserted privilege applies
to only part of a document, a party
withholding the entire document must
state why the nonprivileged part is not
segregable.
(5) The disclosure of information
responsive to the discovery request is
prohibited by law.
(e) Any motion to compel discovery
must be filed within 10 days after
receipt of objections to the party’s
discovery request, within 10 days after
the time for response to the discovery
request has elapsed if no response is
received, or within 10 days after receipt
of an incomplete response to the
discovery request. The motion must be
reasonably specific as to the information
or document sought and must state its
relevance to the issues in the case.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
§ 156.937 Submission of briefs and
proposed hearing exhibits.
(a) Within 60 days of its receipt of the
acknowledgment provided for in
§ 156.931, the respondent must file the
following with the ALJ:
(1) A statement of its arguments
concerning CMS’s notice of assessment
or decertification (respondent’s brief),
including citations to the respondent’s
hearing exhibits provided in accordance
with paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
The brief may not address factual or
legal bases for the assessment or
decertification that the respondent did
not identify as disputed in its request
for hearing or in an amendment to that
request permitted by the ALJ.
(2) All documents (including any
affidavits) supporting its arguments,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
tabbed and organized chronologically
and accompanied by an indexed list
identifying each document.
(3) A statement regarding whether
there is a need for an in-person hearing
and, if so, a list of proposed witnesses
and a summary of their expected
testimony that refers to any factual
dispute to which the testimony will
relate.
(4) Any stipulations or admissions.
(b) Within 30 days of its receipt of the
respondent’s submission required by
paragraph (a) of this section, CMS will
file the following with the ALJ:
(1) A statement responding to the
respondent’s brief, including the
respondent’s proposed hearing exhibits,
if appropriate. The statement may
include citations to CMS’s proposed
hearing exhibits submitted in
accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this
section.
(2) Any documents supporting CMS’s
response not already submitted as part
of the respondent’s proposed hearing
exhibits, organized and indexed as
indicated in paragraph (a)(2) of this
section (CMS’s proposed hearing
exhibits).
(3) A statement regarding whether
there is a need for an in-person hearing
and, if so, a list of proposed witnesses
and a summary of their expected
testimony that refers to any factual
dispute to which the testimony will
relate.
(4) Any admissions or stipulations.
(c) Within 15 days of its receipt of
CMS’s submission required by
paragraph (b) of this section, the
respondent may file with the ALJ a
reply to CMS’s submission.
§ 156.939 Effect of submission of
proposed hearing exhibits.
(a) Any proposed hearing exhibit
submitted by a party in accordance with
§ 156.937 is deemed part of the record
unless the opposing party raises an
objection to that exhibit and the ALJ
rules to exclude it from the record. An
objection must be raised either in
writing prior to the prehearing
conference provided for in § 156.941 or
at the prehearing conference. The ALJ
may require a party to submit the
original hearing exhibit on his or her
own motion or in response to a
challenge to the authenticity of a
proposed hearing exhibit.
(b) A party may introduce a proposed
hearing exhibit following the times for
submission specified in § 156.937 only
if the party establishes to the
satisfaction of the ALJ that it could not
have produced the exhibit earlier and
that the opposing party will not be
prejudiced.
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 156.941
65103
Prehearing conferences.
An ALJ may schedule one or more
prehearing conferences (generally
conducted by telephone) on the ALJ’s
own motion or at the request of either
party for the purpose of any of the
following:
(a) Hearing argument on any
outstanding discovery request.
(b) Establishing a schedule for any
supplements to the submissions
required by § 156.937 because of
information obtained through discovery.
(c) Hearing argument on a motion.
(d) Discussing whether the parties can
agree to submission of the case on a
stipulated record.
(e) Establishing a schedule for an inperson hearing, including setting
deadlines for the submission of written
direct testimony or for the written
reports of experts.
(f) Discussing whether the issues for
a hearing can be simplified or narrowed.
(g) Discussing potential settlement of
the case.
(h) Discussing any other procedural or
substantive issues.
§ 156.943
Standard of proof.
(a) In all cases before an ALJ—
(1) CMS has the burden of coming
forward with evidence sufficient to
establish a prima facie case;
(2) The respondent has the burden of
coming forward with evidence in
response, once CMS has established a
prima facie case; and
(3) CMS has the burden of persuasion
regarding facts material to the
assessment or decertification; and
(4) The respondent has the burden of
persuasion regarding facts relating to an
affirmative defense.
(b) The preponderance of the
evidence standard applies to all cases
before the ALJ.
§ 156.945
Evidence.
(a) The ALJ will determine the
admissibility of evidence.
(b) Except as provided in this part, the
ALJ will not be bound by the Federal
Rules of Evidence. However, the ALJ
may apply the Federal Rules of
Evidence where appropriate; for
example, to exclude unreliable
evidence.
(c) The ALJ excludes irrelevant or
immaterial evidence.
(d) Although relevant, evidence may
be excluded if its probative value is
substantially outweighed by the danger
of unfair prejudice, confusion of the
issues, or by considerations of undue
delay or needless presentation of
cumulative evidence.
(e) Although relevant, evidence is
excluded if it is privileged under
Federal law.
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
65104
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
(f) Evidence concerning offers of
compromise or settlement made in this
action will be inadmissible to the extent
provided in the Federal Rules of
Evidence.
(g) Evidence of acts other than those
at issue in the instant case is admissible
in determining the amount of any civil
money penalty if those acts are used
under § 156.805 of this part to consider
the entity’s prior record of compliance,
or to show motive, opportunity, intent,
knowledge, preparation, identity, or
lack of mistake. This evidence is
admissible regardless of whether the
acts occurred during the statute of
limitations period applicable to the acts
that constitute the basis for liability in
the case and regardless of whether HHS’
notice sent in accordance with § 156.805
referred to them.
(h) The ALJ will permit the parties to
introduce rebuttal witnesses and
evidence.
(i) All documents and other evidence
offered or taken for the record will be
open to examination by all parties,
unless the ALJ orders otherwise for good
cause shown.
(j) The ALJ may not consider evidence
regarding the willingness and ability to
enter into and successfully complete a
corrective action plan when that
evidence pertains to matters occurring
after HHS’ notice under § 156.805(d) or
§ 156.810(c) or § 156.810(d).
§ 156.947
The record.
(a) Any testimony that is taken inperson or by telephone is recorded and
transcribed. The ALJ may order that
other proceedings in a case, such as a
prehearing conference or oral argument
of a motion, be recorded and
transcribed.
(b) The transcript of any testimony,
exhibits and other evidence that is
admitted, and all pleadings and other
documents that are filed in the case
constitute the record for purposes of an
ALJ decision.
(c) For good cause, the ALJ may order
appropriate redactions made to the
record.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
§ 156.951
Posthearing briefs.
Each party is entitled to file proposed
findings and conclusions, and
supporting reasons, in a posthearing
brief. The ALJ will establish the
schedule by which such briefs must be
filed. The ALJ may direct the parties to
brief specific questions in a case and
may impose page limits on posthearing
briefs. Additionally, the ALJ may allow
the parties to file posthearing reply
briefs.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
§ 156.953
ALJ decision.
The ALJ will issue an initial agency
decision based only on the record and
on applicable law; the decision will
contain findings of fact and conclusions
of law. The ALJ’s decision is final and
appealable after 30 days unless it is
modified or vacated under § 156.957.
§ 156.955
Sanctions.
(a) The ALJ may sanction a party or
an attorney for failing to comply with an
order or other directive or with a
requirement of a regulation, for
abandonment of a case, or for other
actions that interfere with the speedy,
orderly or fair conduct of the hearing.
Any sanction that is imposed will relate
reasonably to the severity and nature of
the failure or action.
(b) A sanction may include any of the
following actions:
(1) In the case of failure or refusal to
provide or permit discovery, drawing
negative fact inferences or treating such
failure or refusal as an admission by
deeming the matter, or certain facts, to
be established.
(2) Prohibiting a party from
introducing certain evidence or
otherwise advocating a particular claim
or defense.
(3) Striking pleadings, in whole or in
part.
(4) Staying the case.
(5) Dismissing the case.
(6) Entering a decision by default.
(7) Refusing to consider any motion or
other document that is not filed in a
timely manner.
(8) Taking other appropriate action.
§ 156.957
Review by Administrator.
(a) The Administrator of CMS (which
for purposes of this section may include
his or her delegate), at his or her
discretion, may review in whole or in
part any initial agency decision issued
under § 156.953.
(b) The Administrator may decide to
review an initial agency decision if it
appears from a preliminary review of
the decision (or from a preliminary
review of the record on which the initial
agency decision was based, if available
at the time) that:
(1) The ALJ made an erroneous
interpretation of law or regulation.
(2) The initial agency decision is not
supported by substantial evidence.
(3) The ALJ has incorrectly assumed
or denied jurisdiction or extended his or
her authority to a degree not provided
for by statute or regulation.
(4) The ALJ decision requires
clarification, amplification, or an
alternative legal basis for the decision.
(5) The ALJ decision otherwise
requires modification, reversal, or
remand.
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(c) Within 30 days of the date of the
initial agency decision, the
Administrator will mail a notice
advising the respondent of any intent to
review the decision in whole or in part.
(d) Within 30 days of receipt of a
notice that the Administrator intends to
review an initial agency decision, the
respondent may submit, in writing, to
the Administrator any arguments in
support of, or exceptions to, the initial
agency decision.
(e) This submission of the information
indicated in paragraph (d) of this
section must be limited to issues the
Administrator has identified in his or
her notice of intent to review, if the
Administrator has given notice of an
intent to review the initial agency
decision only in part. A copy of this
submission must be sent to the other
party.
(f) After receipt of any submissions
made pursuant to paragraph (d) of this
section and any additional submissions
for which the Administrator may
provide, the Administrator will affirm,
reverse, modify, or remand the initial
agency decision. The Administrator will
mail a copy of his or her decision to the
respondent.
(g) The Administrator’s decision will
be based on the record on which the
initial agency decision was based (as
forwarded by the ALJ to the
Administrator) and any materials
submitted pursuant to paragraphs (b),
(d), and (f) of this section.
(h) The Administrator’s decision may
rely on decisions of any courts and
other applicable law, whether or not
cited in the initial agency decision.
§ 156.959
Judicial review.
(a) Filing of an action for review. Any
responsible entity against whom a final
order imposing a civil money penalty or
decertification of a QHP is entered may
obtain review in the United States
District Court for any district in which
the entity is located or in the United
States District Court for the District of
Columbia by doing the following:
(1) Filing a notice of appeal in that
court within 30 days from the date of a
final order.
(2) Simultaneously sending a copy of
the notice of appeal by registered mail
to HHS.
(b) Certification of administrative
record. HHS promptly certifies and files
with the court the record upon which
the penalty was assessed.
(c) Standard of review. The findings
of HHS and the ALJ may not be set aside
unless they are found to be unsupported
by substantial evidence, as provided by
5 U.S.C. 706(2)(E).
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
§ 156.961
Failure to pay assessment.
If any entity fails to pay an assessment
after it becomes a final order, or after the
court has entered final judgment in
favor of CMS, CMS refers the matter to
the Attorney General, who brings an
action against the entity in the
appropriate United States district court
to recover the amount assessed.
§ 156.963
Final order not subject to review.
In an action brought under § 156.961,
the validity and appropriateness of the
final order imposing a civil money
penalty is not subject to review.
■ 41. Subpart L is added to read as
follows:
Subpart L—Quality Standards
§ 156.1105 Establishment of standards for
HHS-approved enrollee satisfaction survey
vendors for use by QHP issuers in
Exchanges.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
(a) Application for approval. An
enrollee satisfaction survey vendor must
be approved by HHS, in a form and
manner to be determined by HHS, to
administer, on behalf of a QHP issuer,
enrollee satisfaction surveys to QHP
enrollees. HHS will approve enrollee
satisfaction survey vendors on an
annual basis, and each enrollee
satisfaction survey vendor must submit
an application for each year that
approval is sought.
(b) Standards. To be approved by
HHS, an enrollee satisfaction survey
vendor must meet each of the following
standards:
(1) Sign and submit an application
form for approval in accordance with
paragraph (a) of this section;
(2) Ensure, on an annual basis, that
appropriate staff participate in enrollee
satisfaction survey vendor training and
successfully complete a post-training
certification exercise as established by
HHS;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:03 Oct 29, 2013
Jkt 232001
(3) Ensure the accuracy of their data
collection, calculation and submission
processes and attest to HHS the veracity
of the data and these processes;
(4) Sign and execute a standard HHS
data use agreement, in a form and
manner to be determined by HHS, that
establishes protocols related to the
disclosure, use, and reuse of HHS data;
(5) Adhere to the enrollee satisfaction
survey protocols and technical
specifications in a manner and form
required by HHS;
(6) Develop and submit to HHS a
quality assurance plan and any
supporting documentation as
determined to be relevant by HHS. The
plan must describe in adequate detail
the implementation of and compliance
with all required protocols and
technical specifications described in
paragraph (b)(5) of this section;
(7) Adhere to privacy and security
standards established and implemented
under § 155.260 of this subchapter by
the Exchange with which they are
associated;
(8) Comply with all applicable State
and Federal laws;
(9) Become a registered user of the
enrollee satisfaction survey data
warehouse to submit files to HHS on
behalf of its authorized QHP contracts;
(10) Participate in and cooperate with
HHS oversight for quality-related
activities, including, but not limited to:
review of the enrollee satisfaction
survey vendor’s quality assurance plan
and other supporting documentation;
analysis of the vendor’s submitted data
and sampling procedures; and site visits
and conference calls; and,
(11) Comply with minimum business
criteria as established by HHS.
(c) Approved list. A list of approved
enrollee satisfaction survey vendors will
be published on an HHS Web site.
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
65105
42. Section 156.1210 is added to
subpart M to read as follows:
■
§ 156.1210 Confirmation of HHS payment
and collections reports.
(a) Responses to reports. Within 15
calendar days of the date of a payment
and collections report from HHS, the
issuer must, in a format specified by
HHS, either:
(1) Confirm to HHS that the amounts
identified in the payment and
collections report for the timeframe
specified in the report accurately reflect
applicable payments owed by the issuer
to the Federal government and the
payments owed to the issuer by the
Federal government; or
(2) Describe to HHS any inaccuracy it
identifies in the payment and
collections report.
(b) Late discovery of a discrepancy. If
an issuer reports a discrepancy in a
payment and collections report later
than 15 calendar days after the date of
the report, HHS will work with the
issuer to resolve the discrepancy as long
as the late reporting was not due to
misconduct on the part of the issuer.
(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance
Program No. 93.778, Medical Assistance
Program)
(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance
Program No. 93.773, Medicare—Hospital
Insurance; and Program No. 93.774,
Medicare—Supplementary Medical
Insurance Program)
Dated: September 27, 2013.
Marilyn Tavenner,
Administrator, Centers for Medicare &
Medicaid Services.
Dated: Approved: October 18, 2013
Kathleen Sebelius,
Secretary, Department of Health and Human
Services.
[FR Doc. 2013–25326 Filed 10–24–13; 4:15 pm]
BILLING CODE 4120–01–P
E:\FR\FM\30OCR2.SGM
30OCR2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 78, Number 210 (Wednesday, October 30, 2013)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 65045-65105]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2013-25326]
[[Page 65045]]
Vol. 78
Wednesday,
No. 210
October 30, 2013
Part II
Department of Health and Human Services
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
45 CFR Parts 144, 146, 147, et al.
Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act; Program Integrity:
Exchange, Premium Stabilization Programs, and Market Standards;
Amendments to the HHS Notice of Benefit and Payment Parameters for
2014; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 78 , No. 210 / Wednesday, October 30, 2013 /
Rules and Regulations
[[Page 65046]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
45 CFR Parts 144, 146, 147, 153, 155, and 156
[CMS-9957-F2; CMS-9964-F3]
RIN 0938-AR82; RIN 0938-AR74
Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act; Program Integrity:
Exchange, Premium Stabilization Programs, and Market Standards;
Amendments to the HHS Notice of Benefit and Payment Parameters for 2014
AGENCY: Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS.
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: This final rule implements provisions of the Patient
Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education
Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively referred to as the Affordable
Care Act). Specifically, this final rule outlines financial integrity
and oversight standards with respect to Affordable Insurance Exchanges,
qualified health plan (QHP) issuers in Federally-facilitated Exchanges
(FFEs), and States with regard to the operation of risk adjustment and
reinsurance programs. It also establishes additional standards for
special enrollment periods, survey vendors that may conduct enrollee
satisfaction surveys on behalf of QHP issuers, and issuer participation
in an FFE, and makes certain amendments to definitions and standards
related to the market reform rules. These standards, which include
financial integrity provisions and protections against fraud and abuse,
are consistent with Title I of the Affordable Care Act. This final rule
also amends and adopts as final interim provisions set forth in the
Amendments to the HHS Notice of Benefit and Payment Parameters for 2014
interim final rule, published in the Federal Register on March 11,
2013, related to risk corridors and cost-sharing reduction
reconciliation.
DATES: These regulations are effective on December 30, 2013.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Leigha Basini at (301) 492-4380 for
general information.
Jacob Ackerman at (301) 492-4179 for matters relating to Parts 144
and 147, single risk pool and catastrophic plans.
Adam Shaw at (410) 786-1091 for matters relating to the oversight
of risk adjustment and reinsurance.
Jaya Ghildiyal at (301) 492-5149 for matters relating to risk
corridors.
Shelley Bain at (301) 492-4453 or Anne Pesto at (410) 786-3492 for
matters relating to Part 155, Subpart M.
Ariel Novick at (301) 492-4309 for matters relating to the
oversight of cost-sharing reductions and advance payments of the
premium tax credit.
Johanna Lauer at (301) 492-4397 for matters relating to cost-
sharing reduction reconciliation.
Rebecca Zimmermann at (301) 492-4396 for matters relating to
quality standards, Part 156, Subpart L.
Cindy Yen at (301) 492-5142 for matters relating to Part 156 other
than cost-sharing reductions, advance payments of the premium tax
credit, and quality standards.
Pat Meisol at (410) 786-1917 for matters relating to confirmation
of HHS payment and collections reports.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Electronic Access
This Federal Register document is also available from the Federal
Register online database through Federal Digital System (FDsys), a
service of the U.S. Government Printing Office. This database can be
accessed via the internet at https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys.
Executive Summary
Starting October 1, 2013, qualified individuals and qualified
employees may purchase private health insurance coverage through
competitive marketplaces called Affordable Insurance Exchanges, or
``Exchanges'' (also called Health Insurance Marketplaces). This final
rule sets forth oversight and financial integrity standards with
respect to Exchanges, Qualified Health Plan (QHP) issuers in Federally-
facilitated Exchanges (FFEs), and States with regard to the operation
of risk adjustment and reinsurance programs. It establishes additional
standards for special enrollment periods, survey vendors that may
conduct enrollee satisfaction surveys on behalf of QHP issuers in
Exchanges, and issuer participation in an FFE, and makes certain
amendments to definitions and standards related to the market reform
rules. These standards were proposed in a proposed rule, titled
``Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act; Program Integrity:
Exchange, SHOP, Premium Stabilization Programs, and Market Standards''
(78 FR 37032), which was published in the Federal Register on June 19,
2013. Finally, this final rule amends standards and adopts as final
interim provisions set forth in the Amendments to the HHS Notice of
Benefit and Payment Parameters for 2014 interim final rule, published
in the Federal Register on March 11, 2013 (78 FR 15541), related to
risk corridors and cost-sharing reduction reconciliation.
Although many of the provisions in this rule become effective by
January 1, 2014, we believe that affected parties will not have
difficulty complying with the provisions by their effective dates,
because most of the standards are based on existing standards currently
in effect in the private market, were previously proposed through the
Blueprint process, were discussed in agency-issued sub-regulatory
guidance, or were discussed in the preambles to the Exchange
Establishment Rule,\1\ Premium Stabilization Rule,\2\ Market Reform
Rule,\3\ or the HHS Notice of Benefit and Payment Parameters for 2014
(2014 Payment Notice).\4\ In addition to soliciting general comments on
the substance of the proposed provisions, we sought input on ways to
implement these policies to minimize burden.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act; Establishment of
Exchanges and Qualified Health Plans; Exchange Standards for
Employers, 77 FR 18310 (March 27, 2012).
\2\ Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act; Standards
Related to Reinsurance, Risk Corridors and Risk Adjustment, 77 FR
17220 (March 23, 2012).
\3\ Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act; Health Insurance
Market Rules; Rate Review, 78 FR 13406 (February 27, 2013).
\4\ Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act; HHS Notice of
Benefit and Payment Parameters for 2014, 78 FR 15410 (March 11,
2013).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table of Contents
I. Background
A. Legislative Overview
B. Stakeholder Consultation and Input
II. Provisions of the Final Regulation and Analysis of and Responses
to Public Comments
A. Part 144--Requirements Relating to Health Insurance Coverage
1. Subpart A--General Provisions
a. Scope and Applicability (Sec. 144.102(c))
b. Definitions (Sec. 144.103)
B. Part 147--Health Insurance Reform Requirements for the Group
and Individual Health Insurance Markets
1. Guaranteed Availability and Renewability of Coverage (Sec.
147.104 and Sec. 147.106)
C. Part 153--Standards Related to Reinsurance, Risk Corridors,
and Risk Adjustment Under the Affordable Care Act
1. Subpart A--General Provisions
a. Definitions (Sec. 153.20)
2. Subpart C--State Standards Related to the Reinsurance Program
a. Maintenance of Records (Sec. 153.240(c))
b. General Oversight Requirements for State-Operated Reinsurance
Programs (Sec. 153.260)
c. Restrictions on Use of Reinsurance Funds for Administrative
Expenses (Sec. 153.265)
3. Subpart D--State Standards Related to the Risk Adjustment
Program
[[Page 65047]]
a. Maintenance of Records (Sec. 153.310(c)(4))
b. Interim Report and State Summary Report (Sec. 153.310(d))
c. General Oversight Requirements for State-Operated Risk
Adjustment Programs (Sec. 153.365)
4. Risk Adjustment Methodology
a. Modification to the Transfer Formula in the HHS Risk
Adjustment Methodology
5. Subpart E--Health Insurance Issuer and Group Health Plan
Standards Related to the Reinsurance Program
a. Reinsurance Contribution Funds (Sec. 153.400)
b. Maintenance of Records (Sec. 153.405(h) and Sec.
153.410(c))
6. Subpart F--Health Insurance Issuer Standards Related to the
Risk Corridors Program
a. Definitions (Sec. 153.500)
b. Calculation of Allowable Costs, Attribution and Allocation of
Revenue and Expense Items, and Risk Corridors Data Requirements
(Sec. 153.500, Sec. 153.520, and Sec. 153.530)
7. Subpart G--Health Insurance Issuer Standards Related to the
Risk Adjustment Program
8. Subpart H--Distributed Data Collection for HHS-Operated
Programs
a. Failure To Comply With HHS-Operated Risk Adjustment and
Reinsurance Data Requirements (Sec. 153.740(a))
b. Default Risk Adjustment Charge (Sec. 153.740(b))
D. Part 155--Exchange Establishment Standards and Other Related
Standards Under the Affordable Care Act
1. Subpart D--Exchange Functions in the Individual Market:
Eligibility Determinations for Exchange Participation and Insurance
Affordability Programs
a. Administration of Advance Payments of the Premium Tax Credit
and Cost-Sharing Reductions (Sec. 155.340)
2. Subpart E--Exchange Functions in the Individual Market:
Enrollment in Qualified Health Plans
a. Special Enrollment Periods (Sec. 155.420)
3. Subpart H--Exchange Functions: Small Business Health Options
Program (SHOP)
a. Enrollment Periods Under SHOP (Sec. 155.725)
4. Subpart M--Oversight and Program Integrity Standards for
State Exchanges
a. General Program Integrity and Oversight Requirements (Sec.
155.1200)
b. Maintenance of Records (Sec. 155.1210)
E. Part 156--Health Insurance Issuer Standards Under the
Affordable Care Act, Including Standards Related to Exchanges
1. Subpart A--General Provisions
a. Definitions (Sec. 156.20)
b. Single Risk Pool (Sec. 156.80)
2. Subpart B--Essential Health Benefits Package
a. Enrollment in Catastrophic Plans (Sec. 156.155)
3. Subpart D--Federally-Facilitated Exchange Qualified Health
Plan Issuer Standards
a. Changes of Ownership of Issuers of Qualified Health Plans in
Federally-Facilitated Exchanges (Sec. 156.330)
4. Subpart E--Health Insurance Issuer Responsibilities With
Respect to Advance Payments of the Premium Tax Credit and Cost-
Sharing Reductions
a. Definitions (Sec. 156.400)
b. Improper Plan Assignment and Application of Cost-Sharing
Reductions (Sec. 156.410(c) Through (d))
c. Payment for Cost-Sharing Reductions (Sec. 156.430)
d. Failure To Reduce an Enrollee's Premium To Account for
Advance Payments of the Premium Tax Credit (Sec. 156.460(c))
e. Oversight of the Administration of Cost-Sharing Reductions
and Advance Payments of the Premium Tax Credit Programs (Sec.
156.480)
5. Subpart H--Oversight & Financial Integrity Requirements for
Issuers of Qualified Health Plans in Federally-Facilitated Exchanges
a. Maintenance of Records for Federally-Facilitated Exchanges
(Sec. 156.705)
b. Compliance Reviews of QHP Issuers in Federally-Facilitated
Exchanges (Sec. 156.715)
6. Subpart J--Administrative Review of QHP Issuer Sanctions in a
Federally-Facilitated Exchange
a. Administrative Review in a Federally-Facilitated Exchange
(Sec. Sec. 156.901 Through 156.963)
7. Subpart L--Quality Standards
a. Establishment of Standards for HHS-Approved Enrollee
Satisfaction Survey Vendors for Use by QHP Issuers in Exchanges
(Sec. 156.1105)
8. Subpart M--Qualified Health Plan Issuer Responsibilities
a. Confirmation of HHS Payment and Collections Reports (Sec.
156.1210)
III. Collection of Information Requirements
IV. Regulatory Impact Analysis
V. Regulations Text
Acronyms and Short Forms
Because of the many organizations and terms to which we refer by
acronym in this final rule, we are listing these acronyms and their
corresponding terms in alphabetical order below:
Affordable Care Act The collective term for the Patient Protection
and Affordable Care Act (Pub. L. 111-148) and the Health Care and
Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111-152))
ALJ Administrative Law Judge
ARF Allowable Rating Factor
AV Actuarial Value
CAHPS[supreg] Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and
Systems
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CMP Civil money penalty
CMS Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services
DOI State Department of Insurance
DOL U.S. Department of Labor
EHB Essential Health Benefits
FEHB Federal Employees Health Benefits
FFE Federally-facilitated Exchange
FF-SHOP Federally-facilitated Small Business Health Options Program
GAAP Generally accepted accounting principles
GAAS Generally accepted auditing standards
GAGAS Generally accepted governmental auditing standards
GAO U.S. Government Accountability Office
HHS U.S. Department of Health and Human Services
HIPAA Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996
(Pub. L. 104-191)
IRS Internal Revenue Service
MAGI Modified Adjusted Gross Income
MLR Medical Loss Ratio
NCQA National Committee for Quality Assurance
OIG Office of the Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Health
and Human Services
OMB Office of Management and Budget
PHSAct Public Health Service Act
PRA Paperwork Reduction Act
QHP Qualified Health Plan
SHOP Small Business Health Options Program
The Code Internal Revenue Code of 1986
TIN Taxpayer Identification Number
I. Background
A. Legislative Overview
The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Pub. L. 111-148)
was enacted on March 23, 2010. The Health Care and Education
Reconciliation Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111-152), which amended and revised
several provisions of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act,
was enacted on March 30, 2010. In this final rule, we refer to the two
statutes collectively as the ``Affordable Care Act.''
Subtitles A and C of Title I of the Affordable Care Act
reorganized, amended, and added to the provisions of Title XXVII of the
Public Health Service Act (PHS Act) relating to health insurance
issuers in the group and individual markets and to group health plans
that are non-Federal governmental plans. As relevant here, section 2702
of the PHS Act (guaranteed availability of coverage) directs a health
insurance issuer offering non-grandfathered health insurance coverage
in the group or individual market in a State to accept every employer
and individual in the State who applies for coverage, subject to
certain exceptions. Section 2703 of the PHS Act (guaranteed
renewability of coverage) requires a health insurance issuer offering
non-grandfathered health insurance coverage in the group or individual
market to renew or continue in force such coverage at the option of the
plan sponsor or individual, subject to certain exceptions.
As of October 2013 for coverage starting as soon as January 1,
2014, qualified individuals and qualified employers will be able to
enroll in QHPs--private health insurance that has
[[Page 65048]]
been certified as meeting certain standards--through competitive
marketplaces called ``Exchanges'' or ``Health Insurance Marketplaces.''
The Departments of Health and Human Services, Labor, and the Treasury
have been working in close coordination to release guidance related to
QHPs and Exchanges in several phases. The word ``Exchanges'' refers to
both State Exchanges, also called State-based Exchanges, and FFEs. In
this final rule, we use the terms ``State Exchange'' or ``FFE'' when we
are referring to a particular type of Exchange. When we refer to
``FFEs,'' we are also referring to State Partnership Exchanges, which
are a form of FFE.
In this final rule, we encourage State flexibility within the
boundaries of the law. Sections 1311(b) and 1321(b) of the Affordable
Care Act provide that each State has the opportunity to establish an
Exchange. Section 1311(b)(1) gives each State the opportunity to
establish an Exchange that both facilitates the purchase of QHPs and
provides for the establishment of a Small Business Health Options
Program (SHOP) that will help qualified employers enroll their
employees in QHPs.
Section 1302(e) of the Affordable Care Act outlines standards for
offering catastrophic plans in the individual market for certain young
adults and people who obtain certification of exemption from the
requirement to maintain minimum essential coverage because they cannot
afford health insurance or experience other hardship.
Section 1311(c)(4) of the Affordable Care Act directs the Secretary
to establish an enrollee satisfaction survey system that would evaluate
the level of enrollee satisfaction with QHPs offered through an
Exchange for each such QHP with more than 500 enrollees in the previous
year.
Section 1311(d)(4)(A) of the Affordable Care Act directs that each
Exchange must implement procedures for the certification,
recertification, and decertification of health plans as QHPs,
consistent with guidelines developed by the Secretary.
Section 1311(d)(5)(A) of the Affordable Care Act provides that
States, when establishing Exchanges, must ensure that such Exchanges
are self-sustaining beginning on January 1, 2015, and permits Exchanges
to charge assessments or user fees to participating health insurance
issuers to generate funding to support their operations. When operating
an FFE under section 1321(c)(1) of the Affordable Care Act, HHS has the
authority under sections 1321(c)(1) and 1311(d)(5)(A) to collect and
spend such user fees. In addition, 31 U.S.C. 9701 permits a Federal
agency to establish a charge for a service provided by the agency.
Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Circular A-25 Revised establishes
Federal policy regarding user fees and specifies that a user charge
will be assessed against each identifiable recipient for special
benefits derived from Federal activities beyond those received by the
general public. Section 1311(d)(5)(B) contains a prohibition on the
wasteful use of funds.
Section 1312(c) of the Affordable Care Act directs a health
insurance issuer to consider all enrollees in all health plans (other
than grandfathered health plans) offered by such issuer to be members
of a single risk pool for each of its individual and small group
markets. Section 1312(c) of the Affordable Care Act gives States the
option to merge the individual and small group markets within the State
into a single risk pool (merged market).
Section 1313 of the Affordable Care Act, combined with section 1321
of the Affordable Care Act, provides the Secretary with the authority
to oversee financial integrity, compliance with HHS standards, and
efficient and non-discriminatory administration of State Exchange
activities. Section 1313(a)(6)(A) of the Affordable Care Act specifies
that payments made by, through, or in connection with an Exchange are
subject to the False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. 3729, et seq.) if those
payments include any Federal funds.
Section 1341 of the Affordable Care Act establishes a transitional
reinsurance program that begins in 2014 and is designed to provide
issuers with greater stability as insurance market reforms are
implemented and individuals begin to enroll in QHPs sold through
Exchanges. Section 1342 of the Affordable Care Act establishes a
temporary risk corridors program which permits the Federal government
and QHPs to share in gains or losses resulting from inaccurate rate
setting from 2014 through 2016. Section 1343 of the Affordable Care Act
establishes a permanent risk adjustment program which is intended to
provide payments to health insurance issuers that attract higher-risk
populations, such as those with chronic conditions, and eliminate
incentives for issuers to avoid higher-risk enrollees.
Section 1321(a)(1) of the Affordable Care Act provides general
authority for the Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to
throughout this rule as the Secretary) to establish standards and
regulations to implement the statutory requirements related to
Exchanges, QHPs, and other components of Title I of the Affordable Care
Act.
Section 1401 of the Affordable Care Act amended the Internal
Revenue Code (26 U.S.C.) to add section 36B, allowing a refundable
premium tax credit to help individuals and families afford health
insurance coverage. Under sections 1401, 1411, and 1412 of the
Affordable Care Act and 45 CFR part 155, subpart D, an Exchange will
make a determination of advance payments of the premium tax credit for
individuals who enroll in QHP coverage through an Exchange and seek
financial assistance. Section 1402 of the Affordable Care Act provides
for the reduction of cost sharing for certain individuals enrolled in a
QHP through an Exchange, and section 1412 of the Affordable Care Act
provides for the advance payment of these reductions to issuers.
Under section 1411 of the Affordable Care Act, the Secretary is
directed to establish a program for determining whether an individual
meets the eligibility standards for Exchange participation, advance
payments of the premium tax credit, cost-sharing reductions, and
exemptions from the shared responsibility payment under section 5000A
of the Code.
Sections 1412 and 1413 of the Affordable Care Act and section 1943
of the Social Security Act (the Act), as added by section 2201 of the
Affordable Care Act, contain additional provisions regarding
eligibility for advance payments of the premium tax credit and cost-
sharing reductions, as well as provisions regarding simplification and
coordination of eligibility determinations and enrollment with other
health programs.
Unless otherwise specified, the provisions in this final rule
related to the establishment of minimum functions of an Exchange are
based on the general authority of the Secretary under section
1321(a)(1) of the Affordable Care Act.
B. Stakeholder Consultation and Input
HHS has consulted with stakeholders on a number of polices related
to the operation of Exchanges, including the SHOP and premium
stabilization programs. HHS has held a number of listening sessions
with consumers, providers, employers, health plans, and State
representatives to gather public input. HHS consulted with stakeholders
through regular meetings with the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners; regular contact with States through the Exchange
establishment grant process and the Exchange Blueprint approval
process; and meetings with tribal leaders and
[[Page 65049]]
representatives, health insurance issuers, trade groups, consumer
advocates, employers, and other interested parties. We considered all
of the public input as we developed the policies in the proposed rule,
the interim final rule, and this final rule.
II. Provisions of the Final Regulations and Analysis of and Responses
to Public Comments
A proposed rule, titled ``Patient Protection and Affordable Care
Act; Program Integrity: Exchange, SHOP, Premium Stabilization Programs,
and Market Standards'' (78 FR 37032), was published in the Federal
Register on June 19, 2013 with a comment period ending on July 19,
2013. In total, we received approximately 99 public comments from
various stakeholders including States, health insurance issuers,
consumer groups, agents and brokers, provider groups, Members of
Congress, tribal organizations, and other stakeholders. We received a
few comments that were outside the scope of the proposed rule. A number
of the provisions in the proposed rule were finalized in the final rule
published in the Federal Register on August 30, 2013, titled ``Patient
Protection and Affordable Care Act; Program Integrity: Exchange, SHOP,
and Eligibility Appeals'' (78 FR 54070), hereinafter referred to as the
``first Program Integrity final rule.'' We are finalizing the remaining
provisions of the proposed rule here.
The interim final rule, titled ``Patient Protection and Affordable
Care Act; Amendments to the HHS Notice of Benefit and Payment
Parameters for 2014'' (78 FR 15541) was published in the Federal
Register on March 11, 2013 with a comment period that ended on April
30, 2013. Provisions of this rule align risk corridors calculations
with the single risk pool provision, and finalize standards permitting
issuers of QHPs the option of using an alternate methodology for
calculating the value of cost-sharing reductions provided for the
purpose of reconciliation of advance payments of cost-sharing
reductions. We received seven comments on the interim final rule from
issuers, advocacy organizations, and tribal organizations. We amend
standards from the interim final rule and adopt interim provisions as
final.
In this final rule, we provide a summary of each proposed or
interim provision, a summary of the public comments received and our
responses to them, and the provisions we are finalizing. We note that
nothing in these regulations would limit the authority of the Office of
the Inspector General (OIG) as set forth by the Inspector General Act
of 1978 or other applicable law.
A. Part 144--Requirements Relating to Health Insurance Coverage
1. Subpart A--General Provisions
a. Scope and Applicability (Sec. 144.102(c))
In Sec. 144.102(c), we proposed a technical amendment to clarify
whether coverage sold through associations is group or individual
coverage under the PHS Act. Specifically, we proposed to delete a
reference to coverage offered in connection with a ``group health plan
that has fewer than two participants who are current employees on the
first day of the plan year'' (very small plans) as being individual
health insurance coverage under title XXVII of the PHS Act. This
correction aligns with the amendments made by the Affordable Care Act
redefining a small employer to include groups consisting of only one
common law employee.
Comment: Commenters expressed support for the proposed
clarification in Sec. 144.102(c).
Response: We are finalizing the regulation as proposed.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing the amendments to Sec. 144.102(c) as proposed.
b. Definitions (Sec. 144.103)
Under Sec. 144.103, we proposed to amend several definitions of
terms that are used throughout parts 146 (group market requirements),
148 (individual market requirements), and 150 (enforcement) of
subchapter B of title 45 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR),
consistent with the Affordable Care Act. These included definitions of
``group market,'' ``individual market,'' ``large employer,'' ``policy
year,'' and ``small employer.'' Unless otherwise provided, the
definitions in Sec. 144.103 also apply for purposes of part 147 (group
and individual market insurance reform requirements), and we make this
explicit in this final rule.
We noted that, although the Affordable Care Act made changes to the
definition of ``small employer'' for purposes of the PHS Act, the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) and the Internal
Revenue Code (the Code) continue to define a ``small employer'' as
having 2 to 50 employees. Similarly, we noted that the Affordable Care
Act deleted the exception for very small plans in PHS Act section
2721,\5\ without removing parallel provisions in ERISA section 732(a)
and Code section 9831(a)(2). We requested comments on how to interpret
the PHS Act, ERISA, and the Code to ensure that shared provisions of
the Departments of HHS, Labor, and the Treasury are administered
consistently.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\5\ The Affordable Care Act redesignated section 2721 as section
2722 of the PHS Act.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comment: Several commenters were in favor of adopting a consistent
definition of ``small employer'' for purposes of the PHS Act, ERISA,
and the Code. Some commenters thought the upper limit of small employer
size should be 50 employees consistent with ERISA and the Code, while
others suggested an upper limit of 100 employees consistent with the
PHS Act and the Affordable Care Act. One commenter requested
clarification that, although employers with one common law employee are
now treated as small employer groups under the Affordable Care Act,
retiree-only plans continue to be exempt from the group market reforms
under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996
(HIPAA) and the Affordable Care Act.
Response: Consistent with section 2791(e)(4) of the PHS Act and
section 1304(b) of the Affordable Care Act, in this final rule, we
maintain the definition of ``small employer,'' for purposes of health
coverage, as an employer who employed an average of at least one but
not more than 100 employees on business days during the preceding
calendar year and who employs at least one employee on the first day of
the plan year. Prior to 2016, States have discretion to set the upper
limit of small employer size at 50 employees. Additionally, we conform
the definitions of ``individual market'' and ``group market,'' as
proposed, by removing references to group health plans with fewer than
two participants who are current employees from being treated as being
in the individual market rather than the group market. In the proposed
rule, we noted the change to the law and proposed to make conforming
amendments to update our rules to reflect the law with the intention of
doing so for all applicable rules. While we inadvertently omitted
reference to the exception for certain small group plans in Sec.
146.145(b), we note that we believe that our intention to conform our
rules to the law amended by the Affordable Care Act was clear and,
accordingly, we make this conforming amendment in this final rule. As
we pointed out earlier, identical language exempting group health plans
with fewer than two participants from certain provisions of the PHS Act
that formerly was in PHS Act section 2721(a) was stricken by the
Affordable Care Act. We note that nothing in this final rule
[[Page 65050]]
should be construed as affecting the Departments' position regarding
retiree-only plans.\6\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\6\ Group Health Plans and Health Insurance Coverage Relating to
Status as a Grandfathered Health Plan Under the Patient Protection
and Affordable Care Act, 75 FR at 34539-40 (June 17, 2010).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comment: Several commenters addressed the issue of how employees
should be counted in determining employer size. Commenters noted that
States use different methods to calculate employer group size and noted
that there are also different Federal methods for determining employer
size for different purposes. These commenters suggested that there are
compelling practical and efficiency reasons to use a consistent
counting method for all Affordable Care Act purposes and between
Federal and State law.
Response: HHS has previously set forth the method for determining
employer size for purposes relating to the Exchange and SHOP
regulations based on the full-time equivalent method used in section
4980H(c)(2) of the Code, generally effective for plan years beginning
on or after January 1, 2016.\7\ We expect to address the counting
method for purposes of the PHS Act in future rulemaking or guidance.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\7\ For operations of a Federally-facilitated SHOP, the method
set forth in section 4980H(c)(2) of the Code is effective for plan
years beginning on or after January 1, 2014, including in connection
with open enrollment activities beginning October 1, 2013.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing the provisions proposed in Sec. 144.103 of the
proposed rule with the following minor modifications for consistency
and clarity. We state expressly that the definitions in this section
which are based on PHS Act requirements enacted by HIPAA and other
statutes (implemented in parts 146, 148, and 150) are equally
applicable to PHS Act requirements enacted by the Affordable Care Act
(implemented in part 147). In the proposed definition of ``policy
year,'' we replace the reference to January 1, 2015 with the phrase,
``for coverage issued or renewed beginning January 1, 2014,'' to
clarify the definition's applicability to calendar year plans, as
discussed in connection with Sec. 147.104(b)(2) of this final rule.
Finally, we remove the exception for certain small group health plans
in Sec. 146.145(b) to conform to the amendments in Sec. 144.102 and
Sec. 144.103 of this final rule.
B. Part 147--Health Insurance Reform Requirements for the Group and
Individual Health Insurance Markets
1. Guaranteed Availability and Renewability of Coverage (Sec. 147.104
and Sec. 147.106)
In the proposed rule, we proposed to recognize the distinction of
the large group and small group segments of the group market for
purposes of sections 2702 and 2703 of the PHS Act, as amended by the
Affordable Care Act, and their implementing regulations at 45 CFR
147.104 and 147.106, respectively. These proposed amendments would
clarify that under the guaranteed availability provisions, an issuer is
required to offer to an employer only those products that are approved
for sale in the applicable market segment (large group or small group
market) based on the employer's group size (rather than all group
market products). The proposed amendments would also clarify that under
the guaranteed renewability provisions, an issuer could, in accordance
with applicable State law and subject to the other requirements of
Sec. 147.106(d), elect to discontinue all products in one segment of
the group market (for example, the large group market) without having
to discontinue all products in the other segment of the group market
(for example, small group market).\8\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\8\ These clarifications were consistent with the information we
provided in ``Frequently Asked Questions on Health Insurance
Marketplaces'' (May 14, 2013). Available at: https://www.cms.gov/CCIIO/Resources/Fact-Sheets-and-FAQs/Downloads/marketplace-faq-5-14-2013.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We also proposed to clarify in Sec. 147.104(b)(2) that all non-
grandfathered coverage in the individual or merged market must be
offered on a calendar year basis as of January 1, 2015. We specified
that, for purposes of new enrollment effective on any date other than
January 1, the first policy year following such enrollment may comprise
a prorated policy year ending on December 31.
Comment: Commenters generally expressed support for the proposed
revisions in Sec. 147.104 and Sec. 147.106. However, one commenter
disagreed with proposed Sec. 147.104(b)(2), in which all non-
grandfathered individual or merged market plans would be offered on a
calendar year basis. The commenter suggested that individuals with non-
calendar year plans should be permitted to maintain their plans'
current renewal date.
Response: We seek consistency between the Exchange and non-Exchange
markets to mitigate adverse selection, reduce consumer confusion, and
ensure compliance with the single risk pool requirements. For these
reasons, in the Market Reform Rule at Sec. 147.104(b), we aligned
individual market open enrollment periods and coverage effective dates
with those in the individual market Exchanges (which are based on a
calendar policy year) and, to facilitate the transition to calendar
policy years, established a one-time enrollment period allowing
individuals with non-calendar year plans the opportunity to enroll in a
calendar year plan upon renewal in 2014. This final rule simply affirms
the intent of the Market Reform Rule and does not represent a change in
policy. We reiterate that, for purposes of new enrollment effective on
any date other than January 1, the first policy year following such
enrollment may comprise a prorated policy year ending on December 31 of
that year.
Comment: A few commenters sought clarification on whether an issuer
is required to renew coverage purchased by an employer whose size
shifts between the small and large group markets.
Response: HHS has previously issued guidance on how the guaranteed
renewability requirement applies to employers whose size shifts between
the small and large group markets after purchasing coverage in one or
the other of these markets.\9\ The general rule set forth in section
2703 of the PHS Act and its implementing regulations at Sec. 147.106
makes clear that a health insurance issuer must guarantee the renewal
of coverage at the option of the plan sponsor. The exceptions to this
rule do not include the situation in which the employer that sponsors
the group health plan grows from a small employer to a large employer,
or the reverse, between the time the policy is purchased and the time
it comes up for renewal. Therefore, the law guarantees the employer the
right to renew or continue in force the coverage it purchased in the
small (or large) group market even though the employer ceases to be a
small (or large) employer by reason of an increase (or decrease) in its
number of employees.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\9\ HCFA Insurance Standards Bulletin Series No. 99-03
(September 1999). Available at: https://www.cms.gov/HealthInsReformforConsume/downloads/HIPAA-99-03.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
For example, an employer that originally purchased coverage in the
small group market and that increases in size beyond the definition of
a small employer has the option of keeping the product it purchased in
the small group market. Furthermore, any changes to
[[Page 65051]]
that product must satisfy the uniform modification of coverage
requirements set forth in section 2703(d) of the PHS Act and Sec.
147.106(e). Under these provisions, an issuer is permitted at the time
of renewal to modify the coverage for that product, but only if the
modification is consistent with State law and effective uniformly to
all employers with that product. Thus, if other employers with that
product were still participating in the small group market, the issuer
could not modify the benefits or cost sharing for the product in a
manner inconsistent with the rules that apply to small group coverage.
We note that under this scenario, if the employer drops coverage it
purchased in the small group market, it will not be able to purchase
the same coverage again if it no longer meets the definition of a small
employer.
The requirements of guaranteed renewability do not change the
underlying employer group's size for other provisions of the PHS Act
and the Affordable Care Act. For example, the premium rating rules (PHS
Act section 2701 and implementing regulations at Sec. 147.102) and the
single risk pool provision (Affordable Care Act section 1312(c) and
implementing regulations at Sec. 156.80) apply to health insurance
coverage in the individual and small group markets, but generally do
not apply to health insurance coverage in the large group market.\10\
These provisions of Federal law generally would not therefore apply
where an employer increases in size to become a large employer, even if
the employer is renewing a product originally purchased in the small
group market.\11\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\10\ Beginning in 2017, States will have the option to allow
issuers to offer QHPs in the large group market through the SHOP. If
a State elects this option, the rating rules under PHS Act section
2701 will apply to all coverage offered in such State's large group
market (except for self-insured group health plans) pursuant to
section 2701(a)(5) of the PHS Act and Sec. 147.102(f).
\11\ However, pursuant to section 1304(b)(4)(D) of the
Affordable Care Act, a qualified employer that is a small employer
participating in the SHOP may continue to participate in the SHOP,
and will continue to be treated as a small employer for purposes of
subtitle D of the Affordable Care Act, even if the employer ceases
to be a small employer by reason of an increase in its number of
employees. Subtitle D includes the provisions governing SHOP
Exchanges, EHB, the single risk pool, and the premium stabilization
programs but not premium rating requirements under section 2701 of
the PHS Act. We intend to propose in future rulemaking how plans
that are sold through the SHOP to employers that grow from small to
large will be required to comply with single risk pool and premium
rating requirements and how these plans, therefore, participate in
the risk corridors programs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing these provisions with the following minor
modification. In Sec. 147.104(b)(2), we remove the reference to
January 1, 2015 to avoid unwarranted confusion as to when non-
grandfathered plans in the individual or merged market must be offered
on a calendar year basis. Pursuant to Sec. 147.104(f), all non-
grandfathered individual and merged market coverage issued or renewed
on or after January 1, 2014 must be offered on a calendar year basis,
with a policy year ending on December 31 of each year and the next
policy year beginning on January 1 of the following year. The proposed
rule included January 1, 2015 as the latest date by which a non-
calendar year plan renewing in 2014 (i.e., a plan renewing on December
31, 2014) would be subject to this requirement. We believe the proposed
text may have been subject to unintended ambiguity and are finalizing
revised text to eliminate that concern.
C. Part 153--Standards Related to Reinsurance, Risk Corridors, and Risk
Adjustment Under the Affordable Care Act
In the proposed rule, we proposed certain provisions related to
program integrity for State-operated risk adjustment and reinsurance
programs, including provisions governing reporting requirements and
restricting the use of reinsurance funds for administrative expenses.
In addition, we proposed record retention standards for States
operating risk adjustment, for contributing entities, and for
reinsurance-eligible plans when HHS operates reinsurance on behalf of a
State. We intend to propose additional standards related to the
oversight of the premium stabilization programs in future regulations
and guidance.
We also note that, to alleviate the upfront burden of the
reinsurance contributions, we intend to propose in future rulemaking to
collect reinsurance contributions in two installments--the reinsurance
contributions for reinsurance payments and administrative expenses
would be collected at the beginning of the calendar year following the
applicable benefit year, and the contributions for payments to the U.S.
Treasury would be collected at the end of the calendar year following
the applicable benefit year. We also intend to propose in future
rulemaking to exempt certain self-insured, self-administered plans from
the requirement to make reinsurance contributions for the 2015 and 2016
benefit years.
1. Subpart A--General Provisions
a. Definitions (Sec. 153.20)
We proposed an amendment to the definition of a ``contributing
entity'' to address a situation in which the healthcare coverage
provided to a participant under a group health plan is partially
insured and partially self-insured--for example, if medical benefits
are provided under a self-insured arrangement but prescription drug
benefits are provided under an insured arrangement. We proposed this
amendment to clarify that, for purposes of determining whether an
entity bears liability for reinsurance contributions, a self-insured
group health plan includes a group health plan that is partially self-
insured and partially insured, but only where the insured coverage does
not constitute major medical coverage (whether or not the self-insured
coverage is major medical coverage). This amendment clarifies that if a
group health plan is structured in such a manner, the group health plan
would be liable for reinsurance contributions under the counting rules
applicable to self-insured group health plans at 45 CFR 153.405(f), but
if the insured component of the group health plan is major medical
coverage, the issuer remains liable for the contributions.
We also sought comment on whether we should adopt a definition for
``major medical coverage'' that would provide additional clarity on
when a contributing entity would have the responsibility to make
reinsurance contributions.
Comment: Several commenters supported the proposed amendment. One
commenter sought clarification as to which party is liable for
reinsurance contributions with respect to a group health plan that is
partially self-insured and partially insured when both forms of
coverage are major medical coverage. The commenter recommended that the
issuer be liable for reinsurance contributions in a situation in which
the in-network coverage is insured, because the insured in-network
coverage would account for the majority of the total health coverage
for the covered individuals.
Response: We clarify that the amendment to the definition of
``contributing entity'' does not alter the responsibility of the issuer
for the reinsurance contributions under these facts. The amendment to
the definition of ``contributing entity'' addresses a scenario in which
a self-insured plan includes insured coverage that is not major medical
coverage; however, the fact pattern described above concerns a self-
insured plan that includes insured
[[Page 65052]]
major medical coverage. Under Sec. 153.400(a)(1)(i) and Sec. 153.20,
an issuer that offers major medical coverage to its covered lives is a
``contributing entity,'' and is responsible for reinsurance
contributions for the covered lives, and under these facts the self-
insured plan under this proposed amendment would not be a contributing
entity because the insured component of the plan is major medical
coverage.
Comment: Certain commenters requested that HHS codify a definition
of major medical coverage for purposes of reinsurance contributions.
One commenter asked HHS to codify in regulation text the definition of
major medical coverage set forth in the preamble to the 2014 Payment
Notice (78 FR at 15456), while continuing to carefully examine this
issue to determine if the definition should be revised, expanded, or
made more specific in the future. One commenter asked HHS to include in
a definition of ``major medical coverage'' the set of health benefits
defined in the American Academy of Pediatrics' Scope of Health Care
Benefits for Children from Birth through Age 26.
Response: We agree that a more specific definition of ``major
medical coverage'' for purposes of reinsurance contributions would add
certainty for some contributing entities. We therefore intend to
propose a specific definition in the HHS Notice of Benefit and Payment
Parameters for 2015.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing the amendment to the definition of ``contributing
entity'' as proposed.
2. Subpart C--State Standards Related to the Reinsurance Program
a. Maintenance of Records (Sec. 153.240(c))
We proposed to amend 45 CFR 153.240(c) to be consistent with the
maintenance of records requirement for State-operated risk adjustment
programs proposed in Sec. 153.310(c)(4). We proposed to amend Sec.
153.240(c) such that a State establishing a reinsurance program would
be directed to maintain documents and records relating to the
reinsurance program, whether paper, electronic, or in other media, for
each benefit year for at least 10 years, and make them available upon
request from HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General, or their designees,
to any such entity. The documents and records must be sufficient to
enable HHS to evaluate whether the State-operated reinsurance program
complies with Federal standards. States would also be directed to
ensure that their contractors, subcontractors, and agents similarly
maintain and make relevant documents and records available upon request
from HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General, or their designees.
Comment: Several commenters asked that HHS reduce the 10-year
record retention standard, while other commenters supported the 10-year
retention timeframe. One commenter suggested that a 10-year record
retention standard is not needed for the False Claims Act.
Response: We are finalizing the maintenance of records provisions
as proposed, in alignment with the statute of limitations for the False
Claims Act and existing related regulations. A civil action may be
brought under the False Claims Act ``no more than 10 years after the
date on which the violation is committed.'' Additionally, similar 10-
year record retention standards were previously finalized in the
Exchange Establishment Rule and the Premium Stabilization Rule. We
believe that maintaining consistency in our record retention standards
will help ensure that entities maintain records across programs in a
consistent manner, allowing HHS and States to coordinate oversight
efforts across those program areas and reduce the burden on
stakeholders. We note that the 10-year obligation to retain records
begins when the record is created.
Comment: One commenter recommended that electronic maintenance of
records should satisfy the maintenance of records standard.
Response: An entity subject to the maintenance of records standard
may satisfy the standard by maintaining the records electronically and
ensuring that they are accessible if needed in the event of an
investigation, audit, or other review.
Comment: Several commenters asked HHS to provide details on the
specific documents and records that States, contributing entities or
issuers would be required to maintain for oversight purposes. In
particular, one commenter suggested that issuers should not be required
to retain medical records in connection with the risk adjustment
program.
Response: We will provide further details on the documents and
records to be maintained in future guidance or rulemaking. Because risk
adjustment-eligible claims, medical documents, and medical records will
be subject to medical record review as part of the risk adjustment data
validation process, issuers of risk adjustment covered plans must
maintain these documents. We note that this record maintenance and
medical record review is subject to applicable privacy law, including
the protections of HIPAA.
Comment: One commenter asked that HHS reserve the authority to use
the documents and records maintained pursuant to these provisions to
verify whether issuers are in compliance with certain other
requirements under the Affordable Care Act. For example, these
documents and records could be used to help determine whether issuers
are in compliance with the single risk pool premium rating requirement.
Response: We do not intend to use the documents and records
maintained pursuant to these provisions for purposes other than
monitoring compliance with the applicable statutes and regulations for
those programs. In general, primary enforcement jurisdiction over the
single risk pool premium rating requirement lies with the States.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing the maintenance of records provision set forth in
Sec. 153.240(c) as proposed, as well as the maintenance of records
provisions set forth in Sec. 153.310(c)(4). We are also finalizing the
maintenance of records provision set forth in Sec. 153.405(h), Sec.
153.410(c) and Sec. 153.620(b) with conforming technical corrections.
In these provisions, to conform with our other record retention
standards in this rule, we are clarifying that in each provision it is
the ``documents and records'' that must be made available upon request.
In Sec. 153.620(b), we clarify that records must be maintained for 10
years. Finally, we are making a conforming amendment to Sec.
153.520(e) so that the risk corridors recordkeeping requirement is
consistent with the foregoing provisions. Section 153.520(e) will read:
``A QHP issuer must maintain documents and records whether paper,
electronic, or in other media, sufficient to enable the evaluation of
the issuer's compliance with applicable risk corridors standards, for
each benefit year for at least 10 years, and must make those documents
and records available upon request from HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller
General, or their designees, to any such entity, for purposes of
verification, investigation, audit or other review.''
b. General Oversight Requirements for State-Operated Reinsurance
Programs (Sec. 153.260)
HHS expects that States will operate the reinsurance program under
section 1341 of the Affordable Care Act in an effective and efficient
manner and in accordance with the provisions of subparts B and C of 45
CFR part 153.
[[Page 65053]]
Therefore, pursuant to our authority under sections 1321(a)(1) and 1341
of the Affordable Care Act, we proposed certain general oversight
requirements for State-operated reinsurance programs. In Sec.
153.260(a), we proposed that a State establishing the reinsurance
program ensure that its applicable reinsurance entity keeps, for each
benefit year, an accounting of the following: (1) All reinsurance
contributions received from HHS for reinsurance payments and for
administrative expenses; (2) all claims for reinsurance payments
received from issuers of reinsurance-eligible plans; (3) all
reinsurance payments made to issuers of reinsurance-eligible plans; and
(4) all administrative expenses incurred for the State's reinsurance
program. We proposed to require that this accounting be kept in
accordance with GAAP, consistently applied.
In Sec. 153.260(b), we proposed that a State that establishes the
reinsurance program submit to HHS and make public a summary report on
its reinsurance program operations for each benefit year. This report
would include a summary of the accounting for the benefit year as set
forth in proposed Sec. 153.260(a).
In Sec. 153.260(c), we proposed that a State that establishes the
reinsurance program engage an independent qualified auditing entity to
perform a financial and programmatic audit of the program for each
benefit year in accordance with GAAS. Pursuant to Sec. 153.260(c)(2),
the State would be directed to ensure that this audit addresses the
prohibitions set forth in Sec. 153.265 (concerning improper use of
reinsurance funds for administrative expenses).
In paragraph (c)(1), we proposed that the State provide to HHS the
results of the independent external audit for each benefit year, and in
paragraph (c)(3), we proposed that the State identify to HHS any
material weakness or significant deficiency identified in the audit (as
these terms are defined in GAAS issued by the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants, and Government Auditing Standards issued
by the Government Accountability Office (GAO) \12\). We further
proposed that the State address in writing to HHS how the State intends
to correct any such material weakness or significant deficiency. To
ensure transparency and accountability of a State-operated reinsurance
program's finances and activities, we proposed in paragraph (c)(4) that
the State make public a summary of the results of the external audit,
including any material weakness or significant deficiency. We believe
that these measures are necessary to ensure the proper use of
reinsurance contributions under the uniform contribution rate, which
HHS will collect from all contributing entities pursuant to 45 CFR
153.220. We received several comments supporting these provisions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\12\ See, Government Auditing Standards (2011 Revision),
available at: https://www.gao.gov/yellowbook. For public companies,
the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) sets audit
standards. See, https://pcaobus.org/Standards/Auditing/Pages/default.aspx. For non-public companies, the AICPA sets audit
standards. See, https://www.aicpa.org/Research/Standards/AuditAttest/Pages/SAS.aspx.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing these provisions as proposed. We are finalizing
these provisions with one modification. We are clarifying in paragraph
(c)(4) that in making public any material weakness or significant
deficiency from the external audit, the State must also make public how
it intends to correct the material weakness or significant deficiency.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing these provisions with one modification. We are
clarifying that when the State makes public a summary of the results of
the external audit, including any material weakness or significant
deficiency, it must also make public how it intends to correct the
material weakness or significant deficiency, in the manner and
timeframe to be specified by HHS.
c. Restrictions on Use of Reinsurance Funds for Administrative Expenses
(Sec. 153.265)
To achieve the intended purpose of the reinsurance program,
reinsurance contributions collected must be spent on reinsurance
payments, payments to the U.S. Treasury, and on reasonable expenses to
administer the reinsurance program. In Sec. 153.260(a), we proposed
that a State operating reinsurance would be directed to keep an
accurate accounting of the reinsurance funds received from HHS for
administrative expenses and all the administrative expenses incurred
for the State-operated reinsurance program. If a State incurs fewer
expenses in operating reinsurance for a benefit year than are allocated
to it under the uniform reinsurance contribution rate the State would
be directed to use those funds to operate reinsurance in subsequent
benefit years.
Section 1311(d)(5)(B) of the Affordable Care Act prohibits an
Exchange from using any funds intended for the administrative and
operational expenses of the Exchange for staff retreats, promotional
giveaways, excessive executive compensation, or the promotion of
Federal or State legislative and regulatory modifications. In Sec.
153.265, we proposed to extend these prohibitions to State-operated
reinsurance programs, so that a State establishing a reinsurance
program would be directed to ensure that its applicable reinsurance
entity did not use funds that were intended to support reinsurance
program operations (including any reinsurance contributions collected
under the national contribution rate for administrative expenses) for
any purpose prohibited in section 1311(d)(5)(B) of the Affordable Care
Act. We received comments supporting this provision.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing this provision as proposed.
3. Subpart D--State Standards Related to the Risk Adjustment Program
In the first Program Integrity final rule (78 FR 54070), we revised
the definition of ``Exchange'' in Sec. 155.20 and amended various
other provisions of Part 155 to permit a State to establish and operate
only a State-based SHOP while the individual market Exchange for the
State is established and operated as an FFE. Because Sec.
153.310(a)(1) provides that a State that elects to operate an Exchange
is eligible to establish a risk adjustment program, when proposing
these amendments, we sought comment on whether a State that elects to
establish and operate a SHOP but not an individual market Exchange
should also be eligible to establish a risk adjustment program.
Additionally, we sought comment on whether such a State would be
eligible to establish a risk adjustment program only for the small
group market or would be required to establish the program for both
markets. All these amendments were finalized in the first Program
Integrity final rule, and we are not re-proposing or finalizing any of
them in this rulemaking. However, we elected to address the comments we
received on the risk adjustment options for States electing to
establish and operate only a SHOP in the preamble to this final rule,
rather than in the preamble to the first Program Integrity final rule.
Comment: Several commenters asked that HHS permit a State that is
operating a SHOP-only Exchange to operate a risk adjustment program for
both the small group market and the individual market. One commenter
opposed permitting a State that elects to operate a SHOP-only Exchange
to establish a risk adjustment program only in the small group market.
[[Page 65054]]
Several commenters stated that restricting a State's ability to operate
risk adjustment to the small group market could deprive the State of
economies of scale, add compliance burdens to issuers who operate in
both markets, and add complexity to operational requirements such as
data collection and reporting.
Response: For 2015 and later years, HHS will permit a State
operating a SHOP-only Exchange to propose an alternate risk adjustment
methodology that covers both the individual and small group markets,
and to apply for approval to operate a risk adjustment program in both
markets. HHS will evaluate the proposed alternate risk adjustment
methodology using the same alternate risk adjustment methodology
certification process set forth in the Premium Stabilization Rule and
2014 Payment Notice, in accordance with the standards set forth in 45
CFR 153.330(b), to ensure that it appropriately addresses risk
selection in both markets, and will evaluate the State's application to
operate risk adjustment in accordance with the standards set forth in
45 CFR 153.310(d) to ensure the State is ready to operate risk
adjustment in both markets. We emphasize that this policy does not
alter the definition of ``Exchange'' or any of the other amendments to
provide States with the option of establishing and operating only a
SHOP Exchange that we finalized in the first Program Integrity final
rule.
a. Maintenance of Records (Sec. 153.310(c)(4))
In Sec. 153.310(c)(4), we proposed that a State operating a risk
adjustment program would be directed to maintain documents and records
relating to the risk adjustment program, whether paper, electronic, or
in other media, for each benefit year for at least 10 years, and make
them available upon request from HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General,
or their designees, to any such entity. The documents and records must
be sufficient to enable the evaluation of a State-operated risk
adjustment program's compliance with Federal standards. States would
also be directed to ensure that their contractors, subcontractors, and
agents maintain and make those documents and records available upon
request from HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General, or their designees.
We noted that a State may satisfy this standard by archiving these
documents and records and ensuring that they are accessible if needed
in the event of an investigation, audit, or other review. This
provision is consistent with the requirements set forth in Sec.
153.240(c), which contains record retention standards for State-
operated reinsurance programs. We note that the 10-year obligation to
retain records begins when the record is created.
We addressed the comments received on the proposed maintenance of
records provisions in the preamble discussion of Sec. 153.240(c)
above. Below we address a comment specific to this provision.
Comment: One commenter asked HHS to amend this standard to provide
that these documents and records be made available to the State
validation auditor as well as HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General, or
their designees.
Response: We are not making this amendment because risk adjustment
data validation validates the records of an issuer, not the records of
the State entity operating risk adjustment. Thus, a State validation
auditor should not need to review the State risk adjustment entity's
documents.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing this provision as proposed.
b. Interim Report and State Summary Report (Sec. 153.310(d))
In Sec. 153.310(d)(3), we proposed that, in addition to the
requirements set forth in 45 CFR 153.310(d)(1) and (d)(2), a State
would be directed to provide to HHS an interim report, in a manner
specified by HHS, that includes a detailed summary of its risk
adjustment activities in the first 10 months of the benefit year in
order to obtain re-approval from HHS to operate risk adjustment for a
third benefit year.\13\ This report would be due no later than December
31 of the first benefit year for which a State operates risk
adjustment. We note that because the process for obtaining re-approval
to operate risk adjustment begins more than one year before the
beginning of the applicable benefit year, the first benefit year for
which an interim report based on the first year's operations could be
used for approval purposes is the third benefit year.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\ In the 2014 Payment Notice, we finalized a process for
approving the operational aspects of a State's risk adjustment
program. This process is distinct from the previously established
process through which a State may obtain Federal certification of an
alternate risk adjustment methodology. In an attempt to clarify
these two related but distinct concepts, we have made minor
technical corrections to ensure that the terms ``approval'' and
``re-approval'' refer to HHS's evaluation of a State's risk
adjustment operations and the terms ``certification'' and
``recertification'' refer to our evaluation of a proposed alternate
risk adjustment methodology.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We proposed to amend 45 CFR 153.310(f) and re-designate it as Sec.
153.310(d)(4). In Sec. 153.310(d)(4), we proposed that in order to
obtain re-approval from HHS to operate risk adjustment for each benefit
year after the third benefit year for which it is approved, each State
operating a risk adjustment program would be directed to submit to HHS
and make public a detailed summary of risk adjustment program
operations for the most recent benefit year for which risk adjustment
operations have been completed, in the manner and timeframe specified
by HHS. We proposed that the summary report must include the results of
a programmatic and financial audit for the benefit year of the State-
operated risk adjustment program conducted by an independent qualified
auditing entity in accordance with GAAS. In Sec. 153.310(d)(4)(ii), we
proposed that the summary report would identify to HHS any material
weakness or significant deficiency (as these terms are defined in GAAS
issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and
Government Auditing Standards issued by the GAO \14\) identified in the
independent external audit and address in writing to HHS how the State
intends to correct any such material weakness or significant
deficiency.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\14\ See, Government Auditing Standards (2011 Revision),
available at: https://www.gao.gov/yellowbook. For public companies,
the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) sets audit
standards. See, https://pcaobus.org/Standards/Auditing/Pages/default.aspx. For non-public companies, the AICPA sets audit
standards. See, https://www.aicpa.org/Research/Standards/AuditAttest/Pages/SAS.aspx.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We are finalizing these provisions with minor changes in paragraph
(d)(4)(ii). We are deleting references in that paragraph to HHS to make
clear that any material weakness or significant deficiency identified
in the audit, including the methods the State intends to use to correct
any such material weakness or significant deficiency, must be made
public, and not only provided to HHS.
Comment: One commenter asked HHS to clarify its expectations for
the interim report and summary report, and the programmatic components
HHS anticipates a State would report through audit findings.
Response: The interim report will help HHS verify the ongoing
implementation of the risk adjustment program and review concerns
identified by HHS or stakeholders (for example, we may request more
information on the State's oversight plan). We will expect the State to
report to HHS regarding the State's implementation of the processes
outlined in the State's application for certification of its alternate
risk adjustment methodology (or
[[Page 65055]]
recertification), if applicable, and its application for approval of
its operations.
We expect that the summary report will include a review of the
State-operated program's operations over a benefit year, including the
State's implementation of the risk adjustment methodology over a full
payment transfer cycle. A full year of risk adjustment operations will
extend beyond a benefit year because payment transfers are not
determined until the year following the applicable benefit year.
Therefore, the State will not need to submit this summary report until
after the end of the benefit year, upon completion of the full payment
transfer cycle. We will provide further details on the risk adjustment
interim and summary reports in future guidance.
Comment: One commenter asked HHS to permit State flexibility in
reporting, and asked that re-approval be based on an assessment of a
State's success in meeting the goals specific to its risk adjustment
program.
Response: We anticipate that we will require standardized reporting
of certain metrics, but that a State will be able to focus on the
specific characteristics of the State's risk adjustment program within
the report.
Comment: One commenter asked whether the summary report in Sec.
153.310(d)(4) will also be required at the conclusion of the first
benefit year and whether an interim report would be required at any
time after the first benefit year.
Response: As required by Sec. 153.310(d)(4), each State operating
a risk adjustment program is required to submit to HHS an annual
summary of risk adjustment program operations in the manner and
timeframe specified by HHS. The summary report will be required after
the conclusion of the first benefit year's risk adjustment operations
(and after the conclusion of each later benefit year's risk adjustment
operations), including the completion of the payment transfer cycle.
However, an interim report will be required only for the first benefit
year.
Comment: One commenter asked whether the interim report must
include an independent external audit.
Response: An independent external audit will not be required for
the interim report.
Comment: One commenter asked how HHS will review a State-operated
risk adjustment program's operations in the second year of operation,
including whether any additional information will be required during
the second year of operation.
Response: Only a summary report, as required by Sec.
153.310(d)(4), will be required for the second year of operation. We
are requiring an interim report for the first year of operations to
inform HHS re-approval for a third benefit year of operation because we
will not yet have access to any summary reports covering a full year at
the time of re-approval. For example, a State operating risk adjustment
in 2014 would submit an interim report no later than December 31, 2014.
HHS would use the information provided in this interim report to
determine if the State will be re-approved to operate risk adjustment
for the 2016 benefit year. We would indicate this re-approval in the
HHS Notice of Benefit and Payment Parameters for 2016, which is
published in 2015.
Comment: One commenter supported the requirement that a State-
operated risk adjustment program submit summary reports, and
recommended that the summary report include an analysis of coding
intensity trends.
Response: We will not require a State operating risk adjustment to
include an analysis of coding intensity trends in the State's summary
report. However, a State may choose to review this information as part
of the State's oversight strategy.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing these provisions with minor changes. We are
deleting references to HHS in paragraph (d)(4)(ii) to make clear that
any material weakness or significant deficiency identified in the
audit, including the methods the State intends to use to correct any
such material weakness or significant deficiency, must be made public,
and not only provided to HHS. We are also including minor conforming
changes so that references to ``certification'' and ``recertification''
in connection with the evaluation of a State's operation of risk
adjustment are changed to references to ``approval'' and ``re-
approval.''
c. General Oversight Requirements for State-Operated Risk Adjustment
Programs (Sec. 153.365)
To enable HHS to re-approve States to operate risk adjustment
pursuant to 45 CFR 153.310(d), HHS proposed in Sec. 153.365 that a
State operating a risk adjustment program keep an accounting of all
receipts and expenditures related to risk adjustment payments and
charges and the administration of risk adjustment-related functions and
activities for each benefit year. This accounting would be kept in
accordance with GAAP, and would apply consistently to all risk
adjustment-related activities. This standard is similar to the standard
proposed at Sec. 153.260(a), which applies to the reinsurance program
when operated by a State. We received no comment on this proposed
provision.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing this provision as proposed.
4. Risk Adjustment Methodology
a. Modification to the Transfer Formula in the HHS Risk Adjustment
Methodology (78 FR at 15430-34)
In the 2014 Payment Notice (78 FR at 15430-34), we noted our intent
to modify the risk adjustment payment transfer formula in order to
accommodate community rated States that utilize family tiering rating
factors. In non-family tiering States, family policy premiums must be
developed by adding up the applicable rates of each individual covered
under the policy, as required under 45 CFR 147.102(c)(1). In the case
of families with more than three children in non-family tiering States,
only the applicable rates of the three oldest covered children under
age 21 are counted towards the family policy premium rate (for example,
for a family with four children under age 21, only the applicable
individual rates of the three oldest children would count towards the
family policy premium). These family rating requirements do not apply
to States that use family tiering rating factors. In family tiering
States, family tiering rating factors are not required to yield
premiums that are equal to the sum of the individual policy members'
applicable rates, nor must they be set in a way that counts only the
rates of the oldest three children under age 21 within a family policy.
For example, a family tiering State could establish a family tiering
rating factor of 1.0 for an adult policy, 1.8 for a policy covering one
adult and one or more children, 2.0 for a policy covering two adults,
and 2.8 for a policy covering two adults and one or more children.
In order to account for the differences in family rating practices
between family tiering States and non-family tiering States, we
proposed two changes to the risk adjustment payment transfer formula
that HHS will use when operating risk adjustment on behalf of a State.
These changes would only apply to States that are using family tiering
rating structures. In the 2014 Payment Notice, we stated that billable
members exclude children who do not count towards family rates (that
is, children
[[Page 65056]]
who do not count toward family policy premiums are excluded) (78 FR at
15432, 15434). We proposed to clarify that in the case of family
tiering States, billable members would be based on the number of
children that implicitly count towards the premium under a State's
family rating factors. For example, assume a State has the following
four family tiers: One adult; one adult plus one or more children; two
adults; and two adults plus one or more children. Under this tiering
structure, only one child would be counted as a billable member in the
payment transfer formula, because additional children covered under a
family policy would not affect the policy's premium.
Additionally, we proposed a modification to the allowable rating
factor (ARF) formula that would be used for family tiering States. In
the 2014 Payment Notice (78 FR at 15433), the ARF is calculated as the
member month weighted average of the age factor applied to each
billable enrollee. In non-family tiering States, the ARF is intended to
measure the extent to which plans are increasing or decreasing their
premiums based on allowable age rating factors. In the case of family
tiering States, premium revenue will not vary by age-specific rating
factors. Rather, policy level premiums will vary only based on the
family tiering factors. In order to capture the impact of the family
tiering factors on plans' premium revenue we proposed that the ARF
formula for family tiering States be based on the family tiering
factors instead of age rating factors.
Specifically, under our proposal, the ARF for family tiering States
would be calculated at the level of the subscriber, as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR30OC13.000
Where:
ARFs is the rating factor for the subscriber(s) (based on
family size/composition), and
Ms is the number of billed person-months that are counted
in determining the subscriber(s) premium.
We noted that, apart from the changes to the billable member months
definition and the ARF formula discussed above, payment transfers in
family tiering States will be calculated using the formulas provided in
the 2014 Payment Notice (78 FR at 15431-34). The changes to the
billable member month definition and the ARF formula would not apply to
States that do not implement family tiering rating factors.
Comment: Several commenters supported the proposed modification to
the payment transfer formula for a family tiering State, agreeing with
the proposal to base billable members on the number of children that
implicitly count towards the premium under the State's family rating
factors. These commenters also supported modifying the ARF formula to
address rating limitations based on the family tiering factors instead
of the age rating factors. However, these commenters asked that the ARF
formula be modified to make the numerator a summation over all
subscribers of the product of the family tiering factor and the
subscriber member months, and the denominator the sum of billable
member months.
Response: We agree with the commenters that the ARF formula should
be modified so that the numerator is a summation over all subscribers
of the product of the family tiering factor and the subscriber member
months, and the denominator the sum of billable member months. We are
making this technical correction so that the ARF formula accurately
reflects a member month weighted average of the family tiering factor,
as described in the preamble to the proposed rule (78 FR at 37039-040).
Because of a typographical error, the formula did not align with this
proposal. We are correcting the formula to align with our proposal,
which we are finalizing in this final rule. Therefore, the ARF for
family tiering States would be calculated at the level of the
subscriber, as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR30OC13.001
Where:
ARFs is the rating factor for the subscriber(s) (based on
family size/composition), and
Ms is the number of billed person-months that are counted
in determining the premium(s) for the subscriber(s).
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing the two proposed modifications to the risk
adjustment payment transfer formula as proposed, with one technical
correction. We are modifying the ARF formula by making the numerator a
summation over all subscribers of the product of the family tiering
factor and the subscriber member months, and the denominator the sum of
billable member months.
5. Subpart E--Health Insurance Issuer and Group Health Plan Standards
Related to the Reinsurance Program
a. Reinsurance Contribution Funds (Sec. 153.400)
In some health coverage arrangements, an insured group health plan
may provide benefits through more than one policy to the same covered
lives, where each policy standing alone does not constitute major
medical coverage, but the total benefits do.\15\ To clarify the
application of the rules (solely for the purpose of reinsurance
contributions), we proposed to amend paragraph (a)(1)(i) of 45 CFR
153.400(a) and add a new paragraph (a)(3) that would address liability
for reinsurance contributions in the foregoing fact pattern. This
paragraph (a)(3) would be an exception to the rule under paragraph
(a)(1)(i), which provides that an issuer of health insurance coverage
is not required to make reinsurance contributions for coverage to the
extent the coverage is not major medical coverage.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\15\ We note that, after 2014, such arrangements generally would
only be permissible in the large employer group context, because
issuers of small employer group market insurance coverage are
required to provide all EHB under any policy they offer that does
not qualify as ``excepted benefits.''
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Under the proposed paragraph (a)(3), a health insurance issuer
providing coverage under a group health plan would make reinsurance
contributions for lives under its health insurance coverage even if the
insurance coverage does not constitute major medical coverage, if: (i)
The group health plan provides health insurance coverage for the same
covered lives through more than one insurance policy that in
combination constitute major medical coverage but individually do not;
(ii) the lives are not covered by self-insured coverage of the group
health plan (except for self-insured coverage limited to excepted
benefits); and (iii) the health insurance coverage under the policy
offered by the health insurance issuer represents a percentage of the
total health insurance coverage offered in combination by the group
health plan greater than the percentage offered under any of the other
policies. We further proposed that for purposes of paragraph (a)(3),
the percentage of coverage offered under various policies would be
determined based on the average premium per covered life for these
policies. In the event that the percentage of coverage is equal, the
issuer of the policy that provides the greatest portion of in-network
hospitalization benefits would be responsible for reinsurance
contributions.
Because an issuer of group health insurance coverage that does not,
by itself, constitute major medical coverage may not be aware of the
existence of, or premium for, other health insurance coverage obtained
by a plan sponsor covering the same lives under a group health plan, we
sought comment on whether and in what circumstances an
[[Page 65057]]
issuer should be entitled to rely upon representations from a plan
sponsor regarding the relative percentage of coverage offered by the
issuer. We also sought comment on what other means we should consider
for ensuring that the relevant issuer knows of its obligation to make
the reinsurance contributions, including any role that the employer
should have in ensuring that issuers have the information necessary to
determine which issuer is responsible for reinsurance contributions, as
well as alternative approaches that should be considered for
determining responsibility for reinsurance contributions in such
circumstances.
Finally, we addressed in the proposed rule certain inquiries as to
how reinsurance contribution obligations would be allocated in the case
of a group health plan under which some benefit options for employees
are insured by an issuer, and some options offer benefits without the
involvement of an issuer in insuring the benefits (because either the
group health plan or some non-issuer entity assumes the risk for that
coverage option). We proposed that in such a case, if a coverage option
is insured by an issuer, the issuer would be responsible for the
reinsurance contribution associated with that coverage option. If an
employee coverage option under such a group health plan is not insured
(because either the group health plan or other non-issuer assumes the
risk), we proposed that the group health plan would be responsible for
the reinsurance contribution associated with that coverage option.
After considering the comments received, we are modifying the proposed
provisions by amending the ``percentage of benefits'' provision to
state that the issuer of the plan that provides the greatest portion of
the inpatient hospitalization benefits would be responsible for
reinsurance contributions. We also are making two minor revisions to
the language in proposed paragraph (a)(3) to clarify its scope.
Comment: Several commenters suggested that the ``higher percentage
of benefits'' approach in proposed Sec. 153.400(a)(3) is
administratively burdensome and presents significant operational
problems. A number of commenters suggested an alternative approach that
would require the issuer that covers hospitalizations to be responsible
for reinsurance contributions.
One commenter agreed with HHS's statement in the preamble to the
proposed rule that issuers may not know about other coverage purchased
by a plan sponsor, so directing issuers to seek representations from
plan sponsors concerning the relative percentage of coverage offered by
the issuer was reasonable. The commenter suggested that issuers be able
to rely on employer representations regarding other coverage, and that
issuers be held harmless from compliance actions if they do not receive
such information from employers, or if the information is inaccurate.
However, another commenter stated that plans or plan sponsors should
not be required to provide information to issuers and that a rule that
``looks to the types of coverage provided'' is appropriate. One
commenter requested clarification on which entity would be liable for
reinsurance contributions where a group health plan has two insured
major medical components offered by different issuers. The commenter
stated that some States prohibit HMOs from providing out-of-network
coverage for non-emergency services. HMOs in those States package their
in-network coverage with out-of-network coverage issued by a non-HMO
health insurance issuer, so that enrollees in the HMO have simultaneous
coverage under both products. The commenter suggested that the rule
should provide the issuer of the in-network coverage (the HMO, which
would be expected to account for the majority of the total health
coverage under the group health plan) is responsible for reinsurance
contributions.
Response: We are revising proposed Sec. 153.400(a)(3) to state
that the issuer of the plan that provides the greatest portion of
inpatient hospitalization coverage will be responsible for reinsurance
contributions, and note that the issuer should be the issuer that
provides the majority of the dollar value of the benefits in most
situations. We believe this option will mitigate the operational
difficulties discussed by the commenters, and will significantly reduce
the need for plan sponsors to provide information to issuers. Because
we recognize that there may be circumstances in which an issuer is
unsure whether its coverage provides the greatest portion of inpatient
hospitalization benefits, we intend to hold an issuer harmless from
non-compliance actions for failure to pay reinsurance contributions if
the issuer relies in good faith upon a written representation by the
plan sponsor that the issuer's coverage does not provide the greatest
portion of inpatient hospitalization benefits.
Comment: One commenter asked HHS to clarify the type of group
health plan coverage intended to be addressed by the proposed addition
of paragraph (a)(3) to Sec. 153.400.
Response: Section 153.400(a)(3) applies to fully insured group
health plans that offer health insurance coverage through more than one
policy. For example, a fully insured group health plan with two
insurance policies, one of which covers inpatient hospitalization and
another that covers doctors' office visits, prescriptions, vision and
dental benefits, or other similar arrangements, would be covered by
this paragraph.
Comment: One commenter requested a clarification on the proposed
approach to allocating responsibility for reinsurance contributions, in
the case of a group health plan where some options offered under a plan
are insured and some options offer benefits without the involvement of
an issuer (because either the group health plan or a non-issuer entity
assumes the risk for that coverage option). The commenter requested
that HHS clarify that the reinsurance contribution will not be imposed
with respect to the same covered life more than once.
Response: Under the proposed approach, in such a group health plan,
the issuer would be liable for reinsurance contributions with respect
to an insured coverage option, and the group health plan would be
liable for reinsurance contributions with respect to a coverage option
that is not insured. Consequently, reinsurance contributions would not
be required more than once for the same covered life.
In general, it is our intent not to require payment of reinsurance
contributions more than once for the same covered life. We recognize
that certain complex group health plan arrangements can lead to
situations in which lives are covered multiple arrangements and where
it is unclear whether more than one health plan or issuer must make
reinsurance contributions on the same covered life.
To provide clarity on the matter, we intend to clarify in future
rulemaking the principle that reinsurance contributions are required
only once with respect to the same covered life. We also intend to
propose that no reinsurance contributions are required under a group
health plan where the group health plan coverage applies to lives that
are also covered by individual market health insurance coverage for
which reinsurance contributions are required, or where the coverage is
supplemental or secondary to group health coverage for which
reinsurance contributions must be made for the same covered lives.
[[Page 65058]]
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing the reinsurance contribution provision discussed
above as proposed, with the following modifications. We are modifying
the ``percentage of benefits'' provision to state that the issuer of
the plan that provides the greatest portion of the inpatient
hospitalization benefits will be responsible for reinsurance
contributions. We also are making two minor revisions to language in
proposed paragraph (a)(3) to clarify its scope.
b. Maintenance of Records (Sec. 153.405(h) and Sec. 153.410(c))
To meet our obligation to safeguard Federal funds, we proposed to
amend Sec. 153.405 by adding paragraph (h), which would require a
contributing entity to maintain documents and records, whether paper,
electronic, or in other media, that are sufficient to substantiate the
enrollment count submitted under Sec. 153.405 for at least 10 years,
and would direct the contributing entity to make that evidence
available upon request from HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General, or
their designees, for the purpose of verifying reinsurance contribution
amounts. We also proposed to amend Sec. 153.410 by adding paragraph
(c), which would direct an issuer of a reinsurance-eligible plan in a
State where HHS operates reinsurance to maintain documents and records,
whether paper, electronic, or in other media, sufficient to
substantiate the requests for reinsurance payments made pursuant to
Sec. 153.410 for at least 10 years, and would require the issuer to
make that evidence available upon request from HHS, the OIG, the
Comptroller General, or their designees, (or, in a State where the
State is operating reinsurance, the State or its designee) for the
purpose of verifying reinsurance payment requests. We note that these
standards could be satisfied if the contributing entity or issuer of a
reinsurance-eligible plan archived the documents and records and
ensured that they were accessible in the event of an investigation,
audit, or other review. We note that the 10-year obligation to retain
records begins when the record is created.
We addressed the comments received on the proposed maintenance of
records provisions in the preamble discussion related to Sec.
153.240(c) above.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing these provisions as proposed, with one
clarification in each provision to conform with the other record
retention standards in this rule. We are clarifying that in each
provision it is the ``documents and records'' that must be made
available upon request.
6. Subpart F--Health Insurance Issuer Standards Related to the Risk
Corridors Program
a. Definitions (Sec. 153.500 and Sec. 153.510)
Section 1342(a) of the Affordable Care Act provides that ``a
qualified health plan offered in the individual or small group market''
is to participate in the risk corridors program. In the Exchange
Establishment Rule, we stated that a stand-alone dental plan is ``a
type of qualified health plan.'' However, we did not intend for all
requirements applicable to a QHP to apply to stand-alone dental plans.
For example, under 45 CFR 155.1065(a)(3), certain QHP standards are not
applicable to a stand-alone dental plan if they cannot be met, given
the limited benefit package offered by the plan. We believe that it
would not be appropriate to subject stand-alone dental plans to the
risk corridors program because such plans are considered excepted
benefits plans under section 2791(c) of the PHS Act, and are therefore
not subject to the rating rules--that is, the Federal prohibition on
underwriting premiums, the requirement to base premium rating using the
single risk pool, and the fair health insurance premiums limitations.
Thus, although States have the option to prohibit underwriting for
excepted benefits plans, and issuers of stand-alone dental plans may
voluntarily choose not to underwrite these plans, we believe that, in
general, an issuer of a stand-alone dental plan will not be subject to
the same rate-setting uncertainty in 2014 as the issuer of a major
medical plan, and will not need the risk-sharing protections of risk
corridors.\16\ In the proposed rule, we noted that stand-alone dental
plans are similarly excluded from participation in the two other
premium stabilization programs--reinsurance and risk adjustment. We
also noted that, consistent with the exclusion of excepted benefits
plans from the medical loss ratio (MLR) requirements, stand-alone
dental claims would not be pooled along with an issuer's other claims
for the purposes of determining ``allowable costs'' in the risk
corridors calculation, as defined at 45 CFR 153.500. We received
several comments, all of which were supportive of this approach.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\16\ In the preamble to the Exchange Establishment Rule, we note
that each Exchange has the authority to require, as a condition of
certification, comprehensive medical QHPs to offer and price the
pediatric dental EHB (if covered) separately, if doing so would be
in the best interest of consumers. For the 2014 benefit year, an FFE
will not require comprehensive medical QHP issuers that provide
pediatric dental coverage to do so. We have provided this guidance
in Chapter 4 of the 2014 Letter to Issuers on Federal and
Partnership Marketplaces (April 5, 2013).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing this policy as proposed, and are adding a new
paragraph (e) to Sec. 153.510, which provides that a QHP issuer is not
subject to the provisions under subpart F of part 153 with respect to a
stand-alone dental plan.
b. Calculation of Allowable Costs, Attribution and Allocation of
Revenue and Expense Items, and Risk Corridors Data Requirements (Sec.
153.500, Sec. 153.520, and Sec. 153.530)
In the interim final rule (78 FR 15541), we noted that, consistent
with the single risk pool provision at 45 CFR 156.80, which directs an
issuer to pool claims costs across all of its non-grandfathered health
plans in a market within a State, a QHP issuer must pool allowable
costs across all its non-grandfathered plans in the relevant market for
the purposes of risk corridors calculation. We therefore amended the
regulatory definition of ``allowable costs'' for purposes of the risk
corridors program so that allowable costs for a QHP are equal to the
pro rata portion of the QHP issuer's incurred claims. We also modified
the provision related to attribution and allocation of revenue and
expense items in 45 CFR 153.520 to conform to the changes for the risk
corridors calculation described above.
We are finalizing the policy set forth in the interim final rule
with respect to the definition of ``allowable costs,'' and are making a
number of modifications to maintain consistency with this policy in
response to comment, as described below.
Comment: Several commenters recommended that we exclude the
experience of non-QHPs from the risk corridors calculation, and include
only the experience of an issuer's QHPs in our definition of allowable
costs. These commenters were concerned that tying allowable costs to
the experience of all of a QHP issuer's non-grandfathered health plans
would have the effect of diluting the pricing protections afforded to
QHPs through the risk corridors program. One commenter believed that it
would be inconsistent to disconnect the premiums used for the risk
corridors target amount from the claims used to develop the allowable
costs, and suggested an alternate approach that would direct issuers to
aggregate incurred claims for all QHPs and then allocate these incurred
claims to each QHP pro rata based on the earned
[[Page 65059]]
premium of each QHP as a percentage of total earned premium for all
QHPs. The commenter believed that, while this proposal would not affect
the risk corridors calculation, it would require issuers to separate
QHP and non-QHP claims and risk adjustment payments and charges.
Response: We are finalizing the definition of allowable costs as
set forth in the interim final rule without change. As discussed in the
preamble to the interim final rule, this approach is consistent with
how issuers will determine premiums pursuant to the single risk pool
requirement at 45 CFR 156.80. As stated in the interim final rule,
allowable costs will be calculated based on an issuer's experience for
all non-grandfathered plans in a State market, such that the actual
risk corridors payment or charge will be calculated based on a QHP's
pro rata share (based on premiums) of the QHP issuer's market-wide
allowable costs and premiums. This approach ensures that the incurred
claims used to develop the allowable costs in the numerator of the risk
corridors calculation are consistent with the projected claims used to
develop the premiums used to calculate the target amount in the
denominator of the risk corridors calculation. We also note that this
approach aligns with existing processes for the MLR program, and helps
to maintain overall consistency between the MLR and risk corridors
programs.
We agree with the comment that it is inconsistent to disconnect the
projected claims used to develop premiums used to calculate the risk
corridor target amount from the incurred claims used to develop the
allowable costs, and are therefore modifying our risk corridors expense
allocation rules at 45 CFR 153.520 to ensure that the numerator and the
denominator of the risk corridors calculation are calculated in a fully
consistent manner. We are revising the risk corridors allocation rules
in Sec. 153.520 to clarify that administrative expenses in the target
amount, like allowable costs, should be calculated based on expenses
across all non-grandfathered health plans in the market, and allocated
pro rata to a QHP based on the QHP's premiums. Because certain
administrative expenses, such as Exchange user fees are, like incurred
claims costs, required to be spread across the relevant risk pool,
their treatment should conform with the market-wide risk corridors
calculation for allowable costs and premiums. Thus, we are clarifying
that administrative expenses should be similarly allocated. We note
that this change is consistent with our intention to align the risk
corridors calculation with the single risk pool provision, will further
align the calculations for the MLR and risk corridors programs, and
will reduce the burden on issuers of allocating expenses on a plan-by-
plan basis.
Finally, we are also making conforming corrections to the risk
corridors data requirements in Sec. 153.530(b) and (c) to specify that
issuers must submit risk corridors data in a manner that is consistent
with the calculation of allowable costs and allowable administrative
costs, as defined at Sec. 153.500. We provide that a QHP issuer must
submit to HHS data on allowable costs and allowable administrative
costs incurred for all of its non-grandfathered plans in a market
within a State. Without these corrections, issuers would be required to
make plan-specific allocations and submit plan-specific amounts that
are not necessary for the risk corridors calculation, while not
providing the QHP aggregate premium data required for the risk
corridors calculation as amended. We believe that these corrections
will alleviate potential confusion among issuers with regard to
submission of pooled risk corridors data.
Comment: One commenter noted that the risk corridors calculation
compares allowable costs for QHPs and non-QHPs in the numerator of the
calculation to target amounts for only QHPs in the denominator. The
commenter recommended that the numerator of the calculation should only
pool incurred claims across an issuer's QHPs to ensure a consistent
comparison. One commenter noted that the single risk pool provision at
45 CFR 156.80 permits specific plan level premium adjustments, such
that QHP premiums would reflect certain factors that relate
particularly to QHPs, in addition to market-wide factors. Consequently,
the commenter believed that an approach that limited the risk corridors
calculation to the experience of only an issuer's QHPs would still be
consistent with the single risk pool provision. However, another
commenter supported the modification to the calculation of allowable
costs that was set forth in the interim final rule, and believed that
our policy was consistent with the single risk pool provision.
Response: Because a QHP's target amount is based on the QHP's
premiums, which are principally set based on the index rate for QHPs
and non-QHPs in the relevant market, we believe it is more consistent
to set allowable costs based on the pooled claims costs of both QHPs
and non-QHPs. We believe the allocation of the allowable costs by plan
premiums addresses the plan-specific premium variation.
Comment: All commenters supported the modification to the risk
corridors formula to calculate allowable costs based on incurred claims
at an aggregate level, rather than using incurred claims specific to
each QHP.
Response: We are finalizing our definition of allowable costs to
calculate allowable costs based on aggregate incurred claims as set
forth in the interim final rule.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing the definition of ``allowable costs'' in Sec.
153.500 without change. We are modifying Sec. 153.520(a) and (b) to
provide that expenses in the target amount of the risk corridors
calculation should be based on market-wide expenses, and must be
allocated across a QHP issuer's plans in proportion to the plans'
premiums. Finally, we are making conforming modifications to the risk
corridors data requirements in Sec. 153.530(b) and (c) to require a
QHP issuer to submit data on allowable costs and allowable
administrative costs for its non-grandfathered health plans in a market
within a State.
7. Subpart G--Health Insurance Issuer Standards Related to the Risk
Adjustment Program
We proposed to amend Sec. 153.620(b) to add a standard that would
direct an issuer that offers risk adjustment covered plans to maintain
documents and records, whether paper, electronic, or in other media,
sufficient to enable the evaluation of the issuer's compliance with
applicable risk adjustment standards, and to make that evidence
available upon request from HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General, or
their designees (or in a State where the State is operating risk
adjustment, the State or its designee), to any such entity. This
standard, which is consistent with other records maintenance standards
in this rule, would direct an issuer of a risk adjustment covered plan
to retain additional records--not only those pertaining to data
validation--to substantiate its compliance with risk adjustment
standards, whether risk adjustment is operated by HHS or a State.
We addressed the comments received on the proposed maintenance of
records provisions in the preamble discussion of Sec. 153.240(c)
above.
Comment: Several commenters asked HHS to clarify the record
retention timeframe for this proposed provision.
[[Page 65060]]
Response: We are amending this proposed provision to specify the
record retention timeframe for this proposed provision. We clarify that
an issuer that offers risk adjustment covered plans must maintain
documents and records, whether paper, electronic, or in other media,
sufficient to enable the evaluation of the issuer's compliance with
applicable risk adjustment standards for each benefit year, for at
least 10 years, and make those documents and records available upon
request from HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General, or their designees
(or in a State where the State is operating risk adjustment, the State
or its designee), to any such entity. We note that the 10-year
obligation to retain records begins when the record is created.
Comment: One commenter encouraged HHS to prohibit QHP issuers from
demanding documentation or paperwork from physician practices or
independently auditing physician practices in order to comply with
HHS's proposed oversight requirements.
Response: This regulation does not seek to regulate the
relationships between issuers of risk adjustment covered plans and
health care providers. Rather, we expect that risk adjustment covered
plans will make appropriate arrangements with providers to ensure
compliance with this regulation.
Comment: One commenter asked HHS to amend this standard to provide
that these documents and records be made available to the issuer's data
validation auditor as well as HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General, or
their designees.
Response: We are not extending this provision to require an issuer
of a risk adjustment covered plan to make available its documents and
records to its data validation auditor. A data validation auditor's
authority to review an issuer's relevant documents will be addressed
under the risk adjustment data validation regulations in 45 CFR
153.630.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are making two corrections to this provision, to conform with
our other record retention provisions throughout this rule. We are
clarifying that it is the ``documents and records'' that must be made
available upon request. We are also clarifying that documents and
records must be maintained for each benefit year, for at least 10
years.
8. Subpart H--Distributed Data Collection for HHS-Operated Programs
a. Failure To Comply With HHS-Operated Risk Adjustment and Reinsurance
Data Requirements (Sec. 153.740(a))
In Sec. 153.740(a), we proposed that HHS may pursue an enforcement
action for CMPs against an issuer in a State where HHS operates the
reinsurance or risk adjustment program, if the issuer fails to: (a)
Establish a secure, dedicated distributed data environment pursuant to
45 CFR 153.700(a); (b) provide HHS with access to enrollee-level plan
enrollment information, enrollee claims data, or enrollee encounter
data through its dedicated distributed data environment pursuant to 45
CFR 153.710(a); (c) otherwise comply with the requirements of 45 CFR
153.700 through 153.730; (d) adhere to the reinsurance data submission
requirements set forth in 45 CFR 153.420; or (e) adhere to the risk
adjustment data submission and data storage requirements set forth in
45 CFR 153.610 through 153.630. As discussed above, under the data
collection approach that we are implementing when we operate risk
adjustment or reinsurance on behalf of a State, an issuer must use
masked enrollee identification numbers when making data accessible
through the dedicated distributed data environment. In addition, we
will not store any personally identifiable enrollee information or
individual claim-level information from the data that issuers make
accessible to HHS through the dedicated distributed data environment
except when conducting data validation or audits.
Risk Adjustment: Risk adjustment covered plans must provide access
to the risk adjustment enrollee-level plan enrollment information,
enrollee claims data, or enrollee encounter data from the issuer by
April 30 of the year following the applicable benefit year in order for
HHS to calculate payment transfers based on claims experience and
premiums as set forth in 45 CFR 153.730. In order to enforce risk
adjustment standards when operating risk adjustment on behalf of a
State pursuant to our authority under section 1321(c)(2) of the
Affordable Care Act, we proposed establishing HHS authority to impose
CMPs, and applying the related enforcement standards set forth in Sec.
156.805 to non-compliant issuers. If a risk adjustment covered plan
does not comply with the requirements set forth in 45 CFR 153.610
through 153.630 and 45 CFR 153.700 through 153.730, we proposed to
apply a sanction so that the level of the enforcement action would be
proportional to the level of the violation. While we would reserve the
right to impose penalties up to the maximum amounts set forth in Sec.
156.805(c), as a general principle, we stated our intent to work
collaboratively with issuers to address problems in establishing
dedicated distributed data environments in 2014. We noted that HHS
would reserve the right to impose, or not impose, CMPs as appropriate.
We proposed that in our application of CMPs, we would take into account
the totality of the issuer's circumstances, including such factors as
an issuer's previous record of non-compliance (if any), the frequency
and level of the violation, and any aggravating or mitigating
circumstances. Our intent is to encourage issuers to address non-
compliance and not to severely affect their financial condition,
especially where the issuer demonstrates good faith in monitoring
compliance with applicable standards, identifies any suspected
occurrences of non-compliance, and attempts to remedy any non-
compliance. For instance, if an issuer of a risk adjustment covered
plan did not establish a dedicated distributed data environment or
provide access to the necessary risk adjustment data to permit HHS to
timely calculate the applicable risk adjustment transfer amounts, HHS
would assess a default risk adjustment charge as described below. HHS
might also elect to impose CMPs in conjunction with the imposition of
the default risk adjustment charge if an issuer failed to comply with
applicable data security or privacy standards placing the interests of
third-parties at risk.
Reinsurance: We proposed that an issuer of a reinsurance-eligible
plan may be subject to CMPs for failure to comply with 45 CFR 153.420,
or 45 CFR 153.700 through 153.730. Under this proposal, HHS would take
into account the totality of the issuer's circumstances, including such
factors as an issuer's previous record of non-compliance (if any), the
frequency and level of the violation, and any aggravating or mitigating
circumstances when determining how to apply CMPs. In the proposed rule,
we indicated that we might not impose CMPs in certain cases. For
example, HHS might not impose CMPs on an issuer of a reinsurance-
eligible plan if it fails to set up a dedicated distributed data
environment or meet certain data requirements stated above if, as a
consequence, HHS simply does not have the necessary claims data from
the dedicated distributed data environment to calculate or distribute
[[Page 65061]]
reinsurance payments for the reinsurance-eligible plan, and as a
result, the reinsurance-eligible plan would forgo significant
reinsurance payments that it otherwise might have received. Regardless,
HHS reserves the right to impose CMPs irrespective of whether an issuer
becomes ineligible for reinsurance payments as a result of failing to
comply with 45 CFR 153.420, or 45 CFR 153.700 through 153.730. After
considering the comments received, we are finalizing Sec. 153.740(a)
with one modification. We are including a compliance standard, parallel
to that set forth in 45 CFR 156.800(c), providing that CMPs will not be
imposed under this provision during the 2014 calendar year, if the
issuer has made good faith efforts to comply with the applicable
requirements.
Comment: Several commenters supported HHS's proposed flexibility
and cooperation with issuers when imposing CMPs on issuers that fail to
establish a dedicated distributed data environment or provide HHS
access to all necessary data. Commenters supported taking into account
an issuer's good faith attempts to comply with the data requirements.
One commenter suggested that HHS provide standards that would allow
issuers to demonstrate that they have complied with the data
requirements. Another commenter asked HHS to adopt a ``safe harbor''
that would defer the imposition of any CMPs for two years, and to
require only good faith compliance. One commenter specifically
suggested that issuers be subject to CMPs if they are out of compliance
with risk adjustment and reinsurance data requirements for two or more
consecutive benefit years, or if they fail to correct significant
deficiencies discovered during the risk adjustment initial and
secondary validation audit processes that result in substantially
inaccurate data or produce upcoding trends significantly greater than
those found among other issuers in the State.
Response: As we described in the proposed rule, HHS will take into
account the totality of an issuer's circumstances, including such
factors as the issuer's previous record of non-compliance (if any), the
frequency and level of the violation, and any aggravating or mitigating
circumstances, including the issuer's good faith in monitoring
compliance with applicable standards and attempts to remedy any non-
compliance. In addition, consistent with our policy and standards with
respect to sanctions for non-compliance with FFE standards set forth in
45 CFR 156.800, 45 CFR 156.805, and 45 CFR 156.810, we are clarifying
that if HHS is able to determine that an issuer of a risk adjustment
covered plan or reinsurance-eligible plan, as applicable, is making
good faith efforts to comply with the standards set forth in Sec.
153.740(a), we will not seek to impose CMPs for non-compliance with
those standards during 2014. Based on the comments received in
connection with the proposed rule, in 45 CFR 156.800(c), we provided
that for 2014, sanctions under that subpart will not be imposed if the
QHP issuer has made good faith efforts to comply with applicable
requirements. We are adopting a similar CMP enforcement strategy here.
However, we note that nothing in this provision prohibits HHS from
imposing CMPs in 2015 for non-compliance that occurred in 2014. At the
appropriate time, we will consider extending this good faith compliance
policy through 2015. We also note that this good faith compliance
policy does not apply to the imposition of the default risk adjustment
charge described in Sec. 153.740(b), which is intended as an
administrative measure to ensure that HHS may properly calculate risk
adjustment payments and charges for the entire market. Finally, we note
that HHS's determination of good faith may require issuers of risk
adjustment covered plans and reinsurance-eligible plans to allow HHS to
conduct reviews of the issuer's risk adjustment and reinsurance
materials and to review the issuer's good faith efforts to comply with
corrective action plans.
Comment: One commenter asked whether the enforcement authority
proposed in Sec. 153.740 will apply to issuers in States where HHS
operates reinsurance but the State operates the risk adjustment
program.
Response: The enforcement actions set forth in Sec. 153.740 apply
to issuers that fail to comply with HHS-operated risk adjustment and
reinsurance data requirements. As such, in States where HHS operates
reinsurance but the State operates the risk adjustment program, the
enforcement authority proposed in Sec. 153.740 would apply with
respect to non-compliance with reinsurance-related standards to issuers
of reinsurance-eligible plans, but not to non-compliance with respect
to risk adjustment-related standards to issuers of risk adjustment
covered plans.
Comment: One commenter asked that HHS permit issuers to appeal any
HHS enforcement actions.
Response: As noted in the proposed rule, HHS may impose CMPs in
accordance with the procedures set forth in Sec. 156.805 of this
subchapter. Sections 156.805(d) and (e) provide a process for issuers
that are assessed a CMP to request a hearing. We intend to propose an
administrative process in the HHS Notice of Benefit and Payment
Parameters for 2015 through which an issuer may appeal the assessment
of a default risk adjustment charge.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
To clarify our 2014 policy of nonenforcement of CMPs for good
faith, we are adding a new sentence to Sec. 153.740(a).
b. Default Risk Adjustment Charge (Sec. 153.740(b))
As described in the Premium Stabilization Rule (77 FR 17220) and
the 2014 Payment Notice (78 FR 15410), HHS will employ a distributed
data collection approach when it operates a risk adjustment program on
behalf of a State. Under this approach, issuers in States where HHS
operates a risk adjustment program will be required to establish
dedicated, secure data environments, and provide HHS with access to
``masked'' \17\ enrollee-level plan enrollment information, enrollee
claims data, and enrollee encounter data pursuant to 45 CFR 153.710 and
45 CFR 153.720. Pursuant to 45 CFR 153.730, issuers must provide access
to required risk adjustment data by April 30 of the year following the
applicable benefit year in order for HHS to calculate risk adjustment
payment transfer amounts. As discussed above, under the data collection
approach we are implementing when we operate risk adjustment or
reinsurance on behalf of a State, we will not store any personally
identifiable enrollee information or individual claim-level information
from the data that issuers make accessible to HHS through the dedicated
distributed data environment except for purposes of data validation and
audit.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\17\ As described at 45 CFR 153.720(b), masked data means data
associated with a unique identifier, where the unique identifier
does not include the enrollee's personally identifiable information.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As discussed in the proposed rule, if an issuer does not set up a
dedicated distributed data environment or submits inadequate risk
adjustment data, HHS would not have the required risk adjustment data
from the issuer to calculate risk scores or payment transfers. This
data is necessary to properly calculate risk adjustment payments and
charges for the entire applicable market for the State. If HHS cannot
perform this calculation for a particular issuer, risk adjustment
payment transfers would be affected for all other issuers in the State
market because payment transfers are determined within a market within
a State such that they will net to zero. In the proposed rule, we
invoked our
[[Page 65062]]
authority pursuant to section 1343(b) of the Affordable Care Act to
develop and apply criteria and methods for carrying out risk adjustment
activities to apply a default risk adjustment charge to issuers in the
individual or small group market that fail to provide the risk
adjustment data necessary for HHS to calculate payments and charges for
the market in the State.
In Sec. 153.740(b), we proposed that if an issuer of a risk
adjustment covered plan fails to establish a dedicated distributed data
environment or fails to provide HHS with access to risk adjustment data
in such environment by April 30 of the year following the applicable
benefit year in accordance with Sec. Sec. 153.610(a), 153.700,
153.710, or 153.730, such that HHS cannot apply its Federally certified
risk adjustment methodology to calculate the plan's risk adjustment
payment transfer amount in a timely fashion, HHS would assess a default
risk adjustment charge.
We proposed two different methods for determining the per member
per month amount used to calculate the default risk adjustment charge.
One option would be to use the highest per member per month charge
among risk adjustment covered plans in a risk pool in the market in the
plan's geographic rating area. A second option would be to use a per
member per month amount that is two standard deviations above the mean
charge in the market in the plan's geographic rating area.
We noted in the proposed rule that in order to calculate a plan's
risk adjustment default charge, we must multiply the per member per
month amount by an enrollment count. We proposed to base the default
charge on the average enrollment in the State market. If enrollment
data is provided, we proposed that the default charge would be based on
average annual enrollment for the plan in a risk pool in the State
market. We sought comment on these methods, other appropriate methods
for calculating a default risk adjustment charge, and other sources of
data HHS could use to determine enrollment data for the issuers in
question. We also sought comment on whether to allocate an issuer's
default charge to other issuers in the market as part of payments and
charges in the concurrent benefit year, during a subsequent benefit
year, or sometime between annual payments and charges processes.
We received a number of comments strongly supporting our proposal
to impose a default risk adjustment charge if an issuer of a risk
adjustment covered plan fails to establish a dedicated distributed data
environment or fails to provide HHS with access to the required data.
We are finalizing that regulation text as proposed.
Comment: Several commenters suggested that we tie the default
charge to the issuer's actual enrollment based on an appropriate public
filing by the issuer, such as MLR or NAIC filings, or information
supplied by a State Department of Insurance (DOI), rather than average
enrollment in the State.
Response: We agree with the comments, and are finalizing an
approach based on the issuer's actual enrollment. Because the total
risk adjustment default charge is a function of both a per member per
month amount as well as a total enrollment amount, we recognize that
actual enrollment would better align the risk adjustment default charge
with the overall goal of market stabilization. Thus, if an issuer of a
risk adjustment covered plan does not provide access to required risk
adjustment data by April 30 of the year following the applicable
benefit year, then we will seek from the issuer an attestation of total
billable member months, which we would use to calculate the total risk
adjustment default charge. That attestation would be subject to later
HHS validation processes, which we will describe in future rulemaking
and guidance, along with compliance with other risk adjustment-related
requirements. If an issuer does not submit enrollment data, HHS will
seek enrollment data from the issuer's MLR and risk corridors filings
for the applicable benefit year, or, if unavailable, other reliable
data sources, such as the State DOI.
Comment: We received several comments suggesting that HHS allocate
an issuer's default charge to other issuers in the market as part of
the payments and charges calculation in the concurrent benefit year.
Response: We agree that the default risk adjustment charge should
be part of the concurrent benefit year payment and charges calculation.
However, our ability to apply that charge to the current year will
depend upon when we are able to obtain the enrollment data for the plan
in question. As discussed above, HHS will assess the risk adjustment
default charge once HHS receives actual enrollment data. Once
calculated, we would transfer the risk adjustment default charge on a
per member per month basis to all compliant risk adjustment covered
plans in the plan's risk pool in the market in the State in the
earliest possible payment and charges cycle. We further note that we
would not include the non-compliant risk adjustment covered plan in the
risk adjustment transfer formula calculations because of the complexity
of doing so. We intend to establish a methodology for allocating the
default risk adjustment charge among plans in the risk pool in future
rulemaking.
Comment: A number of commenters made suggestions on the specific
methodology to be used to determine the per member per month amount for
calculating the default risk adjustment charge. One commenter supported
the second option for calculating the per member per month amount--
assessing a per member per month amount two standard deviations above
the mean per member per month charge. One commenter supported the use
of the second option for calculating the per member per month amount
for the first occurrence of non-compliance, but stated that setting a
higher amount, such as the highest per member per month charge among
risk adjustment covered plans in the market, would be appropriate for
repeated violations. Other commenters asked that HHS adopt a third
methodology for calculating the per member per month amount--
specifically, a fixed percentage of State-wide average premium. They
stated that this methodology could be more appropriate if a market has
a limited number of issuers that submit risk adjustment data.
Response: In light of the comments received, we will not finalize a
methodology to calculate the per member per month amount used in the
default risk adjustment charge. We intend to establish that methodology
in future rulemaking.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing our regulation text providing the authority to
impose a default risk adjustment charge as proposed. We are finalizing
aspects of the methodology for calculating the default risk adjustment
charge--our use of the plan's actual enrollment and our application of
the default risk charge to adjust payments to other plans in the market
in the State on a per member per month basis in the earliest available
payment and charges cycle. We are not finalizing our approach to
determining the per member per month amount used to calculate the
default risk charge at this time, and will propose that methodology in
future rulemaking.
[[Page 65063]]
D. Part 155--Exchange Establishment Standards and Other Related
Standards Under the Affordable Care Act
1. Subpart D--Exchange Functions in the Individual Market: Eligibility
Determinations for Exchange Participation and Insurance Affordability
Programs
a. Administration of Advance Payments of the Premium Tax Credit and
Cost-Sharing Reductions (Sec. 155.340)
We proposed to amend Sec. 155.340 by adding paragraph (h), which
sets forth additional requirements applicable when an Exchange is
facilitating the collection and payment of premiums to QHP issuers and
stand-alone dental plans. Specifically, we proposed that if the
Exchange did not reduce an enrollee's premium by the amount of the
advance payment of the premium tax credit in accordance with 45 CFR
155.340(g), the Exchange would be required to refund to the enrollee
any excess premium paid by or for the enrollee. The Exchange would also
be required to notify the enrollee of the improper application of the
advance payment of the premium tax credit no later than 30 calendar
days after the Exchange discovers the error. We noted that an Exchange
may provide the refund to the enrollee by reducing the enrollee's
portion of the premium in the following month, as long as the reduction
is provided no later than 30 calendar days after the Exchange discovers
the improper application of the advance payment of the premium tax
credit. We proposed that if the Exchange elects to provide the refund
by reducing the enrollee's portion of the premium for following month,
and the refund exceeds the enrollee's portion of the premium for the
following month, then the Exchange would need to refund to the enrollee
the excess, no later than 30 calendar days after the Exchange discovers
the improper application of the advance payment of the premium tax
credit. These provisions are similar to the policy we proposed in Sec.
156.460, when a QHP issuer is collecting premiums directly from
enrollees. We also noted that we were considering requiring the
Exchange to provide to HHS for each quarter, a report detailing the
occurrence of any improper application of the advance payments of the
premium tax credit beginning in the 2015 benefit year. We sought
comment on whether HHS should establish a minimum error rate or
threshold before an Exchange is required to inform HHS of such improper
applications of the advance payment of the premium tax credit in a
quarterly report, as well as what an appropriate error rate or
threshold should be. For example, we noted that we were considering
requiring issuers to report the number of enrollees for whom the
Exchange improperly applied the advance payment of the premium tax
credit compared to the total number of enrollees in the Exchange
receiving Federal premium subsidies. We also sought comment on whether
such reports should be provided to HHS less frequently than quarterly.
Comment: Several commenters supported the proposed policy and some
commenters suggested that the enrollee should have the option of
receiving the refund directly, especially upon termination of coverage.
One commenter expressed concern that Exchanges would not have money to
refund enrollees, since premiums and subsidies are paid to issuers, and
asked HHS to clarify that plans are not responsible for sending the
Exchange or consumers money to correct mistakes made by the Exchange.
Response: In Sec. 156.460 of the proposed rule we sought comment
on the timeframe for QHP issuers to refund any excess premiums to
enrollees. We also noted that the policy proposed in Sec. 155.340(h)
is similar to the policy proposed in Sec. 156.460(c), when a QHP
issuer is collecting premiums directly from enrollees and fails to
apply the advance payment of the premium tax credit to the enrollee's
portion of the premiums, and that these parallel requirements are
designed to ensure that all enrollees, regardless of whether a QHP
issuer or the Exchange is collecting premiums, are afforded the same
level of protection. As discussed further in section II.E.4.d, we
received a number of comments to the policy proposed in Sec.
156.460(c) requesting that the timeframe for QHP issuers to refund any
excess premiums to enrollees be extended. In response to comments to
the policies proposed in this section and Sec. 156.460(c), and in
order to align with parallel modifications in this final rule in Sec.
156.460(c), we are modifying the proposed policy. We are finalizing a
policy such that if an Exchange discovers that it did not reduce an
enrollee's premium by the amount of the advance payment of the premium
tax credit, then, if requested by or for the enrollee, the Exchange
must refund any excess premium paid by or for the enrollee within 45
calendar days of the request. However, if the enrollee does not request
a refund, the Exchange may refund the excess premium paid by applying
the excess to the enrollee's portion of the premium each month for the
remainder of the period of enrollment or benefit year until the excess
premium is fully refunded. Any excess amounts not refunded at the end
of the period of enrollment or benefit year would have to be refunded
within 45 days of the end of such period.
As a discussed above, this provision applies when an Exchange
facilitates collection and payment of the premiums to QHP issuers and
stand-alone dental plans on behalf of an enrollee and collects a
greater premium from the enrollee than required by the issuer, taking
into account the advance payment of the premium tax credit. As an
intermediary in this process, if the Exchange collects excess premiums
from the enrollee on behalf of the issuer, it should be responsible for
recouping the overpayments from the issuer and returning the funds to
the enrollee. This standard would not prevent an Exchange for recouping
excess funds, in the event the Exchange reduced the enrollee's portion
of the premium by more than the advance payment of the premium tax
credit. We also note that State Exchanges may not use funding for
States establishing an Exchange provided under Section 1311 of the
Affordable Care Act for such refunds.
Comment: One commenter asked HHS to limit Exchange errors that must
be refunded to the current tax year, since income tax reconciliation
should resolve any errors from the previous tax year. Another commenter
asked that the enrollee be able to reduce the advance payment of the
premium tax credit portion of premium for the remainder of the year, if
the refund would result in the enrollee owing $600 more than would
otherwise be available to the enrollee in premium tax credits.
Response: This provision is intended to remedy instances when an
Exchange overbills an enrollee for his or her portion of the monthly
premium based on the eligibility determination that was made by the
Exchange. This standard does not address the reconciliation of the tax
credit, eligibility redeterminations, or Exchange errors regarding
eligibility and enrollment.
Comment: Several commenters supported a requirement for quarterly
reporting. One commenter suggested that such reports should be publicly
available and required for all Exchanges, including an FFE, and that
Exchanges should have the ability to refute and correct these reports.
Another commenter asked HHS to set a minimum threshold for reporting
errors, while another commenter opposed a minimum threshold.
Response: We believe that it is important to monitor the
appropriate application of these advance payments
[[Page 65064]]
of the premium tax credits, regardless of whether an Exchange or the
QHP issuer is facilitating the collection and payment of premiums.
However, following review of the comments, we are no longer considering
a quarterly reporting requirement. In parallel with the standards being
finalized under Sec. 156.480 of this final rule applicable to QHP
issuers, when a State Exchange is facilitating the collection of
premiums, the Exchange will be required to report on an annual basis if
it did not reduce an enrollee's premium by the amount of the advance
payment of the premium tax credit in accordance with 45 CFR
155.340(g)(1)-(2). We have modified Sec. 155.1200 to incorporate this
provision because Sec. 155.1200 includes other annual reporting
requirements applicable to State Exchanges (see section II.D.1.a
below). We note that since issuers in an FFE are responsible for
collecting premiums directly from enrollees, such errors will be
reported to HHS by the QHP issuers.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing the proposed provisions with the following
modifications. We are increasing the time period for notifying the
enrollee of the improper application of the advance payment of the
premium tax credit and issuing refunds from 30 days to 45 days. We are
also providing that the Exchange may issue the refund by applying the
total excess premium paid by or for the enrollee to the enrollee's
portion of the premium each month for the remainder of the period of
enrollment or benefit year until the excess premium is fully refunded,
except that the Exchange must refund any remaining excess premium,
within 45 days of a request by or for the enrollee for the refund or
within 45 days of the end of the period of enrollment or benefit year.
2. Subpart E--Exchange Functions in the Individual Market: Enrollment
in Qualified Health Plans
a. Special Enrollment Periods (Sec. 155.420)
In Sec. 155.420 we proposed to amend Sec. 155.420(d) to provide
that a special enrollment period will be available when the Exchange
determines that a consumer has been incorrectly or inappropriately
enrolled in coverage due to misconduct on the part of a non-Exchange
entity. Specifically we proposed to add a new paragraph Sec.
155.420(d)(10) to create this new special enrollment period for
qualified individuals. This amendment would extend a special enrollment
period to a qualified individual when, in the determination of the
Exchange, misconduct on the part of a non-Exchange entity has caused
the qualified individual to be enrolled incorrectly or inappropriately
in coverage such that they are not enrolled in QHP coverage as desired,
are not enrolled in their selected QHP, or have been determined
eligible for but are not receiving advance payments of the premium tax
credit or cost-sharing reductions. We proposed to limit this special
enrollment opportunity to the individual market Exchange and not extend
it to the SHOPs.
We proposed that a non-Exchange entity providing enrollment
assistance or conducting enrollment activities would include, but not
be limited to, those individuals and entities that are authorized by
the Exchange to assist with enrollment in QHP, such as a Navigator, as
described in Sec. 155.210; non-Navigator assistance personnel, as
authorized by Sec. 155.205(d) and (e); a certified application
counselor, as described in Sec. 155.225; an agent or broker assisting
consumers in an Exchange under Sec. 155.220; issuer application
assisters under Sec. 155.415; or a QHP conducting direct enrollment
under Sec. 156.1230.
Comment: We received several comments supporting this proposed
amendment to Sec. 155.420(d) to ensure that consumers have an
available remedy if misconduct on the part of a non-Exchange entity
results in harm.
Response: We are finalizing the rule as proposed to ensure that
consumers will have a special enrollment period if harmed by misconduct
on the part of non-Exchange entities. We further clarify here that for
purposes of Sec. 155.420(d)(10) only, a non-Exchange entity includes
an individual or entity fraudulently claiming to be an authorized
entity approved by an Exchange, such as a Navigator, non-Navigator
assister, or Exchange-approved agent or broker.
Comment: We received a comment recommending that the special
enrollment period be available to consumers if a non-Exchange entity
provides erroneous information to a consumer, regardless of whether the
consumer can demonstrate harm.
Response: We believe that creating a special enrollment period for
consumers who have been harmed by non-Exchange entity misconduct will
help ensure that consumers have a remedy to address enrollment harms
while limiting uncertainty for QHP issuers. We believe that this remedy
is necessary for consumers who have been harmed, to allow them to
mitigate the harm caused. However, we do not believe this remedy would
be necessary for consumers who have not suffered any harm resulting
from misconduct. In addition, as stated in the preamble to the proposed
rule, a qualified individual may also seek to demonstrate the existence
of exceptional circumstances to the Exchange under Sec. 155.420(d)(9)
if the qualified individual is harmed due to error or inaction on the
part of a non-Exchange entity. We intend to provide future guidance on
the process for demonstrating harm as necessary.
Comment: We received several comments recommending that this
special enrollment period be extended to the SHOPs, stating that SHOP
consumers may be exposed to the same risk as consumers purchasing
coverage in an Exchange.
Response: We believe that it is less likely for an employee
enrolled in coverage through a SHOP to be harmed in the ways the new
special enrollment period is intended to address than is the case for a
qualified individual enrolled in coverage through the individual market
Exchange. For example, advance payments of the premium tax credit and
cost-sharing reductions are not available to employees enrolled in
coverage through a SHOP, such that it would not be possible for them to
be determined eligible for but not receive advance payments of the
premium tax credit or cost-sharing reductions, one of the harms the
special enrollment period was specifically designed to address.
However, we are persuaded by the comments that some risk of harm does
exist for employees enrolled in coverage through a SHOP, and are
therefore extending the special enrollment period to SHOPs. We intend
to monitor whether employees avail themselves of the special enrollment
period and the circumstances surrounding each such election. We are
making minor changes to the proposed rule text to clarify that the
special enrollment period would be extended to employees enrolled in
coverage through a SHOP and their dependents, and are also making a
conforming change to 45 CFR 155.725(j) to clarify that this special
enrollment period applies in the SHOPs.
Comment: We received several comments recommending that misconduct
on the part of a non-Exchange entity should also result in a special
enrollment period for enrollment into public programs the consumer may
otherwise be eligible for, such as Medicaid or CHIP.
Response: Medicaid and CHIP have year round enrollment, so
individuals eligible for these programs do not need a special
enrollment period to enroll in these programs if they have been
[[Page 65065]]
incorrectly enrolled in private health insurance coverage.
Comment: We received one comment requesting clarification about
what actions might be considered misconduct.
Response: As stated in the preamble of the proposed rule,
misconduct includes the failure of a non-Exchange entity to comply with
applicable requirements set forth in Exchange regulations, or other
applicable Federal or State laws. For example, this might include a
Navigator's failure to comply with the requirements set forth in 45 CFR
155.210.
Comment: We received comments stating that the special enrollment
period, as proposed, might result in adverse selection or gaming by
consumers. One commenter requested that this provision not be codified
to eliminate the risk of adverse selection and another commenter
requested that the duration of this special enrollment period be
limited to 30-days, rather than the 60-days from the date of the
triggering event, as proposed.
Response: We believe that any risk that this special enrollment
period might result in adverse selection is mitigated by the fact that
consumers will need to demonstrate to the Exchange that they have been
harmed in order to receive this special enrollment period. We believe
that this special enrollment period is important to protect consumers
from certain kinds of misconduct on the part of non-Exchange entities.
In addition, the 60-day time period for the new special enrollment
period in the individual market Exchanges is consistent with special
enrollment periods otherwise available to Exchange consumers in the
individual market and we believe provides consumers with adequate time
to review available plan options and make informed decisions to correct
the harm. Consistent with other special enrollment periods available in
the SHOPs, this special enrollment period will be for 30 days, not 60
days, in the SHOPs.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing the provision proposed in Sec. 155.420(d)(10)
with amendments reflecting our decision to extend the special
enrollment period to SHOPs, and with a minor correction to remove ``of
this subchapter'' following ``part 156'' from the proposed regulation
text.
3. Subpart H--Exchange Functions: Small Business Health Options Program
(SHOP)
a. Enrollment Periods Under SHOP (Sec. 155.725)
In section II.D.2 of this final rule, we describe our decision,
made in response to comment, to extend to SHOPs the new special
enrollment period that will be available when the Exchange determines
that a consumer has been incorrectly or inappropriately enrolled in
coverage due to misconduct on the part of a non-Exchange entity.
Accordingly, we are making a conforming amendment to Sec.
155.725(j)(2)(i) to add a cross-reference to Sec. 155.420(d)(10), the
new special enrollment period.
4. Subpart M--Oversight and Program Integrity Standards for State
Exchanges
a. General Program Integrity and Oversight Requirements (Sec.
155.1200)
We proposed that the State Exchange maintain an accounting of all
its receipts and expenditures, in accordance with GAAP. We also
proposed that the State Exchange develop and implement a process for
monitoring all Exchange-related activities for effectiveness,
efficiency, integrity, transparency, and accountability. We stated our
belief that these activities would help to ensure State Exchange
compliance with Federal requirements as set forth in Part 155 and
ensure the appropriate administration of Federal funds, including
advance payment of the premium tax credit and cost-sharing reductions.
In Sec. 155.1200(b), we proposed that the State Exchange submit
several types of reports to HHS. The State Exchange would submit at
least annually a report to allow for transparency of State Exchange
activities. The report must include a financial statement presented in
accordance with GAAP. The report is due to HHS by April 1 of each year.
Additionally, the State Exchange must submit reports in a form and
manner to be specified by HHS regarding eligibility and enrollment.
These reports will focus on eligibility determination errors, non-
discrimination safeguards, accessibility of information, and fraud and
abuse incidences. The State Exchange must also submit performance
monitoring data that includes financial sustainability, operational
efficiency, and consumer satisfaction. We sought comments on our
approach, including comments on the content, format, and timing of such
reports.
In Sec. 155.1200(c) we proposed that the State Exchange engage an
independent qualified auditing entity, whether governmental or private,
which meets accepted professional and business standards and follows
generally accepted governmental auditing standards (GAGAS) to perform
an independent external financial and programmatic audit of the State
Exchange. This entity should be selected to avoid any real or potential
perception of conflict of interest, including being free from personal,
external and organizational impairments to independence or the
appearance of such impairments of independence. We stated that an
external audit will help ensure the consistency and accuracy of State
Exchange financial reporting and program activities. We proposed that
this requirement may be satisfied through an audit by an independent
State-government entity. We proposed that the State Exchange will
submit to HHS, concurrent with the annual report, the results on the
audit along with proposals on how it will remedy any material weakness
or significant deficiency (the terms ``material weakness'' and
``significant deficiency'' are defined in OMB Circular A-133, Audits of
States, Local Governments and Non-Profit Organizations).
In Sec. 155.1200(d) we proposed that independent audits address
specific processes and activities of State Exchanges including
financial and programmatic activities and those related to the
verification and determination of applicants' eligibility for
enrollment in the State Exchanges and the subsequent enrollments. We
also proposed that the external audit address whether the Exchange is
complying with Sec. 155.1200(a)(1) by keeping an accurate accounting
of Exchange receipts and expenditures in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles (GAAP). We also proposed that external
audits and annual reports required under paragraphs (b) and (c) address
State Exchange processes and procedures to comply with the standards
for Exchanges under Part 155 related to advance payments of the premium
tax credits and cost-sharing reductions. These standards include the
requirements under subpart D regarding eligibility determinations,
including the requirements regarding the confidentiality, disclosure,
maintenance, and use of information as set forth in 45 CFR
155.302(d)(3); subpart E regarding individual market enrollment in
QHPs; and subpart K regarding QHP certification. We also proposed that
such audits and annual reports assess whether a State Exchange has
processes and procedures in place
[[Page 65066]]
to prevent improper eligibility determinations and enrollment
transactions. We sought comment on the proposed annual audits, and
other activities that State Exchanges should specifically be required
to audit annually or on an interim basis. Comment: We received comments
on the timing of the annual financial statement. We also received
comments requesting additional reporting requirements including
reporting for fraud and abuse incidences and suggesting that we specify
in regulation text the types of reporting requirements we described in
the preamble. Additionally, commenters suggested that we make reports
publicly available.
Response: We do not believe any additional reporting requirements
are needed because the financial statement is intended to ensure the
transparency of State Exchange activity and the eligibility and
enrollment reporting is intended to ensure that processes and
procedures are appropriately in place to ensure that Federal
requirements are being met.
The performance monitoring data provide insight into the
performance and impact of State Exchanges, including the cost of
insurance, the scope of coverage, and access issues. This limited set
of standardized metrics also ensures basic transparency and allows
consistent cross-state comparisons of the impacts of varying approaches
to State Exchange implementation. We anticipate providing further
guidance on the format and timing of the reports, as well as, whether
the public will have access to them.
Comment: One commenter suggested that we make these independent
annual audits available to the public and increase the scope of the
independent audit.
Response: We accept the commenter's suggestion regarding public
availability and we will require the State to make public a summary of
the results of the independent annual audit. Publicizing the audit
summary will increase the transparency and accountability of State
Exchange activities. We are finalizing our proposal that the
independent audit address the elements in Sec. 155.1200(d) as
described above, as well as all subparts of Part 155. While we are not
accepting the commenter's suggestion that independent audits include
incomplete applications or application questions most commonly left
unanswered, we believe that the criteria in Part 155 and in Sec.
155.1200(d) adequately address areas of compliance including
eligibility denials and information to improve the eligibility process.
We anticipate issuing further guidance on the elements of financial and
programmatic activities that should be included in the external
financial audit.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing the provisions proposed in Sec. 155.1200 with
the following modification. As discussed in II.D.1.a of this final
rule, if the Exchange is collecting premiums under 45 CFR 155.240, we
are adding subparagraph (b)(4) to require the Exchange to annually
report if it did not reduce an enrollee's premium by the amount of the
advance payment of the premium tax credit in accordance with 45 CFR
155.340(g)(1)-(2). In paragraph (c) we are adding a requirement that
the State make public a summary of the results of external financial
audit.
b. Maintenance of Records (Sec. 155.1210)
We proposed that State Exchanges and its contractors,
subcontractors, and agents maintain records for 10 years, including
documents and records (whether paper, electronic, or other media) and
other evidence of accounting procedures and practices of the State
Exchanges to prepare for targeted audits. We stated that these records
must be sufficient and appropriate to respond to any periodic auditing,
inspection, or investigation of the State Exchange's financial records
or to enable HHS or its designee to appropriately evaluate the State
Exchange's compliance with Federal requirements. We anticipate that
targeted audits will be conducted based on information from the
external audit, annual report, prospective measurement programs of
improper payments, consumer complaints, or other data sources. In
addition, we proposed that the State Exchange must make all records of
this section available to HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General, or
their designees, upon request.
Comment: Commenters suggested that the proposed maintenance of
records requirements for State Exchanges and their contractors,
subcontractors, and agents should specifically outline additional
records to be kept, which could include data related not only to
appeals but to the outcome of the appeals. In addition, commenters
suggested that the requirement apply only to those eligible entities
contracted with the State Exchanges to carry out one or more
responsibilities of the Exchange (see 45 CFR 155.110), and should not
apply to QHP issuers.
Response: The maintenance of records provision we are finalizing in
Sec. 155.1210 (b) sufficiently addresses the minimum types of records
that we would require State Exchanges to retain. The maintenance of
records provision in Sec. 155.1210 only applies to entities that are
carrying out one or more responsibilities of the Exchange in the
capacity of a contractor, subcontractor, or agent, and does not apply
to QHP issuers because these entities do not provide services or carry
out one or more responsibilities of the Exchange. Furthermore, the
oversight standards with respect to cost-sharing reductions and advance
payments of the premium tax credit finalized in 45 CFR 156.480 of this
final rule ensure that CMS can sufficiently monitor compliance with
federal standards with respect to the federal funds distributed to QHP
issuers through these programs. Therefore, requiring QHP issuers to
maintain records is not necessary.
Comment: One commenter suggested that HHS articulate how consumers,
advocates, Navigators, and other entities will be able to file
complaints with HHS in a meaningful way such as triggering a targeted
audit.
Response: We expect that the consumer satisfaction section of the
performance monitoring data will include reporting on consumer
complaints that will be used in determining whether we will conduct a
targeted audit.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing the provisions proposed in Sec. 155.1210, and
note that the 10 year record retention requirement begins when the
record is created.
E. Part 156--Health Insurance Issuer Standards Under the Affordable
Care Act, Including Standards Related To Exchanges
1. Subpart A--General Provisions
a. Definitions (Sec. 156.20)
We proposed amending 45 CFR 156.20 by adding the definition for
``Enrollee satisfaction survey vendor'' and ``Registered user of the
enrollee satisfaction survey data warehouse.''
We are making a technical correction to our regulation text, which
inadvertently left out the word ``that'' from the definition. The
definition for ``enrollee satisfaction survey vendor'' should begin,
``an organization that has . . .''
We received no comments in regards to these definitions, and
finalize these definitions as proposed, but with the technical
corrections as mentioned above.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing this provision as proposed.
[[Page 65067]]
b. Single Risk Pool (Sec. 156.80)
To ensure consistency with rate setting schedules in the Exchanges
and thus reduce the risk of adverse selection, we proposed in Sec.
156.80 to add paragraph (d)(3) to clarify when issuers may establish
and update premium rates under the single risk pool requirements.
Specifically, in paragraph (d)(3)(i), we proposed that issuers in the
individual market or in a market in which the individual and small
group risk pools were merged by the State would be permitted to make
changes to their market-wide adjusted index rate and plan-specific
pricing on an annual basis. In paragraph (d)(3)(ii), we proposed that
issuers in the small group market would be permitted to make such
changes on a quarterly basis once the Federally-Facilitated Small
Business Health Options Program's (FF-SHOP) capability to process
quarterly rate updates is established. Until that time, we proposed
that issuers in the small group market may make changes to rates no
more frequently than annually.
Comment: Commenters generally acknowledged the reasons for the
proposal to prohibit quarterly index rate and plan-level adjustments
for issuers in FF-SHOPs until the issues are resolved, but asserted
this policy should not apply in States with SHOPs that have the
capability to accept quarterly rate adjustments, nor should they apply
to issuers offering coverage in the small group market solely outside
of the SHOPs.
Response: HHS, in operating both the FF-SHOPs as well as the
market-wide rate review program under section 2794 of the PHS Act,
cannot accept quarterly rate changes at this time. Accordingly, we are
finalizing our proposal that issuers offering coverage in the small
group market through the SHOPs or outside of the SHOPs must refrain
from making index rate and plan-level adjustments more frequently than
annually, until notified of the system capability to process quarterly
rate changes. We expect to establish this capability by the third
quarter of 2014.
Comment: One commenter requested clarification as to whether States
could require less frequent index rate and plan-level adjustments in
the small group market than those specified in the regulation.
Response: Nothing in this final rule prevents a State from
requiring less frequent rate changes in the small group market than the
quarterly changes permitted under this final rule. At a minimum,
however, an issuer in small group or individual market must establish
an index rate each calendar year with an effective date of January 1,
and, in the small group market, ensure that any rate changes at other
times during the year are effective only on April 1, July 1, or October
1, the only dates for which Federal systems will be in place for
processing rate updates. We believe Sec. 156.80(d)(1) already provides
for the establishment of an index rate by January 1 of each calendar
year, and that the proposed rule contemplates small group market rate
changes that correspond to the calendar quarters. Nonetheless, for
precision and clarity, we are revising the regulation text to include
these clarifications. We note that any new rates set by an issuer would
apply for new or renewing coverage on or after the rate effective date,
and would apply for the entire the plan year.
Comment: Some commenters sought assurance that the single risk pool
requirements would not prevent issuers from filing new products for
sale outside of Exchanges nor prevent issuers from entering a market
until January 1 of each year.
Response: As described above, under the guaranteed availability
standard, all non-grandfathered plans in the individual or merged
market must be offered on a calendar year basis starting January 1,
2014. Furthermore, under the single risk pool standard, an index rate
must be established and adjusted only once annually in the individual
and merged markets. The interaction of these provisions is such that an
issuer cannot introduce new products throughout the year without
affecting the pricing of all of the issuer's other products in the risk
pool, in violation of the single risk pool provision. We note that
issuers will have greater flexibility to introduce new products in the
small group market, where coverage may be issued on a rolling basis
throughout the year and rates generally will be able to be updated on a
quarterly basis.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing the provisions proposed in Sec. 156.80 of the
proposed rule with the following modifications. We are revising
existing paragraph (d)(1) to provide that an index rate must be
established and effective for a State market (individual, small group,
or merged market) by January 1 of each calendar year. We are also
restructuring proposed paragraph (d)(3) to clearly state that an issuer
is prohibited for making index rate and plan-level adjustments on any
basis other than annually, except in the small group market once
quarterly rate changes are permitted. We also now clearly state the
effective dates of quarterly rate updates in the small group market.
2. Subpart B--Standards for Essential Health Benefits, Actuarial Value,
and Cost Sharing
a. Enrollment in Catastrophic Plans (Sec. 156.155)
We are making a technical correction to our regulation text in
Sec. 156.155, which inadvertently omitted the statutory language in
section 1302(e) of the Affordable Care Act indicating that a
catastrophic plan provides ``no benefits'' for any plan year (except
for providing coverage for at least 3 primary care visits and
preventive health services in accordance with section 2713 of the PHS
Act) until the individual has incurred cost-sharing expenses in an
amount equal to the annual limitation on cost sharing in effect under
section 1302(c)(1) of the Affordable Care Act. Although this provision
was not addressed in the proposed rule, it is part of the law governing
benefits under catastrophic plans, and we believe it is appropriate to
revise the regulation text in this final rule to reflect this fact.
3. Subpart D--Qualified Health Plan Minimum Certification Standards
a. Changes of Ownership of Issuers of Qualified Health Plans in
Federally-Facilitated Exchanges (Sec. 156.330)
In Sec. 156.330, we proposed that when a QHP issuer in the FFE
undergoes a change in ownership, it notify HHS of the change at least
30 days prior to the date of the change and provide the legal name and
taxpayer identification number (TIN) of the new owner, as well as the
effective date of the change. We also proposed that the new owner must
agree to adhere to applicable statutes and regulations.
Comment: One commenter expressed support for the proposed standard
and urged HHS to examine any relevant compliance and other issues
impacted by the change of ownership at the time notified, such as
accreditation status.
Response: HHS intends to examine possible compliance issues related
to the change of ownership, including impact on accreditation status,
as part of its overall oversight framework.
Comment: One commenter urged flexibility in assessing what
constitutes a change in ownership and expressed concern that the
standard in Sec. 156.330 could be triggered when transferring blocks
of business from one affiliated entity to another.
Response: HHS believes that the notice requirement is minimally
burdensome. Further, we believe that it
[[Page 65068]]
will be apparent to issuers when the standard is triggered--if
recognized by the applicable State, then an issuer would need to comply
with Sec. 156.330.
Comment: One commenter asked HHS to exempt changes of ownership
within the same holding company from the notice provision and requested
additional flexibility in implementing this provision for the 2014 plan
year.
Response: We believe that the standard, which would only require
notification if the change of ownership is recognized at the State
level, is clear. If a change of ownership within the same holding
company is required by a State at the State level, then the issuer
would need to report it pursuant to Sec. 156.330. We believe that the
notice standard is the most minimally burdensome way for HHS to be
aware of these important changes, particularly as compared to standards
that may be required under State law. Therefore, we do not believe that
a transition period is necessary.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing this section as proposed.
4. Subpart E--Health Insurance Issuer Responsibilities With Respect to
Advance Payments of the Premium Tax Credit and Cost-Sharing Reductions
a. Definitions (Sec. 156.400)
Section 156.400 of this subpart includes definitions of a ``most
generous,'' and a ``more generous,'' plan variation. We proposed to
supplement those definitions by clarifying that the definitions of a
``least generous,'' and a ``less generous,'' plan variation have the
opposite meanings of the existing definitions of a ``most generous,''
or a ``more generous'' plan variation. Specifically, we proposed that,
as between two plan variations (or a plan variation and a standard plan
without cost-sharing reductions), the plan variation or standard plan
without cost-sharing reductions designed for the category of
individuals first listed in 45 CFR 155.305(g)(3) would be deemed the
less generous one. The term less generous was used in the proposed rule
to address circumstances in which a QHP issuer would reassign an
enrollee from a more generous plan variation to a less generous plan
variation (or standard plan without cost-sharing reductions), as
discussed in greater detail below. We also proposed a technical
modification to change ``QHP or plan variation'' to ``standard plan or
plan variation'' to clarify that a plan variation is not distinct from
a QHP. We received no comments on these proposed provisions and are
finalizing these provisions as proposed.
b. Improper Plan Assignment and Application of Cost-Sharing Reductions
(Sec. 156.410(c) Through (d))
In Sec. 156.410, we proposed to add new paragraphs (c) and (d) to
specify the actions a QHP issuer would take if it does not provide the
appropriate cost-sharing reductions to an individual, or if it does not
assign an individual to the appropriate plan variation (or standard
plan without cost-sharing reductions) in accordance with Sec.
156.410(a) through (b) or Sec. 156.425(a) through (b) of this subpart.
Specifically, in paragraph (c)(1), we proposed that if a QHP issuer
fails to ensure that an individual assigned to a QHP plan variation
receives the cost-sharing reductions required under the applicable plan
variation (taking into account the requirement regarding cost sharing
previously paid under other plan variations of the same QHP under Sec.
156.425(b) if applicable), the QHP would notify the enrollee of the
improper application of the cost-sharing reductions and refund any
excess cost sharing paid by or for the enrollee during such period no
later than 30 calendar days after discovery of the improper application
of the cost-sharing reductions. This refund would be paid to the person
or entity that paid the excess cost sharing, whether the enrollee or
the provider.
In paragraph (c)(2), we proposed that if a QHP issuer provides an
enrollee assigned to a plan variation with greater cost-sharing
reductions than required under the applicable plan variation (taking
into account Sec. 156.425(b) concerning continuity of deductibles and
out-of-pocket amounts if applicable) then the QHP issuer will not be
eligible for reimbursement of any excess cost-sharing reductions
provided to the enrollee, and may not seek reimbursement from the
enrollee or the provider for any of the excess cost-sharing reductions.
Because the QHP issuer is responsible for ensuring the cost-sharing
reduction is provided appropriately, we noted that we do not believe
that the QHP issuer should be able to recoup overpayments of cost-
sharing reductions that resulted from the QHP issuer's own errors.
In paragraph (d), we proposed that if a QHP issuer improperly
assigns an enrollee to a plan variation (or standard plan without cost-
sharing reductions), or does not change the enrollee's assignment due
to a change in eligibility in accordance with Sec. 156.425(a), in each
case, based on the eligibility and enrollment information or
notification provided by the Exchange, then the QHP issuer would, no
later than 30 calendar days after discovery of the improper assignment,
reassign the enrollee to the applicable plan variation (or standard
plan without cost-sharing reductions) and notify the enrollee of the
improper assignment.
Conversely, paragraph (d)(2) proposed that, if a QHP issuer
reassigns an enrollee from a less generous plan variation (or a
standard plan without cost-sharing reductions) to a more generous plan
variation of a QHP to correct an improper assignment on the part of the
issuer, the QHP issuer would recalculate the individual's liability for
cost sharing paid between the effective date of eligibility required by
the Exchange and the date on which the issuer effectuated the change.
The QHP issuer would refund any excess cost sharing paid by or for the
enrollee during such period, no later than 30 calendar days after
discovery of the incorrect assignment. This refund would be paid to the
person or entity that paid the excess cost sharing, whether the
enrollee or the provider. We sought comment on the proposed approach,
including the 30-calendar-day timeframe for QHP issuers to reassign an
individual to the correct plan variation and refund any excess cost
sharing paid by or for the enrollee. We also sought comment on whether
the timeframe should depend on the point in the month the issuer
discovers the improper assignment, considering the amount of time
issuers may require to effectuate the reassignment, as well as the
impact on enrollees due to a delay in reassignment. We noted that the
date of the reassignment would not affect the initial effective date of
eligibility, and that the enrollee would still be refunded any excess
cost sharing paid by or for the enrollee between the effective date of
eligibility and the date of the reassignment.
We also noted that we were considering requiring that, for each
quarter, a QHP issuer provide to HHS and the Exchange a report
beginning in the 2015 benefit year detailing the occurrence of any
improper applications of cost-sharing reductions in violation of the
standards finalized and proposed in Sec. 156.410(a) and (c) and Sec.
156.425(b), as well as instances when it did not refund any excess cost
sharing paid by or for an enrollee in accordance with proposed Sec.
156.410(c)(1) and Sec. 156.410(d)(2), or was reimbursed for excess
cost sharing provided in violation of proposed Sec. 156.410(d)(1).
Comment: Several commenters supported holding enrollees harmless
for issuer mistakes. A number of
[[Page 65069]]
commenters requested clarification that issuers will not be penalized
for errors made by Exchanges or enrollee income misrepresentations, and
asked HHS to institute policies or procedures that would make it easy
for issuers to identify enrollment errors. One commenter suggested that
restitution should only occur when the agencies can prove a pattern of
willful misconduct, while another commenter suggested that HHS request
compensation from an Exchange for errors by the Exchange.
Response: We are clarifying that QHP issuers may rely on the
validity of an eligibility determination sent to the QHP issuer by the
Exchange, and are not responsible for providing refunds under this
provision resulting from an Exchange or enrollee error. However, as
noted in the proposed rule, because of the reliance interests of an
enrollee in the application of cost-sharing reductions when purchasing
particular services, we believe that the QHP issuer should not be able
to recover excess funds resulting from issuer error with respect to the
application of cost-sharing reductions. We note that this is a
different standard from the one we are finalizing for misapplications
of the advance payments of the premium tax credit because we believe
that an enrollee has lesser reliance interest in miscalculated premiums
because the enrollee would have been clearly notified of both the
monthly premium and advance payment of the premium tax credit when they
enroll in the plan. In contrast, an enrollee may not be aware of the
cost-sharing amount for a specific service and might not be able to
determine whether the cost-sharing reduction was correctly applied for
that particular service at the point the cost sharing is collected.
Comment: Several commenters noted that requiring issuers to provide
refunds of cost-sharing reductions to enrollees is inconsistent with
standard billing practices in which an issuer bills or credits the
enrollee, noting that issuing refunds would require additional
resources. Another commenter noted that consistent with current
practices and procedures applicable to non-subsidized enrollees,
issuers should be able to reprocess claims under the correct plan
variation and recoup any excess payment.
Response: In consideration of standard issuer billing practices,
the final rule provides that a QHP issuer may apply any excess cost
sharing paid by or for an enrollee (except by a provider) to the
enrollee's portion of the premium for the remainder of the period of
enrollment or benefit year until the excess is fully applied unless the
enrollee requests the refund. (The issuer may also elect to directly
refund the enrollee, regardless of whether the enrollee requests the
refund.) However, if requested by the enrollee, the QHP issuer would be
required to directly refund the enrollee any excess cost sharing paid
by or for the enrollee within 45 calendar days of the request. The QHP
issuer would refund the enrollee any remaining excess cost-sharing paid
by the individual at the end of the period of enrollment or benefit
year, and if the excess cost sharing amount was paid by the provider,
the QHP issuer would refund to the provider any excess cost sharing
paid by provider within 45 calendar days of discovery of the error. We
believe that this standard will allow issuers to reimburse enrollees
without incurring additional operational costs outside the standard
billing practice, while still providing the option for direct refund to
the enrollee.
Comment: One commenter asked HHS to clarify that consumer
protections also apply to enrollees who are not eligible for a cost-
sharing reduction but who are mistakenly enrolled in a silver plan
variation by the issuer.
Response: We clarify that the standards in Sec. 156.410(c) and (d)
would apply when an enrollee should not be eligible for cost-sharing
reductions but is erroneously assigned to a silver plan variation by
the QHP issuer.
Comment: One commenter suggested HHS set a threshold date such
that, if a QHP issuer discovers an enrollee was assigned to an
incorrect plan variation before the 15th of a month, the enrollee would
be reassigned to the proper plan variation by the 1st day of the
following month, and errors discovered afterwards would be corrected in
the following month. Another recommended that consumers be provided
advance notice of plan reassignment, and that plans ensure that
enrollees have full access to services while the errors are being
corrected.
Response: In response to comments, we are modifying the proposed
policy to align with existing Exchange regulations regarding the
effective date of coverage with respect to special enrollment periods
under 45 CFR 155.420(b)(i) and (ii). Section 156.410(d)(1) and (2) now
provide that if the QHP issuer discovered the error between the first
and fifteenth day of the month, the QHP must reassign the enrollee to
the correct plan variation (or standard plan without cost-sharing
reductions) by the first day of the following month. If the QHP issuer
discovers the error between the sixteen and the last day of the month,
the QHP issuer must reassign the individual to correct plan variation
by the first day of the second following month. We note that as with
reassignment, we expect issuers to notify enrollees prior to the
effective date of the reassignment to prevent enrollee confusion.
Comment: While some commenters supported the 30-day timeframe for
refunds, a number of commenters felt that this timeframe is not
feasible, given enrollment reconciliation and payment discrepancy
processes. One commenter suggested that the final rule adopt a 45-day
timeframe, in line with Medicare Part D. Other commenters recommended
increasing the timeframe to 60 or 90 days. One commenter suggested that
issuers in State Exchanges have the flexibility to work with the
Exchange to establish appropriate timelines.
Response: Because cost sharing-reductions are Federal outlays, we
believe that it is appropriate to set uniform timeframes for correcting
errors related to the underpayment of cost-sharing reductions,
regardless of whether the individual receives coverage through a QHP
issuer participating in a State Exchange or an FFE. However, taking
into consideration current industry practice and the monthly enrollment
reconciliation process, as well as the refunds standards specified
under 42 CFR 423.800(e) and 42 CFR 423.466(a) with respect to the
Medicare Part D low-income subsidy program, we are modifying the
proposed policy and are requiring issuers to provide refunds to
enrollees within 45 days of the discovery of the error. We believe that
this will permit issuers to rectify errors in a timely manner
consistent with their current monthly operational cycles, without
significantly delaying the reimbursement to the enrollee or provider as
applicable.
Comment: Some commenters suggested a de minimis threshold for
required refunds, similar to the threshold for the medical loss ratio
program.
Response: Unlike the minimum threshold for medical loss ratio
rebates under 45 CFR 158.243, the standards proposed under this section
were intended to ensure that Federal funds are being used to
appropriately subsidize enrollee cost sharing, so that individuals
receive the full cost-sharing reductions for which they were determined
eligible. Because these refund standards are designed protect low-
income individuals from unforeseen costs, we do not believe there
should be a de minimis threshold for refunds of cost-sharing
reductions.
[[Page 65070]]
Comment: Several commenters supported a standard under which an
issuer is not required to report on misapplication of cost-sharing
reductions unless a minimum error rate occurs, while other commenters
stated that all issuers should submit these reports without respect to
such a threshold. Other commenters stated that a semi-annual or annual
report should be required for the initial years. One commenter believed
that such quarterly reports would duplicate the information provided
via enrollment reconciliation and the payment discrepancy reporting
process. The same commenter was also concerned about the implications
of such self-reporting under Federal laws, and recommended a safe
harbor from enforcement remedies for any good faith reporting. Another
commenter suggested that HHS give State Exchanges flexibility to decide
the timing of such reports.
Response: In response to comments, we are not establishing a
quarterly reporting standard with respect to the improper application
of cost-sharing reductions or improper assignments to plan variations
(or standard plans without cost-sharing reductions). However, we
require this reporting as part of the annual reporting requirement set
forth under Sec. 156.480(b). We believe that annual reporting of these
errors will allow HHS to track the occurrence of these errors and
identify any problems that affect multiple issuers without duplicating
any existing interim reporting requirements. We do not intend to create
a safe harbor for misreported information, and expect that issuers will
make a good faith effort to accurately report these errors.\18\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\18\ We note that many of the errors that will be the subject of
the first annual report and to our 2014 policy of nonenforcement of
CMPs for good faith, which we codified at 45 CFR 156.800(c).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comment: One commenter asked how claims submitted for premium
stabilization programs would be affected by erroneous cost-sharing
reduction amounts.
Response: As noted in 45 CFR 156.430(d), HHS will perform periodic
reconciliations of any advance payments of cost-sharing reductions
provided to the QHP issuer with the actual amount of cost-sharing
reductions provided to enrollees and reimbursed to providers by the QHP
issuers. This calculation is not required for the risk adjustment or
reinsurance programs, and will be completed prior to the deadline for
the risk corridors program.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing these provisions with the following
modifications. We are amending paragraphs (c) and (d) to increase the
time period for issuing refunds from 30 days to 45 days of discovery of
the error. We are also modifying these paragraphs to provide that the
QHP issuer may provide the refund by applying the total excess cost
sharing paid by or for the enrollee to the enrollee's portion of the
premium for the remainder of the period of enrollment or benefit year
until the excess is fully applied, except that the QHP issuer must
refund the enrollee the excess cost sharing within 45 days of the
enrollee's request or the end of the period of enrollment or benefit
year. (Any cost-sharing paid by the provider will still be refunded to
the provider within 45 days of discovery of the error.) Additionally,
we are re-designating subparagraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) as (d)(3) and
(4), and adding two new subparagraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2), which set
forth a timeframe for effectuating a reassignment to the correct plan
variation.
c. Payment for Cost-Sharing Reductions (Sec. 156.430)
In the 2014 Payment Notice, we established a payment approach under
which monthly advance payments will be made to QHP issuers to cover
projected cost-sharing reduction amounts, and then, after the close of
the benefit year, the advance payments and the actual cost-sharing
reduction amounts provided during the benefit year will be reconciled.
In 45 CFR 156.430(c)(1), we established standards for QHP issuers to
submit data to HHS detailing the amount of cost sharing the enrollees
in each plan variation paid, as well as the amount of cost sharing the
enrollees would have paid under the standard plan. The value of the
cost-sharing reductions provided is the difference of these two
amounts. We also finalized at 45 CFR 156.430(c)(2) a methodology
(referred to as the ``standard methodology'') for calculating the
amount of cost sharing that the enrollees would have paid under the
standard plan, but for the cost-sharing reductions. Under the standard
methodology, QHP issuers apply the cost-sharing requirements for the
standard plan to the allowed costs for each plan variation policy; in
effect, each claim would be processed twice: once using the cost-
sharing structure that would have been in place if the individual were
ineligible for cost-sharing reductions, and once using the reduced
cost-sharing structure in the applicable plan variation for which the
individual is eligible.
In the Amendments to the HHS Notice of Benefit and Payment
Parameters for 2014 interim final rule, we established in Sec.
156.430(c)(4) an alternate methodology for calculating the amount of
cost sharing that the enrollees would have paid under the standard plan
for the purpose of reconciliation of the advance payments of the cost-
sharing reductions. Under this alternate methodology (referred to as
the ``simplified methodology''), QHP issuers calculate the amount of
cost sharing that the enrollees would have paid under the standard plan
by using formulas based on certain summary cost-sharing parameters of
the standard plan, applied to the total allowed costs for each policy.
With this approach, we sought to balance the need to safeguard Federal
funds with the goal of lessening the administrative burden on QHP
issuers. We stated that we anticipated that after an appropriate
transition period, all QHP issuers would be required to use the
standard methodology, and sought comments on how long the transition
period should be. We also noted that in later years, we would consider
alternative approaches for reimbursing QHP issuers. For example, once
more data is available, we could change to a capitated payment system
as permitted in section 1402(c)(3)(B) of the Affordable Care Act.
However, such a change would require access to data on the utilization
and cost-sharing patterns of individuals eligible for cost-sharing
reductions.
In Sec. 156.430(c)(3)(i) of the interim final rule, we provided
that a QHP issuer must notify HHS prior to the start of each benefit
year whether or not it is selecting the simplified methodology for the
benefit year. In paragraph (c)(3)(ii), we specified that if the QHP
issuer selects the simplified methodology, it must apply the simplified
methodology to all plan variations it offers on the Exchange for a
benefit year. Since the simplified methodology is intended for issuers
whose systems are not yet capable of implementing the standard
methodology, in paragraph (c)(3)(iii) we specified that the QHP issuer
may not select the simplified methodology if it did not select the
simplified methodology for the prior benefit year. We also set forth
standards governing the selection of a methodology if a QHP issuer
merges with or acquires another QHP issuer on the Exchange, or acquires
a QHP offered on the Exchange from another issuer. In paragraph
(c)(3)(iv), we provided that if each of the affected parties had
selected a different methodology for the benefit year, then
[[Page 65071]]
notwithstanding paragraphs (c)(3)(ii) and (iii), for the benefit year
in which the merger or acquisition took place, the QHP issuer must
continue to use the methodology selected prior to the start of the
benefit year for each plan variation (whether or not the selection was
made by that issuer), and for the next benefit year, the QHP issuer may
select either methodology, subject to the requirement in paragraph
(c)(3)(ii) that a QHP issuer select the same methodology for all plan
variations it offers on the Exchange for the benefit year.
In this final rule, we are generally finalizing the standards
related to the simplified methodology as established in the interim
final rule, with minor clarifying edits to paragraph (c)(3)(iii) and
(iv), and we are modifying paragraph (c)(3) to specify that QHP issuers
may only choose to use the simplified methodology for benefit years
2014 through 2016. For the 2014 benefit year, HHS intends to contact
each QHP offering individual market coverage through an Exchange in
November, which will prompt the issuer to notify HHS prior to the start
of the benefit year whether or not it selects the simplified
methodology for the benefit year. We received a number of comments on
the selection of the methodology and the transition period.
Comment: The majority of commenters supported the simplified
methodology. Many noted that the simplified methodology will likely
reduce QHP issuers' short-term costs and administrative burden. Two
commenters argued that issuers should be permitted to choose between
the simplified and standard methodologies indefinitely because of the
many new functions that issuers will be performing in Exchanges and
because the simplified methodology should produce results that are
similar to the standard methodology. However, one commenter argued that
the choice of methodologies could inflate Federal costs because QHP
issuers will likely choose whichever methodology results in the largest
payments. That commenter suggested that QHP issuers should only be
permitted to choose between the simplified and standard methodologies
for the first two years. Other commenters argued that the standards in
Sec. 156.430(c)(3) on selecting a methodology should adequately
safeguard against potential gaming. In addition, commenters noted that
it could take QHP issuers up to 18 months to develop the systems
necessary to support the standard methodology, and that therefore HHS
should provide at least one year's notice before requiring a transition
to the standard methodology. Several commenters also supported a shift
to a capitated payment system in future years, though one noted that it
will be important to require QHP issuers to use the standard
methodology for at least two years so that adequate data can be
collected on the value of the cost-sharing reductions, which may vary
significantly between plan variations and enrollees. The same commenter
suggested that HHS should ensure that QHP issuers are adequately
compensated so that issuers provide cost-sharing reductions as
required, including cost-sharing reductions for American Indians and
Alaska Natives.
Response: To allow QHP issuers adequate time to develop their
systems to support the standard methodology, we are establishing a
three-year transition period during which QHP issuers may use the
simplified methodology, provided that they choose the simplified
methodology prior to the start of benefit year 2014. We are modifying
Sec. 156.430(c)(3) to specify that the option to use the simplified
methodology will extend only through benefit year 2016. As a result,
all QHP issuers offering coverage through the individual market of an
Exchange must use the standard methodology to submit the data described
in 45 CFR 156.430(c)(1) for cost-sharing reductions provided for
benefit year 2017. We will continue to consider alternative approaches
for reimbursing QHP issuers for the future, including a capitated
payment system. We believe that both methods of calculating the value
of cost-sharing reductions provided will be accurate so that QHP
issuers are adequately compensated for providing cost-sharing
reductions to all populations.
In Sec. 156.430(c)(4) of the interim final rule we set forth a
simplified methodology for calculating the amount of cost sharing that
enrollees would have paid under the standard plan without cost-sharing
reductions. We established that a QHP issuer selecting the simplified
methodology must calculate the amount that the enrollees would have
paid under the standard plan by applying four summary, or ``effective
cost-sharing parameters'' for the standard plan--the effective
deductible, the effective pre-deductible coinsurance rate, the
effective post-deductible coinsurance rate, and the effective claims
ceiling--to the total allowed costs paid for EHB under the policy (that
is, the policy with cost-sharing reductions) for the benefit year. This
simplified methodology allows QHP issuers to calculate enrollee
liability under the standard plan using a standardized methodology that
does not require complex readjudication of claims. Specifically, in
Sec. 156.430(c)(4)(i), we detailed the process for calculating the
amount that enrollees would have paid under the standard plan under the
simplified methodology, depending on the utilization pattern under the
policy. We described these calculations using Formulas A, B, and C,
detailed in Sec. 156.430(c)(4)(i)(A), (B) and (C). In Sec.
156.430(c)(4)(ii) (renumbered as (c)(4)(iii) in this final rule), we
defined the effective cost-sharing parameters for the standard plan,
and established that these parameters must be calculated separately for
self-only coverage and other than self-only coverage. We also noted
that if a QHP issuer has entirely separate cost-sharing parameters for
pharmaceutical and medical services, the QHP issuer may elect to
develop separate sets of effective cost-sharing parameters for
pharmaceutical and medical services.
We sought comments on these effective cost-sharing parameters and
formulas for calculating the amount that enrollees would have paid
under the standard plan, and whether this methodology appropriately
categorizes policies based on utilization patterns. We also sought
suggestions for alternative methodologies that might provide more
accurate estimates of the amount that enrollees would have paid under
the standard plan, while preserving the administrative efficiency of
the simplified methodology. In response to comments, we are generally
finalizing the simplified methodology as established in the interim
final rule, with some modifications to address unique benefit
structures and to reduce potential biases in the formulas identified by
commenters. We are also clarifying how QHP issuers should calculate the
effective cost-sharing parameters for self-only coverage, other than
self-only coverage, medical coverage, and pharmaceutical coverage.
Lastly, we are clarifying how the simplified methodology should apply
when an enrollee is assigned to a different plan variation or is
assigned from a plan variation to the standard plan (or vice versa)
during the course of the benefit year.
Comment: In general, commenters supported the simplified
methodology, and no commenters suggested any significantly different
methodology. Some commenters stated that the simplified methodology
will produce results that are not substantially different from the
standard methodology, but others proposed certain modifications that
they said would improve the accuracy of the
[[Page 65072]]
methodology, particularly when applied to certain types of plan
designs.
Specifically, three commenters noted that the effective deductible
and effective claims ceiling parameters, as established in the interim
final rule, may result in the overestimation or underestimation of
enrollee liability under a standard plan with certain benefit
structures. For example, because the effective deductible was defined
as the weighted average of the deductibles for the standard plan,
excluding services not subject to the deductible, Formula B (described
in Sec. 156.430(c)(4)(i)(B)) may overestimate the cost sharing under
the standard plan for those enrollees who incur claims costs greater
than the effective deductible, because they receive services that are
not subject to the deductible. In addition, because the effective
claims ceiling was calculated based on the annual limitation on cost
sharing, which may only apply to in-network benefits (as described in
45 CFR 156.130(c)), Formula C (described in Sec. 156.430(c)(4)(i)(C))
may underestimate cost sharing under the standard plan for enrollees
who incur large out-of-network claims. In light of these potential
biases, one commenter suggested that in-network cost sharing should be
calculated separately from out-of-network cost sharing. Other
commenters suggested that the QHP issuer's actuary should be allowed
greater flexibility in the calculation of an average deductible and an
average claims ceiling, based on the actual claims experience of
enrollees in the standard plan. One commenter suggested that the
issuer's actuary should be required to submit an actuarial memorandum
with a justification of any modifications to the effective cost-sharing
parameters, demonstrating that the modifications were necessary due to
the benefit design and result in a more accurate replication of the
standard plan's cost sharing.
We also received a comment asking how mid-year changes in enrollee
eligibility for cost-sharing reductions would affect the application of
the simplified methodology.
Response: Overall, we believe the simplified methodology will yield
results that are substantially similar to the results that would be
produced using the standard methodology. In addition, we believe it is
important that issuers choosing the simplified methodology use standard
formulas and parameters to reduce the analytical burden on issuers,
ensure the transparency of the calculations, and reduce the potential
for gaming. Nevertheless, in response to these comments, we are
finalizing several modifications to the simplified methodology to
improve the accuracy of the calculations.
First, we are making several minor edits to clarify the standards
originally established. We are reordering some of the text in the
definitions of the effective pre-deductible and effective post-
deductible coinsurance rates to mirror the structure of the other
definitions. Also, in response to the comment asking about mid-year
changes in eligibility for cost-sharing reductions, we are clarifying
in Sec. 156.430(c)(4) that the effective cost-sharing parameters, or
one minus the actuarial value of the standard plan, as appropriate,
should be applied to the total allowed costs for EHB for the benefit
year under each policy that was assigned to a plan variation for any
portion of the benefit year. We note that a similar standard would
apply to the standard methodology. This will ensure that QHP issuers
are reimbursed for cost-sharing reductions provided to enrollees that
are only assigned to a plan variation for a portion of the year. We are
also clarifying in paragraphs (c)(4)(ii) and (iii) that the effective
cost-sharing parameters should be calculated based on policies assigned
to the standard plan without cost-sharing reductions for the entire
benefit year. If a particular enrollee cancels his or her standard plan
policy mid-year, or is re-assigned to a plan variation, the costs
incurred by that enrollee should not be included in the calculation of
the effective cost-sharing parameters for the standard plan because
partial-year data could reduce the accuracy of the parameters. We also
considered requiring QHP issuers to separate costs by month based on
the assignment of an enrollee to a particular plan variation or
standard plan, or requiring QHP issuers to annualize costs across the
benefit year. However, these approaches would have significantly
complicated the methodology and potentially reduced its accuracy.
Second, in response to comments that Formula B (described in Sec.
156.430(c)(4)(i)(B)) may overestimate the cost sharing under the
standard plan if the enrollees receive services that are not subject to
a deductible, we are modifying several of the formulas and effective
cost-sharing parameters to more accurately estimate cost sharing for
services that are subject to a deductible and services that are not
subject to a deductible. Specifically, in paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(A), we
are defining the average deductible to be the weighted average
deductible for the standard plan (weighted by allowed costs for EHB
under the standard plan for the benefit year that are subject to each
separate deductible, and excluding services that are not subject to any
deductible). Conversely, in paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(B), we are defining
effective non-deductible cost sharing to be calculated based only on
standard plan policies with total allowed costs for EHB for the benefit
year that are above the effective deductible but for which associated
cost sharing for EHB is less than the annual limitation on cost
sharing, and equal to the average portion of total allowed costs for
EHB that are not subject to any deductible for the standard plan for
the benefit year incurred for standard plan enrollees and payable by
the enrollees as cost sharing. We are also modifying the definition of
effective deductible (which was initially set forth in paragraph
(c)(4)(ii)(A), but has been renumbered in this final rule to be
paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(C)), to be the sum of the average deductible and
the average total allowed costs for EHB that are not subject to any
deductible for the standard plan for the benefit year. The average
total allowed costs for EHB that are not subject to any deductible for
the standard plan for the benefit year must be calculated based only on
standard plan policies with total allowed costs for EHB for the benefit
year that are above the average deductible but for which associated
cost sharing for EHB is less than the annual limitation on cost
sharing. Lastly, we are making conforming modifications to the
definition of effective claims ceiling (which was initially set forth
in paragraph (c)(4)(ii)(D), but has been renumbered in this final rule
to be paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(F)), to be calculated as follows:
ECC = ED + ((AL - AD - NDCS)/PostD)
Where,
ECC = the effective claims ceiling;
ED = the effective deductible;
AL = the annual limitation on cost sharing;
AD = the average deductible;
NDCS = the effective non-deductible cost sharing; and
PostD = the effective post-deductible coinsurance rate.
Building off of these new definitions, we are modifying the
definition of effective post-deductible coinsurance rate (initially set
forth in paragraph (c)(4)(ii)(C), but renumbered as paragraph
(c)(4)(iii)(E)) to be calculated as follows:
PostD = (CSDp)/(TACDp - AD)
Where,
PostD = the effective post-deductible coinsurance rate;
CSDp = the portion of average allowed costs for EHB
subject to a deductible incurred for enrollees for the benefit year,
and
[[Page 65073]]
payable by the enrollees as cost sharing other than through a
deductible;
AD = the average deductible; and
TACDp = the average total allowed costs for EHB subject
to a deductible incurred for those enrollees for the benefit year
(we distinguish TACDp from the TACDi;
TACDp refers to average total allowed costs for EHB
subject to a deductible for all the policies that are part of the
calculation--which in this case, are standard plan policies with
total allowed costs for EHB for the benefit year that are above the
effective deductible but for which associated cost sharing for EHB
is less than the annual limitation on cost sharing (that is,
policies that do not incur enough cost sharing for the annual
limitation on cost sharing to affect the cost sharing), while
TACDi refers to the total allowed costs for EHB subject
to a deductible for a particular policy).
These terms are then used in a modified Formula B (described in
Sec. 156.430(c)(4)(i)(B)), and detailed below, for plan variation
policies with total allowed costs for EHB for the benefit year that are
greater than the effective deductible but less than the effective
claims ceiling, to calculate the amount that enrollees would have paid
under the standard plan without cost-sharing reductions.
Formula B: C = AD + NDCS + ((TACDi - AD) * PostD)
Where,
C = the amount that the enrollees in a particular policy would have
paid under the standard plan without cost-sharing reductions;
AD = the average deductible;
NDCS = the effective non-deductible cost sharing;
TACDi = the total allowed costs under the policy for the
benefit year for EHB that are subject to a deductible;
PostD = the effective post-deductible coinsurance rate; and
((TACDi - AD) * PostD) is calculated only if positive.
We believe this formula will more accurately capture cost sharing in
plans that subject certain services to deductibles but exempt others
(while imposing other forms of cost sharing).
In addition, we note that the new definition of effective
deductible will likely cause some plan variation policies that
previously would have been subject to calculation under Formula B to
become subject to Formula A, which we are finalizing as established in
the interim final rule. As described in paragraph (c)(4)(i)(A), Formula
A applies to plan variation policies with total allowed costs for EHB
for the benefit year that are less than or equal to the effective
deductible, and calculates the amount that the enrollees would have
paid under the standard plan as the total allowed costs for EHB under
the policy for the benefit year, multiplied by the effective pre-
deductible coinsurance rate.
We are also adding a paragraph to clarify how the simplified
methodology should be applied to HMO-like plans (or plans with HMO-like
characteristics in certain subgroups) with no costs or few costs that
are subject to a deductible. Specifically, in paragraph (c)(4)(vi) we
provide that if more than eighty percent of the total allowed costs for
EHB for the benefit year under a standard plan for a subgroup that
requires a separate set of effective cost-sharing parameters pursuant
to paragraph (c)(4)(ii) are not subject to a deductible, then (i) The
average deductible, the effective non-deductible cost sharing, and the
effective deductible for the subgroup equal zero; (ii) the effective
pre-deductible coinsurance rate for the subgroup is equal to the
effective post-deductible coinsurance rate for the subgroup, which is
determined based on all standard plan policies for the applicable
subgroup for which associated cost sharing for EHB is less than the
annual limitation on cost sharing, and calculated for the applicable
subgroup as the proportion of the total allowed costs for EHB under the
standard plan for the benefit year incurred for standard plan enrollees
and payable as cost sharing (including cost sharing payable through a
deductible); and (iii) the amount that enrollees in the applicable
subgroup in plan variation policies with total allowed costs for EHB
for the benefit year that are less than the effective claims ceiling
would have paid under the standard plan must be calculated using the
formula in Sec. 156.430(c)(4)(i)(A). In effect, we are merging
Formulas A and B for these plans (or these subgroups), and are removing
the distinction between the calculation of cost sharing for costs
incurred before the deductible is met versus the calculation after the
deductible is met. This modification should simplify calculations for
issuers of these plans (or these subgroups), and improve the accuracy
of the simplified methodology we are finalizing here for these plans
(or these subgroups).
Lastly, in response to comments, we are modifying Formula C
(described in Sec. 156.430(c)(4)(i)(C)), which applies to plan
variation policies with total allowed costs for EHB for the benefit
year that are greater than or equal to the effective claims ceiling,
and is used to calculate the amount of cost sharing that those
enrollees would have paid under the standard plan. First, we are
simplifying the formula established in the interim final rule. Second,
because the annual limitation on cost sharing may not apply to benefits
provided out-of-network (as allowed under 45 CFR 156.130(c)), we are
allowing issuers to elect to use, on a policy-by-policy basis, the
standard methodology to calculate the amount of cost sharing that such
enrollees would have paid under the standard plan. This modification
will allow QHP issuers to capture the value of cost-sharing reductions
for enrollees who incur large claim amounts for services from out-of-
network providers.
Comment: Commenters noted that due to statistical aberrations under
the simplified methodology, it is possible--though unlikely--that the
calculated amount of cost sharing that enrollees would have paid under
the standard plan could be less than what they actually paid under the
plan variation. The commenter suggested that the amount that the
enrollees would have paid in cost sharing under the standard plan be
set at no less than what they paid under the plan variation.
Response: Although we acknowledge that in certain cases, the
calculated amount of cost sharing that enrollees would have paid under
the standard plan could be less than what the enrollees in a particular
policy actually paid under the plan variation, any such results would
likely be balanced by results for other policies that overestimate the
cost sharing that the enrollees would have paid under the standard
plan. As a result, we do not believe it is necessary to modify the
simplified methodology. However, we note that we do not intend to
charge a QHP issuer for cost-sharing reductions across all enrollees in
a plan variation in the very unlikely event that the simplified
methodology suggests that a negative amount of cost-sharing reductions
were provided to all such enrollees in the aggregate during the benefit
year.
Comment: We received comments on Sec. 156.430(c)(4)(ii) of the
interim final rule, which directs issuers to calculate the effective
cost-sharing parameters separately for self-only coverage and other
than self-only coverage, and provides the option to calculate separate
parameters for pharmaceutical and medical services if the QHP has
entirely separate cost-sharing parameters for each of these types of
services. Two commenters suggested that issuers should be allowed to
calculate a single set of effective cost-sharing parameters if the
cost-sharing parameters of the other than self-only coverage are better
replicated at the individual level (for example, for plan designs
applying individual level deductibles first). The same commenters also
suggested that issuers should be allowed to calculate
[[Page 65074]]
separate parameters for pharmaceutical and medical services even when
the costs are not adjudicated by a separate vendor. Similarly, for QHPs
in which a large portion of allowed charges are subject to co-pays but
not deductibles, the commenters suggested that issuers should be
allowed to calculate separate effective cost-sharing parameters for
those services. Another commenter suggested that QHP issuers should
calculate separate effective cost-sharing parameters for benefits
provided in-network versus benefits provided out-of-network because
enrollee liability often differs significantly for these benefits. The
commenter also suggested that if the QHP issuer made no reductions in
cost sharing for benefits provided out-of-network (that is, the out-of-
network cost-sharing parameters for the standard plan match the out-of-
network cost-sharing parameters for the plan variation), the QHP issuer
should be able to exclude costs for benefits provided out-of-network
and the applicable cost-sharing parameters from the simplified
methodology calculations. Similarly, the QHP issuer should be allowed
to exclude costs for benefits paid in full by the issuer for both the
standard plan and plan variations, with no enrollee liability, since
there are no cost-sharing reductions for these benefits. Lastly, one
commenter requested clarification on whether the effective cost-sharing
parameters for a QHP should be calculated separately for each rating
area, or across an entire State.
Response: In response to comments, we are adding a new paragraph
(c)(4)(ii) and making conforming edits to paragraphs (c)(4)(i) through
(v) of this section to clarify which subgroups of costs require a
unique set of effective cost-sharing parameters. In paragraph
(c)(4)(ii)(A), we state that if the standard plan has separate cost-
sharing parameters for self-only coverage and other than self-only
coverage, but does not have separate cost-sharing parameters for
pharmaceutical and medical services, the QHP issuer must calculate and
apply separate sets of effective cost-sharing parameters based on the
costs of enrollees in the standard plan with self-only coverage, and
the costs of enrollees in the standard plan with other than self-only
coverage. We clarify that if the cost-sharing parameters for other than
self-only coverage accumulate at the enrollee-level and match the
parameters for self-only coverage, then the standard plan would not be
subject to subparagraph (c)(4)(ii)(A) or (C).
In paragraph (c)(4)(ii)(B), we clarify that if the standard plan
has separate cost-sharing parameters for pharmaceutical and medical
services, but does not have separate cost-sharing parameters for self-
only coverage and other than self-only coverage, the QHP issuer must
calculate and apply separate sets of effective cost-sharing parameters
based on the medical costs of the enrollees in the standard plan, and
the pharmaceutical costs of the enrollees in the standard plan. This
standard is not tied to whether or not the pharmaceutical costs are
adjudicated separately by a vendor, but depends on whether or not the
cost sharing accumulates to separate deductibles and annual limitations
on cost sharing.
Lastly, in paragraph (c)(4)(ii)(C), we state that if the standard
plan has separate cost-sharing parameters for self-only coverage and
other than self-only coverage, and also has separate cost-sharing
parameters for pharmaceutical and medical services, the QHP issuer must
calculate and apply separate sets of effective cost-sharing parameters
based on the medical costs of enrollees in the standard plan with self-
only coverage, the pharmaceutical costs of enrollees in the standard
plan with self-only coverage, the medical costs of enrollees in the
standard plan with other than self-only coverage, and the
pharmaceutical costs of enrollees in the standard plan with other than
self-only coverage. While these new standards in paragraph (c)(4)(ii)
may require additional calculations, enrollee liability can vary
significantly between these subgroups, as noted by commenters, and as a
result, we believe that separate effective cost-sharing parameters for
each subgroup of costs will often lead to more accurate results.
For example, if a QHP is subject to the standards in paragraph
(c)(4)(ii)(C), the QHP issuer must create four sets of effective cost-
sharing parameters. One of the sets of effective cost-sharing
parameters would be calculated based on self-only coverage of medical
services (for example, the average deductible would be the medical
deductible for self-only coverage). The effective cost-sharing
parameters for the subgroup would then be applied to the total allowed
medical costs for EHB of enrollees with self-only coverage under a plan
variation policy, as described in paragraph (c)(4)(i). To determine the
total amount that enrollees in the plan variation policy with self-only
coverage would have paid under the standard plan without cost-sharing
reductions, the QHP issuer would add the amounts calculated pursuant to
paragraph (c)(4)(i) for each subgroup of costs (self-only medical costs
and self-only pharmaceutical costs).
In relation to in-network and out-of-network costs, we clarify that
although QHP issuers are not required to reduce out-of-network cost
sharing to meet the actuarial value requirements for the silver plan
variations, as described on page 15481 of the 2014 Payment Notice, if a
QHP issuer chooses to reduce out-of-network cost sharing, they will
receive reimbursement for those reductions. In addition, QHP issuers
must eliminate cost sharing for both in-network and out-of-network
covered EHB for the zero cost sharing plan variation, as well as for
the limited cost sharing plan variation when the service is furnished
by the Indian Health Service, an Indian Tribe, Tribal Organization, or
Urban Indian Organization, or through referral under contract health
services, as described in 45 CFR 156.420(b). Nevertheless, we are not
requiring, nor allowing, QHP issuers to calculate separate effective
cost-sharing parameters for in-network and out-of-network costs. We
believe that the modifications to Formula C should address much of the
bias in the simplified methodology that could be caused by differences
in cost-sharing parameters for in-network and out-of-network services.
In addition, we hope to limit the number of plans that do not meet the
minimum credibility standard, which as described below and in paragraph
(c)(4)(v), requires QHP issuers to use an actuarial value methodology
to calculate the amount that enrollees would have paid under the
standard plan, if a standard plan has enrollment of fewer than 12,000
member months for a particular subgroup. We believe that it is possible
that a large number of standard plans would not have 12,000 member
months for enrollees with out-of-network claims costs above the
applicable effective deductible. Therefore, we will not provide for
separate calculations for in-network and out-of-network costs.
In response to the comments suggesting that QHP issuers should be
allowed to exclude costs for benefits without cost-sharing reductions,
we note that in many cases, these costs would accumulate towards
certain cost-sharing parameters, such as a deductible or the annual
limitation on cost sharing. Therefore, we are not finalizing any change
permitting an issuer to exclude such claims. As discussed above, to
address plans with cost-sharing structures where a large proportion of
costs are not subject to a deductible, we have provided for a
simplified, coinsurance-based calculation in paragraph (c)(4)(vi).
Finally, we note
[[Page 65075]]
that QHP issuers cannot create separate effective cost-sharing
parameters for each rating area.
In Sec. 156.430(c)(4)(iii) of the interim final rule, we
established reporting standards for QHP issuers that elect to use the
simplified methodology. We specified that QHP issuers must submit to
HHS, in the manner and timeframe established by HHS: The effective
deductible; the effective pre-deductible coinsurance rate; the
effective post-deductible coinsurance rate; the effective claims
ceiling; and a memorandum developed by a member of the American Academy
of Actuaries in accordance with generally accepted actuarial principles
and methodologies that describes how the QHP issuer calculated the
effective cost-sharing parameters for the standard plan. This
information will allow HHS to ensure that QHP issuers are calculating
the effective cost-sharing parameters correctly. We sought comments on
whether HHS should require any other data submissions or establish any
additional standards to oversee these provisions.
Comment: One commenter recommended that HHS put in place robust
processes to monitor QHP issuers using the simplified methodology to
limit the potential for overpayments. The commenter suggested that HHS
reserve the authority to review and approve all QHP issuer submissions
for the simplified methodology and the resulting reconciliation
amount--particularly if such amounts are substantially different from
the advance payment amounts. Another commenter suggested that HHS
collect detailed data on the payments made by QHP issuers to providers
to ensure that providers are reimbursed, particularly providers
associated with the Indian Health Service, an Indian Tribe, Tribal
Organization, or Urban Indian Organization.
Response: To ensure that QHP issuers using either the standard or
simplified methodology submit accurate information for cost-sharing
reduction payment reconciliation, we are finalizing cost-sharing
reduction oversight standards in Sec. 156.480 of this final rule.
Specifically, Sec. 156.480(c) provides HHS with the authority to audit
an issuer to assess compliance with the cost-sharing reduction
standards, including standards related to reconciliation and provider
reimbursement, detailed in 45 CFR 156.430(c).
We are also clarifying in this final rule the standards for
reporting information on the effective cost-sharing parameters.
Specifically, we are renumbering the paragraph on reporting as
paragraph (c)(4)(iv), and specifying that a QHP issuer using the
simplified methodology must submit to HHS, in the manner and timeframe
established by HHS, the effective cost-sharing parameters, calculated
pursuant to paragraph (c)(4)(iii), for each standard plan offered by
the QHP issuer in the individual market through the Exchange for each
set of circumstances described in paragraph (c)(4)(ii). Therefore, if a
QHP issuer must calculate multiple sets of effective cost-sharing
parameters as described in paragraph (c)(4)(ii), the QHP issuer must
submit each set of parameters to HHS. A QHP issuer may submit one
actuarial memorandum as long as it describes how the QHP issuer
calculated each set of effective cost-sharing parameters for each
standard plan. We will provide guidance on the manner and timeframe of
this submission in the future.
As discussed in the interim final rule, we recognize that because
the effective pre- and post-deductible coinsurance rates are calculated
based on the average experience of the enrollees in the standard plan,
low enrollment in the standard plan could lead to inaccurate effective
coinsurance rates. Therefore, we provided additional standards related
to the simplified methodology in Sec. 156.430(c)(4)(iv) to address
credibility concerns that may result from low enrollment in the
standard plan. We established that if a standard plan has an enrollment
during the benefit year of fewer than 12,000 member months (that is,
the sum of the months that each enrollee is covered by the plan) in any
of four subgroups, and the QHP issuer has selected the simplified
methodology, then the QHP issuer must calculate the amount that all
enrollees in the plan variation (in all subgroups) would have paid
under the standard plan by applying the standard plan's actuarial
value, as calculated under Sec. 156.135, to the allowed costs for EHB
for the enrollees for the benefit year. The credibility standard of
12,000 member months aligns with a similar standard used by the
Medicare Part D program; however, we sought comments on the appropriate
number of member months to achieve credible use of the simplified
methodology. We also sought comments on whether the standard plan's
actuarial value applied to the allowed costs for EHB for enrollees for
the benefit year would provide an appropriate estimate of the amount of
cost sharing that enrollees would have paid under the standard plan
without cost-sharing reductions, or whether an alternative approach
would be more appropriate. Last, we requested comments on the
composition of the subgroups, whether they appropriately divide
enrollees based on their utilization patterns, whether any subgroups
are required, and whether low enrollment in one subgroup should prompt
the QHP issuer to use the actuarial value for enrollees in all
subgroups or just the subgroup with low enrollment.
Comment: We received one comment on this section, suggesting that
the credibility standard should apply to both the standard plan and the
plan variations because even if the effective cost-sharing parameters
are based on at least 12,000 member months, applying them to a small
number of plan variation policies could produce unusual results. The
same commenter noted that because actuarial value is a measure of the
issuer's liability, one minus the actuarial value should be applied to
the total allowed costs for EHB for each policy offered under the plan
variation for the benefit year in order to determine the cost sharing
that enrollees would have paid under the standard plan.
Response: In response to these comments, we are correcting the
instructions for calculating enrollee cost sharing based on actuarial
value in the renumbered paragraph (c)(4)(v). We are not expanding the
credibility standard to apply to enrollment in each plan variation
since this would likely require many more QHP issuers to use the
standard or actuarial value methodology, rather than the simplified
methodology. However, we are adding a ``cap'' to the actuarial
methodology, such that QHP issuers whose standard plan does not meet
the credibility standard must calculate the amount that enrollees would
have paid under the standard plan as the lesser of the annual
limitation on cost sharing for the standard plan or the amount derived
through the actuarial value methodology. This approach will reduce the
likelihood that plan variations with small enrollment will report
amounts that are materially inaccurate.
We are also modifying paragraph (c)(4)(v) to align with the
standards established in paragraph (c)(4)(ii) and to clarify how the
minimum credibility standard should be applied to each subgroup. In
addition, we are removing the minimum credibility standard described in
the interim final rule in subparagraphs (c)(4)(iv)(A) and (C), related
to enrollees with total allowed costs for EHB for the benefit year that
are less than or equal to the effective deductible. This change should
simplify the credibility analysis, with little
[[Page 65076]]
impact on the ultimate credibility of the effective cost-sharing
parameters because it is unlikely that a standard plan would have
adequate enrollment with costs above the effective deductible, but low
enrollment with costs below the effective deductible. As discussed in
the interim final rule, a subgroup is not necessary for enrollees with
cost sharing for EHB above the annual limitation on cost sharing
because the experience of this population is not used to calculate the
effective cost-sharing parameters.
Therefore, in Sec. 156.430(c)(4)(v) of this final rule, we
establish that if a QHP issuer's standard plan meets certain criteria,
and the QHP issuer has selected the simplified methodology described in
this paragraph (c)(4), then the QHP issuer must calculate the amount
that enrollees in the plan variation would have paid under the standard
plan without cost-sharing reductions as the lesser of the annual
limitation on cost sharing for the standard plan or the amount equal to
the product of, (x) one minus the standard plan's actuarial value, as
calculated under 45 CFR 156.135, and (y) the total allowed costs for
EHB for the benefit year under each policy that was assigned to a plan
variation for any portion of the benefit year.
In subparagraphs (A) through (D) of Sec. 156.430(c)(4)(v), we
detail the minimum credibility criteria that prompt a QHP issuer to use
the actuarial value methodology:
(A) The standard plan has separate cost-sharing parameters for
self-only coverage and other than self-only coverage, does not have
separate cost-sharing parameters for pharmaceutical and medical
services, and has an enrollment during the benefit year of fewer than
12,000 member months for coverage with total allowed costs for EHB for
the benefit year that are greater than the effective deductible, but
for which associated cost sharing for EHB is less than the annual
limitation on cost sharing, in either of the following categories: (i)
Self-only coverage, or (ii) other than self-only coverage.
(B) The standard plan has separate cost-sharing parameters for
pharmaceutical and medical services, does not have separate cost-
sharing parameters for self-only coverage and other than self-only
coverage, and has an enrollment during the benefit year of fewer than
12,000 member months for coverage with total allowed costs for EHB for
the benefit year that are greater than the effective deductible, but
for which associated cost sharing for EHB is less than the annual
limitation on cost sharing, in either of the following categories: (i)
Coverage of medical services, or (ii) coverage of pharmaceutical
services.
(C) The standard plan has separate cost-sharing parameters for
self-only coverage and other than self-only coverage, has separate
cost-sharing parameters for pharmaceutical and medical services, and
has an enrollment during the benefit year of fewer than 12,000 member
months for coverage with total allowed costs for EHB for the benefit
year that are greater than the effective deductible, but for which
associated cost sharing for EHB is less than the annual limitation on
cost sharing, in any of the following categories: (i) Self-only
coverage of medical services, (ii) self-only coverage of pharmaceutical
services, (iii) other than self-only coverage of medical services, or
(iv) other than self-only coverage of pharmaceutical services.
(D) The standard plan does not have separate cost-sharing
parameters for pharmaceutical and medical services, does not have
separate cost-sharing parameters for self-only coverage and other than
self-only coverage, and has an enrollment during the benefit year of
fewer than 12,000 member months with total allowed costs for EHB for
the benefit year that are greater than the effective deductible, but
for which associated cost sharing for EHB is less than the annual
limitation on cost sharing.
In the interim final rule, we noted the possibility that for a very
small number of plans with unique cost-sharing structures, the amounts
that enrollees would have been paid under the plan might not be fairly
estimated using the simplified methodology. We considered a process in
which a QHP issuer of such a plan may notify HHS if it believes that
this is the case for one or more of its plans. We considered requiring
such a notification within ninety days of the beginning of the
applicable benefit year, and we considered requiring the QHP issuer to
provide information on the unique plan design supporting the QHP
issuer's assessment.
Under this approach, if HHS were to agree with the assessment, we
considered requiring the QHP issuer to calculate the amount that
enrollees would have paid under the standard plan without cost-sharing
reductions by applying the standard plan's actuarial value, as
calculated pursuant to 45 CFR156.135, to the allowed costs for EHB for
the enrollees for the benefit year. If HHS were to disagree with the
issuer's assessment, the QHP issuer would calculate such amounts using
the effective cost-sharing parameters under the approach described in
paragraphs (4)(i) through (4)(iii) of the interim final rule (or
paragraph (4)(iv), if applicable).
We sought comments on whether we should adopt such an approach, and
on the specifics outlined above. In particular, we sought comments on
the types of plans, if any, for which it would be difficult to fairly
calculate the amount that enrollees would have paid under the standard
plan without cost-sharing reductions using the simplified methodology,
and their prevalence. We sought comments on the standard that should
apply for determining whether the plan will be exempted from using the
simplified methodology, and how HHS should make that determination.
Finally, we requested comments on what estimation methodology should be
used if the plan is determined to be exempt, and if it is not.
We did not receive any specific comments on this proposal, though
as noted above, some commenters suggested that for certain plan
designs, the simplified methodology may result in the overestimation or
underestimation of enrollee liability, and as a result, the QHP
issuer's actuary should be allowed greater flexibility in the
calculation of an average deductible and an average claims ceiling, as
long as the calculations are justified in the actuarial memorandum.
Because we did not receive any comments supporting this proposal,
or any examples of plans for which the simplified methodology would not
adequately approximate cost sharing, we are not finalizing this
approach.
Comment: We received a comment that relates generally to the
reconciliation of cost-sharing reduction payments. The commenter asked
whether a QHP issuer that is using the standard methodology must re-
adjudicate the claims sequentially as if the enrollees were in the
standard plan.
Response: QHP issuers using the standard methodology should
adjudicate the claims in a manner that will yield an accurate
calculation of the amount of cost sharing that enrollees would have
paid under the standard plan. If sequential adjudication of claims is
not necessary to do so, the issuer is not required to engage in
sequential adjudication.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are modifying Sec. 156.430(c)(3) to specify that QHP issuers
may only choose the simplified methodology for calculating the amounts
that would have been paid under the standard plan without cost-sharing
reductions for benefit years 2014 through 2016. We also are modifying
Sec. 156.430(c)(4) to address unique benefit structures and
[[Page 65077]]
reduce potential biases in the formulas. We are clarifying how QHP
issuers should calculate the effective cost-sharing parameters for
self-only coverage, other than self-only coverage, medical services,
and pharmaceutical services.
d. Failure To Reduce an Enrollee's Premium To Account for Advance
Payments of the Premium Tax Credit (Sec. 156.460(c))
We also proposed to add new paragraph (c) to Sec. 156.460,
providing that if a QHP issuer discovers that it did not reduce the
portion of the premium charged to or for the enrollee for the
applicable month(s) by the amount of the advance payment of the premium
tax credit as required in Sec. 156.460(a)(1), the QHP issuer would be
required to refund to the enrollee any excess premium paid by or for
the enrollee and notify the enrollee of the improper application no
later than 30 calendar days after the QHP issuer discovers the error.
We noted that a QHP issuer may provide the refund to the enrollee by
reducing the enrollee's portion of the premium in the following month,
as long as the reduction is provided no later than 30 calendar days
after the QHP issuer discovers the improper reduction. If the QHP
issuer elects to provide the refund by reducing the enrollee's portion
of the premium for the following month, and the refund exceeds the
enrollee's portion of the premium for the following month, then the QHP
issuer would need to refund to the enrollee the excess no later than 30
calendar days after the QHP issuer discovers the improper reduction. We
also noted that we were also considering that for each quarter
beginning in 2015, a QHP issuer would be required to provide a report
to HHS and the Exchange, in a manner and timeframe specified by HHS,
detailing the occurrence of instances of improper applications of the
requirements of Sec. 156.460.
Comment: Several commenters supported a 30-day timeframe for
issuers to refund excess advance payment of the premium tax credit to
enrollees, while other commenters stated that a 60-day timeframe is
more realistic. Another recommended a 90-day timeframe given the
challenges of enrollment reconciliation and resolution of
discrepancies. One commenter noted that associated refunds are commonly
performed through batch processing which could take more than 30
calendar days to correct, and suggested that HHS allow a longer
timeframe to account for such administrative processes.
Response: In consideration of the timeframes for enrollment
reconciliation and resolution processes we are extending the timeframe
for QHP issuers to provide refunds in such cases to within 45 days of
discovery of the error. This timeframe aligns with the timeframe
established under Sec. 156.410 with respect to misapplication of cost-
sharing reductions.
Comment: Several commenters suggested that issuers be allowed to
apply such refundable amounts to the premium due in subsequent months
through the end of the benefit year, and that a refund be provided only
at the request of the enrollee. One commenter noted that issuing a
partial refund and partial credit in a given month may be confusing to
consumers, and does not align with standard practice today. Another
commenter recommended that consumers should have the option of
receiving a refund directly.
Response: In response to comments, we are modifying the proposed
policy in this final rule. In particular, if a QHP issuer discovers
that it did not reduce an enrollee's premium by the amount of the
advance payment of the premium tax credit, then, upon request by or for
the enrollee, the QHP issuer must refund to the enrollee any excess
premium paid by or for the enrollee within 45 calendar days of
discovery of the improper reduction. However, if a direct refund is not
requested, the QHP issuer may apply the total remaining excess premium
paid by or for the enrollee to the enrollee's portion of the premium
each month for the remainder of the period of enrollment or benefit
year, until the excess is fully applied. If any excess premium paid by
or for the enrollee remains at the end of the period of enrollment or
benefit year, the QHP issuer would be required to refund the excess
within 45 calendar days of discovery or the error.
Additionally, we clarify that this provision would not prevent a
QHP issuer from recouping excess funds from the enrollee, if the QHP
reduced the enrollee's portion of the premium by more than the advance
payment of the premium tax credit.
Comment: Two commenters supported a standard requiring quarterly
error reports, although one suggested that such reports be delayed
until 2016. One commenter recommended a semi-annual report. Another
commenter stated that such reports duplicate information in the monthly
enrollment reconciliation reports.
Response: Taking into consideration the comments received and to
align with the policy finalized in Sec. 156.410, we are not
establishing a quarterly reporting standard. We require issuers to
report if they did not reduce the portion of the premium charged to or
for the enrollee for the applicable month(s) by the amount of the
advance payment of the premium tax credit as part of the annual
reporting requirements set forth in Sec. 156.480(b) of this final
rule.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing these provisions as proposed with the following
modifications. We are increasing the time period for issuing refunds
from 30 to 45 days. We are also permitting the QHP issuer to apply the
total excess premium paid by or for the enrollee to the enrollee's
portion of the premium each month for the remainder of the period of
enrollment or benefit year, except that the QHP issuer must refund the
excess premium within 45 days of a request for the refund by or for the
enrollee or within 45 days following the end of the period of
enrollment or benefit year.
e. Oversight of the Administration of Cost-Sharing Reductions and
Advance Payments of the Premium Tax Credit Programs (Sec. 156.480)
In Sec. 156.480, we proposed general provisions related to the
oversight of QHP issuers in relation to cost-sharing reductions and
advance payments of the premium tax credit. We proposed to apply
certain standards proposed in Part 156, subpart H for QHP issuers
participating in FFEs to QHP issuers participating in the individual
market on a State Exchange. In paragraph (a), we proposed to extend the
standards set forth in proposed Sec. 156.705 concerning maintenance of
records to a QHP issuer in the individual market on a State Exchange in
relation to cost-sharing reductions and advance payments of the premium
tax credit. We also proposed that QHP issuers ensure that any delegated
and downstream entities adhere to these requirements. We noted that a
QHP issuer and its delegated and downstream entities may satisfy this
standard by maintaining the relevant records for a period of 10 years
and ensuring that they are accessible if needed in the event of an
investigation or audit.
We also proposed that QHP issuers participating in State Exchanges
and FFEs be subject to reporting and oversight requirements. In
particular, in paragraph (b), we proposed that an issuer that offers a
QHP in the individual market through a State Exchange or an FFE report
to HHS annually, in a timeframe and manner required by HHS, summary
statistics with respect to administration of cost-
[[Page 65078]]
sharing reductions and advance payments of the premium tax credit.
Additionally, in paragraph (c) we proposed that HHS or its designee may
audit an issuer that offers a QHP in the individual market through a
State Exchange or an FFE to assess compliance with the requirements of
this subpart and ensure appropriate use of Federal funds.
Comment: In response to proposed Sec. 156.480(b), several
commenters stated that the annual reports will be critical to
protecting consumer rights, while others argued that this information
will already be in HHS's possession. Another commenter recommended that
HHS rely on market conduct examinations to conduct oversight. One
commenter asked for more information on the rationale for and content
of these reports.
Response: As discussed in the proposed rule, the annual reports
will permit HHS to obtain summary information regarding cost-sharing
reductions and advance payments of the premium tax credit across a
broad range of issuers and identify any systemic issues and errors,
without requiring annual audits. These reports will contain information
not available to HHS through other channels, such as data on
misapplications of cost-sharing reductions and advance payments of the
premium tax credit. We believe that a consolidated report from all
applicable issuers with respect to these programs will assist HHS in
effectively targeting oversight activities and identifying problems
that affect multiple issuers.
Comment: One commenter asked HHS to clarify the meaning of
``delegated entities'' and ``downstream entities'' that are subject to
the requirement, and noted that the requirement should only apply to
entities responsible for keeping records associated with advance
payments of the premium tax credit or cost-sharing reductions.
Response: The terms ``delegated entity'' and ``downstream entity''
are defined at Sec. 156.20. Furthermore, as noted in Sec. 156.480(a),
the maintenance of records standard applies to relevant delegated
entities and downstream entities only in connection with cost-sharing
reductions and advance payments of the premium tax credit.
Comment: We received a comment asking for further guidance on how
Navigators, consumers, and other entities can report instances of non-
compliance to HHS.
Response: We note that consumers, Navigators, and other entities
can report issuer non-compliance to HHS through communication channels
offered to consumers, such as the Health Insurance Marketplace Call
Center, where such reports will be entered into the casework tracking
system and addressed by CMS.
Comment: One commenter asked HHS to clarify that any self-reported
error rates will not be used as a basis for civil money penalties or
decertification, since both penalties may be imposed for non-compliance
with cost-sharing reduction and advance payment of the premium tax
credit requirements. Another commenter asked HHS to provide guidance on
how it will collect and respond to reports of non-compliance by QHP
issuers and others.
Response: HHS will collect information from QHP issuers on the
administration of cost-sharing reductions and advance payments of the
premium tax credit, including error rates, through the annual reports
described in Sec. 156.480(b). We anticipate that this information will
be used to inform an oversight and audit strategy with respect to these
programs, and will be provided to the State Exchanges and utilized by
the FFE as applicable for oversight and enforcement activities such as
decertification and CMPs. We note that the 2014 policy of
nonenforcement of CMPs in instances of good faith established in Sec.
156.800 would apply in 2014 with respect to such errors.
Comment: One commenter suggested limiting the record retention
requirement to 6 years, while another supported the proposed timeframe.
Response: As previously noted in this final rule, we are finalizing
the maintenance of records provisions retention standard as proposed,
in alignment with the statute of limitations for the False Claims Act
and existing Exchange regulations.
Comment: One commenter requested that HHS provide further
information on the timeframe and procedure of proposed audits,
suggested that audits should be limited to three years after the
completion of a benefit year, and recommended that HHS specify a
mechanism by which issuers can challenge the audit findings.
Response: We intend to provide detailed guidance in the future and
will seek comment on our audit process prior to finalization in order
to ensure a transparent program and consistent audits. We are
considering conducting audits in a manner that is coordinated across
all programs and FFE compliance reviews to limit the number of
potential audits that an organization would experience.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing these provisions and modifying paragraph (b) to
specify that the annual reports must contain summary statistics with
respect to the application of cost-sharing reductions and advance
payments of the premium tax credit, including any failure to adhere to
the standards set forth under Sec. 156.410(a) through (d), Sec.
156.425(a) through (b), and Sec. 156.460(a) through (c) of this Part.
5. Subpart H--Oversight & Financial Integrity Requirements for Issuers
of Qualified Health Plans in Federally-Facilitated Exchanges
a. Maintenance of Records for Federally-Facilitated Exchanges (Sec.
156.705)
We proposed in Sec. 156.705(a) that issuers offering QHPs in an
FFE maintain all documents and records (whether paper, electronic, or
other media) and other evidence of accounting procedures and practices,
which are critical for HHS to conduct activities necessary to safeguard
the financial and programmatic integrity of the FFEs. We proposed that
such activities include: (1) Periodic auditing of the QHP issuer's
financial records related to the QHP issuer's participation in an FFE,
and to evaluate the ability of the QHP issuer to bear the risk of
potential financial losses; and (2) compliance reviews and other
monitoring of a QHP issuer's compliance with all Exchange standards
applicable to issuers offering QHPs in the FFE listed in part 156. We
proposed limiting the scope of this requirement to Exchange-specific
records as applicable to the FFEs. In Sec. 156.705(b), we proposed
that the records described in proposed paragraph (a) of this section
include the sources listed in proposed Sec. 155.1210(b)(2), (b)(3),
and (b)(5) in order to align the record maintenance standards of the
FFEs and State Exchanges to the extent possible. In Sec. 156.705(c),
we proposed that issuers offering QHPs in an FFE must maintain the
records described in this section, as well as records required by Sec.
155.710 (to determine SHOP eligibility), for 10 years. Proposed Sec.
156.705(d) explained that the records referenced in paragraph (a) must
be made available to HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General, or their
designees, upon request. We stated that the proposed standards pertain
only to Exchange-specific areas of concern (for example, matters
pertaining to advance payments of premium tax credits or cost-sharing
reductions) within the FFEs, as HHS would expect the State DOI to
oversee the maintenance of records pertaining to other aspects of
[[Page 65079]]
QHP issuer operations as required under State law.
Comment: Several commenters requested that HHS require maintenance
and review of records related to particular standards in part 156,
including QHP provider network adequacy, and the availability of
essential community providers. Commenters also requested that HHS
review documentation related to wellness programs, rating rules,
essential health benefit requirements, and other applicable market
reforms included in the Affordable Care Act, particularly in direct
enforcement States.
Response: Under Sec. 156.715, which we are finalizing in this
final rule, HHS will be conducting compliance reviews to ensure that
issuers offering QHPs in the FFE comply with Exchange standards as
applicable to them. These include the standards related to network
adequacy under Sec. 156.230 and the standards related to essential
community providers under Sec. 156.235. Section 156.705 only applies
to maintenance of records pertaining to FFEs, as we expect that QHP
issuers will also have to comply with other aspects of issuer
operations as required under state law.
Comment: Several commenters recommended the 10-year record
maintenance standards be reduced to 6 or 7 years.
Response: We are finalizing the maintenance of records provisions
as proposed, in alignment with the statute of limitations for the False
Claims Act and existing related regulations. A civil action may be
brought under the False Claims Act ``no more than 10 years after the
date on which the violation is committed.'' Additionally, similar 10-
year record retention standards were previously finalized in the
Exchange Establishment Rule and the Premium Stabilization Rule. We
believe that maintaining consistency in our record retention standards
will help ensure that entities maintain records across programs in a
consistent manner, allowing HHS and States to coordinate oversight
efforts across those program areas and reduce the burden on
stakeholders. QHP issuers have the choice to maintain records in either
paper or electronic format. We note that the 10-year obligation to
retain records begins when the record is created.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing the provisions proposed in Sec. 156.705 without
modification.
b. Compliance Reviews of QHP Issuers in Federally-Facilitated Exchanges
(Sec. 156.715)
In Sec. 156.715 we proposed that QHP issuers will be subject to
compliance review by HHS to ensure ongoing compliance with Exchange
standards applicable to issuers offering QHPs in FFEs. We proposed the
scope of the compliance reviews and the window of time that such
compliance reviews could be conducted.
Comment: We received comments supporting HHS's authority to conduct
compliance reviews of QHP issuers in the FFEs and no comments opposing
this provision.
Response: We are finalizing our policy as proposed.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing this provision with the correction of a
typographical error in paragraph (c).
6. Subpart J--Administrative Review of QHP Issuer Sanctions in a
Federally-Facilitated Exchange
a. Administrative Review in a Federally-Facilitated Exchange
(Sec. Sec. 156.901 Through 156.963)
In Subpart J, we proposed the administrative hearing process for
issuers of QHPs in an FFE against which an enforcement action has been
taken. The process is intended to provide the issuer an opportunity to
submit evidence to be considered by the administrative law judge (ALJ)
in determining whether a basis exists to assess a CMP against or
decertify a QHP offered by the respondent, and whether the amount of
the assessed CMP is reasonable, if applicable. Our proposed process is
modeled after the appeals process for individuals and entities against
which a CMP has been imposed in the individual and group health
coverage markets. We did not receive any comments on our proposed
regulations in this Subpart J.
In Sec. 156.805(d), we proposed that, if HHS proposes to assess a
CMP under subpart I, HHS will send written notice of intent to issue a
CMP to the QHP issuer concerned. Similarly, in Sec. 156.810(c) and
(d), we proposed that, for standard and expedited decertifications, HHS
will notify the QHP issuer, enrollees in the QHP, and the State DOI in
the State in which the QHP is being decertified of HHS's intent
decertify a QHP offered by the issuer. We note that the notice under 45
CFR 156.805(d) and 156.810(c) and (d) is different from, and in
addition to, the notice required under 45 CFR 155.1080. In Sec.
156.805 and Sec. 156.810, we set forth the process by which QHP
issuers will be notified formally of HHS's intent to issue a CMP or
decertify one or more of their QHPs, the grounds for the enforcement
action, and other specified information, including information about
the process for requesting an appeal. The 30-day clock for requesting
an appeal under 45 CFR 156.905(a) starts on the date of issuance of
HHS's notice of intent to issue a CMP under Sec. 156.805 or notice of
decertification of a QHP under Sec. 156.810(c) or (d). By contrast, 45
CFR 155.1080 requires that notice be sent to the QHP issuer, enrollees
in the QHP, and the State DOI when the decertification is final and no
longer appealable. Furthermore, 45 CFR 155.1080 does not apply in the
case of a CMP. We are finalizing 45 CFR part 156, subpart J as
proposed, except for a minor change to Sec. 156.963, described below.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing these provisions of 45 CFR part 156, subpart J as
proposed, with two exceptions. We are not finalizing Sec. 156.949, and
we are making a minor change to correct the reference to the ``final
order'' in Sec. 156.963. We are replacing ``the final order described
in Sec. 156.945'' with ``the final order imposing a civil money
penalty.''
7. Subpart L--Quality Standards
a. Establishment of Standards for HHS-Approved Enrollee Satisfaction
Survey Vendors for Use by QHP Issuers in Exchanges (Sec. 156.1105)
In Sec. 156.1105, we proposed processes by which HHS would approve
and oversee enrollee satisfaction survey vendors that will administer
enrollee satisfaction surveys on behalf of QHP issuers. We proposed
that enrollee satisfaction survey vendors be approved for one year
terms and would be required to submit an annual application
demonstrating that they meet all of the application and approval
standards. We also proposed listing HHS-approved enrollee satisfaction
survey vendors on an HHS Web site. We received several comments and our
responses to Sec. 156.1105 are set forth below.
Comment: Commenters generally supported the proposal to establish
an application and review process for enrollee satisfaction survey
vendors. Commenters supported the proposed requirements that will
ensure that enrollee satisfaction survey vendors abide by standards for
integrity, including privacy and security standards. Commenters also
supported establishing standards for QHP issuers
[[Page 65080]]
to use only HHS-approved vendors to ensure consistency and integrity in
enrollee satisfaction survey administration.
Response: We are adopting the regulation as proposed to have HHS
approve and oversee enrollee satisfaction survey vendors that meet
certain standards. As stated in the proposed rule, we intend to
promulgate future rulemaking requiring QHP issuers to contract with
HHS-approved survey vendors to administer enrollee satisfaction
surveys. By finalizing as proposed, we are ensuring that enrollee
satisfaction survey vendors will be approved by mid-2014. We believe
that this will allow QHP issuers adequate time to contract with these
vendors by late 2014, prior to the implementation of any relevant
quality reporting standards.
Comment: Commenters suggested that HHS utilize one enrollee
satisfaction survey vendor on behalf of all QHPs. Commenters also
suggested that issuers have a role in the survey vendor application
process.
Response: We believe that allowing multiple enrollee satisfaction
survey vendors the opportunity to apply for approval will encourage a
competitive market of qualified enrollee satisfaction survey vendors.
Therefore, HHS is finalizing the proposal to establish a standardized
process to review and approve multiple enrollee satisfaction survey
vendors. We intend for QHP issuers, along with the public, to have an
opportunity to provide comments on other draft documents related to the
enrollee satisfaction survey vendor application and approval process.
Further, while QHP issuers will not have a direct role in HHS review
and approval of enrollee satisfaction survey vendors, QHP issuers are
expected to have a choice of enrollee satisfaction survey vendors with
which to contract, including those with which the issuers may already
have a business relationship, for example, to administer other surveys
like the Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems
(CAHPS[supreg]) survey on behalf of the issuer. Additionally, QHP
issuers will have the opportunity to provide to HHS comment and
feedback related to the work of approved enrollee satisfaction survey
vendors.
Comment: Commenters requested affirmation that enrollee
satisfaction survey vendors would be required to adhere to non-
discrimination standards.
Response: Enrollee satisfaction survey vendors, as ``delegated
entities'' of QHP issuers defined in 45 CFR 156.20 and set forth in 45
CFR 156.340, would be required to meet any non-discrimination standards
required of QHP issuers, as specified in 45 CFR 156.200(e).
Comment: Commenters requested that enrollee satisfaction survey
vendors translate the enrollee satisfaction survey into different
languages for populations representing a certain enrollment threshold,
for example any language for which a QHP issuer's enrollment meets a
threshold of 5 percent or 1000 primary speakers.
Response: Enrollee satisfaction survey vendors will not be
responsible for translating the enrollee satisfaction survey. HHS is
developing the enrollee satisfaction survey system as required by
section 1311(c)(4) of the Affordable Care Act and will provide
translated versions of the survey to ensure consistency across all
surveys. HHS will provide enrollee satisfaction survey vendors with
versions in English, Spanish, and Chinese, which align with current
translation standards for the Medicare Advantage CAHPS[supreg] Health
Plan surveys.
Comment: Commenters supported the recommendation that HHS utilize
the CAHPS[supreg] Health Plan survey as a model for the enrollee
satisfaction survey to assess patient experience with QHP issuers.
Another commenter suggested using the existing CAHPS[supreg] Health
Plan survey without modification.
Response: As stated in the proposed rule, we intend to establish in
future rulemaking that the enrollee satisfaction survey will be modeled
on the CAHPS[supreg] 5.0 Health Plan survey, which assesses patients'
satisfaction and experience with their health care, personal doctors,
and health plans. In a Federal Register Notice published June 28,
2013,\19\ we sought public comment on the Enrollee Satisfaction Survey
Data Collection, including the draft surveys. Commenters may wish to
review the draft enrollee satisfaction surveys.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\19\ Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed
Collection; Comment Request, 78 FR 38986 (June 28, 2013).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comment: Commenters requested that CMS articulate detailed
implementation standards for the enrollee satisfaction survey.
Commenters also requested that results of the survey be shared with
State Exchanges.
Response: As indicated in the proposed rule, we are planning to
issue future regulations that will include detailed implementation
standards for the enrollee satisfaction surveys as they relate to QHP
issuers and Exchanges. Further, 45 CFR 155.205(a)(iv) requires
Exchanges to display the enrollee satisfaction results on their Web
sites.
Comment: Several commenters made remarks about the content of the
enrollee satisfaction survey, including requests that the survey
assess: Provider satisfaction with QHP issuers and the experience of
families and pediatricians that interact with the Exchange for their
children's coverage, and satisfaction with Exchanges overall, including
the eligibility determination processes, plan selection, and in-person
and telephonic assistance. Other commenters requested that HHS ensure
experience of the Exchange is not attributed to QHP issuer performance.
Finally, commenters cited their previously submitted comments in
response to an HHS solicitation for comments on enrollee satisfaction
measures and asked that their comments be considered.\20\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\20\ Request for Domains, Instruments, and Measures for
Development of a Standardized Instrument for Use in Public Reporting
of Enrollee Satisfaction With Their Qualified Health Plan and
Exchange 77 FR 37409 (June 21, 2012).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Response: Comments with regard to the content of the surveys are
outside the scope of this final rule, which includes standards for the
application and approval process for enrollee satisfaction survey
vendors. However, as previously mentioned, commenters can review the
draft surveys as part of the Enrollee Satisfaction Survey Data
Collection, including the QHP Survey and the Marketplace Survey.
Comments submitted in response to the June 21, 2013 call for measures
will be considered in the development of the enrollee satisfaction
survey.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing the provisions proposed in Sec. 156.1105 without
modification.
8. Subpart M--Qualified Health Plan Issuer Responsibilities
a. Confirmation of HHS Payment and Collections Reports (Sec. 156.1210)
We noted in the proposed rule that we anticipate sending each
applicable issuer a monthly payment and collections report. This report
will show, with respect to certain provisions under Title I of the
Affordable Care Act, payments the Federal government owes to the
issuer, as well as those the issuer owes the Federal government. For
the 2014 benefit year, we anticipate issuing a detailed monthly report,
also known as the HIX 820, that will describe the advance payments of
the premium tax credit and advance payments of cost-sharing reductions
that the Federal government is paying to the issuer for each policy
listed on the payment report, any amounts owed by the issuer for FFE
user fees, as well as any adjustments from previous payments
[[Page 65081]]
under those programs. The issuer will need to review this detailed
payment and collections report against the payments it expects for each
policy based on the eligibility and enrollment information transmitted
by the Exchange, and any amounts it expects the Federal government to
collect for FFE user fees.\21\ In Sec. 156.1210 we proposed that,
within 15 calendar days of the date of a payment and collections
report, the issuer would either confirm to HHS that the payment and
collections report accurately lists payments owed by and to the issuer
for the timeframe specified in the payment and collections report, or
would describe to HHS any inaccuracy it identifies in these amounts
(including incorrect payment amounts, or extra or missing policies in
the report). These notifications would be provided in a format
specified by HHS. We stated that HHS will work with issuers to resolve
any discrepancies between the amounts listed in the HIX 820 payment and
collections report and the amounts the issuer believes it should
receive for the time period specified in the report. This proposed
provision's verification timeframe helps align enrollment and
eligibility data transmitted by the Exchange, payments provided by and
collected by the Federal government, and the issuer's own records of
payments due. This provision will also help ensure that the correct
amounts of advance payments of the premium tax credit and cost-sharing
reductions are paid to issuers on behalf of eligible individuals in a
timely manner. The ability of HHS to identify and correct these errors
promptly protects enrollees from unanticipated tax liability that could
result if the advance payments of the premium tax credit they receive
are greater than the amounts of premium tax credit authorized by the
Exchange and accepted by the enrollee.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\21\ We note that in order to provide issuers with more lead
time to review the payment and collections report, HHS also
anticipates providing an initial statement listing anticipated
payments and charges. Issuers will not be under any obligation to
respond to this initial statement.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comment: We received several comments seeking further information
about the HIX 820 payment and collections report.
Response: In the fall of 2013, HHS intends to publish a Companion
Guide to the HIX 820 payment and collections report. HHS offered
related issuer training in September.
Comment: Some commenters suggested that issuers would need at least
30 days to analyze and respond to the HIX 820 payment and collections
report. Another commenter suggested that there should be at least a 60-
day lag between the dates covered by the payment and collections report
and the date it is sent to issuers.
Response: We are aware that in some cases, particularly in this
first year of operations, issuers may find it difficult to perform a
full analysis of the payment and collections report and provide a
response. However, it is largely due to the challenges of the first
year of operations that we proposed a 15-day verification period--this
short time lag will help HHS adjust any discrepancies as soon as
possible. As we discuss below, if an issuer is unable to meet the 15-
day timeline, it will have later opportunities to note discrepancies.
Comment: Several commenters expressed concern about the potential
consequences of failing to report a discrepancy. Other commenters
suggested that there should be a retroactive payment correction
process, or an appeals process, to update eligibility and enrollment
determinations based upon information received late.
Response: We recognize that there are legitimate circumstances in
which an issuer might not discover an inaccuracy within the 15-day
timeline set forth in Sec. 156.1210, and we do not wish to penalize an
issuer in such circumstances. Therefore, we are adding a new paragraph
(b) to Sec. 156.1210 stating that HHS will work with issuers to
resolve discrepancies reported by an issuer after the 15-day deadline,
as long as the late discovery of the discrepancy was not due to
misconduct on the part of the issuer. We are also considering
establishing in future rulemaking a final deadline after which
discrepancies cannot be reported, as well as an administrative appeals
process that would be available to issuers that are not satisfied with
the result of that process.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
We are finalizing Sec. 156.1210, with the following modifications.
We are redesignating paragraphs (a) and (b) as paragraphs (a)(1) and
(a)(2) and are adding a new paragraph (b) to state that if an issuer
reports a discrepancy in a payment and collections report later than 15
calendar days after the date of the report, HHS will work with the
issuer to resolve the discrepancy as long the late reporting by the
issuer was not due to misconduct on the part of the issuer. And because
HHS's payments will technically be made by the U.S. Treasury, we are
modifying Sec. 155.1210(a)(1) to clarify that the payments owed by and
to the issuer listed on the payment and collections report are payments
to and from the Federal government.
III. Collection of Information Requirements
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, we are required to
provide 30-day notice in the Federal Register and solicit public
comment before a collection of information requirement is submitted to
the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval. In
order to fairly evaluate whether an information collection should be
approved by OMB, section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork Reduction Act
of 1995 requires that we solicit comment on the following issues:
The need for the information collection and its usefulness
in carrying out the proper functions of our agency.
The accuracy of our estimate of the information collection
burden.
The quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be
collected.
Recommendations to minimize the information collection
burden on the affected public, including automated collection
techniques.
The following sections of this document contain estimates of burden
imposed by the associated information collection requirements (ICRs);
however, not all of these estimates are subject to the ICRs under the
PRA for the reasons noted. Estimated salaries for the positions cited
were mainly taken from the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) Web site
(https://www.bls.gov/oco/ooh_index.htm). The estimated salaries for the
health policy analyst and the senior manager were taken from the Office
of Personnel Management Web site. Fringe Benefits estimates were taken
from the BLS March 2013 Employer Costs for Employee Compensation
Report.\22\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\22\ BLS March 2013 Employer Costs for Employee Compensation
Report (March 12, 2013). Available at: https://www.bls.gov/news.release/ecec.toc.htm.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We are soliciting public comment on each of these issues for the
following sections of this document that contain information collection
requirements (ICRs):
A. ICRs Regarding Program Integrity Provisions Related to State
Operation of the Reinsurance Program (Sec. 153.260)
In Sec. 153.260, we direct a State-operated reinsurance program
to: (1) Keep an accurate accounting of reinsurance contributions,
payments, and administrative expenses; (2) submit to HHS and make
public a summary report on program operations; and (3) engage an
independent qualified auditing entity to perform a financial
[[Page 65082]]
and programmatic audit for each benefit year, provide the audit results
to HHS, and make public a summary of the audit results. Fewer than 10
States have informed HHS that they will operate reinsurance for the
2014 benefit year. While these reinsurance records requirements are
subject to the PRA, we believe the associated burden is exempt under 5
CFR 1320.3(c)(4) and 44 U.S.C. 3502(3)(A)(i), since fewer than 10
entities would be affected. Therefore, we are not seeking approval from
OMB for these information collection requirements.
B. ICRs Regarding Program Integrity Provisions Related to State
Operation of the Risk Adjustment Program (Sec. 153.310(c)(4) and Sec.
153.310(d)(3)-(4), and Sec. 153.365)
In Sec. 153.310(c)(4), Sec. 153.310(d)(3)-(4), and Sec. 153.365,
we require a State operating risk adjustment to: (1) Retain records for
a 10-year period; (2) submit an interim report in its first year of
operation; (3) submit to HHS and make public a summary report on
program operations for each benefit year; and (4) keep an accurate
accounting for each benefit year of all receipts and expenditures
related to risk adjustment payments, charges, and administrative
expenses. Fewer than 10 States have informed HHS that they will operate
risk adjustment for the 2014 benefit year. Since the burden associated
with collections from fewer than 10 entities is exempt from the PRA
under 5 CFR 1320.3(c)(4) and 44 U.S.C. 3502(3)(A)(i), we are not
seeking approval from OMB for the risk adjustment information
collection requirements. However, if more than nine States elect to
operate risk adjustment in the future, we will seek approval from OMB
for these information collections.
C. ICRs Regarding Maintenance of Records for Contributing Entities and
Issuers of Reinsurance-Eligible Plans (Sec. 153.405(h) and Sec.
153.410(c))
In Sec. 153.405(h) and Sec. 153.410(c), we included record
retention standards for contributing entities and issuers of
reinsurance-eligible plans. In Sec. 153.405(h), we require
contributing entities to maintain documents and records, whether paper,
electronic, or in other media, sufficient to substantiate the
enrollment count submitted pursuant to Sec. 153.405(b) for a period of
at least 10 years, and to make those documents and records available
upon request to HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General, or their
designees, for purposes of verification of reinsurance contribution
amounts. This requirement may be satisfied if the contributing entity
archives the documents and records and ensures that they are accessible
if needed in the event of an investigation or audit.
We estimate that 26,200 contributing entities will be subject to
this requirement, based on the Department of Labor's (DOL) estimated
count of self-insured plans and the number of fully insured issuers
that we estimate will make reinsurance contributions.\23\ We believe
that most of these contributing entities will already have the systems
in place for record maintenance, and that the additional burden
associated with this requirement is the time, effort, and additional
labor cost required to maintain the records. On average, we estimate
that it will take each contributing entity approximately 5 hours
annually to maintain records. We estimate that it will take an
insurance operations analyst 5 hours (at $38.49 per hour) to meet the
requirements in Sec. 153.405(h). On average, the cost for each
contributing entity would be approximately $192.45 annually. Therefore,
for 26,200 contributing entities, we estimate an aggregate burden of
$5,042,190.00 and 131,000 hours as a result of this requirement.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\23\ We use an estimate of self-insured entities published by
the DOL in the March 2013 ``Report to Congress: Annual Report of
Self-insured Group Health Plans,'' which reflects only those self-
insured health plans (including 19,800 self-insured plans and 4,000
plans that mixed self-insurance and insurance) that are required to
file a Form 5500 with the DOL.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In Sec. 153.410(c), we require issuers of reinsurance-eligible
plans to maintain documents and records, whether paper, electronic, or
in other media, sufficient to substantiate the requests for reinsurance
payments made pursuant to Sec. 153.410(a) for a period of at least 10
years, and must make that evidence available upon request to HHS, the
OIG, the Comptroller General, or their designees, (or, in the case of a
State operating reinsurance, the State or its designees), for purposes
of verification of reinsurance payment requests. We estimate that 1,900
issuers of reinsurance-eligible plans will be subject to this
requirement, based on HHS's most recent estimate of the number of fully
insured issuers that will submit requests for reinsurance payments. On
average, we estimate that it will take each issuer of a reinsurance-
eligible plan approximately 10 hours annually to maintain the records.
We estimate that it will take an insurance operations analyst 10 hours
(at $38.49 per hour) to meet these requirements. On average, the cost
estimate for each issuer is approximately $384.90 annually. Therefore,
for 1,900 issuers, we estimate an aggregate burden of $731,310.00 and
19,000 hours as a result of this requirement.
The burden estimates for these two recordkeeping requirements are
broad estimates that include not only the maintenance of data, but all
records and documents that may be necessary to substantiate the
enrollment count and requests for reinsurance payments made pursuant to
45 CFR 153.405 and 153.410, respectively. Because the scope of these
requirements is substantially narrower than the scope of the
recordkeeping requirement applicable to a State operating reinsurance,
these estimates are lower than those that were set forth for the State-
operated reinsurance programs record maintenance requirement (45 CFR
153.240(c)) in the Premium Stabilization Rule published March 23, 2012
(77 FR 17220), and the associated information collection request
approved under OMB Control Number 0938-1155. We note that we will
account for the additional burden associated with submitting this
information to HHS in a future information collection request that will
go through the requisite notice and comment period and subsequent OMB
review and approval process.
D. ICRs Related to Oversight and Financial Integrity Standards for
State Exchanges (Sec. 155.1200 to Sec. 155.1210)
In subpart M of part 155, we describe the information collection
and third-party disclosure standards related to the oversight and
financial integrity of State Exchanges.
Section 155.1200(a)(1) through (3) requires the State Exchange to
follow GAAP and to monitor and report to HHS all Exchange-related
activities. This includes keeping an accurate accounting of all
Exchange receipts and expenditures. The burden associated with this
reporting requirement is the time and effort needed to develop and
submit reports of Exchange-related activities to HHS. The State
Exchanges will electronically maintain the information as a result of
normal business practices; therefore, the burden does not include the
time and effort needed to maintain the Exchange-related activity
information. State Exchanges most likely will already have accounting
systems in place to store accounting information. The burden associated
with this requirement includes a computer programmer taking 8 hours (at
$48.61 an hour) to modify the system to maintain and monitor the
information required under Sec. 155.1200(a)(1) through (3), an analyst
taking 8 hours (at $58.05 an hour) to pull the necessary data under
[[Page 65083]]
Sec. 155.1200(a)(1) through (3) in the State Exchange accounting
system, and a senior manager taking 2 hours (at $77.00 an hour) to
oversee the development and transmission of the reported data. We
estimate that it will take 18 total hours at a cost of $1,007.28 for
each State Exchange. Therefore, for the 18 State Exchanges, we estimate
an aggregate burden of $18,131.04 and 324 hours as a result of this
requirement.
Section 155.1200(b)(1) requires the State Exchange to submit a
financial statement, in accordance with GAAP to HHS. The information
under Sec. 155.1200(b) must be submitted at least annually by April 1
to HHS and must also be publicly displayed. The burden associated with
this reporting requirement is the time and effort needed to develop and
submit the financial statement to HHS. The State Exchanges will
electronically submit the information. Therefore, the burden is the
time and effort needed to develop and publically display the financial
statement. The State Exchanges will electronically maintain the
information as a result of normal business practices, therefore the
burden does not include the time and effort needed to develop and
maintain the financial information. The burden associated with this
requirement includes a computer programmer taking 40 hours (at $48.61
an hour) to design the financial statement report, an analyst taking 8
hours (at $58.05 an hour) pulling the necessary data and inputting it
into the financial statement report, and a senior manager taking 2
hours (at $77.00 an hour) overseeing the development and transmission
of the reported data. We estimate a burden of 50 total hours for each
State Exchange at a cost of $2,562.80. Therefore, for the 18 State
Exchanges, we estimate an aggregate burden of $45,410.40 and 900 hours
as a result of this requirement.
Section 155.1200(b)(2) requires the State Exchange to submit
eligibility and enrollment reports to HHS. The State Exchanges will
electronically maintain the information as a result of normal business
practices, therefore the burden does not include the time and effort
required to develop and maintain the source information. The burden
associated with this reporting requirement includes the time and effort
necessary for a computer programmer taking 40 hours (at $48.61 an hour)
to design the report template, an analyst taking 8 hours (at $58.05 an
hour) to compile the statistics for the report for submission to HHS, a
privacy officer taking 8 hours (at $64.98 an hour) and senior manager
taking 2 hours (at $77.00 an hour) overseeing the development and
submission of the reported data. The burden also includes the time and
effort necessary to post the data on the State Exchange Web site. We
estimate an initial year burden of 58 hours at a cost of $3,082.64 to
each State Exchange. Therefore, for the 18 State Exchanges, we estimate
an aggregate burden of $55,487.52 and 1,044 hours as a result of this
requirement.
As discussed in Sec. 155.1200(b)(3), the State Exchange will
report performance monitoring data to HHS. The performance monitoring
data includes information on financial sustainability, operational
efficiency, and consumer satisfaction which will be reported on an
annual basis. The State Exchanges will electronically maintain the
information as a result of normal business practices developed under
Establishment Grants from HHS for this purpose. Therefore the burden
does not include the time and effort needed to develop and maintain the
performance data. The burden associated with meeting the reporting
requirement includes the time and effort necessary for a computer
programmer taking 40 hours (at $48.61 an hour) to design the report,
for an analyst taking 12 hours (at $58.05 an hour) to pull data into
the report and prepare for submission to HHS and for a senior manager
taking 2 hours (at $77.00 an hour) to oversee the development and
transmission of the reported data. Section 155.1200(b) requires the
State Exchange to submit to HHS and to display publicly financial,
eligibility and enrollment reports and performance data at least
annually. For those measures reported annually, we estimate that in the
initial year a burden of 54 hours at a cost of $2,795.00 for each State
Exchange. Therefore, for the 18 State Exchanges, we estimate an
aggregate burden of $50,031.00 and 972 hours as a result of this
requirement. For subsequent years, when the Establishment Grant project
period ends we estimate an additional burden of 208 hours necessary for
the computer programmer (at $48.61 an hour) to maintain the performance
data. For the first year, the burden for maintaining the data was
already accounted for in the PRA package for the Exchange Establishment
Grants (OMB Control Number 0938-1119); therefore, we are only including
subsequent years in the ICR. We estimate that the total burden from
year 1 will decrease to $25,016.00 assuming a decreased effort and an
additional burden of $18,1996.00 for maintaining the data, yielding a
total burden of $44,012.00 for subsequent years.
Section 155.1200(b)(4) requires the State Exchange to make public a
summary of the results of the external financial audit. The burden
associated with this requirement is the time and effort for a computer
programmer taking 1 hour (at $48.61 an hour) to design the summary and
for an analyst to take 1 hour (at $58.05 an hour) to pull data into the
summary and prepare for public display. For this requirement we
estimate in the initial year a burden of 2 hours for the State
Exchanges at a cost of $107.00 each and a total burden of $1926.00.
Therefore, for the 18 State Exchanges, we estimate an aggregate burden
of $1926.00 and 36 hours as a result of this requirement.
Section 155.1200(c)(1) through (3) directs the State Exchange to
engage an independent audit/review organization to perform an external
financial and programmatic audit of the State Exchange. The State
Exchange must provide the results of the audit and identify any
material weakness or significant deficiency and any intended corrective
action. The State Exchange must also make public a summary of the audit
results. The burden associated with meeting this third party disclosure
requirement includes the burden for an analyst level employee taking 3
hours (at $48.61 an hour) to pull data into a report, the time and
effort necessary for a health policy analyst taking 2 hours (at $58.05
an hour) to prepare the report of the audit results, and the time for
senior management taking 1 hour (at $77.00 an hour) to review and
submit to HHS. We estimate a burden of 6 hours at a cost of $338.93 for
each State Exchange. Therefore, for the 18 State Exchanges, we estimate
an aggregate burden of $6,100.74 and 108 hours as a result of this
requirement.
As stated in Sec. 155.1210(a), the State Exchange and its
contractors, subcontractors, and agents must maintain for 10 years,
books, records, documents, and other evidence of accounting procedures
and practices. Section 155.1210(b) specifies that the records include
information concerning management and operation of the State Exchange's
financial and other record keeping systems. The records must also
include financial statements, including cash flow statements, and
accounts receivable and matters pertaining to the costs of operation.
Additionally, the records must contain any financial report filed with
other Federal programs or State authorities. Finally, the records must
contain data and records relating to the State Exchange's eligibility
verifications and determinations, enrollment transactions, appeals,
plan variation certifications, QHP contracting data, consumer outreach,
and Navigator grant oversight information. State
[[Page 65084]]
Exchanges most likely already have systems in place to store records.
The burden associated with this record keeping requirement includes the
time and effort necessary for a network administrator taking 16 hours
(at $46.86 an hour) to modify the State systems to maintain the
information required under Sec. 155.1210(b), for a health policy
analyst taking 8 hours (at $58.05 an hour) to enter the data under
Sec. 155.1210(b) into the State Exchange record retention system, and
for senior management taking 2 hours (at $77.00 an hour) to oversee
record collection and retention. We estimate that it will take 26 hours
at a cost of $1,368.16 for each State Exchange. Therefore, for the 18
State Exchanges, we estimate an aggregate burden of $24,626.88 and 468
hours as a result of this requirement.
E. ICRs Related to Change of Ownership (Sec. 156.330)
The QHP issuer must notify HHS of the change in a manner to be
specified by HHS and provide the legal name and tax identification
number of the new owner of the QHP and the effective date of the change
of ownership. The information must be submitted at least 30 days prior
to the effective date of the change of ownership. We estimate fewer
than 10 QHP issuers will report changes of ownership. While this
reporting requirement is subject to the PRA, we believe the associated
burden is exempt under 5 CFR 1320.3(c)(4) and 44 U.S.C. 3502(3)(A)(i),
since fewer than 10 entities would be affected. Therefore, we are not
seeking approval from OMB for these information collection
requirements.
F. ICRs Related to Payment for Cost-Sharing Reductions (Sec. 156.430)
Several of the provisions established in the interim final rule and
finalized in this final rule require the collection of information.
First, under paragraph (c)(3)(i) as established in the interim
final rule, and finalized in this rule, a QHP issuer must notify HHS
prior to the start of each benefit year whether or not it selects the
simplified methodology for the benefit year. Pursuant to the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1995, we detailed this information collection in a
notice requesting comment in the Federal Register (78 FR 38983), and
estimated the total burden of this request to be $3,600,000 for 2014
through 2016.
In Sec. 156.430(c)(4) of the interim final rule, we established a
simplified methodology for calculating the value of the amount that the
enrollees would have paid under the standard plan without cost-sharing
reductions. To estimate the incremental effect of the simplified
methodology, we compared the burden of the standard methodology to the
simplified methodology for those issuers that we assumed would select
the simplified methodology. As discussed in the Collection of
Information section in the 2014 Payment Notice, we estimated that 1,200
issuers will participate in an Exchange nationally and will incur total
costs of approximately $138 million using the standard methodology. In
contrast, in the interim final rule, we estimated that each issuer
using the simplified methodology would incur labor costs of 40 hours of
work by an actuary (at a wage rate of $56.89) and 20 hours of work by
an insurance manager (at a wage rate of $67.44) to develop the
effective cost-sharing parameters and actuarial memorandum, and
calculate the amount of cost-sharing reductions provided, resulting in
a cost of approximately $3,624 per issuer.\24\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\24\ HHS relied on the Bureau of Labor Statistics, U.S.
Department of Labor, National Compensation Survey Occupational
Earnings in the United States, 2011, for estimates of job
descriptions and wages.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Because we have modified the simplified methodology in this final
rule, we are updating this estimate to require 42 hours of work by an
actuary and 22 hours of work by an insurance manager, resulting in a
cost of approximately $3,873 per issuer. Although we cannot predict the
precise number of issuers that will select either the standard or
simplified methodology, we estimate that approximately half of QHP
issuers (600 issuers) will implement the simplified methodology.
Therefore, we estimate that the provisions of this rule will result in
an incremental savings of approximately $57,676,164 ($60 million that
would have been incurred by these issuers under the standard
methodology, minus 600 multiplied by $3,873) by reducing the overall
administrative costs that issuers incur.
The information collections associated with these provisions are
subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act; however, the information
collection process and instruments are currently under development. We
will seek OMB approval and solicit public comments upon their
completion.
G. ICRs Related to Oversight of Cost-Sharing Reductions and Advance
Payments of the Premium Tax Credit (Sec. 155.340, Sec. 156.410, Sec.
156.460 and Sec. 156.480)
Section 156.460 requires a QHP issuer to notify the enrollee within
45 calendar days of the QHP issuer's discovery of the error, when the
QHP issuer improperly reduces the premium by the amount of the advance
payment of the premium tax. A parallel provision is established under
Sec. 155.340 when the Exchange is facilitating the collection of
premiums. Additionally, in Sec. 156.410(c) and (d) a QHP issuer must
notify the enrollee within 45 calendar days of the QHP issuer's
discovery of the error of a misapplication of the cost-sharing
reduction or the improper assignment to a plan variation (or standard
plan without cost-sharing reductions) and subsequent reassignment. We
believe that these notifications will be effectuated as part of
standard billing practices and therefore will not create an additional
burden on the Exchange or QHP issuers. Therefore, we do not estimate a
burden for this notification.
In Sec. 156.480(a), we extend the standards set forth in proposed
Sec. 156.705 concerning maintenance of records to a QHP issuer in the
individual market on State Exchange with respect to cost-sharing
reductions and advance payments of the premium tax credit. We believe
that the burden of maintaining records related to cost-sharing
reductions and advance payments of the premium tax credit for QHP
issuers in an FFE is already accounted for in the burden for finalized
Sec. 156.705, described elsewhere in the Collection of Information
section of this final rule. In Sec. 156.480(b), we establish that, for
each benefit year, an issuer that offers a QHP in the individual market
through a State Exchange or an FFE report to HHS annually, in a
timeframe and manner required by HHS, summary statistics with respect
to cost-sharing reductions and advance payments of the premium tax
credit. In the proposed rule we stated that we believed that QHP
issuers would already have the information and data systems in place
necessary to generate a summary report, and that there would only be a
small additional burden as a result of this submission requirement. We
estimated that it would take an insurance operations analyst 16 hours
(at $38.49 an hour) annually and one senior manager 2 hours (at $77.00
an hour) to gather summary information and prepare a report for
submission to HHS. Therefore, we estimated an additional burden of
21,600 hours and total costs of approximately $923,808 for 1,200 QHP
issuers ($769.84, on average, for each QHP issuer) as a result of this
requirement. However, in this final rule, we are adding a requirement
that these summary reports include information on misapplication of
cost-sharing reductions and advance payments of the
[[Page 65085]]
premium tax credit. We estimate that will take an insurance operations
analyst 3 hours (at $38.49 an hour) annually and one senior manager 1
hours (at $77.00 an hour) to gather and prepare this additional
information for the summary report, resulting in an additional burden
of 4,800 hours and total costs of approximately $230,964 for 1,200 QHP
issuers ($192.84, on average, for each issuer). This would increase the
total burden for the summary reports to 26,400 hours and total costs to
approximately $1,154,772.
H. ICRs Related to Oversight and Financial Integrity Standards for
Issuers of Qualified Health Plans in Federally-facilitated Exchanges
(Sec. 156.705 to Sec. 156.715)
The burden estimates for the collections of information in Part
156, Subpart H, of the regulation reflect the assumption that the FFEs
will include 475 QHP issuers. We update the number of issuers in the
FFEs from the estimated number in the proposed rule to reflect more
current information on the number of issuers expected to participate in
the FFEs. The labor categories and salary estimates used to calculate
the cost burden of these collections on issuers are derived from the
Bureau of Labor Statistics' (BLS) May 2012 Occupational Employment
Statistics data for selected occupations. These burden estimates
generally reflect burden for the first year.
Section 156.705 provides that issuers offering QHPs in an FFE must
maintain all documents and records (whether paper, electronic or other
media), and other evidence of accounting procedures and practices
necessary for HHS to conduct activities necessary to safeguard the
financial and programmatic integrity of the FFEs. Such activities
include: (1) periodic auditing of the QHP issuer's financial records,
including data related to the QHP issuer's ability to bear the risk of
potential financial losses; and (2) compliance reviews and other
monitoring of a QHP issuer's compliance with all Exchange standards
applicable to issuers offering QHPs in the FFEs listed in part 156.
These standards are limited to Exchange-specific records as applicable
to the FFEs, and are not enforced by States as primary regulators. This
standard mirrors the maintenance of records standard applicable to
State Exchanges and set forth in Sec. 155.1210. The burden includes
utilizing existing technology and systems to process and maintain this
information. This reflects 60 hours of work by an actuary (at $56.89 an
hour), 15 hours by a network administrator (at $46.86 an hour), 15
hours by a compliance officer (at $53.75 an hour), and 10 hours for a
senior manager to review (at $77.00 an hour). We estimate that it will
take 100 hours total at a cost of $5,693.00 for a QHP issuer to
maintain these records for an aggregate burden of 47,500 hours and
$2,704,175 for all 475 QHP issuers.
Section 156.705(d) provides that QHP issuers must make all records
described in paragraph (a) of this section available to HHS, the OIG,
the Comptroller General, or their designees, upon request. In
estimating the annual hour and cost burden on QHP issuers of making
these records available to such authorities upon request, we assumed
that such requests would normally be made in connection with a formal
audit or compliance review or a similar process. Our burden estimates
for this section address the hour and cost burden of making records
available to HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General, or their designees,
for audit. Our estimates reflect our assumptions that about 47 QHP
issuers would be subject to a formal audit in a given year and that the
burden on issuers of making the records available would include the
time, effort, and associated cost of compiling the information,
reviewing it for completeness, submitting it to the auditor(s), and
participating in telephone or in-person interviews. We anticipate using
a risk-based approach to selection of the majority of QHP issuers for
compliance review so that burdens to the issuer community would
generally be linked to the QHP issuers' risk. This reflects 75 hours of
work by an actuary (at $56.89 an hour), 10 hours by a compliance
officer (at $53.75 an hour), and 5 hours for a senior manager to review
(at $77.00 an hour).We estimate it will take 90 hours at a cost of
$5,189.25 for an issuer to make its records available for an audit for
a total of 4,230 hours and $243,894.75 across all QHP issuers subject
to this requirement, which we estimate at an upper end as 100 issuers.
Section 156.715 establishes the general standard that QHP issuers
are subject to compliance reviews. Our burden estimates for Sec.
156.715 address the estimated annual hour and cost burden on QHP
issuers of complying with the records disclosure requirements
associated with compliance reviews conducted by an FFE.
Section 156.715 provides standards for compliance reviews in the
FFEs, stating that QHP issuers offering QHPs in the FFEs may be subject
to compliance reviews. This section also describes the categories of
records and information issuers must make available to an FFE in
conducting such reviews.
Compliance reviews evaluate a QHP issuer's compliance with the
Affordable Care Act and applicable regulations. Compliance reviews will
target high-risk QHP issuers and not every issuer will be reviewed each
year. The results of compliance reviews will also provide insight into
trends across the compliance statuses of QHP issuers, enabling HHS to
prioritize areas of oversight and technical assistance.
We assume that HHS will conduct desk reviews of 31 QHP issuers each
year. For each QHP issuer desk review we estimate an average of 40
hours of administrative work to assemble the requested information by a
health policy analyst (at $58.05 an hour), 19.5 hours to review the
information for completeness and an additional 30 minutes for a
compliance officer to submit the information to HHS (at $53.75 an
hour). There will also be an additional 10 hours to spend on phone
interviews conducted by the compliance reviewer and 2 hours to spend
speaking through processes with the compliance reviewer (at $53.75 an
hour). We estimate it will take 72 hours at a cost of $4,042.00 for an
issuer to make information available to HHS for a desk review for a
total of 2,232 hours and $125,302.00 across all issuers that may be
subject to this information collection requirement.
We assume that HHS will conduct onsite reviews of 16 QHP issuers
each year. For each onsite review we estimate it will take an average
of 40 hours for a health policy analyst (at $58.05 an hour) to assemble
the requested information, and 19.5 hours for a compliance officer (at
$53.75 an hour) to review the information for completeness and 30
minutes to submit the information to HHS in preparation for an onsite
review. An onsite review requires an additional 2 hours to schedule the
onsite activities with the compliance officer (at $53.75 an hour), 4
hours for introductory meeting, 8 hours to tour reviewers onsite, 10
hours of interview time, 2 hours to walk through processes with the
reviewer, and 4 hours for concluding meetings. This is a total of
approximately 60 hours of preparation time and an additional 30 hours
for onsite time for each QHP. We estimate it will take 90 hours at a
cost of $5,009.50 for an issuer to make information available to HHS
for an onsite review. We estimate that the burden for all respondents
that may be subject to this information collection will be 1,440 hours
at a cost of $80,152.00
[[Page 65086]]
In cases in which HHS could potentially require clarification
around submitted information, HHS may need to contact QHP issuers
within 30 days of information submission. This would be the case for
approximately 20 issuers. We estimate it will take an issuer 2 hours
(at $53.75 an hour) to respond to questions for a total of 40 hours and
$1,075.00.
I. ICRs Regarding Administrative Review of QHP Issuer Sanctions in a
Federally-facilitated Exchange (Sec. 156.901 to Sec. 156.963)
Subpart J of Part 156 sets forth the administrative process for
issuers subject to a CMP or decertification of a QHP offered by the
issuer to appeal the enforcement action. In this process, an ALJ
decides whether there is a basis for HHS to assess a CMP against the
issuer and whether the amount of an assessed penalty is reasonable, or
whether there is a basis for decertifying a QHP offered by the issuer,
as applicable. Section 156.905 (intended to parallel 45 CFR 150.405)
provides that a party has a right to a hearing before an ALJ if it
files a valid request for a hearing within 30 days after the date of
issuance of HHS's notice of proposed assessment or decertification. An
issuer's request for a hearing must include the information listed in
Sec. 156.907. Under Sec. 156.907, the request for a hearing must
identify any factual or legal bases for the assessment or
decertification with which the issuer disagrees. It must also describe
with reasonable specificity the basis for the disagreement, including
any affirmative facts or legal arguments on which the respondent is
relying. The request must also identify the relevant notice of
assessment or decertification by date and attach a copy of the notice.
The burden associated with this request includes the time and
effort needed by the issuer to create the written request and submit it
to the appropriate entity. The associated costs are labor costs for
gathering the necessary background information described under Sec.
156.907 and then preparing and submitting the written statement.
We base our burden estimate on the assumptions that one issuer will
be subject to a CMP and that one issuer will have a QHP that it offers
in an FFE decertified. We assume that the issuer in each case will
choose to exercise its right to a hearing and will submit a valid
request for hearing. The hours involved in preparing this request may
vary; for the purpose of this burden estimate we estimate an average of
24 hours will be needed: 10 hours for the compliance officer to gather
and assemble the necessary background materials described under Sec.
156.907, and prepare the written request (at $53.75 an hour), 12 hours
for an attorney (at $90.14 an hour) to review the background materials
and written request and provide recommendations to the senior manager,
and 2 hours for the senior manager (at $77.00 an hour) to discuss and
act upon the attorney's recommendations and submit the written request.
We estimate that it will take 24 hours at a cost of $1,773.18 for an
issuer to prepare and submit a request for a hearing for a total of 48
hours and $3546.36 for each issuer subject to an enforcement action
under this scenario. This estimate includes any statement of good cause
under Sec. 156.805(e)(3) or request for extension under Sec.
156.905(b), if applicable. Because we only estimate that one issuer per
year would appeal a CMP and one issuer will have its QHP offered in an
FFE decertified, we do not include this burden estimate in our overall
calculation of burden for this rule.
J. ICRs Related to Quality Standards (Sec. 156.1105)
In subpart L of part 156, we describe the information collection
and disclosure requirements that pertain to the approval of enrollee
satisfaction survey vendors. The burden estimate associated with these
disclosure requirements includes the time and effort required for
enrollee satisfaction survey vendors to develop, compile, and submit
the application information and any documentation necessary to support
oversight in the form and manner required by HHS. HHS is developing a
model enrollee satisfaction survey vendor application that will include
data elements necessary for HHS review and approval. In the near
future, HHS will publish the model application and will solicit public
comment. At that time, and per the requirements outlined in the PRA, we
will estimate the burden on survey vendors for complying with this
provision of the regulation. We solicit comment on the burden for the
application and review process for these entities.
K. ICRs Related to Confirmation of Payment and Collection Reports
(Sec. 156.1210)
In Sec. 156.1210, we establish that, within 15 calendar days of
the date of a HIX 820 payment and collections report from HHS, the
issuer must, in a format specified by HHS, either confirm to HHS that
the HIX 820 payment and collections report accurately lists, for the
timeframe specified in the report, applicable payments owed by the
Federal government and the issuer; or describe to HHS any inaccuracy it
identifies in the payment and collections report. We believe that
issuers will generally be able to perform this confirmation
automatically, and that there will only be a small additional burden as
a result of this requirement. We estimate that it will take an
insurance operations analyst 1 hour (at $38.49 an hour) monthly to make
the comparison and note any discrepancies to HHS (approximately $461.88
for each issuer annually). Based on our most recent estimates, we
believe that 2,400 issuers will be affected by this requirement,
resulting in aggregate burden of approximately $1,108,512.
If you comment on these information collection and recordkeeping
requirements, please do either of the following:
1. Submit your comments electronically as specified in the
ADDRESSES section of this rule; or
2. Submit your comments to the Office of Information and Regulatory
Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Attention: CMS Desk Officer,
[CMS-9957-F2], Fax: (202) 395-6974; or Email: OIRA_submission@omb.eop.gov.
IV. Regulatory Impact Analysis
In accordance with the provisions of Executive Order 12866, this
rule was reviewed by the OMB.
A. Summary
This final rule sets financial integrity and oversight standards
with respect to Exchanges; QHP issuers in an FFE; and States in regards
to the operation of the risk adjustment and reinsurance programs. It
also provides additional standards for special enrollment periods;
survey vendors that may conduct enrollee satisfaction surveys on behalf
of QHP issuers in Exchanges; and issuer participation in an FFE. In
addition, this final rule amends and adopts as final interim provisions
related to risk corridors and cost-sharing reduction reconciliation.
Finally, it provides additional standards for guaranteed availability
and renewability and makes certain amendments to the definitions and
standards related to the market reform rules.
HHS has crafted this final rule to implement the protections
intended by Congress in an economically efficient manner. We have
examined the effects of this final rule as required by Executive Order
12866 (58 FR 51735, September 1993, Regulatory Planning and Review),
the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (September 19, 1980, Pub. L. 96-
354), section 1102(b) of the Social
[[Page 65087]]
Security Act, the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4),
Executive Order 13132 on Federalism, and the Congressional Review Act
(5 U.S.C. 804(2)). In accordance with OMB Circular A-4, HHS has
quantified the benefits and costs where possible, and has also provided
a qualitative discussion of some of the benefits and costs that may
stem from this final rule.
B. Executive Orders 13563 and 12866
Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735) directs agencies to assess all
costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if
regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize
net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public
health and safety effects; distributive impacts; and equity). Executive
Order 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011) is supplemental to and
reaffirms the principles, structures, and definitions governing
regulatory review as established in Executive Order 12866.
Section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866 defines a ``significant
regulatory action'' as an action that is likely to result in a final
rule--(1) Having an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or
more in any one year, or adversely and materially affecting a sector of
the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public
health or safety, or State, local or tribal governments or communities
(also referred to as ``economically significant''); (2) creating a
serious inconsistency or otherwise interfering with an action taken or
planned by another agency; (3) materially altering the budgetary
impacts of entitlement grants, user fees, or loan programs or the
rights and obligations of recipients thereof; or (4) raising novel
legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates, the President's
priorities, or the principles set forth in the Executive Order.
A regulatory impact analysis (RIA) must be prepared for major rules
with economically significant effects ($100 million or more in any 1
year), and a ``significant'' regulatory action is subject to review by
the OMB. OMB has designated this final rule as a ``significant
regulatory action.'' Even though it is not certain whether it will have
economic impacts of $100 million or more in any one year, HHS has
provided an assessment of the potential costs and benefits associated
with this final regulation.
1. Need for Regulatory Action
Starting in 2014, qualified individuals and qualified employers
will be able to use coverage provided by QHPs--private health insurance
that has been certified as meeting certain standards--through
Exchanges. The premium stabilization programs--the reinsurance, risk
corridors and risk adjustment programs--will be in place to ensure
premium stability for health insurance issuers as enrollment increases
and issuers enroll high-risk individuals. This final rule establishes
general oversight requirements for State-operated reinsurance and risk
adjustment programs; establishes oversight of issuers inside and
outside of the Exchange when HHS operates risk adjustment or
reinsurance on behalf of a State; and establishes oversight and
monitoring of State Exchanges, FFEs, SHOPs (both State Exchanges and
FFEs) and issuers of QHPs, specifically with respect to financial
integrity, and maintenance of records. This final rule also restricts
the use of funds for administrative expenses generated for State
Exchanges and State-operated reinsurance programs; specifies procedures
for oversight of advance payments of the premium tax credit and cost-
sharing reductions; provides procedures to ensure the accuracy of data
collection, calculations, and submissions; establishes requirements for
enrollee satisfaction survey vendors; establishes standards related to
risk corridors and cost-sharing reduction reconciliation; and provides
additional standards for special enrollment periods.
2. Summary of Impacts
In accordance with OMB Circular A-4, Table IV.1 below depicts an
accounting statement summarizing HHS's assessment of the benefits and
costs associated with this regulatory action. The period covered by the
RIA is 2014-2017.
HHS anticipates that the provisions of this final rule will ensure
smooth operation of Exchanges, integrity of the reinsurance, risk
adjustment and risk corridors programs, safeguard the use of Federal
funds, prevent fraud and abuse, and increase access to healthcare
coverage. Affected entities such as States and QHP issuers will incur
costs to maintain records, submit reports to HHS and Exchanges, and
provide records for compliance reviews. In addition, QHP issuers that
adopt the simplified methodology for calculating cost sharing
reductions will incur lower administrative costs during a transitional
period. In accordance with Executive Order 12866, HHS believes that the
benefits of this regulatory action justify the costs.
Table IV.1--Accounting Table
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Benefits:
Qualitative:....................................................................................................
* Ensure integrity of the reinsurance and risk adjustment programs, smooth functioning of State Exchanges
and FFEs.
* Prevent fraud and abuse...................................................................................
* Ensure prompt refund of any excess premium or cost-sharing paid...........................................
* Safeguard the use of Federal funds provided as cost-sharing reductions and advance payments of the premium
tax credit and provide value for taxpayers' dollars.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs: Estimate Year dollar Discount rate Period covered
percent
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annualized Monetized ($/year)......... $15.4 million \1\....... 2013 7 2014-2017
$15.3 million \1\....... 2013 3 2014-2017
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual costs related to financial oversight, maintenance of records and reporting requirements for State
Exchanges and State-operated reinsurance and risk-adjustment programs; record retention requirements for
contributing entities and issuers of reinsurance-eligible plans; audit costs for State Exchanges and State-
operated risk adjustment and reinsurance programs; costs for QHP issuers related to reporting requirements,
record maintenance, audits, and training for customer service representatives..
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Qualitative:....................................................................................................
* Costs incurred by enrollee satisfaction survey vendors related to annual application and meeting HHS
standards.
[[Page 65088]]
* Reduce administrative costs for QHP issuers by allowing the use of a simplified methodology to calculate
cost-sharing reductions during a transitional period.
* Reduce compliance costs for issuers by allowing a State operating a SHOP-only Exchange to establish and
operate risk adjustment programs for both the small group and individual markets.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: 1. Approximately $2.7 million of these costs are estimated below in the RIA, including the audit costs in
Table IV.2 and the rest of these costs are estimated in section III.
3. Anticipated Benefits and Costs
Starting in 2014, individuals and small businesses will be able to
use health insurance coverage purchased through Exchanges. The
Congressional Budget Office estimated that the number of people
enrolled in coverage through Exchanges will increase from 7 million in
2014 to 24 million in 2017.\25\ Exchanges will create competitive
marketplaces where qualified individuals and qualified employers can
shop for insurance coverage, and are expected to reduce the unit price
of quality insurance for the average consumer by pooling risk and
promoting competition.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\25\ ``Effects on Health Insurance and the Federal Budget for
the Insurance Coverage Provisions in the Affordable Care Act--May
2013 Baseline,'' Congressional Budget Office, May 14, 2013.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The final rule specifies the standards and processes for the
oversight and accountability of entities responsible for operations of
the Exchanges and reinsurance and risk adjustment programs. Affected
entities include States that establish and operate Exchanges and
administer reinsurance and risk adjustment programs; FFEs; issuers of
QHPs; health insurance issuers offering coverage both through and
outside of an Exchange when HHS operates risk adjustment or reinsurance
on behalf of the State; and contractors of these organizations.
a. Benefits
This final rule implements oversight, record maintenance, and
enforcement provisions that will ensure integrity of the reinsurance
and risk adjustment programs, State Exchanges and FFE functions, and
prevent fraud and abuse.
This final rule includes provisions that will create a system of
oversight, financial integrity and program integrity in the Exchanges
and the premium stabilization programs. The oversight requirements for
the reinsurance and risk-adjustment programs will ensure that these
programs are effective and efficient, and use program funds
appropriately. The provisions of this final rule will also ensure that
Federal funds are used appropriately by State Exchanges. By monitoring
financial reports and overseeing State Exchange activities, HHS will
safeguard the use of Federal funds provided as cost-sharing reductions
and advance payments of the premium tax credit, and provide value for
taxpayers' dollars.
The provisions of this final rule also ensure that enrollees are
promptly refunded any excess premium paid or any excess cost sharing
they should not have paid. Individuals harmed by misconduct on the part
of non-Exchange entities will also be eligible for a special enrollment
period. A QHP is also required to promptly reassign an enrollee
improperly assigned to a plan variation (or standard plan without cost-
sharing reductions), minimizing consumer harm.
The annual application requirement for enrollee satisfaction survey
vendors allows HHS to ensure that these entities participate in
relevant training and post-training certification, follow protocols
related to quality assurance and the use of HHS data, and adhere to
privacy and security standards when handling data. This will help to
ensure that ultimately the enrollee satisfaction survey data are
reliable and valid and that the information is sufficiently protected.
b. Costs
Affected entities will incur costs to comply with the provisions of
this final rule. Costs related to information collection requirements
subject to PRA are discussed in detail in section III and include
administrative costs incurred by States and issuers related to record
maintenance and reporting requirements; and oversight and financial
integrity standards. In this section we discuss other costs related to
the provisions in this final rule.
States operating reinsurance programs are required to keep an
accurate accounting for each benefit year, of all reinsurance funds
received from HHS for reinsurance payments and for administrative
expenses, as well as all claims for reinsurance payments from issuers
of reinsurance-eligible plans, all payments made to those issuers, and
all administrative expenses incurred. State-operated reinsurance
programs will already have a system in place to track reinsurance funds
received from HHS, claims from and payments to issuers, and expenses
incurred to operate the reinsurance program. The cost for States
operating reinsurance programs to maintain any records associated with
the reinsurance program was previously estimated in the RIA of the 2014
Payment Notice as being part of State administrative costs associated
with operating the reinsurance program and are not included in this
RIA.
State-operated reinsurance programs will submit to HHS annually and
make public a summary report of their program operations, which will
include a summary of the accounting kept pursuant to Sec. 153.260(a).
We assume that the data already collected and used to report to issuers
and HHS will be the same used to prepare this annual report. Therefore,
the cost associated with this requirement is the incremental time and
cost to prepare an annual report to HHS and the public on program
operations. We estimate it will take an insurance management analyst 16
hours (at $51 per hour) and a senior manager 2 hours (at $77 per hour)
to prepare the report. Therefore, we estimate it will cost each State
that operates reinsurance approximately $970 to submit this report to
HHS. Because two States will operate reinsurance programs in the 2014
benefit year, we estimate that an aggregate cost of $1,940 as a result
of this requirement in the first year. We note that HHS will provide a
portion of the reinsurance contributions it collects to States
operating reinsurance programs to support State administration of
reinsurance payments, which will likely cover the costs associated with
this requirement.
A State operating a risk adjustment program is required to maintain
documents and records relating to the risk adjustment program, whether
paper, electronic or in other media, for each benefit year for at least
10 years, and make them available upon request from HHS, the OIG, the
Comptroller General, or their designees, to any such entity. The
documents and records must be sufficient to enable the evaluation of a
State-operated risk adjustment program's compliance with Federal
standards. States are also directed to ensure that their contractors,
subcontractors, and agents maintain and make those documents and
records available upon request from HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller
General, or their
[[Page 65089]]
designees. States operating risk adjustment programs should already
have the documents and records of accounting procedures needed for
periodic audits. Therefore, we estimate that the additional burden
associated with this requirement is the time, effort, and additional
labor cost required to maintain and archive the records. We assume that
it will take an insurance operations analyst 10 hours (at $38.49 an
hour) to maintain records. Therefore, the average cost for each State
will be approximately $385. Because one State will operate risk
adjustment for the 2014 benefit year, we estimate an aggregate cost of
$385 to comply with this requirement in the first year.
A State operating a risk adjustment program is required to submit
by December 31st of the first benefit year of operation an interim
summary report on the first 10 months of risk adjustment activities, in
order to obtain re-certification for the third benefit year. The cost
of complying with this provision is the time and effort to write the
interim report and submit it to HHS. We estimate it will take an
insurance management analyst 16 hours (at $51 per hour) and a senior
manager 2 hours (at $77 per hour) to prepare the interim summary
report. Therefore, we estimate that it will cost each State operating
risk adjustment $970 to submit this report to HHS (an aggregate cost of
$970 in the 2014 benefit year). A State operating a risk adjustment
program will submit and make public, a summary report of its risk
adjustment program operations for each benefit year after the first
benefit year for which the State operates the program. This summary
report will include the results of a programmatic and financial audit
for each benefit year conducted by an independent qualified auditing
entity. We believe the cost of this annual report will be the same as
the cost of producing the interim first-year report described above,
except for the cost of independent external audits required in
subsequent years. The costs related to the annual external audit are
estimated later in this RIA. These estimates also include the
administrative costs related to the requirement for State-operated risk
adjustment programs to keep accurate accounting for each benefit year
of all receipts and expenditures related to risk adjustment payments,
charges, and administration of the program.
States face a variety of costs due to the monitoring requirements
in this final rule. Conducting oversight of the Exchanges, State-
operated risk adjustment and reinsurance programs, administration of
the advance payments of the premium tax credit or cost-sharing
reductions, and other activities require independent external audits,
investigations, rectification of errors, and the development of summary
reports which will be submitted to HHS. The estimated total costs for
independent external audits for State-operated reinsurance, risk
adjustment and Exchange programs are presented in Table IV.2. It is
expected that 18 States will establish State Exchanges in 2014 and,
without further information; we assume that number will stay the same
during the period covered by the RIA. We also assume that each State
will conduct a financial audit and a programmatic audit annually, which
will encompass the reinsurance and risk adjustment programs if the
State operates these programs. Financial audit costs are estimated
based on prices among the big four audit firms for governmental
entities of similar size to those of the anticipated State Exchanges
for a financial statement audit and Yellowbook Report (report on
internal controls) that reflects different levels of cost for small,
medium, and large entities, for entities with low, medium, and high
risk. Programmatic audit estimates reflect the experience of Federal
entitlement programs similar to Medicaid, audited under an A-133
program compliance supplement, and vary only by the size of the program
(small, medium and large). For example, a small Exchange judged to have
low risk is estimated to have a combined financial and programmatic
audit cost of $90,000; a large Exchange, in a State that also
administers a reinsurance program (which implies a more complex, high
risk operation) is estimated to have combined financial and
programmatic audit costs of $360,000. Audit prices are based on 2012
pricing and reflect an annual increase of 3 percent each year, based on
recent industry experience. It is expected that there will be four
small State Exchanges, 12 medium size State Exchanges and two large
State Exchanges. The lower bound of the range in Table IV.2 below
assumes that all State Exchanges have low risk and the upper bound is
calculated assuming that all State Exchanges have high risk.
Table IV.2--Estimated Audit Costs for State Programs: Exchanges, Risk Adjustment and Reinsurance
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2014 2015 2016 2017
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mid-range point estimate.................... $2,572,000 $2,649,160 $2,728,635 $2,810,494
Range....................................... $2,320,000-$2,820,000 $2,389,600-$2,904,600 $2,461,288-$2,991,738 $2,535,127-$3,081,490
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A State operating a SHOP-only Exchange will be able to establish
and operate a risk adjustment program for both the small group and
individual markets starting in 2015, which will allow it to minimize
costs by achieving economies of scale and reduce compliance costs for
issuers. The approach to allowable costs will be operationally simpler
for issuers to implement and thus minimize related costs.
The final rule permits QHP issuers to use the simplified
methodology to calculate cost-sharing reductions during a transitional
period and postpone a more costly IT implementation that would be
required for the standard methodology. The costs related to the
administration of cost-sharing reductions using the standard
methodology are accounted for in the 2014 Payment Notice and are not
included here. However, as explained in section III, the provisions of
this final rule allowing the use of a simplified methodology during the
transitional period are likely to result in a reduction in costs
estimated to be approximately $57.7 million.\26\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\26\ These cost savings have not been accounted for in the RIA
since they are mostly due to a postponement of IT implementation
necessary for using the standard methodology. QHP issuers will incur
those costs at the end of the transitional period.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The final rule requires the enrollee satisfaction survey vendors
engaged by issuers to meet HHS standards. Survey vendors will apply for
approval annually in order to administer enrollee satisfaction surveys
to QHP enrollees on behalf of a QHP issuer. Survey vendors will incur
costs to submit the annual applications to HHS and to meet the
requirements necessary to meet approval.
C. Regulatory Alternatives
Under the Executive Order, HHS is required to consider alternatives
to
[[Page 65090]]
issuing rules and alternative regulatory approaches. HHS considered the
following alternatives while developing this final rule:
1. Increased Uniformity of FFE and State Exchange Standards
Under this alternative, HHS would have required a single standard
for Exchanges across the nation regardless of whether the Exchange was
established and operated by a State or was Federally-facilitated. The
final rule defers to State discretion in oversight of QHPs. This
element of State flexibility would have been precluded if greater
uniformity in operations and standards were to be imposed. Greater
standardization would have had an uncertain impact on Federal oversight
activities but would have likely imposed greater costs of compliance on
State operations and issuers of QHPs in those States.
2. Place More Responsibility on the States To Oversee Standards,
Including Those for FFEs
Under this alternative, HHS would have placed more responsibility
on States and State Exchanges to interpret and meet statutory
requirements. This approach could have created a number of problems. If
every State developed its own monitoring standards, oversight of
different Exchanges could be quite uneven, as States across the country
have varying levels of fiscal resources with which to monitor
activities. States currently have certain levels of responsibility
under the Affordable Care Act to oversee standards for Exchanges, QHPs,
and other programs. State Exchanges also have latitude in the number,
type, and standardization of plans they certify and accept into the
Exchange as QHPs.
There are a number of provisions in the Affordable Care Act that
devolve responsibilities from the Federal government to States.
Increased devolution could have decreased the need of Federal
oversight, while granting States increased flexibility to regulate
Exchanges within their borders. There would also have been a decrease
in oversight-related activities for the Federal government such as HHS
investigations or audits. On the other hand, States would have likely
faced an increase in their own oversight activities and related costs.
3. Require QHP Issuers To Use the Standard Methodology To Reconcile
Cost-Sharing Reductions.
HHS considered not promulgating the simplified methodology during a
transition period. However, doing so could have imposed costly IT
system build requirements on many issuers at a time when QHP issuers
are required to make many significant IT and operational changes.
HHS believes that the options adopted in this final rule strike the
best balance of ensuring efficient operation and integrity of Exchanges
and the premium stabilization programs while providing flexibility to
the States and minimizing the burden on States.
D. Regulatory Flexibility Act
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) requires agencies that issue a
rule to analyze options for regulatory relief of small businesses if a
rule has a significant impact on a substantial number of small
entities. The RFA generally defines a ``small entity'' as--(1) A
proprietary firm meeting the size standards of the Small Business
Administration (SBA), (2) a nonprofit organization that is not dominant
in its field, or (3) a small government jurisdiction with a population
of less than 50,000 (States and individuals are not included in the
definition of ``small entity''). HHS uses as its measure of significant
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities a change in
revenues of more than 3 percent to 5 percent. HHS anticipates that this
final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities.
As discussed in the Web Portal interim final rule with comment
period published on May 5, 2010 (75 FR 24481), HHS examined the health
insurance industry in depth in the RIA we prepared for the proposed
rule on the establishment of the Medicare Advantage program (69 FR
46866, August 3, 2004). In that analysis it was determined that there
were few, if any, insurance firms underwriting comprehensive health
insurance policies (in contrast, for example, to travel insurance
policies or dental discount policies) that fell below the size
thresholds for ``small'' business established by the SBA (currently
$35.5 million in annual receipts for health insurance issuers).\27\ In
addition, HHS used the data from Medical Loss Ratio (MLR) annual report
submissions for the 2012 MLR reporting year to develop an estimate of
the number of small entities that offer comprehensive major medical
coverage. These estimates may overstate the actual number of small
health insurance issuers that will be affected, since they do not
include receipts from these companies' other lines of business. It is
estimated that out of 510 issuers nationwide, there are 58 small
entities each with less than $35.5 million in earned premiums that
offer individual or group health insurance coverage and will therefore
be subject to the requirements of this final regulation. Forty three
percent of these small issuers belong to larger holding groups, and
many if not all of these small issuers are likely to have other lines
of business that will result in their revenues exceeding $35.5 million.
It is uncertain how many of these 510 issuers will offer QHPs and be
subject to the provisions of this final rule. Based on this analysis,
however, HHS expects that this final rule will not affect small
issuers.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\27\ ``Table of Small Business Size Standards Matched To North
American Industry Classification System Codes,'' effective July 23,
2013, U.S. Small Business Administration, available at https://www.sba.gov.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
E. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
Section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA) of 1995
requires that agencies assess anticipated costs and benefits before
issuing any final rule that includes a Federal mandate that could
result in expenditure in any one year by State, local or tribal
governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100
million in 1995 dollars, updated annually for inflation. In 2013, that
threshold level is approximately $141 million.
UMRA does not address the total cost of a final rule. Rather, it
focuses on certain categories of cost, mainly those ``Federal mandate''
costs resulting from--(1) imposing enforceable duties on State, local,
or tribal governments, or on the private sector; or (2) increasing the
stringency of conditions in, or decreasing the funding of, State,
local, or tribal governments under entitlement programs.
The final rule directs States to undertake oversight activities for
State Exchanges, State-operated reinsurance and risk adjustment
programs. The costs related to oversight activities, recordkeeping,
reporting and audits are estimated to be approximately $2.8 million in
2014. There are no mandates on local or tribal governments. The private
sector, for example, QHP issuers and agents and brokers, will incur
costs to comply with the record maintenance and reporting requirements
set forth in this final rule. The related costs are estimated to be
approximately $14.2 million in 2014. However, QHP issuers are also
expected to experience a cost savings of approximately $57.7 million by
adopting the simplified methodology to calculate cost sharing
reductions during a transitional period and postponing costly IT
implementation.
[[Page 65091]]
Consistent with the policy embodied in UMRA, this final rule has been
designed to be a low-burden alternative for State, local and tribal
governments, and the private sector while achieving the objectives of
the Affordable Care Act.
F. Federalism
Executive Order 13132 establishes certain requirements that an
agency must meet when it promulgates a final rule that imposes
substantial direct requirement costs on State and local governments,
preempts State law, or otherwise has Federalism implications.
States are the primary regulators of health insurance coverage.
States will continue to apply State laws regarding health insurance
coverage. However, if any State law or requirement prevents the
application of a Federal standard, then that particular State law or
requirement would be preempted. State requirements that are more
stringent than the Federal requirements would be not be preempted by
this final rule. Accordingly, States have significant latitude to
impose requirements with respect to health insurance coverage that are
more restrictive than the Federal law.
The State Exchange oversight program builds on State oversight
efforts, where possible, by coordinating with State authorities to
address compliance issues and concerns. Because QHPs are one of several
commercial market insurance products operating in State markets, HHS
will not seek to inappropriately duplicate or interfere with the
traditional regulatory roles played by the State DOIs. HHS will
generally confine its QHP oversight to Exchange-specific requirements
and attributes. HHS will also seek to work collaboratively with State
DOIs on topics of mutual concern, in the interest of efficiently
deploying oversight resources and avoiding needlessly duplicative
regulatory roles. QHP issuers are expected to comply with standards
established by State law and regulation for cases forwarded to an
issuer by a State in which it offers QHPs.
The requirements specified in this final rule will impose direct
costs on State and local governments and HHS has attempted to minimize
those costs. State Exchanges and State-operated reinsurance and risk
adjustment programs are required to undertake oversight, record
maintenance and reporting activities.
In compliance with the requirement of Executive Order 13132 that
agencies examine closely any policies that may have Federalism
implications or limit the policymaking discretion of the States, HHS
has engaged in efforts to consult with and work cooperatively with
affected States. Throughout the process of developing this final rule,
HHS has attempted to balance the States' interests in regulating health
insurance issuers, and the Congress' intent to provide uniform
protections to consumers in every State. By doing so, it is HHS's view
that it has complied with the requirements of Executive Order 13132.
Under the requirements set forth in section 8(a) of Executive Order
13132, and by the signatures affixed to this rule, HHS certifies that
the CMS Center for Consumer Information and Insurance Oversight has
complied with the requirements of Executive Order 13132 for the
attached final rule in a meaningful and timely manner.
G. Congressional Review Act
This final rule is subject to the Congressional Review Act
provisions of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of
1996 (5 U.S.C. 801 et seq.), which specifies that before a rule can
take effect, the Federal agency promulgating the rule shall submit to
each House of the Congress and to the Comptroller General a report
containing a copy of the rule along with other specified information,
and has been transmitted to the Congress and the Comptroller General
for review.
List of Subjects
45 CFR Part 144
Health care, Health insurance, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
45 CFR Part 146
Health care, Health insurance, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
45 CFR Part 147
Health care, Health insurance, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, and State regulation of health insurance.
45 CFR Part 153
Administrative practice and procedure, Adverse selection, Health
care, Health insurance, Health records, Organization and functions
(Government agencies), Premium stabilization, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements, Reinsurance, Risk adjustment, Risk
corridors, Risk mitigation, State and local governments.
45 CFR Part 155
Administrative practice and procedure, Health care access, Health
insurance, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, State and local
governments, Cost-sharing reductions, Advance payments of premium tax
credit, Administration and calculation of advance payments of the
premium tax credit, Plan variations, Actuarial value.
45 CFR Part 156
Administrative practice and procedure, Advertising, Advisory
Committees, Brokers, Conflict of interest, Consumer protection, Cost-
sharing reductions, Cost-sharing reduction reconciliation,
Administration and calculation of advance payments of the premium tax
credit, Payment and Collection Reports, Grant programs--health, Grants
administration, Health care, Health insurance, Health maintenance
organization (HMO), Health records, Hospitals, American Indian/Alaska
Natives, Individuals with disabilities, Loan programs--health,
Organization and functions (Government agencies), Medicaid, Public
assistance programs, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, State
and local governments, Sunshine Act, Technical assistance, Women, and
Youth.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Department of Health
and Human Services amends 45 CFR parts 144, 146, 147, 153, 155, and 156
as set forth below:
PART 144--REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE
0
1. The authority citation for part 144 continues to read as follows:
Authority: Secs. 2701 through 2763, 2791, and 2792 of the Public
Health Service Act 42 U.S.C. 300gg through 300gg-63, 300gg-91, and
300gg-92.
0
2. Section 144.102 is amended by revising the second sentence of
paragraph (c) to read as follows:
Sec. 144.102 Scope and applicability.
* * * * *
(c) * * * If the coverage is offered to an association member other
than in connection with a group health plan, the coverage is considered
individual health insurance coverage for purposes of 45 CFR parts 144
through 148.
* * * * *
0
3. Section 144.103 is amended by revising the introductory text and the
definitions of ``Group market,'' ``Individual market,'' ``Large
employer,'' ``Policy year,'' and ``Small employer'' to read as follows:
[[Page 65092]]
Sec. 144.103 Definitions.
For purposes of parts 146 (group market), 147 (group and individual
market), 148 (individual market), and 150 (enforcement) of this
subchapter, the following definitions apply unless otherwise provided:
* * * * *
Group market means the market for health insurance coverage offered
in connection with a group health plan.
* * * * *
Individual market means the market for health insurance coverage
offered to individuals other than in connection with a group health
plan.
* * * * *
Large employer means, in connection with a group health plan with
respect to a calendar year and a plan year, an employer who employed an
average of at least 101 employees on business days during the preceding
calendar year and who employs at least 1 employee on the first day of
the plan year. In the case of plan years beginning before January 1,
2016, a State may elect to define large employer by substituting ``51
employees'' for ``101 employees.''
* * * * *
Policy year means, with respect to--
(1) A grandfathered health plan offered in the individual health
insurance market, the 12-month period that is designated as the policy
year in the policy documents of the individual health insurance
coverage. If there is no designation of a policy year in the policy
document (or no such policy document is available), then the policy
year is the deductible or limit year used under the coverage. If
deductibles or other limits are not imposed on a yearly basis, the
policy year is the calendar year.
(2) A non-grandfathered health plan offered in the individual
health insurance market, or in a market in which the State has merged
the individual and small group risk pools, for coverage issued or
renewed beginning January 1, 2014, a calendar year for which health
insurance coverage provides coverage for health benefits.
* * * * *
Small employer means, in connection with a group health plan with
respect to a calendar year and a plan year, an employer who employed an
average of at least 1 but not more than 100 employees on business days
during the preceding calendar year and who employs at least 1 employee
on the first day of the plan year. In the case of plan years beginning
before January 1, 2016, a State may elect to define small employer by
substituting ``50 employees'' for ``100 employees.''
* * * * *
PART 146--HEALTH INSURANCE REFORM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE GROUP AND
INDIVIDUAL HEALTH INSURANCE MARKETS
0
4. The authority citation for part 146 continues to read as follows:
Authority: Secs. 2702 through 2705, 2711 through 2723, 2791, and
2792 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300gg-1 through
300gg-5, 300gg-11 through 300gg-23, 200gg-91, and 300gg-92) (1996).
Section 146.145 also issued under secs. 2701 through 2763, 2791,
and 2792 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300gg through
300gg-63, 300gg-91, and 300gg-92), as amended (2010).
Sec. 146.145 [Amended]
0
5. Section 146.145 is amended by--
0
A. Removing paragraph (b).
0
B. Redesignating paragraphs (c) through (e) as paragraphs (b) through
(d).
0
C. In redesignated paragraph (b), removing references to ``paragraph
(c)'' and adding in their place ``paragraph (b)'' wherever they appear
in the following places:
0
i. Paragraph (b)(1).
0
ii. Paragraph (b)(3)(i).
0
iii. Paragraph (b)(3)(ii).
0
iv. Paragraph (b)(4)(i).
0
v. Paragraph (b)(4)(ii).
0
vi. Paragraph (b)(4)(iii) and Conclusion.
0
vii. Paragraph (b)(5)(ii) and Conclusion.
0
D. In redesignated paragraph (c), removing references to ``paragraph
(d)'' and adding in their place ``paragraph (c)'' wherever they appear
in the following places:
0
i. Paragraph (c)(1).
0
ii. Paragraph (c)(3).
PART 147--HEALTH INSURANCE REFORM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE GROUP AND
INDIVIDUAL HEALTH INSURANCE MARKETS
0
6. The authority citation for part 147 continues to read as follows:
Authority: Secs. 2701 through 2763, 2791, and 2792 of the Public
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300gg through 300gg-63, 300gg-91, and
300gg-92), as amended.
0
7. Section 147.104 is amended by revising paragraph (a), adding a
sentence at the end of paragraph (b)(2), and revising paragraphs
(c)(2), (d)(1)(ii), and (d)(2) introductory text to read as follows:
Sec. 147.104 Guaranteed availability of coverage.
(a) Guaranteed availability of coverage in the individual and group
market. Subject to paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section, a health
insurance issuer that offers health insurance coverage in the
individual, small group, or large group market in a State must offer to
any individual or employer in the State all products that are approved
for sale in the applicable market, and must accept any individual or
employer that applies for any of those products.
* * * * *
(b) * * *
(2) * * * Health insurance coverage in the individual market or in
a market in which the State has merged the individual and small group
risk pools must be offered on a calendar year basis.
* * * * *
(c) * * *
(2) An issuer that denies health insurance coverage to an
individual or an employer in any service area, in accordance with
paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section, may not offer coverage in the
individual, small group, or large group market, as applicable, for a
period of 180 calendar days after the date the coverage is denied. This
paragraph (c)(2) does not limit the issuer's ability to renew coverage
already in force or relieve the issuer of the responsibility to renew
that coverage.
* * * * *
(d) * * *
(1) * * *
(ii) It is applying this paragraph (d)(1) uniformly to all
employers or individual in the large group, small group, or individual
market, as applicable, in the State consistent with applicable State
law and without regard to the claims experience of those individuals,
employers and their employees (and their dependents) or any health
status-related factor relating to such individuals, employees, and
dependents.
(2) An issuer that denies health insurance coverage to any employer
or individual in a state under paragraph (d)(1) of this section may not
offer coverage in the large group, small group, or individual market,
as applicable, in the State before the later of either of the following
dates:
* * * * *
0
8. Section 147.106 is amended by revising paragraphs (a) and (d)(1)
introductory text to read as follows:
[[Page 65093]]
Sec. 147.106 Guaranteed renewability of coverage.
(a) General rule. Subject to paragraphs (b) through (d) of this
section, a health insurance issuer offering health insurance coverage
in the individual, small group, or large group market is required to
renew or continue in force the coverage at the option of the plan
sponsor or the individual, as applicable.
* * * * *
(d) * * *
(1) An issuer may elect to discontinue offering all health
insurance coverage in the individual, small group, or large group
market, or all markets, in a State in accordance with applicable State
law only if--
* * * * *
PART 153--STANDARDS RELATED TO REINSURANCE, RISK CORRIDORS, AND
RISK ADJUSTMENT UNDER THE AFFORDABLE CARE ACT
0
9. The authority citation for part 153 is revised to read as follows:
Authority: Secs. 1311, 1321, 1341-1343, Pub. L. 111-148, 24
Stat. 119.
0
10. Section 153.20 is amended by revising the definition of
``contributing entity'' to read as follows:
Sec. 153.20 Definitions.
* * * * *
Contributing entity means a health insurance issuer or a self-
insured group health plan (including a group health plan that is
partially self-insured and partially insured, where the health
insurance coverage does not constitute major medical coverage). A self-
insured group health plan is responsible for the reinsurance
contributions, although it may elect to use a third party administrator
or administrative services-only contractor for transfer of the
reinsurance contributions.
* * * * *
0
11. Section 153.240 is amended by revising paragraph (c) to read as
follows:
Sec. 153.240 Disbursement of reinsurance payments.
* * * * *
(c) Maintenance of records. If a State establishes a reinsurance
program, the State must maintain documents and records relating to the
reinsurance program, whether paper, electronic, or in other media, for
each benefit year for at least 10 years, and make them available upon
request from HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General, or their designees,
to any such entity. The documents and records must be sufficient to
enable the evaluation of the State-operated reinsurance program's
compliance with Federal standards. The State must also ensure that its
contractors, subcontractors, and agents similarly maintain and make
relevant documents and records available upon request from HHS, the
OIG, the Comptroller General, or their designees, to any such entity.
* * * * *
0
12. Section 153.260 is added to subpart C to read as follows:
Sec. 153.260 General oversight requirements for State-operated
reinsurance programs.
(a) Accounting requirements. A State that establishes a reinsurance
program must ensure that its applicable reinsurance entity keeps an
accounting for each benefit year of:
(1) All reinsurance contributions received from HHS for reinsurance
payments and for administrative expenses;
(2) All claims for reinsurance payments received from issuers of
reinsurance-eligible plans;
(3) All reinsurance payments made to issuers of reinsurance-
eligible plans; and
(4) All administrative expenses incurred for the reinsurance
program.
(b) State summary report. A State that establishes a reinsurance
program must submit to HHS and make public a report on its reinsurance
program operations for each benefit year in the manner and timeframe
specified by HHS. The report must summarize the accounting for the
benefit year kept pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) Independent external audit. A State that establishes a
reinsurance program must engage an independent qualified auditing
entity to perform a financial and programmatic audit for each benefit
year of its State-operated reinsurance program in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards (GAAS). The State must:
(1) Provide to HHS the results of the audit, in the manner and
timeframe to be specified by HHS;
(2) Ensure that the audit addresses the prohibitions set forth in
Sec. 153.265;
(3) Identify to HHS any material weakness or significant deficiency
identified in the audit, and address in writing to HHS how the State
intends to correct any such material weakness or significant
deficiency; and
(4) Make public a summary of the results of the audit, including
any material weakness or significant deficiency and how the State
intends to correct the material weakness or significant deficiency, in
the manner and timeframe to be specified by HHS.
0
13. Section 153.265 is added to subpart C to read as follows:
Sec. 153.265 Restrictions on use of reinsurance funds for
administrative expenses.
A State that establishes a reinsurance program must ensure that its
applicable reinsurance entity does not use any funds for the support of
reinsurance operations, including any reinsurance contributions
provided under the national contribution rate for administrative
expenses, for any of the following purposes:
(a) Staff retreats;
(b) Promotional giveaways;
(c) Excessive executive compensation; or
(d) Promotion of Federal or State legislative or regulatory
modifications.
0
14. Section 153.310 is amended by:
A. Adding paragraph (c)(4).
B. Revising the paragraph (d) subject heading and adding paragraphs
(d)(3) and (4).
C. Removing paragraph (f).
The additions and revision read as follows:
Sec. 153.310 Risk adjustment administration.
* * * * *
(c) * * *
(4) Maintenance of records. A State operating a risk adjustment
program must maintain documents and records relating to the risk
adjustment program, whether paper, electronic, or in other media, for
each benefit year for at least 10 years, and make them available upon
request from HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General, or their designees,
to any such entity. The documents and records must be sufficient to
enable the evaluation of the State-operated risk adjustment program's
compliance with Federal standards. A State operating a risk adjustment
program must also ensure that its contractors, subcontractors, and
agents similarly maintain and make relevant documents and records
available upon request from HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General, or
their designees, to any such entity.
(d) Approval for a State to operate risk adjustment. * * *
(3) In addition to requirements set forth in paragraphs (d)(1) and
(2) of this section, to obtain re-approval from HHS to operate risk
adjustment for a third benefit year, the State must, in the first
benefit year for which it operates risk adjustment, provide to HHS an
interim report, in a manner specified by HHS, including a detailed
summary of its risk adjustment activities in the first 10 months of the
benefit year, no later than December 31 of the applicable benefit year.
(4) To obtain re-approval from HHS to operate risk adjustment for
each benefit year after the third benefit year, each
[[Page 65094]]
State operating a risk adjustment program must submit to HHS and make
public a detailed summary of its risk adjustment program operations for
the most recent benefit year for which risk adjustment operations have
been completed, in the manner and timeframe specified by HHS.
(i) The summary must include the results of a programmatic and
financial audit for each benefit year of the State-operated risk
adjustment program conducted by an independent qualified auditing
entity in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards (GAAS).
(ii) The summary must identify any material weakness or significant
deficiency identified in the audit and address how the State intends to
correct any such material weakness or significant deficiency.
0
15. Section 153.365 is added to subpart D to read as follows:
Sec. 153.365 General oversight requirements for State-operated risk
adjustment programs.
If a State is operating a risk adjustment program, it must keep an
accounting of all receipts and expenditures related to risk adjustment
payments and charges and the administration of risk adjustment-related
functions and activities for each benefit year.
0
16. Section 153.400 is amended by revising paragraph (a)(1)(i) and
adding paragraph (a)(3) to read as follows:
Sec. 153.400 Reinsurance contribution funds.
(a) * * *
(1) * * *
(i) Such plan or coverage is not major medical coverage, subject to
paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
* * * * *
(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section, a health
insurance issuer must make reinsurance contributions for lives covered
by its group health insurance coverage whether or not the insurance
coverage constitutes major medical coverage, if--
(i) The group health plan provides health insurance coverage for
those covered lives through more than one insurance policy that in
combination constitute major medical coverage;
(ii) The lives are not covered by self-insured coverage of the
group health plan (except for self-insured coverage limited to excepted
benefits); and
(iii) The health insurance coverage under the policy offered by the
health insurance issuer constitutes the greatest portion of inpatient
hospitalization benefits under the group health plan.
* * * * *
0
17. Section 153.405 is amended by adding paragraph (h) to read as
follows:
Sec. 153.405 Calculation of reinsurance contributions.
* * * * *
(h) Maintenance of records. A contributing entity must maintain
documents and records, whether paper, electronic, or in other media,
sufficient to substantiate the enrollment count submitted pursuant to
this section for a period of at least 10 years, and must make those
documents and records available upon request from HHS, the OIG, the
Comptroller General, or their designees, to any such entity, for
purposes of verification, investigation, audit, or other review of
reinsurance contribution amounts.
0
18. Section 153.410 is amended by adding paragraph (c) to read as
follows:
Sec. 153.410 Requests for reinsurance payment.
* * * * *
(c) Maintenance of records. An issuer of a reinsurance-eligible
plan must maintain documents and records, whether paper, electronic, or
in other media, sufficient to substantiate the requests for reinsurance
payments made pursuant to this section for a period of at least 10
years, and must make those documents and records available upon request
from HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General, or their designees, or, in
a State where the State is operating reinsurance, the State or its
designee, to any such entity, for purposes of verification,
investigation, audit, or other review of reinsurance payment requests.
0
19. Section 153.510 is amended by adding paragraph (e)
Sec. 153.510 Risk corridors establishment and payment methodology
* * * * *
(e) A QHP issuer is not subject to the provisions of this subpart
with respect to a stand-alone dental plan.
0
20. Section 153.520 is amended by revising paragraphs (a), (b), and (e)
to read as follows:
Sec. 153.520 Attribution and allocation of revenue and expense items.
(a) Attribution to plans. Each item of expense in the target amount
with respect to a QHP must be reasonably attributable to the operation
of the QHP issuer's non-grandfathered health plans in a market within a
State, with the attribution based on a generally accepted accounting
method, consistently applied. To the extent that a QHP issuer utilizes
a specific method for allocating expenses for purposes of Sec. 158.170
of this subchapter, the method used for purposes of this paragraph must
be consistent.
(b) Allocation across plans. Each item of expense in the target
amount must reflect an amount equal to the pro rata portion of the
aggregate amount of such expense across all of the QHP issuer's non-
grandfathered health plans in a market within a State, allocated to the
QHP based on premiums earned.
* * * * *
(e) Maintenance of records. A QHP issuer must maintain documents
and records, whether paper, electronic, or in other media, sufficient
to enable the evaluation of the issuer's compliance with applicable
risk corridors standards, for each benefit year for at least 10 years,
and must make those documents and records available upon request from
HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General, or their designees, to any such
entity, for purposes of verification, investigation, audit or other
review.
0
21. Section 153.530 is amended by revising paragraphs (b) and (c) to
read as follows:
Sec. 153.530 Risk corridors data requirements.
* * * * *
(b) Allowable costs. A QHP issuer must submit to HHS data on the
allowable costs incurred with respect to the QHP issuer's non-
grandfathered health plans in a market within a State in a manner
specified by HHS. For purposes of this subpart, allowable costs must be
--
(1) Increased by any risk adjustment charges paid by the issuer for
the non-grandfathered health plans under the risk adjustment program
established under subpart D of this part.
(i) Any risk adjustment charges paid by the issuer for the non-
grandfathered health plans under the risk adjustment program
established pursuant to subpart D of this part; and
(ii) Any reinsurance contributions made by the issuer for the non-
grandfathered health plans under the transitional reinsurance program
established pursuant to subpart C of this part.
(2) Reduced by --
(i) Any risk adjustment payments received by the issuer for the
non-grandfathered health plans under the risk adjustment program
established pursuant to subpart D of this part;
(ii) Any reinsurance payments received by the issuer for the non-
grandfathered health plans under the transitional reinsurance program
established pursuant to subpart C of this part; and
[[Page 65095]]
(iii) Any cost-sharing reduction payments received by the issuer
for the QHP issuer's QHPs in a market within a State to the extent not
reimbursed to the provider furnishing the item or service.
(c) Allowable administrative costs. A QHP issuer must submit to HHS
data on the allowable administrative costs incurred with respect to the
QHP issuer's non-grandfathered health plans in a market within a State
in a manner specified by HHS.
* * * * *
0
22. Section 153.620 is amended by revising paragraph (b) to read as
follows:
Sec. 153.620 Compliance with risk adjustment standards.
* * * * *
(b) Issuer records maintenance requirements. An issuer that offers
risk adjustment covered plans must also maintain documents and records,
whether paper, electronic, or in other media, sufficient to enable the
evaluation of the issuer's compliance with applicable risk adjustment
standards, for each benefit year for at least 10 years, and must make
those documents and records available upon request to HHS, the OIG, the
Comptroller General, or their designees, or in a State where the State
is operating risk adjustment, the State or its designee to any such
entity, for purposes of verification, investigation, audit or other
review.
0
23. Section 153.740 is added to subpart H to read as follows:
Sec. 153.740 Failure to comply with HHS-operated risk adjustment and
reinsurance data requirements.
(a) Enforcement actions. If an issuer of a risk adjustment covered
plan or reinsurance-eligible plan fails to establish a dedicated
distributed data environment in a manner and timeframe specified by
HHS; fails to provide HHS with access to the required data in such
environment in accordance with Sec. 153.700(a) or otherwise fails to
comply with the requirements of Sec. Sec. 153.700 through 153.730;
fails to adhere to the reinsurance data submission requirements set
forth in Sec. 153.420; or fails to adhere to the risk adjustment data
submission and data storage requirements set forth in Sec. Sec.
153.610 through 153.630, HHS may impose civil money penalties in
accordance with the procedures set forth in Sec. 156.805 of this
subchapter. Civil monetary penalties will not be imposed for non-
compliance with these requirements during 2014 pursuant to this
paragraph (a) if the issuer has made good faith efforts to comply with
these requirements.
(b) Default risk adjustment charge. If an issuer of a risk
adjustment covered plan fails to establish a dedicated distributed data
environment or fails to provide HHS with access to the required data in
such environment in accordance with Sec. 153.610(a), Sec. 153.700,
Sec. 153.710, or Sec. 153.730 such that HHS cannot apply the
applicable Federally certified risk adjustment methodology to calculate
the risk adjustment payment transfer amount for the risk adjustment
covered plan in a timely fashion, HHS will assess a default risk
adjustment charge.
PART 155--EXCHANGE ESTABLISHMENT STANDARDS AND OTHER RELATED
STANDARDS UNDER THE AFFORDABLE CARE ACT
0
24. The authority citation for part 155 is revised to read as follows:
Authority: Title I of the Affordable Care Act, sections 1301,
1302, 1303, 1304, 1311, 1312, 1313, 1321, 1322, 1331, 1332, 1334,
1402, 1411, 1412, 1413, Pub. L. 111-148, 124 Stat. 119 (42 U.S.C.
18021-18024, 18031-18033, 18041-18042, 18051, 18054, 18071, and
18081-18083).
0
25. Section 155.340 is amended by adding paragraph (h) to read as
follows:
Sec. 155.340 Administration of advance payments of the premium tax
credit and cost-sharing reductions.
* * * * *
(h) Failure to reduce enrollee's premiums to account for advance
payments of the premium tax credit. If the Exchange discovers that it
did not reduce an enrollee's premium by the amount of the advance
payment of the premium tax credit, then the Exchange must notify the
enrollee of the improper reduction within 45 calendar days of discovery
of the improper reduction and refund the enrollee any excess premium
paid by or for the enrollee as follows:
(1) Unless a refund is requested by or for the enrollee, the
Exchange must, within 45 calendar days of discovery of the error, apply
the excess premium paid by or for the enrollee to the enrollee's
portion of the premium (or refund the amount directly). If any excess
premium remains, the Exchange must then apply the excess premium to the
enrollee's portion of the premium for each subsequent month for the
remainder of the period of enrollment or benefit year until the excess
premium is fully refunded (or refund the remaining amount directly). If
any excess premium remains at the end of the period of enrollment or
benefit year, the Exchange must refund any excess premium within 45
calendar days of the end of the period of enrollment or benefit year,
whichever comes first.
(2) If a refund is requested by or for the enrollee, the refund
must be provided within 45 calendar days of the date of the request.
0
26. Section 155.420 is amended by adding paragraph (d)(10) to read as
follows:
Sec. 155.420 Special enrollment periods.
* * * * *
(d) * * *
(10) It has been determined by the Exchange that a qualified
individual or enrollee, or his or her dependents, was not enrolled in
QHP coverage; was not enrolled in the QHP selected by the qualified
individual or enrollee; or is eligible for but is not receiving advance
payments of the premium tax credit or cost-sharing reductions as a
result of misconduct on the part of a non-Exchange entity providing
enrollment assistance or conducting enrollment activities. For purposes
of this provision, misconduct includes, but is not limited to, the
failure of the non-Exchange entity to comply with applicable standards
under this part, part 156 of this subchapter, or other applicable
Federal or State laws, as determined by the Exchange.
* * * * *
Sec. 155.725 [Amended]
0
27. Section 155.725(j)(2)(i) is revised to read as follows:
* * * * *
(j) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) Experiences an event described in Sec. 155.420(d)(1), (2),
(4), (5), (7), (8), (9), or (10);
* * * * *
0
28. Subpart M is added to read as follows:
Subpart M--Oversight and Program Integrity Standards for State
Exchanges
Sec.
155.1200 General program integrity and oversight requirements.
155.1210 Maintenance of records.
Subpart M--Oversight and Program Integrity Standards for State
Exchanges
Sec. 155.1200 General program integrity and oversight requirements.
(a) General requirement. A State Exchange must:
(1) Keep an accurate accounting of Exchange receipts and
expenditures in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles (GAAP).
(2) Monitor and report to HHS on Exchange related activities.
[[Page 65096]]
(3) Collect and report to HHS performance monitoring data.
(b) Reporting. The State Exchange must, at least annually, provide
to HHS, in a manner specified by HHS, the following data and
information:
(1) A financial statement presented in accordance with GAAP by
April 1 of each year,
(2) Eligibility and enrollment reports,
(3) Performance monitoring data, and
(4) If the Exchange is collecting premiums under Sec. 155.240, a
report on instances in which it did not reduce an enrollee's premium by
the amount of the advance payment of the premium tax credit in
accordance with Sec. 155.340(g)(1) and (2).
(c) External audits. The State Exchange must engage an independent
qualified auditing entity which follows generally accepted governmental
auditing standards (GAGAS) to perform an annual independent external
financial and programmatic audit and must make such information
available to HHS for review. The State must:
(1) Provide to HHS the results of the annual external audit; and
(2)) Inform HHS of any material weakness or significant deficiency
identified in the audit and must develop and inform HHS of a corrective
action plan for such material weakness or significant deficiency;
(3) Make public a summary of the results of the external audit.
(d) External audit standard. The State Exchange must ensure that
independent audits of State Exchange financial statements and program
activities in paragraph (c) of this section address:
(1) Compliance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section;
(2) Compliance with requirements under this part;
(3) Processes and procedures designed to prevent improper
eligibility determinations and enrollment transactions; and
(4) Identification of errors that have resulted in incorrect
eligibility determinations.
Sec. 155.1210 Maintenance of records.
(a) General. The State Exchange must maintain and must ensure its
contractors, subcontractors, and agents maintain for 10 years,
documents and records (whether paper, electronic, or other media) and
other evidence of accounting procedures and practices, which are
sufficient to do the following:
(1) Accommodate periodic auditing of the State Exchange's financial
records; and
(2) Enable HHS or its designee(s) to inspect facilities, or
otherwise evaluate the State- Exchange's compliance with Federal
standards.
(b) Records. The State Exchange and its contractors,
subcontractors, and agents must ensure that the records specified in
paragraph (a) of this section include, at a minimum, the following:
(1) Information concerning management and operation of the State
Exchange's financial and other record keeping systems;
(2) Financial statements, including cash flow statements, and
accounts receivable and matters pertaining to the costs of operations;
(3) Any financial reports filed with other Federal programs or
State authorities;
(4) Data and records relating to the State Exchange's eligibility
verifications and determinations, enrollment transactions, appeals, and
plan variation certifications; and
(5) Qualified health plan contracting (including benefit review)
data and consumer outreach and Navigator grant oversight information.
(c) Availability. A State Exchange must make all records and must
ensure its contractors, subcontractors, and agents must make all
records in paragraph (a) of this section available to HHS, the OIG, the
Comptroller General, or their designees, upon request.
PART 156--HEALTH INSURANCE ISSUER STANDARDS UNDER THE AFFORDABLE
CARE ACT, INCLUDING STANDARDS RELATED TO EXCHANGES
0
29. The authority citation for part 156 continues to read as follows:
Authority: Title I of the Affordable Care Act, sections 1301-
1304, 1311-1313, 1321-1322, 1324, 1334, 1342-1343, 1401-1402, Pub.
L. 111-148, 124 Stat. 119 42 U.S.C. 18021-18024, 18031-18032, 18041-
18042, 18044, 18054, 18061, 18063, 18071, 18082, 26 U.S.C. 36B, and
31 U.S.C. 9701).
0
30. Section 156.20 is amended by adding definitions in alphabetical
order for ``Enrollee satisfaction survey vendor'' and ``Registered user
of the enrollee satisfaction survey data warehouse'' to read as
follows:
Sec. 156.20 Definitions
* * * * *
Enrollee satisfaction survey vendor means an organization that has
relevant survey administration experience (for example, CAHPS[supreg]
surveys), organizational survey capacity, and quality control
procedures for survey administration.
* * * * *
Registered user of the enrollee satisfaction survey data warehouse
means enrollee satisfaction survey vendors, QHP issuers, and Exchanges
authorized to access CMS's secure data warehouse to submit survey data
and to preview survey results prior to public reporting.
0
31. Section 156.80 is amended by revising the first sentence of
paragraph (d)(1) and adding paragraph (d)(3) to read as follows:
Sec. 156.80 Single risk pool.
* * * * *
(d) * * *
(1) In general. A health insurance issuer must establish an index
rate that is effective January 1 of each calendar year for a state
market described in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section based on
the total combined claims costs for providing essential health benefits
within the single risk pool of that state market. * * *
* * * * *
(3) Frequency of index rate and plan-level adjustments. (i) A
health insurance issuer may not establish an index rate and make the
market-wide adjustments pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section,
or make the plan-level adjustments pursuant to paragraph (d)(2) of this
section, more or less frequently than annually, except as provided in
paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section.
(ii) Beginning the quarter after HHS issues notification that the
FF-SHOP can process quarterly rate updates, a health insurance issuer
in the small group market (not including a merged market) may establish
index rates and make the market-wide adjustments pursuant to paragraph
(d)(1) of this section, and make the plan-level adjustments pursuant to
paragraph (d)(2) of this section, no more frequently than quarterly,
provided that any changes to rates must have effective dates of January
1, April 1, July 1, or October 1.
* * * * *
0
32. Section 156.155 is amended by revising paragraph (a)(3) to read as
follows:
Sec. 156.155 Enrollment in catastrophic plans.
(a) * * *
(3) Provides coverage of the essential health benefits under
section 1302(b) of the Affordable Care Act, except that the plan
provides no benefits for any plan year (except as provided in
paragraphs (a)(4) and (b) of this section) until the annual limitation
on cost sharing in section 1302(c)(1) of the act is reached.
* * * * *
0
33. Section 156.330 is added to subpart D to read follows:
[[Page 65097]]
Sec. 156.330 Changes of Ownership of Issuers of Qualified Health
Plans in Federally-facilitated Exchanges.
When a QHP issuer that offers one or more QHPs in a Federally-
facilitated Exchange undergoes a change of ownership as recognized by
the State in which the issuer offers the QHP, the QHP issuer must
notify HHS of the change in a manner to be specified by HHS, and
provide the legal name and Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) of the
new owner and the effective date of the change at least 30 days prior
to the effective date of the change of ownership. The new owner must
agree to adhere to all applicable statutes and regulations.
0
34. Section 156.400 is amended by revising the definition of ``Most
generous or more generous'' to read as follows:
Sec. 156.400 Definitions.
* * * * *
Most generous or more generous means, as between a QHP (including a
standard silver plan) or plan variation and one or more other plan
variations of the same QHP, the standard plan or plan variation
designed for the category of individuals last listed in Sec.
155.305(g)(3) of this subchapter. Least generous or less generous has
the opposite meaning.
* * * * *
0
35. Section 156.410 is amended by adding paragraphs (c) and (d) to read
as follows:
Sec. 156.410 Cost-sharing reductions for enrollees.
* * * * *
(c) Improper cost-sharing reductions. (1) If a QHP issuer fails to
ensure that an individual assigned to a plan variation receives the
cost-sharing reductions required under the applicable plan variation,
taking into account Sec. 156.425(b) concerning continuity of
deductibles and out-of-pocket amounts (if applicable), then the QHP
issuer must notify the enrollee of the improper application of any
cost-sharing reduction within 45 calendar days of discovery of such
improper application, and refund any resulting excess cost sharing paid
by or for the enrollee as follows:
(i) If the excess cost sharing was paid by the provider, the QHP
issuer must refund the excess cost sharing to the provider within 45
calendar days of discovery of the improper application.
(ii) If the excess cost sharing was not paid by the provider and is
not requested by the enrollee as a refund, the QHP issuer must, within
45 calendar days of discovery of the error, apply the excess cost
sharing paid by or for the enrollee to the enrollee's portion of the
premium (or refund the amount directly). If any excess premium remains,
the QHP issuer must apply the excess premium to the enrollee's portion
of the premium for each subsequent month for the remainder of the
period of enrollment or benefit year until the excess is fully applied
(or refund any remaining amount directly). If any excess premium
remains at the end of the period of enrollment or benefit year, the QHP
issuer must refund the enrollee any remaining excess cost sharing paid
by or for the enrollee within 45 calendar days of the end of the period
of enrollment or benefit year, whichever comes first.
(iii) If the excess cost sharing was not paid by the provider, and
if a refund is requested by the enrollee, the refund must be provided
to the enrollee within 45 calendar days of the date of the request.
(2) If a QHP issuer provides an individual assigned to a plan
variation greater cost-sharing reductions than required under the
applicable plan variation, taking into account Sec. 156.425(b)
concerning continuity of deductibles and out-of-pocket amounts (if
applicable), then the QHP issuer will not be eligible for reimbursement
of any excess cost-sharing reductions provided to the enrollee, and may
not seek reimbursement from the enrollee or the applicable provider for
any of the excess cost-sharing reductions.
(d) Improper assignment. If a QHP issuer does not assign an
individual to the applicable plan variation (or standard plan without
cost-sharing reductions) in accordance with Sec. 156.410(b) and Sec.
156.425(a) based on the eligibility and enrollment information or
notification provided by the Exchange, then the QHP issuer must
reassign the enrollee to the applicable plan variation (or standard
plan without cost-sharing reductions) and notify the enrollee of the
improper assignment such that:
(1) If the QHP issuer discovers the improper assignment between the
first and fifteenth day of the month, the QHP issuer must reassign the
enrollee to the correct plan variation (or standard plan without cost-
sharing reductions) by the first day of the following month.
(2) If the QHP issuer discovers the improper assignment between the
sixteen and the last day of the month, the QHP issuer must reassign the
individual to the correct plan variation (or standard plan without
cost-sharing reductions) by the first day of the second following
month.
(3) If, pursuant to a reassignment under this paragraph (d), a QHP
issuer reassigns an enrollee from a more generous plan variation to a
less generous plan variation of a QHP (or a standard plan without cost-
sharing reductions), the QHP issuer will not be eligible for
reimbursement for any of the excess cost-sharing reductions provided to
the enrollee following the effective date of eligibility required by
the Exchange, and may not seek reimbursement from the enrollee or the
applicable provider for any of the excess cost-sharing reductions.
(4) If, pursuant to a reassignment under this paragraph (d), a QHP
issuer reassigns an enrollee from a less generous plan variation (or a
standard plan without cost-sharing reductions) to a more generous plan
variation of a QHP, the QHP issuer must recalculate the enrollee's
liability for cost sharing paid between the effective date of
eligibility required by the Exchange and the date on which the issuer
effectuated the change, and must refund any excess cost sharing paid by
or for the enrollee during such period as follows:
(i) If the excess cost sharing was paid by the provider, the QHP
issuer must refund the excess cost sharing to the provider within 45
calendar days of discovery of the improper assignment.
(ii) If the excess cost sharing was not paid by the provider and is
not requested by the enrollee as a refund, the QHP issuer must, within
45 calendar days of discovery of the improper assignment, apply the
excess cost sharing paid by or for the enrollee to the enrollee's
portion of the premium (or refund the amount directly). If any excess
premium remains, the QHP issuer must apply the excess premium to the
enrollee's portion of the premium for each subsequent month for the
remainder of the period of enrollment or benefit year until the excess
is fully applied (or refund the remaining amount directly). If any
excess premium remains at the end of the period of enrollment or
benefit year, the QHP issuer must refund the enrollee any remaining
excess cost sharing paid by or for the enrollee within 45 calendar days
of the end of the period of enrollment or benefit year, whichever comes
first.
(ii) If the excess cost sharing was not paid by the provider, then,
if the enrollee requests a refund, the refund must be provided to the
enrollee within 45 calendar days of the date of the request.
0
36. Section 156.430 is amended by revising paragraphs (c)(3)
introductory text, (c)(3)(iii) through (iv), and (c)(4) to read as
follows:
[[Page 65098]]
Sec. 156.430 Payment for cost-sharing reductions.
* * * * *
(c) * * *
(3) Selection of methodology. For benefit years 2014 through 2016,
notwithstanding paragraph (c)(2) of this section, a QHP issuer may
choose to calculate the amounts that would have been paid under the
standard plan without cost-sharing reductions using the simplified
methodology described in paragraph (c)(4) of this section.
* * * * *
(iii) The QHP issuer may not select the simplified methodology for
a benefit year if the QHP issuer did not select the simplified
methodology for the prior benefit year.
(iv) Notwithstanding paragraphs (c)(3)(ii) and (iii) of this
section, if a QHP issuer merges with or acquires another issuer of a
QHP on the Exchange, or acquires a QHP offered on the Exchange from
another QHP issuer, and if one, but not all, of the merging, acquiring,
or acquired parties had selected the simplified methodology for the
benefit year, then for the benefit year in which the merger or
acquisition took place, the QHP issuer must calculate the amounts that
would have been paid using the methodology (whether the standard
methodology described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section or the
simplified methodology described in paragraph (c)(4) of this section)
selected with respect to the plan variation prior to the start of the
benefit year (even if the selection was not made by that QHP issuer).
For the next benefit year (if such benefit year is 2015 or 2016), the
QHP issuer may select the simplified methodology (subject to paragraph
(c)(3)(ii) of this section but, for that benefit year, not paragraph
(c)(3)(iii) of this section) or the standard methodology.
(4) Simplified methodology. Subject to paragraph (c)(4)(v) of this
section, a QHP issuer that selects the simplified methodology described
in this paragraph (c)(4) must calculate the amount that the enrollees
would have paid under the standard plan without cost-sharing reductions
for each policy that was assigned to a plan variation for any portion
of the benefit year by applying each set of the standard plan's
effective cost-sharing parameters (as calculated under paragraphs
(c)(3)(ii) and (iii) of this section) to the corresponding subgroup of
total allowed costs for EHB for the policy (as described in paragraph
(c)(4)(i) of this section).
(i) For plan variation policies with total allowed costs for EHB
for the benefit year that are:
(A) Less than or equal to the effective deductible, the amount that
the enrollees would have paid under the standard plan is equal to the
total allowed costs for EHB under the policy for the benefit year
multiplied by the effective pre-deductible coinsurance rate.
(B) Greater than the effective deductible but less than the
effective claims ceiling, the amount that the enrollees would have paid
under the standard plan is equal to the sum of (x) the average
deductible, plus (y) the effective non-deductible cost sharing, plus
(z) the difference, if positive, between the total allowed costs under
the policy for the benefit year for EHB that are subject to a
deductible and the average deductible, multiplied by the effective
post-deductible coinsurance rate.
(C) Greater than or equal to the effective claims ceiling, the
amount that the enrollees would have paid under the standard plan is
equal to the annual limitation on cost sharing for the standard plan
(as defined at 45 CFR 156.400), or, at the QHP issuer's election on a
policy-by-policy basis, the amount calculated pursuant to the standard
methodology described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section,
(ii) The QHP issuer must calculate one or more sets of effective
cost-sharing parameters, as described in paragraph (c)(4)(iii) of this
section, based on policies assigned to the standard plan without cost-
sharing reductions for the entire benefit year and must separately
apply each set of effective cost-sharing parameters to the
corresponding subgroup of total allowed costs for EHB for each plan
variation policy, as described in paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section,
as follows:
(A) If the standard plan has separate cost-sharing parameters for
self-only coverage and other than self-only coverage, but does not have
separate cost-sharing parameters for pharmaceutical and medical
services, the QHP issuer must calculate and apply separate sets of
effective cost-sharing parameters based on the costs of enrollees in
the standard plan with self-only coverage, and based on the costs of
enrollees in the standard plan with other than self-only coverage.
(B) If the standard plan has separate cost-sharing parameters for
pharmaceutical and medical services, but does not have separate cost-
sharing parameters for self-only coverage and other than self-only
coverage, the QHP issuer must calculate and apply separate sets of
effective cost-sharing parameters based on the medical costs of the
enrollees in the standard plan, and based on the pharmaceutical costs
of the enrollees in the standard plan.
(C) If the standard plan has separate cost-sharing parameters for
self-only coverage and other than self-only coverage, and also has
separate cost-sharing parameters for pharmaceutical and medical
services, the QHP issuer must calculate and apply separate sets of
effective cost-sharing parameters based on the medical costs of
enrollees in the standard plan with self-only coverage, based on the
pharmaceutical costs of enrollees in the standard plan with self-only
coverage, based on the medical costs of enrollees in the standard plan
with other than self-only coverage, and based on the pharmaceutical
costs of enrollees in the standard plan with other than self-only
coverage.
(iii) The effective cost-sharing parameters for the standard plan
without cost-sharing reductions must be calculated based on policies
assigned to the standard plan for the entire benefit year for each of
the required subgroups under paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this section as
follows:
(A) If the standard plan has only one deductible (for the
applicable subgroup), the average deductible of the standard plan is
that deductible amount. If the standard plan has more than one
deductible (for the applicable subgroup), the average deductible is the
weighted average of the deductibles, weighted by allowed costs for EHB
under the standard plan for the benefit year that are subject to each
separate deductible. Services that are not subject to any deductible
(including services subject to copayments or coinsurance but not any
deductible) are not to be incorporated into the calculation of the
average deductible.
(B) The effective non-deductible cost sharing for the applicable
subgroup is the average portion of total allowed costs for EHB that are
not subject to any deductible for the standard plan for the benefit
year incurred for standard plan enrollees and payable by the enrollees
as cost sharing. The effective non-deductible cost sharing must be
calculated based only on standard plan policies with total allowed
costs for EHB for the benefit year that are above the effective
deductible but for which associated cost sharing for EHB is less than
the annual limitation on cost sharing.
(C) The effective deductible for the applicable subgroup is equal
to the sum of the average deductible and the average total allowed
costs for EHB that are not subject to any deductible for the standard
plan for the benefit year. The average total allowed costs for EHB that
[[Page 65099]]
are not subject to any deductible for the standard plan for the benefit
year must be calculated based only on standard plan policies with total
allowed costs for EHB for the benefit year that are above the average
deductible but for which associated cost sharing for EHB is less than
the annual limitation on cost sharing.
(D) The effective pre-deductible coinsurance rate for the
applicable subgroup is the proportion of the total allowed costs for
EHB under the standard plan for the benefit year incurred for standard
plan enrollees and payable as cost sharing. The effective pre-
deductible coinsurance rate must be calculated based only on standard
plan policies with total allowed costs for EHB for the benefit year
that are less than or equal to the effective deductible.
(E) The effective post-deductible coinsurance rate for the
applicable subgroup is the quotient of (x) the portion of average
allowed costs for EHB subject to a deductible incurred for enrollees
for the benefit year, and payable by the enrollees as cost sharing
other than through a deductible, over the difference of (y) the average
allowed costs for EHB subject to a deductible incurred for enrollees
for the benefit year, and (z) the average deductible. The effective
post-deductible coinsurance rate must be calculated based only on
standard plan policies with total allowed costs for EHB for the benefit
year that are above the effective deductible but for which associated
cost sharing for EHB is less than the annual limitation on cost
sharing.
(F) The effective claims ceiling for the applicable subgroup is
calculated as the effective deductible plus the quotient of (x) the
difference between the annual limitation on cost sharing and the sum of
the average deductible and the effective non-deductible cost sharing,
divided by (y) the effective post-deductible coinsurance rate.
(iv) If a QHP issuer uses the simplified methodology described in
this paragraph (c)(4), and the QHP issuer's standard plan does not meet
any of the criteria in paragraphs (c)(4)(v)(A) through (D) of this
section, the QHP issuer must also submit to HHS, in the manner and
timeframe established by HHS, the following information for each
standard plan offered by the QHP issuer in the individual market
through the Exchange for each of the required subgroups described in
paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this section:
(A) The average deductible for each applicable subgroup;
(B) The effective deductible for each applicable subgroup;
(C) The effective non-deductible cost sharing amount for each
applicable subgroup;
(D) The effective pre-deductible coinsurance rate for each
applicable subgroup;
(E) The effective post-deductible coinsurance rate for each
applicable subgroup;
(F) The effective claims ceiling for each applicable subgroup; and
(G) A memorandum developed by a member of the American Academy of
Actuaries in accordance with generally accepted actuarial principles
and methodologies that describes how the QHP issuer calculated the
effective cost-sharing parameters for each applicable subgroup for the
standard plan.
(v) Notwithstanding paragraphs (c)(4)(i) through (iii) of this
section, if a QHP issuer's standard plan meets the criteria in any of
the following subparagraphs, and the QHP issuer has selected the
simplified methodology described in this paragraph (c)(4), then the QHP
issuer must calculate the amount that the enrollees in the plan
variation would have paid under the standard plan without cost-sharing
reductions as the lesser of the annual limitation on cost sharing for
the standard plan or the amount equal to the product of, (x) one minus
the standard plan's actuarial value, as calculated under 45 CFR
156.135, and (y) the total allowed costs for EHB for the benefit year
under each policy that was assigned to a plan variation for any portion
of the benefit year.
(A) The standard plan has separate cost-sharing parameters for
self-only coverage and other than self-only coverage, does not have
separate cost-sharing parameters for pharmaceutical and medical
services, and has an enrollment during the benefit year of fewer than
12,000 member months for coverage with total allowed costs for EHB for
the benefit year that are greater than the effective deductible, but
for which associated cost sharing for EHB is less than the annual
limitation on cost sharing, in either of the following categories -
(1) Self-only coverage; or
(2) Other than self-only coverage.
(B) The standard plan has separate cost-sharing parameters for
pharmaceutical and medical services, does not have separate cost-
sharing parameters for self-only coverage and other than self-only
coverage, and has an enrollment during the benefit year of fewer than
12,000 member months for coverage with total allowed costs for EHB for
the benefit year that are greater than the effective deductible, but
for which associated cost sharing for EHB is less than the annual
limitation on cost sharing, in either of the following categories:
(1) Coverage of medical services; or
(2) Coverage of pharmaceutical services.
(C) The standard plan has separate cost-sharing parameters for
self-only coverage and other than self-only coverage and for
pharmaceutical and medical services, and has an enrollment during the
benefit year of fewer than 12,000 member months for coverage with total
allowed costs for EHB for the benefit year that are greater than the
effective deductible, but for which associated cost sharing for EHB is
less than the annual limitation on cost sharing, in any of the
following categories:
(1) Self-only coverage of medical services;
(2) Self-only coverage of pharmaceutical services;
(3) Other than self-only coverage of medical services; or
(4) Other than self-only coverage of pharmaceutical services.
(D) The standard plan does not have separate cost-sharing
parameters for pharmaceutical and medical services, or for self-only
coverage and other than self-only coverage, and has an enrollment
during the benefit year of fewer than 12,000 member months with total
allowed costs for EHB for the benefit year that are greater than the
effective deductible, but for which associated cost sharing for EHB is
less than the annual limitation on cost sharing.
(vi) Notwithstanding paragraphs (c)(4)(i)(A) and (B) of this
section, and paragraphs (c)(4)(iii)(A) through (E) of this section, if
more than eighty percent of the total allowed costs for EHB for the
benefit year under a standard plan for a subgroup that requires a
separate set of effective cost-sharing parameters pursuant to paragraph
(c)(4)(ii) are not subject to a deductible, then:
(A) The average deductible, the effective non-deductible cost
sharing, and the effective deductible for the subgroup equal zero;
(B) The effective pre-deductible coinsurance rate for the subgroup
is equal to the effective post-deductible coinsurance rate for the
subgroup, which is determined based on all standard plan policies for
the applicable subgroup for which associated cost sharing for EHB is
less than the annual limitation on cost sharing, and calculated for the
applicable subgroup as the proportion of the total allowed costs for
EHB under the standard plan for the benefit year incurred for standard
plan enrollees and payable as
[[Page 65100]]
cost sharing (including cost sharing payable through a deductible); and
(C) The amount that enrollees in the applicable subgroup in plan
variation policies with total allowed costs for EHB for the benefit
year that are less than the effective claims ceiling would have paid
under the standard plan must be calculated using the formula in
paragraph (c)(4)(i)(A).
* * * * *
0
37. Section 156.460 is amended by adding paragraph (c) to read as
follows:
Sec. 156.460 Reduction of enrollee's share of premium to account for
advance payments of the premium tax credit.
* * * * *
(c) Refunds to enrollees for improper reduction of enrollee's share
of premium to account for advance payments of the premium tax credit.
If a QHP issuer discovers that it did not reduce the portion of the
premium charged to or for an enrollee for the applicable month(s) by
the amount of the advance payment of the premium tax credit in
accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the QHP issuer must
notify the enrollee of the improper reduction within 45 calendar days
of the QHP issuer's discovery of the improper reduction and refund any
excess premium paid by or for the enrollee, as follows:
(1) Unless a refund is requested by or for the enrollee, the QHP
issuer must, within 45 calendar days of discovery of the error, apply
the excess premium paid by or for the enrollee to the enrollee's
portion of the premium (or refund the amount directly). If any excess
premium remains, the QHP issuer must apply the excess premium to the
enrollee's portion of the premium for each subsequent month for the
remainder of the period of enrollment or benefit year until the excess
is fully applied (or refund the remaining amount directly). If any
excess premium remains at the end of the period of enrollment or
benefit year, the QHP issuer must refund any excess premium within 45
calendar days of the end of the period of enrollment or benefit year,
whichever comes first.
(2) If a refund is requested by or for the enrollee, the refund
must be provided within 45 calendar days of the date of the request.
0
38. Section 156.480 is added to subpart E to read as follows:
Sec. 156.480 Oversight of the administration of the cost-sharing
reductions and advance payments of the premium tax credit programs.
(a) Maintenance of records. An issuer that offers a QHP in the
individual market through a State Exchange must adhere to, and ensure
that any relevant delegated entities and downstream entities adhere to,
the standards set forth in Sec. 156.705 concerning maintenance of
documents and records, whether paper, electronic, or in other media, by
issuers offering QHPs in a Federally-facilitated Exchange, in
connection with cost-sharing reductions and advance payments of the
premium tax credit.
(b) Annual reporting requirements. For each benefit year, an issuer
that offers a QHP in the individual market through an Exchange must
report to HHS, in the manner and timeframe required by HHS, summary
statistics specified by HHS with respect to administration of cost-
sharing reduction and advance payments of the premium tax credit
programs, including any failure to adhere to the standards set forth
under Sec. 156.410(a) through (d), Sec. 156.425(a) through (b), and
Sec. 156.460(a) through (c) of this Part.
(c) Audits. HHS or its designee may audit an issuer that offers a
QHP in the individual market through an Exchange to assess compliance
with the requirements of this subpart.
0
39. Subpart H is added to read as follows:
Subpart H--Oversight and Financial Integrity Standards for Issuers of
Qualified Health Plans in Federally-Facilitated Exchanges
Sec.
156.705 Maintenance of records for Federally-facilitated Exchange.
156.715 Investigations and compliance reviews in Federally-
facilitated Exchanges.
Subpart H--Oversight and Financial Integrity Standards for Issuers
of Qualified Health Plans in Federally-Facilitated Exchanges
Sec. 156.705 Maintenance of records for Federally-facilitated
Exchanges.
(a) General standard. Issuers offering QHPs in a Federally-
facilitated Exchange must maintain all documents and records (whether
paper, electronic, or other media) and other evidence of accounting
procedures and practices, necessary for HHS to do the following:
(1) Periodically audit financial records related to QHP issuers'
participation in a Federally-facilitated Exchange, and evaluate the
ability of QHP issuers to bear the risk of potential financial losses;
and
(2) Conduct compliance reviews or otherwise monitor QHP issuers'
compliance with all Exchange standards applicable to issuers offering
QHPs in a federally-facilitated Exchange as listed in this part.
(b) Records. The records described in paragraph (a) of this section
include the sources listed in Sec. 155.1210(b)(2), (3), and (5) of
this subchapter.
(c) Record retention timeframe. Issuers offering QHPs in a
Federally-facilitated Exchange must maintain all records referenced in
paragraph (a) of this section for 10 years.
(d) Record availability. Issuers offering QHPs in a Federally-
facilitated Exchange must make all records in paragraph (a) of this
section available to HHS, the OIG, the Comptroller General, or their
designees, upon request.
Sec. 156.715 Compliance Reviews of QHP Issuers in Federally-
facilitated Exchanges.
(a) General standard. Issuers offering QHPs in a Federally-
facilitated Exchange may be subject to compliance reviews to ensure
ongoing compliance with Exchange standards applicable to issuers
offering QHPs in a Federally-facilitated Exchange.
(b) Records. In preparation for or in the course of the compliance
review, a QHP issuer must make available for HHS to review the records
of the QHP issuer that pertain to its activities within a Federally-
facilitated Exchange. Such records may include, but are not limited to
the following:
(1) The QHP issuer's books and contracts, including the QHP
issuer's policy manuals and other QHP plan benefit information provided
to the QHP issuer's enrollees;
(2) The QHP issuer's policies and procedures, protocols, standard
operating procedures, or other similar manuals related to the QHP
issuer's activities in a Federally-facilitated Exchange;
(3) Any other information reasonably necessary for HHS to--
(i) Evaluate the QHP issuer's compliance with QHP certification
standards and other Exchange standards applicable to issuers offering
QHPs in a Federally-facilitated Exchange;
(ii) Evaluate the QHP's performance, including its adherence to an
effective compliance plan, within a Federally-facilitated Exchange;
(iii) Verify that the QHP issuer has performed the duties attested
to as part of the QHP certification process; and
(iv) Assess the likelihood of fraud or abuse.
(c) Interest of Qualified Individuals and Qualified Employers.
HHS's findings from the compliance reviews under this section may be in
conjunction with other findings related to the QHP issuers' compliance
with certification standards, used to confirm
[[Page 65101]]
that permitting the issuer's QHPs to be available through a Federally-
facilitated Exchange is in the interest of the qualified individuals
and qualified employers as provided under Sec. 155.1000(c)(2) of this
subchapter.
(d) Onsite and desk reviews. The QHP issuer will make available,
for the purposes listed in paragraph (c) of this section, its premises,
physical facilities and equipment (including computer and other
electronic systems), for HHS to conduct a compliance review as provided
under this section.
(1) A compliance review under this section will be carried out as
an onsite or desk review based on the specific circumstances.
(2) Unless otherwise specified, nothing in this section is intended
to preempt Federal laws and regulations related to information privacy
and security.
(e) Compliance review timeframe. A QHP issuer may be subject to a
compliance review up to 10 years from the last day of that plan benefit
year, or 10 years from the last day that the QHP certification is
effective if the QHP is no longer available through a Federally-
facilitated Exchange; provided, however, that if the 10 year review
period falls during an ongoing compliance review, the review period
would be extended until the compliance review is completed.
0
40. Subpart J is added to read as follows:
Subpart J--Administrative Review of QHP Issuer Sanctions in Federally-
Facilitated Exchanges
Sec.
156.901 Definitions.
156.903 Scope of Administrative Law Judge's (ALJ) authority.
156.905 Filing of request for hearing.
156.907 Form and content of request for hearing.
156.909 Amendment of notice of assessment or decertification request
for hearing.
156.911 Dismissal of request for hearing.
156.913 Settlement.
156.915 Intervention.
156.917 Issues to be heard and decided by ALJ.
156.919 Forms of hearing.
156.921 Appearance of counsel.
156.923 Communications with the ALJ.
156.925 Motions.
156.927 Form and service of submissions.
156.929 Computation of time and extensions of time.
156.929 Computation of time and extensions of time.
156.931 Acknowledgment of request for hearing.
156.935 Discovery.
156.937 Submission of briefs and proposed hearing exhibits.
156.939 Effect of submission of proposed hearing exhibits.
156.941 Prehearing conferences.
156.943 Standard of proof.
156.945 Evidence.
156.947 The record.
156.951 Posthearing briefs.
156.953 ALJ decision.
156.955 Sanctions.
156.957 Review by Administrator.
156.959 Judicial review.
156.961 Failure to pay assessment.
156.963 Final order not subject to review.
Subpart J--Administrative Review of QHP Issuer Sanctions in
Federally-Facilitated Exchanges
Sec. 156.901 Definitions.
In this subpart, unless the context indicates otherwise:
ALJ means administrative law judge of the Departmental Appeals
Board of HHS.
Filing date means the date postmarked by the U.S. Postal Service,
deposited with a carrier for commercial delivery, or hand delivered.
Hearing includes a hearing on a written record as well as an in-
person or telephone hearing.
Party means HHS or the respondent.
Receipt date means five days after the date of a document, unless
there is a showing that it was in fact received later.
Respondent means an entity that received a notice of proposed
assessment of a civil money penalty issued pursuant to Sec. 156.805 or
a notice of decertification pursuant to Sec. 156.810(c) or (d).
Sec. 156.903 Scope of Administrative Law Judge's (ALJ) authority.
(a) The ALJ has the authority, including all of the authority
conferred by the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 554a), to adopt
whatever procedures may be necessary or proper to carry out in an
efficient and effective manner the ALJ's duty to provide a fair and
impartial hearing on the record and to issue an initial decision
concerning the imposition of a civil money penalty or the
decertification of a QHP offered in a Federally-facilitated Exchange.
(b) The ALJ's authority includes the authority to modify,
consistent with the Administrative Procedures Act (5 U.S.C. 552a), any
hearing procedures set out in this subpart.
(c) The ALJ does not have the authority to find invalid or refuse
to follow Federal statutes or regulations.
Sec. 156.905 Filing of request for hearing.
(a) A respondent has a right to a hearing before an ALJ if it files
a request for hearing that complies with Sec. 156.907(a), within 30
days after the date of issuance of either HHS' notice of proposed
assessment under Sec. 156.805, notice of decertification of a QHP
under Sec. 156.810(c) or Sec. 156.810(d). The request for hearing
should be addressed as instructed in the notice of proposed
determination. ``date of issuance'' is five (5) days after the filing
date, unless there is a showing that the document was received earlier.
(b) The ALJ may extend the time for filing a request for hearing
only if the ALJ finds that the respondent was prevented by events or
circumstances beyond its control from filing its request within the
time specified above. Any request for an extension of time must be made
promptly by written motion.
Sec. 156.907 Form and content of request for hearing.
(a) The request for hearing must do the following:
(1) Identify any factual or legal bases for the assessment or
decertifications with which the respondent disagrees.
(2) Describe with reasonable specificity the basis for the
disagreement, including any affirmative facts or legal arguments on
which the respondent is relying.
(b) Identify the relevant notice of assessment or decertification
by date and attach a copy of the notice.
Sec. 156.909 Amendment of notice of assessment or decertification
request for hearing.
The ALJ may permit CMS to amend its notice of assessment or
decertification, or permit the respondent to amend a request for
hearing that complies with Sec. 156.907(a), if the ALJ finds that no
undue prejudice to either party will result.
Sec. 156.911 Dismissal of request for hearing.
An ALJ will order a request for hearing dismissed if the ALJ
determines that:
(a) The request for hearing was not filed within 30 days as
specified by Sec. 156.905(a) or any extension of time granted by the
ALJ pursuant to Sec. 156.905(b).
(b) The request for hearing fails to meet the requirements of Sec.
156.907.
(c) The entity that filed the request for hearing is not a
respondent under Sec. 156.901.
(d) The respondent has abandoned its request.
(e) The respondent withdraws its request for hearing.
Sec. 156.913 Settlement.
HHS has exclusive authority to settle any issue or any case,
without the consent of the ALJ at any time before or after the ALJ's
decision.
[[Page 65102]]
Sec. 156.915 Intervention.
(a) The ALJ may grant the request of an entity, other than the
respondent, to intervene if all of the following occur:
(1) The entity has a significant interest relating to the subject
matter of the case.
(2) Disposition of the case will, as a practical matter, likely
impair or impede the entity's ability to protect that interest.
(3) The entity's interest is not adequately represented by the
existing parties.
(4) The intervention will not unduly delay or prejudice the
adjudication of the rights of the existing parties.
(b) A request for intervention must specify the grounds for
intervention and the manner in which the entity seeks to participate in
the proceedings. Any participation by an intervenor must be in the
manner and by any deadline set by the ALJ.
(c) The Department of Labor (DOL) or the Internal Revenue Service
(IRS) may intervene without regard to paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of
this section.
Sec. 156.917 Issues to be heard and decided by ALJ.
(a) The ALJ has the authority to hear and decide the following
issues:
(1) Whether a basis exists to assess a civil money penalty against
the respondent.
(2) Whether the amount of the assessed civil money penalty is
reasonable.
(3) Whether a basis exists to decertify a QHP offered by the
respondent in a Federally-facilitated Exchange.
(b) In deciding whether the amount of a civil money penalty is
reasonable, the ALJ--
(1) Will apply the factors that are identified in Sec. 156.805 for
civil money penalties.
(2) May consider evidence of record relating to any factor that HHS
did not apply in making its initial determination, so long as that
factor is identified in this subpart.
(c) If the ALJ finds that a basis exists to assess a civil money
penalty, the ALJ may sustain, reduce, or increase the penalty that HHS
assessed.
Sec. 156.919 Forms of hearing.
(a) All hearings before an ALJ are on the record. The ALJ may
receive argument or testimony in writing, in person, or by telephone.
The ALJ may receive testimony by telephone only if the ALJ determines
that doing so is in the interest of justice and economy and that no
party will be unduly prejudiced. The ALJ may require submission of a
witness' direct testimony in writing only if the witness is available
for cross-examination.
(b) The ALJ may decide a case based solely on the written record
where there is no disputed issue of material fact the resolution of
which requires the receipt of oral testimony.
Sec. 156.921 Appearance of counsel.
Any attorney who is to appear on behalf of a party must promptly
file, with the ALJ, a notice of appearance.
Sec. 156.923 Communications with the ALJ.
No party or person (except employees of the ALJ's office) may
communicate in any way with the ALJ on any matter at issue in a case,
unless on notice and opportunity for both parties to participate. This
provision does not prohibit a party or person from inquiring about the
status of a case or asking routine questions concerning administrative
functions or procedures.
Sec. 156.925 Motions.
(a) Any request to the ALJ for an order or ruling must be by
motion, stating the relief sought, the authority relied upon, and the
facts alleged. All motions must be in writing, with a copy served on
the opposing party, except in either of the following situations:
(1) The motion is presented during an oral proceeding before an ALJ
at which both parties have the opportunity to be present.
(2) An extension of time is being requested by agreement of the
parties or with waiver of objections by the opposing party.
(b) Unless otherwise specified in this subpart, any response or
opposition to a motion must be filed within 20 days of the party's
receipt of the motion. The ALJ does not rule on a motion before the
time for filing a response to the motion has expired except where the
response is filed at an earlier date, where the opposing party consents
to the motion being granted, or where the ALJ determines that the
motion should be denied.
Sec. 156.927 Form and service of submissions.
(a) Every submission filed with the ALJ must be filed in
triplicate, including one original of any signed documents, and
include:
(1) A caption on the first page, setting forth the title of the
case, the docket number (if known), and a description of the submission
(such as ``Motion for Discovery'').
(2) The signatory's name, address, and telephone number.
(3) A signed certificate of service, specifying each address to
which a copy of the submission is sent, the date on which it is sent,
and the method of service.
(b) A party filing a submission with the ALJ must, at the time of
filing, serve a copy of such submission on the opposing party. An
intervenor filing a submission with the ALJ must, at the time of
filing, serve a copy of the submission on all parties. Service must be
made by mailing or hand delivering a copy of the submission to the
opposing party. If a party is represented by an attorney, service must
be made on the attorney.
Sec. 156.929 Computation of time and extensions of time.
(a) For purposes of this subpart, in computing any period of time,
the time begins with the day following the act, event, or default and
includes the last day of the period unless it is a Saturday, Sunday, or
legal holiday observed by the Federal government, in which event it
includes the next business day. When the period of time allowed is less
than seven days, intermediate Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays
observed by the Federal government are excluded from the computation.
(b) The period of time for filing any responsive pleading or papers
is determined by the date of receipt (as defined in Sec. 156.901) of
the submission to which a response is being made.
(c) The ALJ may grant extensions of the filing deadlines specified
in these regulations or set by the ALJ for good cause shown (except
that requests for extensions of time to file a request for hearing may
be granted only on the grounds specified in Sec. 156.905(b)).
Sec. 156.931 Acknowledgment of request for hearing.
After receipt of the request for hearing, the ALJ assigned to the
case or someone acting on behalf of the ALJ will send a letter to the
parties that acknowledges receipt of the request for hearing,
identifies the docket number assigned to the case, provides
instructions for filing submissions and other general information
concerning procedures, and sets out the next steps in the case.
Sec. 156.935 Discovery.
(a) The parties must identify any need for discovery from the
opposing party as soon as possible, but no later than the time for the
reply specified in Sec. 156.937(c). Upon request of a party, the ALJ
may stay proceedings for a reasonable period pending completion of
discovery if the ALJ determines that a party would not be able to make
the submissions required by Sec. 156.937 without discovery. The
parties should attempt to resolve any discovery issues informally
before seeking an order from the ALJ.
[[Page 65103]]
(b) Discovery devices may include requests for production of
documents, requests for admission, interrogatories, depositions, and
stipulations. The ALJ orders interrogatories or depositions only if
these are the only means to develop the record adequately on an issue
that the ALJ must resolve to decide the case.
(c) Each discovery request must be responded to within 30 days of
receipt, unless that period of time is extended for good cause by the
ALJ.
(d) A party to whom a discovery request is directed may object in
writing for any of the following reasons:
(1) Compliance with the request is unduly burdensome or expensive.
(2) Compliance with the request will unduly delay the proceedings.
(3) The request seeks information that is wholly outside of any
matter in dispute.
(4) The request seeks privileged information. Any party asserting a
claim of privilege must sufficiently describe the information or
document being withheld to show that the privilege applies. If an
asserted privilege applies to only part of a document, a party
withholding the entire document must state why the nonprivileged part
is not segregable.
(5) The disclosure of information responsive to the discovery
request is prohibited by law.
(e) Any motion to compel discovery must be filed within 10 days
after receipt of objections to the party's discovery request, within 10
days after the time for response to the discovery request has elapsed
if no response is received, or within 10 days after receipt of an
incomplete response to the discovery request. The motion must be
reasonably specific as to the information or document sought and must
state its relevance to the issues in the case.
Sec. 156.937 Submission of briefs and proposed hearing exhibits.
(a) Within 60 days of its receipt of the acknowledgment provided
for in Sec. 156.931, the respondent must file the following with the
ALJ:
(1) A statement of its arguments concerning CMS's notice of
assessment or decertification (respondent's brief), including citations
to the respondent's hearing exhibits provided in accordance with
paragraph (a)(2) of this section. The brief may not address factual or
legal bases for the assessment or decertification that the respondent
did not identify as disputed in its request for hearing or in an
amendment to that request permitted by the ALJ.
(2) All documents (including any affidavits) supporting its
arguments, tabbed and organized chronologically and accompanied by an
indexed list identifying each document.
(3) A statement regarding whether there is a need for an in-person
hearing and, if so, a list of proposed witnesses and a summary of their
expected testimony that refers to any factual dispute to which the
testimony will relate.
(4) Any stipulations or admissions.
(b) Within 30 days of its receipt of the respondent's submission
required by paragraph (a) of this section, CMS will file the following
with the ALJ:
(1) A statement responding to the respondent's brief, including the
respondent's proposed hearing exhibits, if appropriate. The statement
may include citations to CMS's proposed hearing exhibits submitted in
accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
(2) Any documents supporting CMS's response not already submitted
as part of the respondent's proposed hearing exhibits, organized and
indexed as indicated in paragraph (a)(2) of this section (CMS's
proposed hearing exhibits).
(3) A statement regarding whether there is a need for an in-person
hearing and, if so, a list of proposed witnesses and a summary of their
expected testimony that refers to any factual dispute to which the
testimony will relate.
(4) Any admissions or stipulations.
(c) Within 15 days of its receipt of CMS's submission required by
paragraph (b) of this section, the respondent may file with the ALJ a
reply to CMS's submission.
Sec. 156.939 Effect of submission of proposed hearing exhibits.
(a) Any proposed hearing exhibit submitted by a party in accordance
with Sec. 156.937 is deemed part of the record unless the opposing
party raises an objection to that exhibit and the ALJ rules to exclude
it from the record. An objection must be raised either in writing prior
to the prehearing conference provided for in Sec. 156.941 or at the
prehearing conference. The ALJ may require a party to submit the
original hearing exhibit on his or her own motion or in response to a
challenge to the authenticity of a proposed hearing exhibit.
(b) A party may introduce a proposed hearing exhibit following the
times for submission specified in Sec. 156.937 only if the party
establishes to the satisfaction of the ALJ that it could not have
produced the exhibit earlier and that the opposing party will not be
prejudiced.
Sec. 156.941 Prehearing conferences.
An ALJ may schedule one or more prehearing conferences (generally
conducted by telephone) on the ALJ's own motion or at the request of
either party for the purpose of any of the following:
(a) Hearing argument on any outstanding discovery request.
(b) Establishing a schedule for any supplements to the submissions
required by Sec. 156.937 because of information obtained through
discovery.
(c) Hearing argument on a motion.
(d) Discussing whether the parties can agree to submission of the
case on a stipulated record.
(e) Establishing a schedule for an in-person hearing, including
setting deadlines for the submission of written direct testimony or for
the written reports of experts.
(f) Discussing whether the issues for a hearing can be simplified
or narrowed.
(g) Discussing potential settlement of the case.
(h) Discussing any other procedural or substantive issues.
Sec. 156.943 Standard of proof.
(a) In all cases before an ALJ--
(1) CMS has the burden of coming forward with evidence sufficient
to establish a prima facie case;
(2) The respondent has the burden of coming forward with evidence
in response, once CMS has established a prima facie case; and
(3) CMS has the burden of persuasion regarding facts material to
the assessment or decertification; and
(4) The respondent has the burden of persuasion regarding facts
relating to an affirmative defense.
(b) The preponderance of the evidence standard applies to all cases
before the ALJ.
Sec. 156.945 Evidence.
(a) The ALJ will determine the admissibility of evidence.
(b) Except as provided in this part, the ALJ will not be bound by
the Federal Rules of Evidence. However, the ALJ may apply the Federal
Rules of Evidence where appropriate; for example, to exclude unreliable
evidence.
(c) The ALJ excludes irrelevant or immaterial evidence.
(d) Although relevant, evidence may be excluded if its probative
value is substantially outweighed by the danger of unfair prejudice,
confusion of the issues, or by considerations of undue delay or
needless presentation of cumulative evidence.
(e) Although relevant, evidence is excluded if it is privileged
under Federal law.
[[Page 65104]]
(f) Evidence concerning offers of compromise or settlement made in
this action will be inadmissible to the extent provided in the Federal
Rules of Evidence.
(g) Evidence of acts other than those at issue in the instant case
is admissible in determining the amount of any civil money penalty if
those acts are used under Sec. 156.805 of this part to consider the
entity's prior record of compliance, or to show motive, opportunity,
intent, knowledge, preparation, identity, or lack of mistake. This
evidence is admissible regardless of whether the acts occurred during
the statute of limitations period applicable to the acts that
constitute the basis for liability in the case and regardless of
whether HHS' notice sent in accordance with Sec. 156.805 referred to
them.
(h) The ALJ will permit the parties to introduce rebuttal witnesses
and evidence.
(i) All documents and other evidence offered or taken for the
record will be open to examination by all parties, unless the ALJ
orders otherwise for good cause shown.
(j) The ALJ may not consider evidence regarding the willingness and
ability to enter into and successfully complete a corrective action
plan when that evidence pertains to matters occurring after HHS' notice
under Sec. 156.805(d) or Sec. 156.810(c) or Sec. 156.810(d).
Sec. 156.947 The record.
(a) Any testimony that is taken in-person or by telephone is
recorded and transcribed. The ALJ may order that other proceedings in a
case, such as a prehearing conference or oral argument of a motion, be
recorded and transcribed.
(b) The transcript of any testimony, exhibits and other evidence
that is admitted, and all pleadings and other documents that are filed
in the case constitute the record for purposes of an ALJ decision.
(c) For good cause, the ALJ may order appropriate redactions made
to the record.
Sec. 156.951 Posthearing briefs.
Each party is entitled to file proposed findings and conclusions,
and supporting reasons, in a posthearing brief. The ALJ will establish
the schedule by which such briefs must be filed. The ALJ may direct the
parties to brief specific questions in a case and may impose page
limits on posthearing briefs. Additionally, the ALJ may allow the
parties to file posthearing reply briefs.
Sec. 156.953 ALJ decision.
The ALJ will issue an initial agency decision based only on the
record and on applicable law; the decision will contain findings of
fact and conclusions of law. The ALJ's decision is final and appealable
after 30 days unless it is modified or vacated under Sec. 156.957.
Sec. 156.955 Sanctions.
(a) The ALJ may sanction a party or an attorney for failing to
comply with an order or other directive or with a requirement of a
regulation, for abandonment of a case, or for other actions that
interfere with the speedy, orderly or fair conduct of the hearing. Any
sanction that is imposed will relate reasonably to the severity and
nature of the failure or action.
(b) A sanction may include any of the following actions:
(1) In the case of failure or refusal to provide or permit
discovery, drawing negative fact inferences or treating such failure or
refusal as an admission by deeming the matter, or certain facts, to be
established.
(2) Prohibiting a party from introducing certain evidence or
otherwise advocating a particular claim or defense.
(3) Striking pleadings, in whole or in part.
(4) Staying the case.
(5) Dismissing the case.
(6) Entering a decision by default.
(7) Refusing to consider any motion or other document that is not
filed in a timely manner.
(8) Taking other appropriate action.
Sec. 156.957 Review by Administrator.
(a) The Administrator of CMS (which for purposes of this section
may include his or her delegate), at his or her discretion, may review
in whole or in part any initial agency decision issued under Sec.
156.953.
(b) The Administrator may decide to review an initial agency
decision if it appears from a preliminary review of the decision (or
from a preliminary review of the record on which the initial agency
decision was based, if available at the time) that:
(1) The ALJ made an erroneous interpretation of law or regulation.
(2) The initial agency decision is not supported by substantial
evidence.
(3) The ALJ has incorrectly assumed or denied jurisdiction or
extended his or her authority to a degree not provided for by statute
or regulation.
(4) The ALJ decision requires clarification, amplification, or an
alternative legal basis for the decision.
(5) The ALJ decision otherwise requires modification, reversal, or
remand.
(c) Within 30 days of the date of the initial agency decision, the
Administrator will mail a notice advising the respondent of any intent
to review the decision in whole or in part.
(d) Within 30 days of receipt of a notice that the Administrator
intends to review an initial agency decision, the respondent may
submit, in writing, to the Administrator any arguments in support of,
or exceptions to, the initial agency decision.
(e) This submission of the information indicated in paragraph (d)
of this section must be limited to issues the Administrator has
identified in his or her notice of intent to review, if the
Administrator has given notice of an intent to review the initial
agency decision only in part. A copy of this submission must be sent to
the other party.
(f) After receipt of any submissions made pursuant to paragraph (d)
of this section and any additional submissions for which the
Administrator may provide, the Administrator will affirm, reverse,
modify, or remand the initial agency decision. The Administrator will
mail a copy of his or her decision to the respondent.
(g) The Administrator's decision will be based on the record on
which the initial agency decision was based (as forwarded by the ALJ to
the Administrator) and any materials submitted pursuant to paragraphs
(b), (d), and (f) of this section.
(h) The Administrator's decision may rely on decisions of any
courts and other applicable law, whether or not cited in the initial
agency decision.
Sec. 156.959 Judicial review.
(a) Filing of an action for review. Any responsible entity against
whom a final order imposing a civil money penalty or decertification of
a QHP is entered may obtain review in the United States District Court
for any district in which the entity is located or in the United States
District Court for the District of Columbia by doing the following:
(1) Filing a notice of appeal in that court within 30 days from the
date of a final order.
(2) Simultaneously sending a copy of the notice of appeal by
registered mail to HHS.
(b) Certification of administrative record. HHS promptly certifies
and files with the court the record upon which the penalty was
assessed.
(c) Standard of review. The findings of HHS and the ALJ may not be
set aside unless they are found to be unsupported by substantial
evidence, as provided by 5 U.S.C. 706(2)(E).
[[Page 65105]]
Sec. 156.961 Failure to pay assessment.
If any entity fails to pay an assessment after it becomes a final
order, or after the court has entered final judgment in favor of CMS,
CMS refers the matter to the Attorney General, who brings an action
against the entity in the appropriate United States district court to
recover the amount assessed.
Sec. 156.963 Final order not subject to review.
In an action brought under Sec. 156.961, the validity and
appropriateness of the final order imposing a civil money penalty is
not subject to review.
0
41. Subpart L is added to read as follows:
Subpart L--Quality Standards
Sec. 156.1105 Establishment of standards for HHS-approved enrollee
satisfaction survey vendors for use by QHP issuers in Exchanges.
(a) Application for approval. An enrollee satisfaction survey
vendor must be approved by HHS, in a form and manner to be determined
by HHS, to administer, on behalf of a QHP issuer, enrollee satisfaction
surveys to QHP enrollees. HHS will approve enrollee satisfaction survey
vendors on an annual basis, and each enrollee satisfaction survey
vendor must submit an application for each year that approval is
sought.
(b) Standards. To be approved by HHS, an enrollee satisfaction
survey vendor must meet each of the following standards:
(1) Sign and submit an application form for approval in accordance
with paragraph (a) of this section;
(2) Ensure, on an annual basis, that appropriate staff participate
in enrollee satisfaction survey vendor training and successfully
complete a post-training certification exercise as established by HHS;
(3) Ensure the accuracy of their data collection, calculation and
submission processes and attest to HHS the veracity of the data and
these processes;
(4) Sign and execute a standard HHS data use agreement, in a form
and manner to be determined by HHS, that establishes protocols related
to the disclosure, use, and reuse of HHS data;
(5) Adhere to the enrollee satisfaction survey protocols and
technical specifications in a manner and form required by HHS;
(6) Develop and submit to HHS a quality assurance plan and any
supporting documentation as determined to be relevant by HHS. The plan
must describe in adequate detail the implementation of and compliance
with all required protocols and technical specifications described in
paragraph (b)(5) of this section;
(7) Adhere to privacy and security standards established and
implemented under Sec. 155.260 of this subchapter by the Exchange with
which they are associated;
(8) Comply with all applicable State and Federal laws;
(9) Become a registered user of the enrollee satisfaction survey
data warehouse to submit files to HHS on behalf of its authorized QHP
contracts;
(10) Participate in and cooperate with HHS oversight for quality-
related activities, including, but not limited to: review of the
enrollee satisfaction survey vendor's quality assurance plan and other
supporting documentation; analysis of the vendor's submitted data and
sampling procedures; and site visits and conference calls; and,
(11) Comply with minimum business criteria as established by HHS.
(c) Approved list. A list of approved enrollee satisfaction survey
vendors will be published on an HHS Web site.
0
42. Section 156.1210 is added to subpart M to read as follows:
Sec. 156.1210 Confirmation of HHS payment and collections reports.
(a) Responses to reports. Within 15 calendar days of the date of a
payment and collections report from HHS, the issuer must, in a format
specified by HHS, either:
(1) Confirm to HHS that the amounts identified in the payment and
collections report for the timeframe specified in the report accurately
reflect applicable payments owed by the issuer to the Federal
government and the payments owed to the issuer by the Federal
government; or
(2) Describe to HHS any inaccuracy it identifies in the payment and
collections report.
(b) Late discovery of a discrepancy. If an issuer reports a
discrepancy in a payment and collections report later than 15 calendar
days after the date of the report, HHS will work with the issuer to
resolve the discrepancy as long as the late reporting was not due to
misconduct on the part of the issuer.
(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Program No. 93.778, Medical
Assistance Program)
(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Program No. 93.773,
Medicare--Hospital Insurance; and Program No. 93.774, Medicare--
Supplementary Medical Insurance Program)
Dated: September 27, 2013.
Marilyn Tavenner,
Administrator, Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services.
Dated: Approved: October 18, 2013
Kathleen Sebelius,
Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services.
[FR Doc. 2013-25326 Filed 10-24-13; 4:15 pm]
BILLING CODE 4120-01-P